Nec Nda 24298 Users Manual NEAX2400 IPX Office Data Specification

PDF NEC IPX Office Data Specification Issue 1 T E X T F I L E S

IPX Office Data Specification Iss 1(2429810w) IPX Office Data Specification Iss 1(2429810w)

NEC IPX Office Data Specification Issue 1 NEC_IPX_Office_Data_Specification_Issue_1 www.TelecomUserGuides.com Access User Guides, Manuals and Brochures

NDA-24298 to the manual 55b9cd9f-6a18-402c-8902-68781e004208

2015-01-24

: Nec Nec-Nda-24298-Users-Manual-331301 nec-nda-24298-users-manual-331301 nec pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 1020

DownloadNec Nec-Nda-24298-Users-Manual- NEAX2400 IPX Office Data Specification Nec-nda-24298-users-manual
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
NDA-24298
ISSUE 1
STOCK # 200779

®

Office Data Specification

OCTOBER, 2000

NEC America, Inc.

LIABILITY DISCLAIMER
The information contained in this document is specific to Dterm Series E only.
Throughout this document, references to “Console” or “Attendant Console”
imply a Hotel Console. Most features described in this manual require a Hotel
Console. However, some features (including A-57, A-73, I-23, P-34, and V-16)
can also be performed using a Business Console.
Minimum firmware may be required. Contact NEC Engineering for additional
information.
NEC America, Inc. reserves the right to change the specifications, functions, or
features, at any time, without notice.
NEC America, Inc. has prepared this document for use by its employees and
customers. The information contained herein is the property of NEC America,
Inc. and shall not be reproduced without prior written approval from NEC
America, Inc.
NEAX® and Dterm® are registered trademarks of NEC Corporation.
Copyright 2000
NEC America, Inc.
Printed in the U.S.A

ISSUE No.

ISSUE No.
PAGE No.

PAGE No.
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

1

8

1

21

1

ii

1

22

1

iii

1

23

1

iv

1

24

1

v

1

25

1

vi

1

26

1

vii

1

27

1

viii

1

28

1

ix

1

29

1

i

x

1

30

1

xi

1

31

1

xii

1

32

1

xiii

1

33

1

xiv

1

34

1

xv

1

35

1

xvi

1

36

1

xvii

1

37

1

xviii

1

38

1

1

1

39

1

2

1

40

1

3

1

41

1

4

1

42

1

5

1

43

1

6

1

44

1

7

1

45

1

8

1

46

1

9

1

47

1

10

1

48

1

11

1

49

1

12

1

50

1

13

1

51

1

14

1

52

1

15

1

53

1

16

1

54

1

17

1

55

1

18

1

56

1

19

1

57

1

1

58

1

20

ISSUE 1
DATE

OCTOBER, 2000

ISSUE 2
DATE

ISSUE 5
DATE

NEAX2400 IPX
Office Data Specification

3

4

ISSUE 3
DATE

ISSUE 6
DATE

2

6

7

8

ISSUE 4
DATE

ISSUE 7
DATE

5

ISSUE 8
DATE

Revision Sheet 1/14

NDA-24298

ISSUE No.

ISSUE No.

PAGE No.

PAGE No.
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

59

1

97

1

60

1

98

1

61

1

99

1

62

1

100

1

63

1

101

1

64

1

102

1

65

1

103

1

66

1

104

1

67

1

105

1

68

1

106

1

69

1

107

1

70

1

108

1

71

1

109

1

72

1

110

1

73

1

111

1

74

1

112

1

75

1

113

1

76

1

114

1

77

1

115

1

78

1

116

1

79

1

117

1

80

1

118

1

81

1

119

1

82

1

120

1

83

1

121

1

84

1

122

1

85

1

123

1

86

1

124

1

87

1

125

1

88

1

126

1

89

1

127

1

90

1

128

1

91

1

129

1

92

1

130

1

93

1

131

1

94

1

132

1

95

1

133

1

96

1

134

1

ISSUE 1
DATE

OCTOBER, 2000

ISSUE 2
DATE

ISSUE 5
DATE

NEAX2400 IPX
Office Data Specification

3

4

ISSUE 3
DATE

ISSUE 6
DATE

2

6

7

8

ISSUE 4
DATE

ISSUE 7
DATE

5

ISSUE 8
DATE

Revision Sheet 2/14

NDA-24298

ISSUE No.

ISSUE No.

PAGE No.

PAGE No.
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

135

1

173

1

136

1

174

1

137

1

175

1

138

1

176

1

139

1

177

1

140

1

178

1

141

1

179

1

142

1

180

1

143

1

181

1

144

1

182

1

145

1

183

1

146

1

184

1

147

1

185

1

148

1

186

1

149

1

187

1

150

1

188

1

151

1

189

1

152

1

190

1

153

1

191

1

154

1

192

1

155

1

193

1

156

1

194

1

157

1

195

1

158

1

196

1

159

1

197

1

160

1

198

1

161

1

199

1

162

1

200

1

163

1

201

1

164

1

202

1

165

1

203

1

166

1

204

1

167

1

205

1

168

1

206

1

169

1

207

1

170

1

208

1

171

1

209

1

172

1

210

1

ISSUE 1
DATE

OCTOBER, 2000

ISSUE 2
DATE

ISSUE 5
DATE

NEAX2400 IPX
Office Data Specification

3

4

ISSUE 3
DATE

ISSUE 6
DATE

2

6

7

8

ISSUE 4
DATE

ISSUE 7
DATE

5

ISSUE 8
DATE

Revision Sheet 3/14

NDA-24298

ISSUE No.

ISSUE No.

PAGE No.

PAGE No.
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

211

1

249

1

212

1

250

1

213

1

251

1

214

1

252

1

215

1

253

1

216

1

254

1

217

1

255

1

218

1

256

1

219

1

257

1

220

1

258

1

221

1

259

1

222

1

260

1

223

1

261

1

224

1

262

1

225

1

263

1

226

1

264

1

227

1

265

1

228

1

266

1

229

1

267

1

230

1

268

1

231

1

269

1

232

1

270

1

233

1

271

1

234

1

272

1

235

1

273

1

236

1

274

1

237

1

275

1

238

1

276

1

239

1

277

1

240

1

278

1

241

1

279

1

242

1

280

1

243

1

281

1

244

1

282

1

245

1

283

1

246

1

284

1

247

1

285

1

248

1

286

1

ISSUE 1
DATE

OCTOBER, 2000

ISSUE 2
DATE

ISSUE 5
DATE

NEAX2400 IPX
Office Data Specification

3

4

ISSUE 3
DATE

ISSUE 6
DATE

2

6

7

8

ISSUE 4
DATE

ISSUE 7
DATE

5

ISSUE 8
DATE

Revision Sheet 4/14

NDA-24298

ISSUE No.

ISSUE No.

PAGE No.

PAGE No.
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

287

1

325

1

288

1

326

1

289

1

327

1

290

1

328

1

291

1

329

1

292

1

330

1

293

1

331

1

294

1

332

1

295

1

333

1

296

1

334

1

297

1

335

1

298

1

336

1

299

1

337

1

300

1

338

1

301

1

339

1

302

1

340

1

303

1

341

1

304

1

342

1

305

1

343

1

306

1

344

1

307

1

345

1

308

1

346

1

309

1

347

1

310

1

348

1

311

1

349

1

312

1

350

1

313

1

351

1

314

1

352

1

315

1

353

1

316

1

354

1

317

1

355

1

318

1

356

1

319

1

357

1

320

1

358

1

321

1

359

1

322

1

360

1

323

1

361

1

324

1

362

1

ISSUE 1
DATE

OCTOBER, 2000

ISSUE 2
DATE

ISSUE 5
DATE

NEAX2400 IPX
Office Data Specification

3

4

ISSUE 3
DATE

ISSUE 6
DATE

2

6

7

8

ISSUE 4
DATE

ISSUE 7
DATE

5

ISSUE 8
DATE

Revision Sheet 5/14

NDA-24298

ISSUE No.

ISSUE No.

PAGE No.

PAGE No.
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

363

1

401

1

364

1

402

1

365

1

403

1

366

1

404

1

367

1

405

1

368

1

406

1

369

1

407

1

370

1

408

1

371

1

409

1

372

1

410

1

373

1

411

1

374

1

412

1

375

1

413

1

376

1

414

1

377

1

415

1

378

1

416

1

379

1

417

1

380

1

418

1

381

1

419

1

382

1

420

1

383

1

421

1

384

1

422

1

385

1

423

1

386

1

424

1

387

1

425

1

388

1

426

1

389

1

427

1

390

1

428

1

391

1

429

1

392

1

430

1

393

1

431

1

394

1

432

1

395

1

433

1

396

1

434

1

397

1

435

1

398

1

436

1

399

1

437

1

400

1

438

1

ISSUE 1
DATE

OCTOBER, 2000

ISSUE 2
DATE

ISSUE 5
DATE

NEAX2400 IPX
Office Data Specification

3

4

ISSUE 3
DATE

ISSUE 6
DATE

2

6

7

8

ISSUE 4
DATE

ISSUE 7
DATE

5

ISSUE 8
DATE

Revision Sheet 6/14

NDA-24298

ISSUE No.

ISSUE No.

PAGE No.

PAGE No.
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

439

1

477

1

440

1

478

1

441

1

479

1

442

1

480

1

443

1

481

1

444

1

482

1

445

1

483

1

446

1

484

1

447

1

485

1

448

1

486

1

449

1

487

1

450

1

488

1

451

1

489

1

452

1

490

1

453

1

491

1

454

1

492

1

455

1

493

1

456

1

494

1

457

1

495

1

458

1

496

1

459

1

497

1

460

1

498

1

461

1

499

1

462

1

500

1

463

1

501

1

464

1

502

1

465

1

503

1

466

1

504

1

467

1

505

1

468

1

506

1

469

1

507

1

470

1

508

1

471

1

509

1

472

1

510

1

473

1

511

1

474

1

512

1

475

1

513

1

476

1

514

1

ISSUE 1
DATE

OCTOBER, 2000

ISSUE 2
DATE

ISSUE 5
DATE

NEAX2400 IPX
Office Data Specification

3

4

ISSUE 3
DATE

ISSUE 6
DATE

2

6

7

8

ISSUE 4
DATE

ISSUE 7
DATE

5

ISSUE 8
DATE

Revision Sheet 7/14

NDA-24298

ISSUE No.

ISSUE No.

PAGE No.

PAGE No.
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

515

1

553

1

516

1

554

1

517

1

555

1

518

1

556

1

519

1

557

1

520

1

558

1

521

1

559

1

522

1

560

1

523

1

561

1

524

1

562

1

525

1

563

1

526

1

564

1

527

1

565

1

528

1

566

1

529

1

567

1

530

1

568

1

531

1

569

1

532

1

570

1

533

1

571

1

534

1

572

1

535

1

573

1

536

1

574

1

537

1

575

1

538

1

576

1

539

1

577

1

540

1

578

1

541

1

579

1

542

1

580

1

543

1

581

1

544

1

582

1

545

1

583

1

546

1

584

1

547

1

585

1

548

1

586

1

549

1

587

1

550

1

588

1

551

1

589

1

552

1

590

1

ISSUE 1
DATE

OCTOBER, 2000

ISSUE 2
DATE

ISSUE 5
DATE

NEAX2400 IPX
Office Data Specification

3

4

ISSUE 3
DATE

ISSUE 6
DATE

2

6

7

8

ISSUE 4
DATE

ISSUE 7
DATE

5

ISSUE 8
DATE

Revision Sheet 8/14

NDA-24298

ISSUE No.

ISSUE No.

PAGE No.

PAGE No.
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

591

1

629

1

592

1

630

1

593

1

631

1

594

1

632

1

595

1

633

1

596

1

634

1

597

1

635

1

598

1

636

1

599

1

637

1

600

1

638

1

601

1

639

1

602

1

640

1

603

1

641

1

604

1

642

1

605

1

643

1

606

1

644

1

607

1

645

1

608

1

646

1

609

1

647

1

610

1

648

1

611

1

649

1

612

1

650

1

613

1

651

1

614

1

652

1

615

1

653

1

616

1

654

1

617

1

655

1

618

1

656

1

619

1

657

1

620

1

658

1

621

1

659

1

622

1

660

1

623

1

661

1

624

1

662

1

625

1

663

1

626

1

664

1

627

1

665

1

628

1

666

1

ISSUE 1
DATE

OCTOBER, 2000

ISSUE 2
DATE

ISSUE 5
DATE

NEAX2400 IPX
Office Data Specification

3

4

ISSUE 3
DATE

ISSUE 6
DATE

2

6

7

8

ISSUE 4
DATE

ISSUE 7
DATE

5

ISSUE 8
DATE

Revision Sheet 9/14

NDA-24298

ISSUE No.

ISSUE No.

PAGE No.

PAGE No.
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

667

1

705

1

668

1

706

1

669

1

707

1

670

1

708

1

671

1

709

1

672

1

710

1

673

1

711

1

674

1

712

1

675

1

713

1

676

1

714

1

677

1

715

1

678

1

716

1

679

1

717

1

680

1

718

1

681

1

719

1

682

1

720

1

683

1

721

1

684

1

722

1

685

1

723

1

686

1

724

1

687

1

725

1

688

1

726

1

689

1

727

1

690

1

728

1

691

1

729

1

692

1

730

1

693

1

731

1

694

1

732

1

695

1

733

1

696

1

734

1

697

1

735

1

698

1

736

1

699

1

737

1

700

1

738

1

701

1

739

1

702

1

740

1

703

1

741

1

704

1

742

1

ISSUE 1
DATE

OCTOBER, 2000

ISSUE 2
DATE

ISSUE 5
DATE

NEAX2400 IPX
Office Data Specification

3

4

ISSUE 3
DATE

ISSUE 6
DATE

2

6

7

8

ISSUE 4
DATE

ISSUE 7
DATE

5

ISSUE 8
DATE

Revision Sheet 10/14

NDA-24298

ISSUE No.

ISSUE No.

PAGE No.

PAGE No.
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

743

1

781

1

744

1

782

1

745

1

783

1

746

1

784

1

747

1

785

1

748

1

786

1

749

1

787

1

750

1

788

1

751

1

789

1

752

1

790

1

753

1

791

1

754

1

792

1

755

1

793

1

756

1

794

1

757

1

795

1

758

1

796

1

759

1

797

1

760

1

798

1

761

1

799

1

762

1

800

1

763

1

801

1

764

1

802

1

765

1

803

1

766

1

804

1

767

1

805

1

768

1

806

1

769

1

807

1

770

1

808

1

771

1

809

1

772

1

810

1

773

1

811

1

774

1

812

1

775

1

813

1

776

1

814

1

777

1

815

1

778

1

816

1

779

1

817

1

780

1

818

1

ISSUE 1
DATE

OCTOBER, 2000

ISSUE 2
DATE

ISSUE 5
DATE

NEAX2400 IPX
Office Data Specification

3

4

ISSUE 3
DATE

ISSUE 6
DATE

2

6

7

8

ISSUE 4
DATE

ISSUE 7
DATE

5

ISSUE 8
DATE

Revision Sheet 11/14

NDA-24298

ISSUE No.

ISSUE No.

PAGE No.

PAGE No.
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

819

1

857

1

820

1

858

1

821

1

859

1

822

1

860

1

823

1

861

1

824

1

862

1

825

1

863

1

826

1

864

1

827

1

865

1

828

1

866

1

829

1

867

1

830

1

868

1

831

1

869

1

832

1

870

1

833

1

871

1

834

1

872

1

835

1

873

1

836

1

874

1

837

1

875

1

838

1

876

1

839

1

877

1

840

1

878

1

841

1

879

1

842

1

880

1

843

1

881

1

844

1

882

1

845

1

883

1

846

1

884

1

847

1

885

1

848

1

886

1

849

1

887

1

850

1

888

1

851

1

889

1

852

1

890

1

853

1

891

1

854

1

892

1

855

1

893

1

856

1

894

1

ISSUE 1
DATE

OCTOBER, 2000

ISSUE 2
DATE

ISSUE 5
DATE

NEAX2400 IPX
Office Data Specification

3

4

ISSUE 3
DATE

ISSUE 6
DATE

2

6

7

8

ISSUE 4
DATE

ISSUE 7
DATE

5

ISSUE 8
DATE

Revision Sheet 12/14

NDA-24298

ISSUE No.

ISSUE No.

PAGE No.

PAGE No.
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

895

1

933

1

896

1

934

1

897

1

935

1

898

1

936

1

899

1

937

1

900

1

938

1

901

1

939

1

902

1

940

1

903

1

941

1

904

1

942

1

905

1

943

1

906

1

944

1

907

1

945

1

908

1

946

1

909

1

947

1

910

1

948

1

911

1

949

1

912

1

950

1

913

1

951

1

914

1

952

1

915

1

953

1

916

1

954

1

917

1

955

1

918

1

956

1

919

1

957

1

920

1

958

1

921

1

959

1

922

1

960

1

923

1

961

1

924

1

962

1

925

1

963

1

926

1

964

1

927

1

965

1

928

1

966

1

929

1

967

1

930

1

968

1

931

1

969

1

932

1

970

1

ISSUE 1
DATE

OCTOBER, 2000

ISSUE 2
DATE

ISSUE 5
DATE

NEAX2400 IPX
Office Data Specification

3

4

ISSUE 3
DATE

ISSUE 6
DATE

2

6

7

8

ISSUE 4
DATE

ISSUE 7
DATE

5

ISSUE 8
DATE

Revision Sheet 13/14

NDA-24298

ISSUE No.

ISSUE No.

PAGE No.

PAGE No.
1

971

1

972

1

973

1

974

1

975

1

976

1

977

1

978

1

979

1

980

1

981

1

982

1

983

1

984

1

985

1

986

1

2

3

4

ISSUE 1
DATE

OCTOBER, 2000

6

7

8

1

ISSUE 2
DATE

ISSUE 5
DATE

5

NEAX2400 IPX
Office Data Specification

3

4

ISSUE 3
DATE

ISSUE 6
DATE

2

6

7

8

ISSUE 4
DATE

ISSUE 7
DATE

5

ISSUE 8
DATE

Revision Sheet 14/14

NDA-24298

NDA-24298
ISSUE 1
OCTOBER, 2000

NEAX2400 IPX
Office Data Specification
TABLE OF CONTENTS

List of Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Command List in Alphanumeric Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page
vii
ix
xi

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. How to Follow This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. Reference Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1
1
1
1

CHAPTER 2 ASSIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Getting Started-Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1 PC Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 IPX MAT and IPX Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3 Serial/Dialup Connection to IPX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. TCP/IP Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Installing IPX MAT Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. IPX MAT Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. Configuring IPX MAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1 Serial/Direct Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2 TCP/IP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.1 Modifying or Adding a PBX Alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.2 Assigning Network Information in Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.3 Starting the PBX System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.4 Logging in to IPX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.5 Assigning System Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.6 IPX MAT File Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7. Data Assignment Flow Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.1 Local Node/Stand Alone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3
3
3
3
4
5
7
8
17
17
18
20
21
21
22
22
23
25
28
28

CHAPTER 3 OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1. Trunking Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Bay Face Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. Port Location Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Numbering Plan Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. Restriction Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. Numbering Plan Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33
33
33
33
33
33
48

NDA-24298

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page i
Issue 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
Page
CHAPTER 4 BUSINESS SYSTEM COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS AND DATA SHEETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATIMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASYD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASYDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AIOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AOFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUIDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANPDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASPAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AMND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARNP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARNPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANNDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AOSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AOSPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AOSPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACMO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AFRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AFRSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AFRSN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AOPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AOPRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AOPRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
APIPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
APIPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AADCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AADCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASDCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASDCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUNE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALDNN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page ii
Issue 1

NDA-24298

55
57
58
60
173
191
194
203
206
208
209
211
214
237
264
267
270
273
276
278
282
285
289
291
293
295
297
299
302
305
308
311
314
317
319
321
323
325
327
331
335
339
342
345
347

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
Page
AISP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AISPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AISPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARSCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARRCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATDPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATDPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AARP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AARPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AARPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
APCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AABD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASCL_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
APHN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
APHNL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
APHNN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANDD_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALGNL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALGSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AKYD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AKYD_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AFDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADRTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADRTN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AICD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AICD_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADIM_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AIZP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AIZPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AHLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NDA-24298

352
354
356
358
361
364
367
369
371
376
379
384
386
388
390
392
395
402
405
408
410
414
415
417
420
423
425
427
429
431
433
437
453
463
466
470
476
478
480
483
486
489
493
495
497

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page iii
Issue 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
Page
AHLSN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADA1_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADA2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADA2_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AFCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARTDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALRNN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATRK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARTKN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASATN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATGL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATGLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AAKP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACOC_LR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
APAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
APADN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AAED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AAEDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AAEDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AHMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADPCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACSCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACIC1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACIC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARTIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASHP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASHPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASHPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASHC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASHCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASHCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASHU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASHUL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASHUN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUCDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUCDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page iv
Issue 1

NDA-24298

501
505
507
510
513
516
535
553
570
586
588
590
592
594
596
598
602
604
606
611
613
615
618
621
624
627
629
631
637
642
644
646
652
659
661
663
665
668
670
672
675
678
681
684
687

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
Page
AUOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUOGL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUOGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUADL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUADN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACPG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACPGL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACPGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACPEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AISA_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AISD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AISD_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASGD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASGD_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASID_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACFS_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACFCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASLU1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASLU1_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASLU2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACSAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACSIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANCD_LR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEKD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AAND_LR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AANDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AANI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACFO_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NDA-24298

690
692
694
696
699
702
705
707
709
711
713
715
717
719
722
724
727
729
732
735
738
741
743
745
749
751
753
756
758
760
763
766
768
770
772
774
778
782
784
786
788
791
793
795
797

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page v
Issue 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
Page
AARSN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALPE: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACDD_LR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACNP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACNPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACNDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACPNCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACPNCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AFCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AFCP_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACBC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AREF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AREF_LR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AVTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AVTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AVTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEVT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AITD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AITD_T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AFPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACTK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACTKC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AFCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AFPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AETH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AFRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AGIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AFIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANSDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANSDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUIDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASYDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AFMU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALRTN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANPDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALGNN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALGSN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATSTN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page vi
Issue 1

NDA-24298

799
801
803
805
807
809
811
813
815
817
819
821
823
827
831
835
837
839
841
844
845
851
853
855
858
865
867
873
875
878
880
882
884
895
897
900
903
904
921
923
925
927
954
956
960

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
Page
APLNN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AMWF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AFRFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AFUGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEXFN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEADN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AELGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NDA-24298

964
970
972
974
976
978
980
982

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page vii
Issue 1

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure

Title

Figure 2-1
Figure 2-2
Figure 2-3
Figure 2-4
Figure 2-5
Figure 2-6
Figure 2-7
Figure 2-8
Figure 2-9
Figure 2-10
Figure 2-11
Figure 2-12
Figure 2-13
Figure 2-14
Figure 2-15
Figure 2-16
Figure 2-17
Figure 2-18
Figure 2-19
Figure 2-20
Figure 2-21
Figure 2-22
Figure 3-1
Figure 3-2
Figure 3-3
Figure 3-4
Figure 3-5
Figure 4-1
Figure 4-2
Figure 4-3
Figure 4-4
Figure 4-5
Figure 4-6
Figure 4-7
Figure 4-8
Figure 4-9
Figure 4-10
Figure 4-11
Figure 4-12
Figure 4-13
Figure 4-14
Figure 4-15
Figure 4-16
Figure 4-17

Serial/Direct Connection to IPX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serial/Dialup Connection to IPX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TCP/IP Connection to Dual CPR of IPX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TCP/IP Connection (IP Address over the External LAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPX MAT Welcome Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPX MAT User Information Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Choose Location Destination Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winsock 2 Setup Message Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPX MAT Installation Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPX MAT Setup Complete Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPX MAT Installing Winsock2 Message Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winsock2 Setup Message Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DAO Welcome Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DAO Select Components Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Components Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DAO Setup Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DAO Information Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPX MAT Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPX MAT Tool Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PBX Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Local Node/Stand Alone Data Flow Assignment Flow Chart (1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Network Control Node Data Assignment Flow Chart (1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trunking Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Card Mounting Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Card Mounting Slot for 4-IMG System (1/4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Card Mounting Slot for IPX-U System (1/5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Port Location Table (1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dterm Series III (24-Button Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dterm Series III (16-Button Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dterm Series III (8-Button Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dterm Series E (8-Button Type without LCD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dterm Series E (8-Button Type with LCD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dterm Series E (16-Button Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dterm Series E (32-Button Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Key Number Appearance of Dterm Series E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Soft Key Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Soft Key Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dterm Series E Key Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line/Feature Button and DSS Key Arrangement on Dterm Series E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SMDR2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SMDR2 (ARTDN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SMDR2 (ALRNN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIST OF FIGURES
Page viii
Issue 1

Page

NDA-24298

4
5
5
6
7
8
9
9
10
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
19
29
31
34
36
37
41
46
56
411
441
441
442
443
443
444
444
445
463
466
470
473
518
539
557

LIST OF FIGURES (CONTINUED)
Figure

Title

Page

Figure 4-18
Figure 4-19
Figure 4-20
Figure 4-21
Figure 4-22
Figure 4-23
Figure 4-24
Figure 4-25
Figure 4-26
Figure 4-27
Figure 4-28
Figure 4-29
Figure 4-30
Figure 4-31
Figure 4-32
Figure 4-33

Group Number of LENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATRK for DTI (T1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATRK for CCT (T1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATRK for PRT (23B+D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATRK for 16 COT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATRK for 8 COT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATRK for RST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATRK for ATI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATRK for 4DAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATRK for CFT (3-Party Conference) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATT Key Position (Desk Console - Business) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACSC for CCT (E1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACSC for PRT (30B+D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACSC for CCH/DCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACSCL for CCT (E1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACSCL for CCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NDA-24298

571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
599
632
633
634
638
639

LIST OF FIGURES
Page ix
Issue 1

LIST OF TABLES
Table

Title

Table 2-1
Table 2-2
Table 2-3
Table 3-1
Table 3-2
Table 4-1
Table 4-2
Table 4-3
Table 4-4
Table 4-5
Table 4-6
Table 4-7
Table 4-8
Table 4-9
Table 4-10
Table 4-11
Table 4-12
Table 4-13
Table 4-14
Table 4-15
Table 4-16
Table 4-17
Table 4-18
Table 4-19
Table 4-20
Table 4-21
Table 4-22
Table 4-23
Table 4-24
Table 4-25
Table 4-26
Table 4-27
Table 4-28
Table 4-29
Table 4-30
Table 4-31

PC Requirements to Run IPX MAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPX MAT Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PBX Administration Default Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuit Card Function Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Feature Restriction Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Key Arrangements for Hotel Add-On Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assigned Code in 1st Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List for Assignment of ASTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EQP Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SID (ASPAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SFI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Assignment for the Dterm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Default Data for Each Line/Feature Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FKY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Assignment for the Dterm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Default Data for Each Line/Feature Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FKY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Default Key Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EAD-A and EAD-B Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SMDR2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples of Route Class Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SMDR2 (ARTDN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples of Route Class Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SMDR2 (ALRNN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examples of Route Class Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relationships Between GROUP and CICs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relationships Between GROUP and CICs (ACSCL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Assignments for ISDN Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SID (ASPAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIDA (ASPAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIST OF TABLES
Page x
Issue 1

Page

NDA-24298

3
17
18
35
49
125
156
203
216
217
219
239
396
405
437
438
448
449
453
454
459
459
471
513
521
531
539
549
557
566
631
637
831
833
929
932

BUSINESS COMMAND LIST IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER
COMMAND
NAME

FULL COMMAND NAME

PAGE

AABD

Assignment of Speed Calling Restriction Data

408

AADC

Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data

321

AADCL

Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data for LDM

323

AADCN

Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data for NDM

325

Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data

615

AAEDL

Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for LDM

618

AAEDN

Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for NDM

621

AAKP

Assignment of Attendant Console Key Pattern

598

AAND

Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data

774

Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data – Logical Route Number

778

Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Expansion Data

782

AANI

Assignment of ANI Data

784

AARP

Assignment of Area Code Restriction Data

384

AARPL

Assignment of Area Code Restriction Data for LDM

386

AARPN

Assignment of Area Code Restriction Data for NDM

388

AARS

Assignment of Alternative Route Service Restriction

797

Assignment of Alternative Route Service Restriction for NDM

799

AATC

Assignment of Authorization Code Data

788

ACAN

Assignment of CIC Number Between Adjacent Node for LDM

880

ACBC

Assignment of Call by Call Service Data

831

ACDD

Assignment of Change Digit Code for Dial In Service

807

Assignment of Change Digit Code for Dial In Service – Logical Route Number

809

ACDN

Assignment of Number of Digits for Consecutive Dialing

795

ACFCL

Assignment of Call Forwarding by SFC for LDM

745

ACFO

Assignment of Call Forwarding Data

791

Assignment of Call Forwarding Data – Telephone Number

793

ACFR

Assignment of Call Forwarding Restriction

402

ACFS

Assignment of Call Forwarding Station Data

741

Assignment of Call Forwarding Station Data – Telephone Number

743

ACIC1

Assignment of CIC Code Data 1

642

ACIC2

Assignment of CIC Code Data 2

644

ACID

Assignment of Caller ID Data

606

ACMO

Assignment of Clocked Manual Override

295

ACND

Assignment of Calling Number Data

815

AAED

AAND_LR
AANDE

AARSN

ACDD_LR

ACFO_T

ACFS_T

ND-70186 (E)

COMMAND LIST
Page xi
Issue 1

BUSINESS COMMAND LIST IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER (CONTINUED)
COMMAND
NAME
ACNDN

FULL COMMAND NAME

PAGE

Assignment of Calling Number Data for NDM

817

Assignment of Calling Number Pattern Data

811

Assignment of Calling Number Pattern Data for NDM

813

Assignment of Central Office Code

602

Assignment of Central Office Code – Logical Route Number

604

Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group Data

711

ACPEL

Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group Data for LDM

713

ACPEN

Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group Data for NDM

715

Assignment of Call Pickup Group

705

ACPGL

Assignment of Call Pickup Group for LDM

707

ACPGN

Assignment of Call Pickup Group for NDM

709

ACPNCL

Assignment of Calling Party Number Conversion for LDM

819

ACPNCN

Assignment of Calling Party Number Conversion for NDM

821

ACRD

Assignment of Connection Route Class Data for LDM

855

ACSA

Assignment of Connection Service Index A

756

Assignment of Connection Service Index A for LDM

758

Assignment of CSC Data

631

Assignment of CSC Data for LDM

637

Assignment of Connection Service Index Data

760

ACSIL

Assignment of Connection Service Index Data for LDM

763

ACTK

Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for LDM

865

ACTKC

Continuous Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for LCM

867

ADA1_T

Assignment of DTE Attribute Data1 – Telephone Number

505

Assignment of DTE Attribute Data2

510

Assignment of DTE Attribute Data2 – Telephone Number

510

Assignment of Dial Intercom Data

486

Assignment of Dial Intercom Data – Telephone Number

489

ADKS

Assignment of Dterm Key Status Data

470

ADPC

Assignment of Determinate Point Code Data

627

ADPCL

Assignment of Determinate Point Code Data for LDM

629

ADRTL

Assignment of Dterm Display Route Data for LDM

476

ADRTN

Assignment of Dterm Display Route Data for NDM

478

Assignment of Dterm Soft Key on LCD Data

466

Assignment of EX-FCCS ADC Data for NDM

980

ACNP
ACNPN
ACOC
ACOC_LR
ACPE

ACPG

ACSAL
ACSC
ACSCL
ACSI

ADA2
ADA2_T
ADIM
ADIM_T

ADSL
AEADN

COMMAND LIST
Page xii
Issue 1

ND-70186 (E)

BUSINESS COMMAND LIST IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER (CONTINUED)
COMMAND
NAME

FULL COMMAND NAME

PAGE

AEFR

Assignment of EPN Facility Restriction

392

AEKD

Assignment of External Key Data

772

Allocation of EX-FCCS Telephone Number Data for NDM

982

AETH

Assignment of External Router Connection Routing Data for LDM

878

AEVT

Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data for Event Based CCIS

845

Assignment of EX-FCCS CCH Selection Data for NDM

978

AFCD

Assignment of Fixed Connection (Nailed-Down Connection) Data

513

AFCH

Assignment of FCCH Number for LDM

873

AFCP

Assignment of Forwarding Service by Calling Number

823

Assignment of Forwarding Service by Calling Number – Telephone Number

827

AFDD

Assignment of Function Display Data

463

AFIP

Assignment of Fusion over IP Data for LDM

895

AFMU

Assignment of FPC, MG and UNIT for NDM

921

AFPC

Assignment of FCCH Routing Data for LDM

875

AFPD

Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM

858

AFRFL

Assignment of Flexible Route Data for Fusion for LDM

974

Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data

299

AFRSL

Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for LDM

302

AFRSN

Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for NDM

305

Assignment of FCCH Controlled Connection Route Data for LDM

882

Assignment of EX-FCCS Fusion Group Data for NDM

976

AGIP

Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM

884

AHLS

Assignment of Hot Line Station

497

AHLSN

Assignment of Hot Line Station for NDM

501

AHMS

Assignment of Music on Hold Data

624

AICD

Assignment of Intercom Data

480

Assignment of Intercom Data – Telephone Number

483

AIOC

Assignment of IOC Port Data

194

AISA

Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Entry Area

717

Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Entry Area – Telephone Number

719

Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Data

722

Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Data – Telephone Number

724

Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern

352

Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern for LDM

354

AELGN

AEXFN

AFCP_T

AFRS

AFRT
AFUGN

AICD_T

AISA_T
AISD
AISD_T
AISP
AISPL

ND-70186 (E)

COMMAND LIST
Page xiii
Issue 1

BUSINESS COMMAND LIST IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER (CONTINUED)
COMMAND
NAME

FULL COMMAND NAME

PAGE

AISPN

Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern for NDM

356

AITD

Assignment of ISDN Terminal Data

851

Assignment of ISDN Terminal Data – Telephone Number

853

Assignment of Internal Zone Paging Data

493

AIZPN

Assignment of Internal Zone Paging Data for NDM

495

AKYD

Assignment of Key Data for Dterm

437

ALDN

Assignment of Listed Directory Number

345

ALDNN

Assignment of Listed Directory Number for NDM

347

ALGNL

Assignment of Telephone Number Data for LDM

431

ALGNN

Assignment of Telephone Number Data for NDM

954

ALGSL

Allocation of Telephone Station Data for LDM

433

ALGSN

Allocation of Telephone Station Data for NDM

956

ALPE:

Assignment of Line Privacy Expansion Data

801

ALRNN

Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

553

ALRTN

Assignment of Logical Route for NDM

923

AMAT

Assignment of Master Attendant Data

588

AMND

Assignment of Maximum Necessary Digits Data

264

AMWF

Assignment of Message Waiting Remote FPC for LDM

972

ANCD

Assignment of Night Connection Data

766

Assignment of Night Connection Data - Logical Route Number

768

Assignment of Name Display Data

427

Assignment of Name Display Data – Telephone Number

429

Assignment of Necessary Digits Data

273

Assignment of Necessary Digits Data for LDM

276

Assignment of Numbering Plan Data

209

ANPDL

Assignment of Numbering Plan Data for LDM

211

ANPDN

Assignment of Numbering Plan Data for NDM

925

ANSDL

Assignment of Number Sharing Data for LDM

897

ANSDN

Assignment of Number Sharing Data for NDM

900

AOFC

Assignment of Office Name

206

AOPR

Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data

308

AOPRL

Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for LDM

311

AOPRN

Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for NDM

314

Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern

289

AITD_T
AIZP

ANCD_LR
ANDD
ANDD_T
ANND
ANNDL
ANPD

AOSP

COMMAND LIST
Page xiv
Issue 1

ND-70186 (E)

BUSINESS COMMAND LIST IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER (CONTINUED)
COMMAND
NAME

FULL COMMAND NAME

PAGE

AOSPL

Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern for LDM

291

AOSPN

Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern for NDM

293

APAD

Assignment of PAD Data

611

Assignment of PAD Data for NDM

613

APCR

Assignment of Primary Call Restriction Data

390

APHN

Assignment of Phantom Station Number

420

APHNL

Assignment of Phantom Station Number for LDM

423

APHNN

Assignment of Phantom Station Number for NDM

425

APIPL

Assignment of IP Address Data for LDM

317

APIPN

Assignment of IP Address Data for NDM

319

APLNN

Assignment of Physical LENS Number for NDM

964

ARAC

Assignment of Remote Access Code

358

ARDN

Assignment of Remote Control Day/Night

805

AREF

Assignment of Reference Number Information Data

835

Assignment of Reference Number Information Data - Logical Route Number

837

Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data

267

Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data for LDM

270

ARPC

Assignment of Remote Point Code for Centralized Service

803

ARRC

Assignment of Alternative Route Restriction

367

Assignment of Alternative Route Restriction for NDM

369

Assignment of Route Restriction Class

361

Assignment of Route Restriction Class for NDM

364

Assignment of Route Class Data

516

Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

535

Assignment of Trunk Application Data

646

ARTIN

Assignment of Trunk Application Data for NDM

652

ARTKN

Assignment of Route Trunk Data for NDM

586

Assignment of Specific Attendant Number Data

590

Assignment of Specific Attendant Number Data for NDM

592

Assignment of Station Class Data

415

Assignment of Station Class Data – Telephone Number

417

Assignment of Six-Digit Least Cost Routing Data

327

ASDCL

Assignment of Six-Digit Least Cost Routing Data for LDM

331

ASDCN

Assignment of Six-Digit Least Cost Routing Data for NDM

335

APADN

AREF_LR
ARNP
ARNPL

ARRCN
ARSC
ARSCN
ARTD
ARTDN
ARTI

ASAT
ASATN
ASCL
ASCL_T
ASDC

ND-70186 (E)

COMMAND LIST
Page xv
Issue 1

BUSINESS COMMAND LIST IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER (CONTINUED)
COMMAND
NAME

FULL COMMAND NAME

PAGE

ASDT

Assignment of Station Data

410

ASFC

Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class

395

ASGD

Assignment of Special Group Data

727

Assignment of Special Group Data – Telephone Number

729

Assignment of Station Hunting – Circular

665

ASHCL

Assignment of Station Hunting – Circular for LDM

668

ASHCN

Assignment of Station Hunting – Circular for NDM

670

Assignment of Station Hunting – Pilot

659

ASHPL

Assignment of Station Hunting – Pilot for LDM

661

ASHPN

Assignment of Station Hunting – Pilot for NDM

663

ASHU

Assignment of Station Hunting – UCD

672

ASHUL

Assignment of Station Hunting – UCD for LDM

675

ASHUN

Assignment of Station Hunting – UCD for NDM

678

Assignment of Special Incoming

732

ASID_T

Assignment of Special Incoming – Telephone Number

735

ASLU1

Assignment of Slumber Time Data 1

749

Assignment of Slumber Time Data 1 – Telephone Number

751

ASLU2

Assignment of Slumber Time Data 2

753

ASPA

Assignment of Special Access Code

214

ASPAL

Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

237

ASPAN

Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

927

ASPD

Assignment of Speed Calling

786

ASTD

Assignment of State Translation Data

203

ASTN

Assignment of Station Number

414

ASTP

Assignment of Selection Translation Pattern

278

ASTPL

Assignment of Selection Translation Pattern for LDM

282

ASTPN

Assignment of Selection Translation Pattern for NDM

285

ASYD

Assignment of System Data

60

ASYDL

Assignment of System Data for LDM

173

ASYDN

Assignment of System Data for NDM

904

ATAS

Assignment of TAS Service Data

770

ATCP

Assignment of Time/Pattern Change Information

297

ATDF

Assignment of Time Difference Data

970

ATDP

Assignment of Toll Code Restriction

371

ASGD_T
ASHC

ASHP

ASID

ASLU1_T

COMMAND LIST
Page xvi
Issue 1

ND-70186 (E)

BUSINESS COMMAND LIST IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER (CONTINUED)
COMMAND
NAME

FULL COMMAND NAME

PAGE

ATDPL

Assignment of Toll Code Restriction for LDM

376

ATDPN

Assignment of Toll Code Restriction for NDM

379

Assignment of Trunk Group Busy Lamp

594

Assignment of Trunk Group Busy Lamp for LDM

596

Assignment of Date and Time

57

ATIMN

Assignment of Date and Time for NDM

58

ATNR

Assignment of Tenant Restriction Class Data

405

ATRK

Assignment of Trunk Data

570

ATSTN

Assignment of Telephone Number and Station Number for NDM

960

ATTD

Assignment of Trunk Test Data

738

AUAD

Assignment of UCD Delay Announcement Data

696

AUADL

Assignment of UCD Delay Announcement Data for LDM

699

AUADN

Assignment of UCD Delay Announcement Data for NDM

702

Assignment of UCD Control Data

681

AUCDL

Assignment of UCD Control Data for LDM

684

AUCDN

Assignment of UCD Control Data for NDM

687

AUIDL

Assignment of User ID data for LDM

208

AUIDN

Assignment of User ID data for NDM

903

AUNE

Assignment of Uniform Numbering

339

Assignment of Uniform Numbering for LDM

342

AUNT

Assignment of Unit Data

191

AUOG

Assignment of UCD Overflow Group

690

AUOGL

Assignment of UCD Overflow Group for LDM

692

AUOGN

Assignment of UCD Overflow Group for NDM

694

AVTC

Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Call Data

839

AVTL

Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data

841

AVTM

Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Manual

844

ATGL
ATGLL
ATIM

AUCD

AUNEL

ND-70186 (E)

COMMAND LIST
Page xvii
Issue 1

This page is for your notes.

COMMAND LIST
Page xviii
Issue 1

ND-70186 (E)

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

1. General
This manual describes how to operate the Maintenance Administration Terminal (MAT) and plan the office
data. It also contains descriptions of the parameters for the NEAX2400 IPX.
2. How to Follow This Manual
The contents of this manual are:
•

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

This chapter explains how to use this manual.
•

CHAPTER 2

ASSIGNMENT

This chapter explains the system configuration and system specifications required to install and run the
MAT. It contains installation instructions and information about accelerator keys and navigation keys used
by MAT.
•

CHAPTER 3

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

This chapter contains the office design sheets used to design the configuration and specification of IPX.
•

CHAPTER 4

BUSINESS SYSTEM COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS AND DATA SHEETS

This chapter explains the Business system command parameters of the NEAX2400 IPX.
3. Reference Manuals
When installing MAT and assigning the relevant system data, refer to the following manuals in addition to this
manual:
•

Feature Programming Manual

•

Fusion Network System Manual

•

Hotel Office Data Specification (for Hotel system commands)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 1
Page 1
Issue 1

This page is for your notes.

CHAPTER 1
Page 2
Issue 1

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 2

ASSIGNMENT

1. General
This chapter describes the information needed to install and operate the Maintenance Administration Terminal
(MAT) software.
The IPX MAT software has the following functions:
•

Allows user-friendly Graphical User Interface (GUI) with Microsoft Windows 95/NT.

•

Provides both an Ethernet interface and a RS232C interface.

•

Allows access to a node within the Fusion Link network using a simple Login operation,

•

Supports remote maintenance capabilities through a dialup connection.

•

Dumps the PBX data into a data file using of the LIST UP command.

Note:

The recorded log file is a simple text file that can be printed or edited using any Windows application that
supports text file editing.

Since the IPX MAT runs on Microsoft’s 32 bit Windows plug-and-play operating system, peripheral hardware
(network, remote access, modems, printers, etc.) is easy to configure. IPX MAT does not require a dedicated
printer. Any printer supported by the operating system, including shared LAN printers, can be used.
2. Getting Started-Hardware
The IPX MAT PC should conform to the specifications explained in this section. The cables, modems, and
HUBs required depend on the connection type.
The IPX MAT allows you to access IPX using the following connection types:
•

Serial/direct

•

Serial/dialup

•

TCP/IP

2.1 PC Specifications

The IPX MAT software requires a PC with the following minimum specifications:
Table 2-1 PC Requirements to Run IPX MAT
CPU TYPE

Pentium 166 or higher

Memory

32 MB or more for WIN 95 and NT

Hard Disk

500 MB of free space

Video Card and Monitor

Any Microsoft Windows compatible video card
(256 colors or more, screen size 800 X 600 resolution

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 2
Page 3
Issue 1

ASSIGNMENT

Table 2-1 PC Requirements to Run IPX MAT (Continued)
Modem

Any OS supported device; Required when IPX MAT is
used for remote dialup access

CD-ROM Drive

Any OS supported device

Network

Any 10 BASE-T Network Interface Card when IPX
MAT is connected across TCP/IP

Communication Port

COM1-COM4 when IPX MAT is connected across serial RS-232C port.

Mouse

Any Microsoft compatible mouse.

Operating System

Microsoft Windows 95 or Microsoft Windows NT
Be sure to set “small fonts” in the property of the
screen.

2.2 IPX MAT and IPX Connection

Figure 2-1 shows a serial/direct connection to the IOC card of IPX. The serial/direct connection allows you
to access the IPX and the different nodes via the Fusion Link.

NEAX 2400 TTY CABLE 1
68PH S 2 PORTS CA - A
FUSION LINK

IOC
IPX
IPX MAT

IPX MAT PRINTER

IPX

Figure 2-1 Serial/Direct Connection to IPX

IPX MAT software supports serial/direct connection to the target IPX. As seen in Figure 2-2, a modem is
required at both the remote maintenance center and the IPX site. The LINE port of the modem located at
the IPX site should be connected to the dedicated Line Circuit (LC), and the DATA port should be directly
connected to the IOC card. The serial/dialup connection allows you to access both the first node (IPX) of
the Fusion Link network and all other nodes within the Fusion Link network.

CHAPTER 2
Page 4
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASSIGNMENT

2.3 Serial/Dialup Connection to IPX

TRK

TELECOMMUNICATION
NETWORK

LC

FUSION LINK

MODEM

MODEM

IOC
IPX

IPX
IPX MAT PRINTER

IPX MAT

68PH S 2 PORTS CA - A
NEAX2400 TTY CABLE 3

Figure 2-2 Serial/Dialup Connection to IPX

The IPX MAT software provides an advanced communication software for IPX. IPX is maintained via the
LAN, WAN, or TCP/IP network on which it is running. Figure 2-3 shows the simple configuration of the
TCP/IP connection. Using this connection, any node within the Fusion Link network can be accessed from
IPX MAT.

10 BASE -T straight cable

FUSION LINK

HUB
LANI
LANI
IPX
IPX
IPX MAT

IPX MAT PRINTER

Figure 2-3 TCP/IP Connection to Dual CPR of IPX

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 2
Page 5
Issue 1

ASSIGNMENT

Figure 2-4 shows the configuration of the PBX and IPX MAT when connecting to an existing LAN. In most
cases you should use a network device such as a HUB or bridge to provide isolation from excessive network
traffic.

10BASE-T straight cable

MAT PRINTER

HUB

LANI
MAT
LANI

IPX

LAN

PC

SERVER

PC

Figure 2-4 TCP/IP Connection (IP Address over the External LAN)

CHAPTER 2
Page 6
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASSIGNMENT

3. TCP/IP Considerations
The IPX MAT can communicate with the IPX via an Ethernet TCP/IP connection. In order for the IPX MAT to
communicate via TCP/IP, the PC must have its network software, including the TCP/IP drivers, installed and in
operation prior to installing the IPX MAT software.
If the PC does not have the network software installed and configured, a message indicating that the WINSOCK
2 setup has failed displays during the IPX MAT installation. This message is an expected response since the IPX
MAT installation program attempts to upgrade the TCP/IP WINSOCK drivers to the latest version. If these drivers are not already installed, the upgrade process fails. The failure does not affect the successful installation and
operation of the IPX MAT, but the TCP/IP interface cannot be used.
It is always best to install the IPX MAT software after all network software is installed. Although it is not
recommended, it is possible to install the PC’s standard network software after the IPX MAT software has been
installed. If the IPX MAT software is installed prior to installing the network software, it will be necessary to
run the WINSOCK setup program from the IPX MAT CD after installing the network software.
To run the WINSOCK setup program:
1.

Insert the IPX MAT CD into the CD-ROM drive.

2.

The IPX MAT setup program starts automatically.

3.

Terminate (Cancel) the IPX MAT setup program on the Welcome Screen.

NEAX2400IPX
NEAX2400IPX

Figure 2-5 IPX MAT Welcome Screen

4.

Select the appropriate CD-ROM drive in Windows Explorer.

5.

Double-click the file named WS2SETUP.EXE.

For more information about configuring TCP/IP connections, see Section 6.2, TCP/IP Connection.
NDA-24298

CHAPTER 2
Page 7
Issue 1

ASSIGNMENT

4. Installing IPX MAT Software
The following provides step-by-step instructions for installing the IPX MAT software for Windows 95/NT onto
your hard disk.
1.

Terminate all applications, prior to starting the installation process.

2.

Insert the CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive. (The IPX MAT installation program starts automatically.)

3.

Enter your name and your company name on the User Information dialog box. Then, click Next.

Figure 2-6 IPX MAT User Information Dialog

CHAPTER 2
Page 8
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASSIGNMENT

4.

Click Next on the Choose Destination Location dialog box to install the IPX MAT software in the default
directory.

Note:

If you wish to install the software in another directory, you can click Browse to display a dialog box that
allows you to select or create another directory.

IPXMAT

Figure 2-7 Choose Location Destination Screen

5.

The dialog box, shown in Figure 2-8 (information on WINSOCK setup), appears. Click OK.

Figure 2-8 Winsock 2 Setup Message Dialog Box

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 2
Page 9
Issue 1

ASSIGNMENT

6.

File copy starts automatically, while the displayed dialog boxes (See Figure 2-9) show the on-going
situation.

IPXMAT Setup

IPXMAT Installation

IPXMAT

Figure 2-9 IPX MAT Installation Screen

CHAPTER 2
Page 10
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASSIGNMENT

7.

If the Setup Complete dialog box appears on the screen, the file copies have finished successfully. Click
Finish to complete the IPX MAT software installation and restart your computer.

Note:

You should always reboot your PC after installing the IPX MAT software. Any change made during the installation process does not take effect until the computer has been rebooted.

Figure 2-10 IPX MAT Setup Complete Dialog

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 2
Page 11
Issue 1

ASSIGNMENT

8.
Note:

Review the settings you have chosen, and then click Next. The Winsock2 Setup message box displays.
If you are installing IPX MAT on an NT 4.0 workstation, the Winsock2 Setup message box does not display.
NT 4.0 does not require Winsock2 in order to run.

Figure 2-11 IPX MAT Installing Winsock2 Message Box

9.

After Winsock2 is installed, the Winsock2 Setup dialog box displays. This is an informational message
only. Click OK to continue installing the Data Access Objects (DAO) required to run IPX MAT.

Figure 2-12 Winsock2 Setup Message Dialog Box

CHAPTER 2
Page 12
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASSIGNMENT

10. Click OK. The DAO Welcome Screen displays.

NEAX2400IPX
NEAX2400IPX

Figure 2-13 DAO Welcome Screen

11. Click Next. The Select Components dialog box displays.

Figure 2-14 DAO Select Components Screen

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 2
Page 13
Issue 1

ASSIGNMENT

12. Uncheck the ODBCDirect box and click Next. The Select Components dialog box displays.
Note:

If you do not uncheck the ODBCDirect box, error messages display once the DAO Setup program
completes. IPX MAT will run properly even though these messages display.

Figure 2-15 Select Components Screen

13. Click Next. The DAO Setup Screen displays.

Figure 2-16 DAO Setup Screen

CHAPTER 2
Page 14
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASSIGNMENT

14. After the DAO files are installed, the DAO Information message box displays. Click OK. The IPX MAT
Installation screen displays.

Figure 2-17 DAO Information Message

15. To run the IPX MAT software, click the IPX MAT icon on the desktop or select it from the Start/Program
menu. The IPX MAT menu displays as shown in Figure 2-18.

Title Bar
Menu Bar
Tool Bar

Command Folders

Enter commands here
Status Bar

Figure 2-18 IPX MAT Main Menu

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 2
Page 15
Issue 1

ASSIGNMENT

16. To configure the PBX Alias, use the instructions in Section 6.2, TCP/IP Connection.
Note:

Once you have configured the IPX MAT, you can use the Run Command line to enter task commands, or
you can select the command from the Command Folders. You can also perform IPX MAT tasks using either
the menu items, or the icons equivalent to the menu items.

Collect New Traffic
Collect New Alarms

Abort Data Collection

Scan New Alarms/Traffic

View Scanning Log

Processes

About
Log Manager
Log On

Log Out
Configure

Figure 2-19 IPX MAT Tool Bar

CHAPTER 2
Page 16
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASSIGNMENT

5. IPX MAT Commands
The IPX MAT’s operation is very similar to that of the NEAX2400 MS-DOS MAT, so you will find that many
of the key stroke operations have been carried over into IPX MAT. In addition, some standard MS Windows
operations and key strokes are used. Use the following keys, or in some instances the mouse, to select or enter
data.
Table 2-2 IPX MAT Commands
Enter and Tab

This key has two functions:
Writes the data to the IPX MAT memory and moves the cursor to the next text control
on the dialog window.

Y (y)

Enter Y in the WRT? text control to write the data to the IPX.

N (n)

Enter N in the WRT? text control if you do not want to write the data to the IPX.

Delete

Deletes the selected characters in a text control.

Backspace

Deletes the character immediately to the left of the cursor in a text control.

Right Arrow

Moves the cursor to the right in the text control.

Left Arrow

Moves the cursor to the left in the text control.

Up Arrow

Moves the cursor to the left in the text control.

Down Arrow

Moves the cursor to the right in the text control.

Alt + F4

Closes the screen without saving the changes.

Shift + Enter and Shift + Tab

Moves the cursor from a text control to the previous text control.

Ctrl + C

Copies selected text to Windows Clipboard.

Ctrl + V

Pastes Windows Clipboard contents at the current cursor position.

Ctrl + Home
(When viewing the log file).

Moves the cursor to the top of the log data file.

Ctrl + End
(When viewing the log file).

Moves the cursor to the bottom of the log data file.

Page Up
(When viewing the log file).

Moves the log file up one page at a time.

Page Down
(When viewing the log file).

Moves the log file down one page at a time.

? or F1

Displays the Help text.

6. Configuring IPX MAT
This section explains the PBX Alias parameters you may configure using the PBX Administration dialog
window. It also lists the default values of NEAX-IPX, the default PBX Alias delivered with the IPX MAT
software. Prior to running the IPX MAT, you should either define a new PBX Alias, configure the default PBX
to work with your system, or plan to use the NEAX-IPX default Alias. NEAX-IPX is ready for use once the IPX
MAT software has been successfully installed. Table 2-3 lists the default values displayed in the PBX
Administration dialog box when you select NEAX-IPX as your PBX Alias.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 2
Page 17
Issue 1

ASSIGNMENT

Table 2-3 PBX Administration Default Values
PBX Alias

NEAX-IPX

Connection Type

Serial/Direct

FPC

1

Connect

120000

Response Timeout

120000

Pacing Timer

10000

Link Data Log Path

blank

COM Port

COM 1

Baud Rate

4800

Ignore CTR

blank

Ignore DSR

blank

Modem Name

blank

Phone Number

blank

Host Name

blank

IP Address

172.16.253.0

TCP Port

60000

Inter-App Resource

blank

6.1 Serial/Direct Connection

The following steps explain how to configure the PBX Alias for a serial/direct connection using the
recommended default data.
Note 1: The PBX Alias cannot have spaces in the name.
Note 2: You can use other data when configuring IPX MAT. However, it is recommended that you use the default

data as previously described when configuring a new PBX Alias.

CHAPTER 2
Page 18
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASSIGNMENT

1. From the PBX menu, select Configuration to open the PBX Administration dialog box.

Figure 2-20 PBX Administration

2. Enter a name for the PBX Alias in the PBX Alias box.
Note:

You can also define a PBX Alias by selecting the default NEXT-IPX or by modifying any other previously
defined Alias from the list in the PBX Alias box. If you select a PBX Alias from the list, its related
information displays in the additional fields on this dialog box. You can enter information in the Connect
Timeout, Response Timeout, Pacing Timer, and Link Data Log Path fields if necessary. However, the IPX
MAT software will run without changing the default data.
3. Select Serial/Direct as the Connection Type.
4. Enter the appropriate FPC (Fusion Link Point Code). 1 is the default value and should be used initially
for all new IPX systems. In a Fusion Network, this setting must match the FPC value entered into
System Data SYS 1 INDEX 512.
5. Enter 120000 in the Connection Timeout text box.
6. Enter 120000 in the Response Timeout text box.
7. Enter 10000 in the Pacing Timer text box.
8. Clear (Remove) any text from the Link Data Log Path text control.
9. Set COM1 Baud rate to 4800. This is the default PBX value on the initial power up.
10. Leave the Host Name text box blank.
11. Leave the IP Address text box blank.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 2
Page 19
Issue 1

ASSIGNMENT

12. Leave the IP Port text box blank.
13. Leave the Inter-App Resource text box blank.
14. Click Add to write the data.
15. Click Close.
Note:

The PBX Administration dialog box changes adapting to EX-FCCS Network. Enter the Fusion Group
Number (FUG) which the PBX to be logged-in belongs. “Connection Timeout”, “Response Timeout”, and
“Pacing Timer” text box is not provided. Others are the same as previous one. The PBX dialog box is as
shown below.

PBX Administration
PBX Alias

Connection Type

TCP-IP134

TCP/IP

FUG

FPC

3

1

Modify
Delete
Clear

Serial Settings
COM Port

Add

Baud Rate

Close
Phone Number

Modem Name

TCP/IP Settings
Host Name
bsc7200

IP Address
10.41.207.207

TCP Port
60000

6.2 TCP/IP Connection

This section explains how to add or modify a PBX Alias in IPX MAT when it is connected to a PBX using
a TCP/IP connection through a Local Area Network (LAN).
Procedure Overview
1. Modify or add a PBX Alias.
2. Assign the network information in Windows.
3. Start the PBX system.
4. Log in to IPX MAT.
5. Assign the system data.
6. Set up the IPX MAT file operations for logging purposes.

CHAPTER 2
Page 20
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASSIGNMENT

Note:

If your IPX is to reside on your existing LAN, you will need to obtain an available IP address from your
System Administrator before you configure the PBX Alias.

6.2.1
Note:

Modifying or Adding a PBX Alias

The PBX Alias cannot have spaces in its name.
The following steps explain how to create a PBX Alias in IPX MAT.
1. From the PBX menu, select Configuration to open the PBX Administration dialog box.
2. Enter a name for the PBX Alias in the PBX Alias box.

Note:

You can also define a PBX Alias by selecting the default NEXT-PBX or by modifying any other previously
defined Alias from the list in the PBX Alias box. If you select a PBX Alias from the list, its related
information displays in the additional fields on this dialog box. You can enter information in the Connect
Timeout, Response Timeout, Pacing Timer, and Link Data Log Path fields if necessary.
3. Select TCP/IP as the Connection Type.
4. Enter the appropriate FPC (Fusion Link Point Code). 1 is the default value and should be used
initially for all new IPX systems. In a Fusion Network, this setting must follow the FPC value
entered into System Data SYS 1 INDEX 512.
5. Enter 120000 in the Connection Timeout text box.
6. Enter 120000 in the Response Timeout text box.
7. Enter 10000 in the Pacing Timer text box.
8. Leave the Link Data Log Path text box blank.
9. Enter the name of the host your system is using in the Host Name text box.
10. Enter 172.16.253.0 in the IP Address text box, or enter the IP Address supplied by your network
administrator.
11. Enter 60000 in the IP Port text box.
12. Leave the Inter-App Resource text box blank.
13. Click Add to write the data.
14. Click Close.
15. Exit IPX MAT.

6.2.2

Assigning Network Information in Windows

Before you can run the IPX MAT software, you have to configure your network information in the
Windows operating system. For information on configuring network information, see the Network
Circuit Card Installation Manual or talk to your network administrator. After configuring the network
information, you must restart the PC before you can log in to the IPX via the IPX MAT TCP/IP
connection.
NDA-24298

CHAPTER 2
Page 21
Issue 1

ASSIGNMENT

6.2.3

Starting the PBX System

Before you can log in to the PBX with your IPX MAT, you must start the PBX system. To start the PBX
system, please see the NEAX2400 IPX Installation Manual.
If you start up the system when the PBX is in DM Clear Restart mode, (the SENSE Switch is set to the
default value “1”), you must verify that the IPX MAT baud rate is set to 4800 to ensure that the system
runs properly.
6.2.4

Logging in to IPX

After you have defined the PBX Alias in IPX MAT and the TCP/IP network connection in Windows,
you are ready to Log in to IPX. The Login operation allows you to select the target IPX (node) with
which you are attempting to communicate. Once you log in to IPX, you may assign or delete office data,
monitor the status of IPX, obtain System Messages through the IPX’s self-diagnosis function, and
monitor the IPX traffic and Peg count data. Once you have completed the tasks you intended to perform,
you should log out to prevent accidental changes to the data. The following steps explain how to log in
to IPX.
Note:

The maximum number of concurrent connections for the IPX is four.
1. From the IPX menu, select Log In.
2. Select the PBX you want to connect to by choosing the appropriate PBX Alias from the PBX Alias
box.

Note:

When the User ID data is programmed in AUIDN command after the required office data assignment, enter
the proper user name and password to login to the NCN (Network Control Node) or each LN (Local Node)
in Fusion Network system. For the stand-alone system, User ID information for logging in to the PBX is
programmed in AUIDL command. Only the User ID in LDM data is effective in stand-alone system. Refer
to the AUIDN or AUIDL command in Chapter 4 for more detail explanations.
3. Click Login.
4. A successful log in displays the successful Login message box.

Note:

If the Login message box does not display, the login process has failed. If the login process fails, you should
reopen the PBX Configuration dialog box and verify the PBX Alias configuration information. If the PBX
Alias has been correctly configured, you should then test the physical connections to the PBX.
5. Click OK on the Login message box.

CHAPTER 2
Page 22
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASSIGNMENT

6.2.5

Assigning System Data

This section explains how to assign the IP Address and the SubNet Mask using the default IP Address
172.16.253.0 and the default SubNet Mask 00.00.00.00. Both fields must be entered using their
hexadecimal equivalents.
Note:

You may find it convenient to use the Calculator in the Windows Accessories to find the hexadecimal
equivalent of the IP Address and the SubNet Mask. To convert from decimal to hexadecimal:
1. Select Calculator from the Accessories menu.
2. From the View menu, select Scientific.
3. Verify that Dec is selected.
4. Click the first three numbers of the IP Address on the Calculator key pad.
5. Select Hex.
6. The hexadecimal equivalent of the first three numbers of the IP Address display.
7. To perform additional decimal to hexadecimal conversions, make sure that Dec is selected
and repeat the previous steps.
1. Type ASYDL in the Run Command text box.
2. Press Enter.
3. Type 1 in the SYS text box and press Enter.
4. Type 513 in the INDEX text box and press Enter.
5. Type 01H in the DATA text box and press Enter.
6. Type Y in the WRT? text box and press Enter.
7. Type 1 in the SYS text box and press Enter.
8. Type 514 in the INDEX text box and press Enter.
9. Type 01H in the DATA text box and press Enter.
10. Type Y in the WRT? text box and press Enter.

Note:

The following steps explain how to assign the default IP Address.
11. Type 1 in the SYS text box and press Enter.
12. Type 515 in the INDEX text box and press Enter.
13. Type AC (hexadecimal equivalent of 172) in the DATA text box and press Enter.
14. Type Y in the WRT? text box and press Enter.
15. Type 1 in the SYS text box and press Enter.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 2
Page 23
Issue 1

ASSIGNMENT

16. Type 516 in the INDEX text box and press Enter.
17. Type 10 (hexadecimal equivalent of 16) in the DATA text box and press Enter.
18. Type Y in the WRT? text box and press Enter.
19. Type 1 in the SYS text box and press Enter.
20. Type 517 in the INDEX text box and press Enter.
21. Type FD (hexadecimal equivalent of 253) in the DATA text box and press Enter.
22. Type Y in the WRT? text box and press Enter.
23. Type 1 in the SYS text box and press Enter.
24. Type 518 in the INDEX text box and press Enter.
25. Type 0 (hexadecimal equivalent of 0) in the DATA text box and press Enter.
26. Type Y in the WRT? text box and press Enter.
Note:

The following steps explain how to assign the default SubNet Mask.
27. Type 1 in the SYS text box and press Enter.
28. Type 519 in the INDEX text box and press Enter.
29. Type FF in the DATA text box and press Enter.
30. Type Y in the WRT? text box and press Enter.
31. Type 1 in the SYS text box and press Enter.
32. Type 520 in the INDEX text box and press Enter.
33. Type FF in the DATA text box and press Enter.
34. Type Y in the WRT? text box and press Enter.
35. Type 1 in the SYS text box and press Enter.
36. Type 521 in the INDEX text box and press Enter.
37. Type 00 in the DATA text box and press Enter.
38. Type Y in the WRT? text box and press Enter.
39. Type 1 in the SYS text box and press Enter.
40. Type 522 in the INDEX text box and press Enter.
41. Type 00 in the DATA text box and press Enter.
42. Type Y in the WRT? text box and press Enter.

CHAPTER 2
Page 24
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASSIGNMENT

6.2.6

IPX MAT File Operations

The IPX MAT creates three types of files; Command Log files, Office Data Backup files, and List-up
Command Report data tables. Command Log files and List-up Command Report data tables are the only
files a user needs to view. The Office Data Backup files are used strictly for saving and storing the PBX
Office Data.
6.2.6.1 Office Data Backup

It is always a good idea to routinely backup the data from the IPX memory to its internal hard disk. This
data should then be saved from the IPX internal hard disk to the IPX MAT hard disk to ensure that no
data is lost.
Once the data has been saved from the IPX internal hard disk to the IPX MAT’s hard disk, you can use
standard operating functions to copy the saved data to floppy disks, zip drive disks, writable CD-ROM
drives, or any other type of external storage devices supported by the operating system. Doing a three
phase backup (save) ensures the IPX Office data is safe and always available for restoration in case of
an IPX data memory loss, hard disk failure, or any other IPX-related catastrophic failure that requires
data memory to be reloaded.
MEM_HDD and HDD_MAT are the two commands used for this three-phase backup. Once the data is
saved to the IPX MAT, you can use Explorer to copy the appropriate files to the external mass storage
device. To use Explorer, you must first determine where the IPX MAT copy of the numerous IPX Office
Data backup files resides.
As an example, assume the default drive and directory C:\IMXMAT were used when IPX MAT was
installed. Also assume that a PBX Alias was configured using the PBX Configuration dialog and
assigned the PBX Alias name MY_PBX.
The IPX MAT always uses the same data directory structure when backing up data from the IPX. It
creates a sub-directory under the IPX MAT home directory called DATA. Under the DATA directory
another sub-directory using the PBX Alias name is created. In our example, this sub-directory is named
MY_PBX. Under the PBX Alias directory, another sub-directory is created. The name of this directory
is BACKUP. This directory structure always holds true. The only variables are the name of the IPX MAT
home directory (default C:\IMXMAT) and the PBX Alias directory (in our example, MY_PBX). The
complete directory structure for our example is as follows: C:\IMXMAT\DATA\MY_PBX\BACKUP.
The bottom sub-directory (BACKUP) contains all files that have been backed up from the IPX using the
HDD_MAT command.
To save these files to an external storage device, open Explorer, navigate to the appropriate backup
directory (C:\IMXMAT\DATA\MY_PBX\BACKUP) and select ALL files and/or sub-directories and
copy them to your external device. You now have a safe backup of your IPX data memory that can be
stored at an offsite location.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 2
Page 25
Issue 1

ASSIGNMENT

6.2.6.2 MEM_HDD

The following steps explain how to perform the backup and restore of PBX data to the PBX hard drive.
1. Enter MEM_HDD in the Run Command field on the IPX MAT main menu.
2. Press Enter.
3. The Backup and Restore dialog box displays.
4. Select Memory to Hard Disk in the Direction Select list.
5. Select Data Memory in the Data Type Selection list.
6. Select Auto Verify if you want to verify the data. This is an optional step.
7. Click Start.
Once you have made the appropriate selections and clicked Start, you can scroll down and view the data
being saved in the Processing Status Log window. This section of the window is divided into the sections
Action/Information, Direction, Data Type, and Time Stamp. The Action/Information column shows the
Action being taken (saving or restoring), or the Information being saved. The Direction column shows
where the data is being saved or restored (in this case, memory to PBX Hard Disk). The Data Type
column shows the type of data you selected in the Data Type Selection list. The Time Stamp column
shows the day, month, year, hour, minute, and second the data was backed up or restored.
6.2.6.3 HDD_MAT

The following steps explain how to backup and restore PBX data to the IPX MAT hard disk.
1. Enter HDD_MAT in the Run Command field on the IPX MAT main menu.
2. Press Enter.
3. The Backup and Restore dialog box displays.
4. Select PBX Hard Disk to MAT in the Direction Select list.
5. Select Data Memory in the Data Type Selection list.
6. Select Auto Verify if you want to verify the data. This is an optional step.
7. Click Start.
Once you have made the appropriate selections and clicked Start, you can scroll down and view the data
being saved in the Processing Status Log window. This section of the window is divided into the sections
Action/Information, Direction, Data Type, and Time Stamp. The Action/Information column shows the
Action being taken (saving or restoring), or the Information being saved. The Direction column shows
where the data is being saved or restored (in this case PBX Hard Disk to IPX MAT). The Data Type
column shows the type of data you selected in the Data Type Selection list. The Time Stamp column
shows the day, month, year, hour, minute, and second the data was backed up or restored.

CHAPTER 2
Page 26
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASSIGNMENT

6.2.6.4 List-up Command Report Data Tables

These data files are tables assembled into an MS-Access Database format. The List-up commands create
the database and tables, populating them based on the information specified by the user. After the
database and tables are created, the report that automatically finds the correct data table and presents the
stored data in a format suitable for viewing is launched. These data tables are cleared and repopulated
each time the corresponding List-up command is run. These data tables require no user intervention.
6.2.6.5 Command Log Files

These files are simple text files that capture the results of the operations performed by every IPX MAT
command. These log files are functionally equivalent to the printed output log created by the old MSDOS MAT. The only difference is that these text files can easily be viewed from within any IPX MAT
command at any time so it is not necessary to have a printer available. These log files are also easy to
print if a printer is available.
The log file maintains a history trail of operations and actions requested by the user. This log file
continues to grow as each command is run and interactions with the IPX PBX are transacted. It doesn’t
matter whether the operation is a query, a change, a create, or a delete, the operation, its data, and its
status will always be logged (added to this log file).
The log file can be viewed any time by selecting it from the command’s view menu selection. Once the
log file viewing window is opened, the log file can be printed by selecting the print option from its File
menu selection. Pressing the CTRL+END key combination will quickly take you to the end of the file
where the latest changes have been appended.
Since the log file continually grows, you should regularly delete this file to conserve disk space. It also
makes the file much more manageable and useful if it is not full of log entries that are no longer of
interest. To delete and otherwise manage this file, the IPX MAT main menu contains menu selections
that will present a log file maintenance dialog. From here, the log file can be easily deleted.
6.2.6.6 Viewing the Log Data File

To view the log data file:
1. Display the Backup and Restore dialog box.
2. Select Operation Log from the View menu.
3. The log file FileViewer window displays.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 2
Page 27
Issue 1

ASSIGNMENT

6.2.6.7 Printing the Log Data File

To print the log data file:
1. Display the log file in the FileViewer window.
2. Select Print from the File menu.
6.2.6.8 Copying Data from the Log File

To copy data from the log file:
1. Display the log file in the FileViewer window.
2. Highlight the data you want to copy.
3. Select Copy from the Edit menu.
6.2.6.9 Pasting Log File Data

To paste log file data into another text editing tool:
1. Open the text editing tool you want to paste the data into.
2. Select paste from the Edit menu.
Note:

You cannot paste copied data from one location to another in the log file. The log file is a Read-Only file.

7. Data Assignment Flow Chart
This section shows the data assignment flow chart for IPX. The standard data assignment is illustrated on the
following flow charts.
•

Local Node/Stand Alone

•

Network Control Node

Note:

For Hotel Command, see the NEAX2400 IPX Hotel Data Specification.

7.1 Local Node/Stand Alone

The following flow chart shows the data assignment for MAT when operated in a Local Node/Stand Alone
environment.

CHAPTER 2
Page 28
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASSIGNMENT

1. Local Node/Stand Alone

System Base

ATIM

ASYD

ASYDL

AUNT

AIOC

ASTD

AOFC

Sys1 Index 512 - 1535
Sys1 Index 0 - 511 , Sys2 Index 0 - 15 & Sys3 Index 0 - 31
STN
Numbering Plan

ANPD

ANPDL

ASPA

ASPAL

SRV

SRV

Service / Network

SSC

Operator Call / OGQ / Priority Call

OGC(A)/LCR(S)

Outgoing Call

TELN

Timing Start is available

Network Numbering

Station Number

SSC/SSCA, etc.

Telephone Number available in the Self node only

2nd DT

:

AMND

ARNP

Sender

:

ANND

ASTP

AOSP

ASTPL

AOSPL

ATCP

AFRS

AOPR

AADC

AFRSL

AOPRL

AADCL

ASTP

AISP

ARAC

ASTPL

AISPL

LCR / LCRS

Uniform Numbering

:

:

ACMO

AMND

ARNP

AUNE

AMND

ARNP

ASDC

AUNEL
Incoming

Restriction

Trunk:

Service:

ARSC

ASFC

:

ALDN

ARRC

ACFR

ATDP

AARP

ATDPL

AARPL

ATNR

AABD

APCR

AEFR

Figure 2-21 Local Node/Stand Alone Data Flow Assignment Flow Chart (1/2)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 2
Page 29
Issue 1

ASSIGNMENT

Station Number
ASDT

For Station:
(Physical STA No.)

ASTN

APHN

APHNL

ANDD

ASCL
For Telephone Number:

ALGSL

For Dterm SeriesE:

AKYD

For Service:

Trunk

(Calling available in the self node only)
AFDD

ADSL

ADKS

AICD

ADIM

AIZP

Service

See

For Hot Line:

AHLS

ASPD

For Data:

ADA2

AFCD

Internal Trunk

:

ATRK

MBTK

ORT / IRT / SND / CFT:

ATRK

MBTK

ATT

External Trunk

ADRTL

ARTD

ATRK

MBTK

Station:

ATGL

ACOC

TIE LINE :

APAD

DAT

:

AAED

AAEDL

CCIS No.7 :

ADPC

ACSC

ADPCL

ACSCL

ADPC

ACSC

AUCD

:

AUOG

AAKP

ACID

AUAD

AHMS
ACIC1

ACIC1

ASHP

ASHC

ASHPL

ASHCL

AISA

AISD

ASGD

ASID

ACFS

ASLU1

ASLU2

ACSA

ACSI

ANCD

ATAS

AEKD

AAND

AANDE

ACSAL

ACSIL

Others:

ASPD

AATC

CCIS No. 7

Service:

ARPC

ARDN

ISDN

Service:

ACDD

ACNP

AFCP

ACBC

AVTC

AVTL

PSTN :

ASHU

ASAT

:

PSTN

ISDN

Service

AMAT

ARTI

ACPG

ACPE

ACPGL

ACPEL

ACFO

ACND

Figure 2-21 Local Node/Stand Alone Data Assignment Flow Chart (2/2)

CHAPTER 2
Page 30
Issue 1

ACIC2

NDA-24298

AEVT

ARTI

ASSIGNMENT

2. Network Control Node
System Base

ATIM

ASYD

ASYDL

ASYDN

AUNT

AIOC

ASTD

AOFC

AFMU

Sys1 Index 0 - 1535
Sys1 Index 512 - 1535
Sys1 Index 0 - 511 , Sys2 Index 0 - 15 & Sys3 Index 0 - 31
STN
Numbering Plan

ANPD

ASPA

SRV

Fusion Network
Numbering Plan:

ASPAL

Service / Network

ANPDN

ASPAN

SRV

TELN

Outgoing Call
Telephone Number available in the
Self node only

SSC

Operator Call / Call Pickup Group / OGQ / Priority Call

SSCA

Call Pickup Expand / UCD BUSY OUT
Outgoing Call

OGC(A)/LCR(S)
TELN

Timing Start is available
Network Numbering

Operator Call / OGQ / Priority Call

OGC(A)/LCR(S)

SRV

AUIDN

Station Number

SSC/SSCA, etc.
SSC

ANPDL

Telephone Number available in all
nodes of Fusion Network

2nd DT

:

AMND

ARNP

Sender

:

ANND

ASTP

AOSP

ASTPL

AOSPL

ASTPN

AOSPN

ATCP

AFRS

AOPR

AADC

AFRSL

AOPRL

AADCL

AFRSN

AOPRN

AADCN

ASTP

AISP

ARAC

ASTPL

AISPL

ASTPN

AISPN

LCR / LCRS

Uniform Numbering

:

:

ALRTN

ACMO

AMND

ARNP

AUNE

AMND

ARNP

ASDC

AUNEL
Incoming

Restriction

Trunk:

Service:

ARSC

:

ALDN

ARRC

ATDP

AARP

ATDPL

AARPL

ARSCN

ARRCN

ATDPN

AARPN

ASFC

ACFR

ATNR

AABD

APCR

AEFR

Figure 2-22 Network Control Node Data Assignment Flow Chart (1/2)
NDA-24298

CHAPTER 2
Page 31
Issue 1

ASSIGNMENT

Station Number
ASDT

For Station:

ASTN

APHN

APHNL

APHNN

ANDD

ASCL
For Telephone Number:
(Physical STA No.)

ALGSN
AKYD

For Dterm SeriesE:

For Service:

Trunk

(Available in the self node only)

ALGSL

See

ATSTN
AFDD

ADSL

ADKS

AICD

ADIM

AIZP

AHLS

ASPD

For Data:

ADA2

AFCD
:

ATRK

MBTK

ORT / IRT / SND / CFT:

ATRK

MBTK

ATT

ARTD

External Trunk

ADRTN

Service

For Hot Line:

Internal Trunk

(Available in all nodes of the Fusion network.)

ATRK

MBTK

AMAT

ASAT

ATGL

AAKP

:

ACOC

ACID

TIE LINE :

APAD

APADN

DAT

:

AAED

AAEDL

AAEDN

AHMS

CCIS No.7 :

ADPC

ACSC

ACIC1

ACIC2

ADPCL

ACSCL

ADPC

ACSC

ACIC1

ARTI

PSTN

ISDN

:

ADPCL
Fusion Link

Service

FCCH:

ACRD

ACTK

MBCT

AFCH

AFRT

AFPC

Ether:

ACRD

ACTK

MBCT

AFPC

ACAN

ATDF

AUOG

AUAD

Station:

ASHP

ASHC

ASHU

AUCD

ASHPL

ASHCL

ASHPN

ASHCN

ASHUN

AUCDN

AUOGN

AISA

AISD

ASGD

ASID

PSTN :

ACSA

ACSI

ANCD

Others:

ASPD

AATC

ACFO

CCIS No. 7

Service:

ARPC

ARDN

ISDN

Service:

ACDD

ACNP

ACND

ACNPN

ACNDN

ACAN

ACPG

ACPE

ACPGL

ACPEL

AUADN

ACPGN

ACPEN

ACFS

ASLU1

ASLU2

ATAS

AEKD

AAND

AANDE

AFCP

ACBC

AVTC

AVTL

Figure 2-22 Network Control Data Assignment Flow Chart (2/2)
CHAPTER 2
Page 32
Issue 1

ATDF

NDA-24298

AEVT

ARTIN

CHAPTER 3

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

Office data design sheets are used to design the configuration and specification of IPX.
1. Trunking Diagram
The Trunking diagram shows the system configuration and the number of lines.
2. Bay Face Layout
The Bay Face layout shows the circuit card mounting slots.
3. Port Location Table
A Port Location table denotes the Line/Trunk circuit cards located in each Universal Slot of PIM.
4. Numbering Plan Table
Area Codes for various service features are determined according to the Dial Access Numbering Plan. There are
three types of Dial Access Numbers.
•

Station Access Numbers

•

Special Service Access Numbers

•

Trunk Access Numbers

5. Restriction Tables
1.

Service Feature Restriction Class

2.

Trunk Restriction Class Table

3.

Tenant Restriction Tables

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 3
Page 33
Issue 1

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

PFT
MDF

SUBSCRIBER

TSW

DLC/ELC

Dterm
W/O DATA ADAPTER
Dterm
WITH DATA ADAPTER

FROM/TO
CENTRAL OFFICE

MUX
LC

DLC
DTL
BWT

COT

DOD

COT

DIT

COT

DID

DID
EMT
DID

FROM/TO TIE LINE

TLT
DTI

RST
MFCT
DTI
CCH
MODEM

FROM/TO CCIS LINE

CCH
FROM/TO ISDN LINE
(PRI)
ATT/DESK CONSOLE

DTI (PRI)
DCH
ATI
RGU
HWU

CPR

LTST

OSC/PLO

IOC
1

PRINTER

MAINTENANCE
ADMINISTRATION
TERMINAL (MAT)

HUB

TO MAT
Note: Table 3-1 identifies the function name of each circuit card.

Figure 3-1 Trunking Diagram

CHAPTER 3
Page 34
Issue 1

NDA-24298

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

Table 3-1 identifies the function name of each circuit card used for the system.
Table 3-1 Circuit Card Function Name
SYMBOL
ATI

DESCRIPTION
Attendant Console Interface

BWT

Bothway Trunk

CCH

Common Channel Handler

CFT

Conference Trunk

COT

Central Office Trunk

CPR

Central Processing Rack

DCH

D Channel Handler

DID

Direct Inward Dialing

DIT

Direct-In Termination

DLC

Digital Line Circuit

DOD

Direct Outward Dialing

D

term

Digital Multi-Function Telephone

DTI

Digital Interface

DTL

Data Terminal Line Circuit

ELC

Electronic Line Circuit

EMT

Equipment & Maintenance Trunk

HWU

Howler Tone Unit

IOC

Input/Output Controller

LC

Line Circuit

LTST

Line Test

MDF

Main Distribution Frame

MFCT

Multi-frequency Trunk

MUX

Multiplexer

ODT

Office Data Trunk

OSC

Oscillator for 1-IMG

PFT

Power Failure Transfer

PLO

Phase Lock Oscillator for 4-IMG/IPX-U

RGU

Ringing Generator Unit

RST

Register Sender Trunk

TLT

Tie Line Trunk

TSW

Time Switch

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 3
Page 35
Issue 1

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36 (MUX)

PH-PC36 (MUX)

PA-PW54-A (PWR1)

PA-PW55-A (PWR0)

PIM3

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36 (MUX)

PH-PC36 (MUX)

PA-PW54-A (PWR1)

PA-PW55-A (PWR0)

PIM2

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36 (MUX)

PH-PC36 (MUX)

PA-PW54-A (PWR1)

PA-PW55-A (PWR0)

PIM1

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-SW10 (TSW)

PH-SW10 (TSW)

PA-PW54-A (PWR1)

PA-PW55-A (PWR0)

PIM0

00 01 02 03 04
PH-IO24 (IOC)

Note:

PH-PC40 (EMA)

LPM

The second IOC (PH-IO24) can be mounted in slot 02 of the LPM.

Figure 3-2 Card Mounting Slot
CHAPTER 3
Page 36
Issue 1

NDA-24298

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

4-IMG SYSTEM

B
S
C
M

IMG0

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

LPM

TSWM

Dummy

Dummy

IMG0

IMG1

IMG2

IMG3

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM3

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM2

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM1

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

BSCM

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM0

00 01 02 03 04
PH-IO24(IOC)

PH-PC40(EMA)

(IOC/MISC)

(MISC)

(MISC)
LPM

Figure 3-3 Card Mounting Slot for 4-IMG System (1/4)
NDA-24298

CHAPTER 3
Page 37
Issue 1

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

4-IMG SYSTEM

B
S
C
M

IMG1

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

LPM

TSWM

Dummy

Dummy

IMG0

IMG1

IMG2

IMG3

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM3

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM2

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM1

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM0

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Figure 3-3 Card Mounting Slot for 4-IMG System (2/4)

CHAPTER 3
Page 38
Issue 1

NDA-24298

PH-CK16/17(PLO1)

PH-CK16/17(PLO0)

PH-SW12(TSW13)

PH-SW12(TSW12)

PH-SW12(TSW11)

PH-SW12(TSW10)

PH-SW12(TSW03)

PH-SW12(TSW02)

PH-SW12(TSW01)

PH-SW12(TSW00)

PH-GT09(GT1)

PH-GT09(GT0)

PH-PC20(DLKC1)

PH-PC20(DLKC0)

(MISC)

(MISC)

(MISC)

(MISC)

(MISC)

(MISC)

PH-PW14(PWRSW)

PH-PW14(PWRSW)

TSWM

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

4-IMG SYSTEM

B
S
C
M

IMG2

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

LPM

TSWM

Dummy

Dummy

IMG0

IMG1

IMG2

IMG3

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM3

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM2

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM1

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM0

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Dummy

Figure 3-3 Card Mounting Slot for 4-IMG System (3/4)
NDA-24298

CHAPTER 3
Page 39
Issue 1

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

4-IMG SYSTEM

B
S
C
M

IMG3

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

LPM

TSWM

Dummy

Dummy

IMG0

IMG1

IMG2

IMG3

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM3

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM2

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM1

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM0

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Dummy

Figure 3-3 Card Mounting Slot for 4-IMG System (4/4)
CHAPTER 3
Page 40
Issue 1

NDA-24298

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

PIM
PIM

PIM

PIM
LPM

LPM

TSWM0

TSWM1

Dummy
ISW

IMG0

IMG1

IMG2

IMG3

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

LANI(PZ-PC19)
LANI(PZ-PC19)

HSW11
HSW11 (PU-SW01)(RES)
(PU-SW01)(RES) ISAGT(PZ-GT13)

LANI(PZ-PC19)
LANI(PZ-PC19)

PWR(PZ-PW106)

LANI(PZ-PC19)
LANI(PZ-PC19)

ISAGT(PZ-GT13)

TSW12
TSW12 (PU-SW00)
(PU-SW00)

TSW13
TSW13 (PU-SW00)
(PU-SW00)

HSW10
HSW10 (PU-SW01)
(PU-SW01)

PWR(PZ-PW106)

TSW11
TSW11 (PU-SW00)
(PU-SW00)

LANI(PZ-PC19)
LANI(PZ-PC19)

LANI(PZ-PC19)
LANI(PZ-PC19)
LANI(PZ-PC19)
LANI(PZ-PC19)

IOC(PH-IO24)
IOC(PH-IO24)

EMA(PH-PC40)
EMA(PH-PC40)
Note
Note 11

CHAPTER 3
Page 41
Issue 1

NDA-24298

TSW10
TSW10 (PU-SW00)
(PU-SW00)

O
O

PLO1
PLO1
(PH-CK16-A/17-A)
(PH-CK16-A/17-A)
IOGT1
IOGT1 (PH-GT10)
(PH-GT10)
IOGT0
IOGT0 (PH-GT10)
(PH-GT10)
PLO0
PLO0
(PH-CK16-A/17-A)
(PH-CK16-A/17-A)
TSW03
TSW03 (PU-SW00)
(PU-SW00)
TSW02
TSW02 (PU-SW00)
(PU-SW00)
TSW01
TSW01 (PU-SW00)
(PU-SW00)
TSW00
TSW00 (PU-SW00)
(PU-SW00)
HSW01
HSW01 (PU-SW01)
(PU-SW01)
HSW00
HSW00 (PU-SW01)(RES)
(PU-SW01)(RES)
PWR1
PWR1 (PH-PW14)
(PH-PW14)

II

MMC(PH-M22)
MMC(PH-M22)

DSP
HFD
PWR
BASEU

II

00 01 02 03 04

O
O

LPM

PWR0
PWR0 (PH-PW14)
(PH-PW14)
ISWM

PIM
PIM
ISW

PIM
ISWM

PIM

IMX-U SYSTEM
SYSTEM
IPX-U

4 (0~3)
LN 4
´× (0~3)

TOPU

ISW

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

The 2nd IOC card (optional) may be mounted in the slot.

This system accommodates four LNs at the maximum.

Figure 3-4 Card Mounting Slot for IPX-U System (1/5)

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

PIM

PIM

P IM

PIM

PIM

PIM

P IM

PIM

PIM

PIM

P IM

PIM

ISW M

PIM

PIM

P IM

PIM

LPM

LPM

TS W M 0

TSW M 1

Dum m y

ISW

IM G 0

IM G 1

IM G 2

IM G 3

IPX-U SYSTEM

IM G 0

LN ´4 (0~3)

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36 (M UX)

PH-PC36 (M UX)

P A-PW 54-A (PW R1)

PA-PW 55-A (PW R0)

P IM 3

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36 (M UX)

PH-PC36 (M UX)

PA-PW 54-A (PW R1)

PA -PW 55-A (PW R0)

P IM 2

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36 (M UX)

PH-PC36 (M UX)

PA-PW 54-A (PW R1)

PA -PW 55-A (P W R0)

P IM 1

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
P H-PC36 (M U X)

P H-PC36 (M U X)

PA-PW 54-A (PW R1)

PA-P W 55-A (PW R0)

P IM 0

00 01 02 03 04

BSCM

PH -PC40(EM A )

(IO C/M ISC)

PH-IO 24(IO C)

(M ISC )

PH-M 22(M M C)

LPM

Figure 3-4 Card Mounting Slot for IPX-U System (2/5)

CHAPTER 3
Page 42
Issue 1

NDA-24298

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

ISWM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

LPM

LPM

TSWM0

TSWM1

Dummy

ISW

IMG0

IMG1

IMG2

IMG3

IPX-U SYSTEM

IMG1

LN 4
´ (0~3)

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36 (MUX)

PH-PC36 (MUX)

PA-PW54-A (PWR1)

PA-PW55-A (PWR0)

PIM3

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36 (MUX)

PH-PC36 (MUX)

PA-PW54-A (PWR1)

PA-PW55-A (PWR0)

PIM2

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36 (MUX)

PH-PC36 (MUX)

PA-PW54-A (PWR1)

PA-PW55-A (PWR0)

PIM1

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36 (MUX)

PH-PC36 (MUX)

PA-PW54-A (PWR1)

PA-PW55-A (PWR0)

PIM0

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-CK16-A/17-A (PLO1)

PH-CK16-A/17-A (PLO0)

PH-SW12 (TSW13)

PH-SW12 (TSW12)

PH-SW12 (TSW11)

PH-SW12 (TSW10)

PH-SW12 (TSW03)

PH-SW12 (TSW02)

PH-SW12 (TSW01)

PH-SW12 (TSW00)

PH-GT09 (GT1)

PH-GT09 (GT0)

PH-PC20 (DLKC1)

PH-PC20 (DLKC0)

(MISC)

(MISC)

(MISC)

(MISC)

(MISC)

(MISC)

PH-PW14 (PWRSW)

PH-PW14 (PWRSW)

TSWM0

Figure 3-4 Card Mounting Slot for IPX-U System (3/5)
NDA-24298

CHAPTER 3
Page 43
Issue 1

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

ISWM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

LPM

LPM

TSWM0

TSWM1

Dummy

ISW

IMG0

IMG1

IMG2

IMG3

IPX-U SYSTEM

IMG2

LN 4
´ (0~3)

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM3

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM2

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM1

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM0

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Figure 3-4 Card Mounting Slot for IPX-U System (4/5)
CHAPTER 3
Page 44
Issue 1

NDA-24298

PH-CK18 (CLK1)

PH-CK18 (CLK0)

PH-SW12 (TSW13)

PH-SW12 (TSW12)

PH-SW12 (TSW11)

PH-SW12 (TSW10)

PH-SW12 (TSW03)

PH-SW12 (TSW02)

PH-SW12 (TSW01)

PH-SW12 (TSW00)

PH-GT09 (GT1)

PH-GT09 (GT0)

PH-PW14 (PWRSW1)

PH-PW14 (PWRSW0)

TSWM1

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

ISWM

PIM

PIM

PIM

PIM

LPM

LPM

TSWM0

TSWM1

Dummy

ISW

IMG0

IMG1

IMG2

IMG3

IPX-U SYSTEM

IMG3

LN 4
´ (0~3)

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM3

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM2

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM1

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
PH-PC36(MUX)

PH-PC36(MUX)

PA-PW54-A(PWR1)

PA-PW55-A(PWR0)

PIM0

Dummy

Figure 3-4 Card Mounting Slot for IPX-U System (5/5)
NDA-24298

CHAPTER 3
Page 45
Issue 1

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

PIM
SLOT
C
A
R
D

7
Destination

6

Access Code
CIC for CCIS/DC for C.O

5

Tenant Number (TN)

4
Trunk Number (TRC)

3
Route Number (RT)

2
1
0
LV
G

09

01

11

03

13

05

15

31

17

09

11

19

21

13

23

15

17

19

21

23

16

18

20

22

7
Station Number (STN)

6

User Name / Telephone Number
Service Class (SFC)

5

Restriction Class (RSC)

4

Telephone Class (TEC)

3
Tenant Number (TN)

2
1
0
LV
G

00

02

04

28

30

10

12

14

Figure 3-5 Port Location Table (1/2)

CHAPTER 3
Page 46
Issue 1

NDA-24298

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

PIM

MG = 00 , U = 0

SLOT
C
A
R
D

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
LV
G

01

03

05

07

09

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

00

02

04

06

08

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
LV
G

Figure 3-5 Port Location Table (2/2)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 3
Page 47
Issue 1

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

6. Numbering Plan Table

ACCESS NUMBER

CHAPTER 3
Page 48
Issue 1

FUNCTION NAME

NDA-24298

REMARKS

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

1.

Service Feature Restriction Class

Table 3-2 Service Feature Restriction Class
RESTRICTION CLASS
0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

SERVICE FEATURE NAME

Account Code/Authorization Code/
Forced Account Code
Attendant Camp-On
(Data Line Security)
Boss Secretary Service (For Dterm)

Call Back Call
Forwarding-All Calls
Call Forwarding-Busy Line
Call Forwarding-Don’t Answer
Call Hold
Call Park Access & Answer
Call Park Called
Call Pickup-Direct
Call Waiting-Originating/
Terminating (Called)
Call Waiting-Originating/
Terminating (Calling)

Data Privacy on Demand; Cancel
Data Privacy on Demand; Set
Distinctive Ringing (FAX, OPX)

Executive Right of Way (Called Party)
Executive Right of Way (Calling Party)

Faulty Trunk Report

Intercom Group Individual Trunk Access

Line Circuit Reverse Relay Control
(Station)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 3
Page 49
Issue 1

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

Table 3-2 Service Feature Restriction Class (Continued)
RESTRICTION CLASS
0

1

2

3

4

SERVICE FEATURE NAME

Line Load Control
Meet-Me Paging
Message Reminder (Dterm)
Message Waiting Lamp Setting from
ATTCON or Station (Called Party)
Message Waiting Lamp Setting from
Station (Calling Party)

Off-Hook Alarm
Off-Hook Queuing
OG Queuing Override
OG Trunk Queuing
OG Trunk Queuing-Deluxe

Periodic Time Indication Time
Priority Call 1
Priority Call 2
Priority Call 3
Priority Paging

Radio Paging Answer

Special Common Battery Telephone
Special Calling-Station/Group
Speed Calling-System
Station Message Detail System
(SMDS) for Station to Station Calls

TAS

Voice Call

CHAPTER 3
Page 50
Issue 1

NDA-24298

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

2.

Trunk Restriction Class Table

DESTINATION
[ACCESS
NUMBER]

RT
No.

No. OF
TRK

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
INDEX

RESTRICTION CLASS NUMBER
0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

IC Via ATT
IC By DID
OG Via ATT
ACC:

OG By DOD
IC Via ATT
IC By DID
OG Via ATT

ACC:

OG By DOD
IC Via ATT
IC By DID
OG Via ATT

ACC:

OG By DOD
IC Via ATT
IC By DID
OG Via ATT

ACC:

OG By DOD
IC Via ATT
IC By DID
OG Via ATT

ACC:

OG By DOD
IC Via ATT
IC By DID
OG Via ATT

ACC:

OG By DOD
IC Via ATT
IC By DID
OG Via ATT

ACC:

OG By DOD
IC Via ATT
IC By DID
OG Via ATT

ACC:

OG By DOD
IC Via ATT
IC By DID
OG Via ATT

ACC:

OG By DOD

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 3
Page 51
Issue 1

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

3.

Tenant Restriction Table

Incoming Connection to
Night Attendant Console

Station-to-Station Call
(TMTN)
(OGTN)

(TMTN)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

(OGTN)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Assignment of C.F.-All Calls
from a Station

Assignment of C.F.-All Calls
from an Attendant Console

(TMTN)
(OGTN)

(TMTN)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

(OGTN)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

CHAPTER 3
Page 52
Issue 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

NDA-24298

OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET

Incoming Connection to
Attendant Console

Connection of Incoming
Trunk Call to Station

(TMTN)
(OGTN)

(TMTN)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

(OGTN)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Day and Night Mode Change
(TMTN)
(OGTN)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 3
Page 53
Issue 1

This page is for your notes.

CHAPTER 3
Page 54
Issue 1

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4

BUSINESS SYSTEM COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS AND DATA SHEETS

This chapter explains the parameters for the Business System commands of the NEAX2400 IPX. A data sheet
is provided for each command. The commands are listed in standard programming order as illustrated in the
Data Assignment Flow Chart.
If you know a command name, and you want quick access to the command’s description, you can refer to the
Business Command List in Alphanumeric Order to find the page on which the command is described.
The contents of each command description are shown in Figure 4-1. The data sheet is on the page following the
command description.
Note 1: Data for the most frequently used parameters are as follows (for the NEAX2400 IPX):

TN = 1-63
STN = Maximum 5 digits
LENS = 6 digits (Module Group, Unit, Group, Level)
MG = 00/01 for 1-IMG System/00-07 for 4-IMG, IPX-U System
RT = 1-255 (maximum number of routes is designated by the ASYD command, INDEX 65.)
TK = 1-255
Attendant Consoles = 1-16 for 1-IMG System/1-32 for 4-IMG System/1-60 for IPX-U System
Note 2: It is possible to readout/list-up the existing NDM data without logging in to the NCN (Network Control

Node) in Fusion Network. When assigning the NDM data, NCN log-in is required as before.
Note 3: The new commands for concealing physical station number (with “_T” in the command name), have the

function to assign the station data by using Telephone Number instead of Physical Station Number. These
new commands execute the data assignment/deletion for the Data Memory (DM) only, as the same as the
existing command.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 55
Issue 1

BUSINESS SYSTEM COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS AND DATA SHEETS

Command name

AFDD

The assigned data dump into the designated file by the
list up command shown here.

Command name (full name)

List Up: LFDD

AFDD: Assignment of Function Display Data

1. GENERAL

The purpose of the command and its service
features are explained here.

This command is used to assign the characters of software key indication on a D term Series E.
When this command is not assigned, the default(which shows on FKY parameter description on this command)
are displayed.

2. PRECAUTIONS
The LCD is 24 digits wide, and there are four of software keys, hence a maximum of 6 characters can be assigned
for each software key indication.

3.DATA ENTRY INSTRUCTIONS
DISP

Displayed characters (Max.6 characters of alphabet and numbers)

FUNCTION KEY CODE (FKY)1-320
1

DISPLAY MESSAGE ON LCD (DISP)
FWD-BY

FKY(1-320) Note:The default displayed characters are shown in the parenthesis
FKY

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Service name

Call Forwarding-Busy Line
Call Forwarding-All Calls
Executive Right of Way
Call Waiting
CAll Back
Save and Repeat

Default display

FDB
FDA
BV
CW
CB
S&R
-

FKY

60
61-82
83
84
85
86
87

Service name

Manual Signaling Key
Retain Conference
Serial Call
Internal Zone Paging(Not released
for U.S.A.and Canada)

Wake Up Set

Default display

SIG
KEEP
S_CAL
IZP
WUS

Information necessary to create the office data
which may include the following:
The related command and parameters
The related service feature
MAT operation instructions
The system hardware operation affecting the data
The data storage node within the fusion network

The required parameters, the applicable data range and
parameter descriptions are explained here.

Figure 4-1 Command Descriptions

CHAPTER 4
Page 56
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ATIM : Assignment of Date and Time

ATIM: Assignment of Date and Time
1. General
This command sets the clock information for the system. Clock information is executed when Y is entered in
the WRT? field and the Enter key pressed.
2. Precautions
1.

The clock is assigned in military time.

2.

Clock information assigned in this command is necessary for the following purposes:
(a) To indicate time for Dterm and ATT (Desk Console/Hotel Console)
(b) To specify the time for changing the route pattern for LCR
(c) To specify the time and date for changing the number development for LCR
(d) To specify the time for outgoing calls or for refusing incoming calls
(e) To specify the start time for the routing diagnosis
(f) To specify a length of time for Traffic Measurement
(g) SMDR

3.

The system automatically takes the leap year into account.

3. Data Entry Instructions
DAY
Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 31.
YEAR
Enter 4 digits as the year.
(For example:1999 or 2000)

YEAR

DATE
MONTH

MINUTE
Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 60.

DAY

TIME
MINUTE

HOUR

MONTH
Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 12.

SECOND

SECOND
Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 60.

HOUR
Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 24.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 57
Issue 1

ATIMN : Assignment of Date and Time for NDM

ATIMN: Assignment of Date and Time for NDM
1. General
This command sets the clock information for all systems within the Fusion network. The time data assigned by
this command is adjusted according to each LN’s time difference data assigned by the ATDF command, before
updating the NDM at each LN. The completion of time data assignment for each LN is displayed on theMAT.
2. Precautions
1.

Prior to this command, the time difference data for all nodes must be assigned to the NCN using the ATDF
command.

2.

The clock is assigned in military time.

3.

Clock information assigned in this command is necessary for the following purposes:
(a) To indicate time for Dterm and ATT (Desk Console/Hotel Console)
(b) To specify the time for changing the route pattern for LCR
(c) To specify the time and date for changing the number development for LCR
(d) To specify the time for outgoing calls or for refusing incoming calls
(e) To specify the start time for the routing diagnosis
(f) To specify a length of time for Traffic Measurement
(g) SMDR

4.

The system automatically takes the leap year into account.

5.

Clock information is executed when “Y” is entered in WRT? field and the Enter key pressed.

CHAPTER 4
Page 58
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ATIMN : Assignment of Date and Time for NDM

3. Data Entry Instructions

DAY
Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 31.
YEAR
Enter the 4 digits of the year.
(For example: 1999 or 2000)

MINUTE
Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 60.

DATE
YEAR

MONTH

TIME
DAY

HOUR

MINUTE

SECOND

SECOND
Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 60.

MONTH
Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 12.

HOUR
Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 24.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 59
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

ASYD: Assignment of System Data
1. General
The ASYD/ASYDL command assigns the system data for the following node:
•

Local Node (L/N)/Network Control Node (NCN) of the Fusion network.

•

Stand-alone PBX

2. Precautions
1.

The ASYD command contains the following indexes:
SYS 1, INDEX 0-511
SYS 2, INDEX 0-15
SYS 3, INDEX 0-31

2.

The ASYDL command contains the following indexes:
SYS 1, INDEX 512-1535
SYS 2, INDEX 16-79 (Not used)

3.

For detailed information, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion Network System Manual.

CHAPTER 4
Page 60
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

3. Data Entry Instructions

Define each bit's corresponding
data referring to the SYSTEM
DATA CONTENTS

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

1

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0-511

n

DATA
0/1

BIT

1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0

b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7

03

n+1

DATA
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0

BIT CORRESPONDING
DATA

DATA
(DATA)
00-FF
(Hex)

FF

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

xxx service 0/1 = Not to be provided/To be provided
yyy service 0/1 = Not to be provided/To be provided
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Number of zzz

DATA

BIT
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7

Convert from Binary DATA
to Hexadecimal, and enter the
Hex. value at DATA text box.

BIT

b7

b6

b5

b4

b3

b2

b1

b0

DATA

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

1

Hex

0

3

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 61
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

4. Data Sheet

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

Number of Module Group (MG)
IPX = 01~08 (MG00~07)
0
(For IPX-UMG System)
01 Hex~20 Hex (MG00~MG32)
1

1
2

01

Number of Main Processor (fixed to “01”)
0/1 = Built-in ACDP is not provided/provided. Also number
of memory package.

b0
b1-b7

3

Not used
Configuration of Time Division System
01 = Single, 02 = Dual

CHAPTER 4
Page 62
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

Control of ORT all Busy Status
b0

0/1 = ROT/Queue
Recalling method when the caller has released with Emergency
Call service
0/1 = SHF or Depressing Ground Button/Unconditional Recalling

b1
Note:

b2

The operation procedure for recall is different
depending on the Dterm Series III or Dterm Series E.
Dterm III user operates with SHF.
Dterm E user operates with transfer key.

Releasing Method for Station to Station Calling Service
b3 b2

b3

1

4

0
0
1
1

0
1
0
1

=
=
=
=

Calling Party release
Called Party release
First Party release
Both Party release

Normally assign “First Party release”
Temporary Class Conversion/OAI Free Location Memory
0/1 = Not Required/Required
Note:
b4

b5

When setting outgoing restriction and toll restriction in
CCIS using the caller’s RSC transferred by a call
origination from the preceding office, data value “1” is
assigned. Destination restriction and number
restriction cannot be made using RSC. This data is
assigned “1” when the authorization code is provided.

PAD Control of 16LC circuit card (for Station to Station Calling
only)
0/1: Required/Not Required

b6

One Burst of Ringing On Call Forwarding (C.F.) phone when
C.F. – All Calls service has been assigned (analog phones only).
0/1 = Not Required/Required
Emergency Call Printout

b7

0/1 = No Printout/Printout

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 63
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

Access Code for C.F.-Busy Line and C.F. – Don’t Answer
Services
b0

0/1 = Same/Separate
Note:

b1
b2

If “0” is assigned, assign either SID: 10 or 12 in
command ASPA.

Maximum number of Multiple Call Forwarding – All Calls/
Busy Line occurrences:
b3 b2 b1
0

b3

5

b3 b2 b1

0 0 :

1 0 0 :
once

0

0 1 :

0

1 0 :

twice

1 1 0 :

0

1 1 :

three times

1 1 1 :

Note:

1 0 1 :
five times

This data is valid when SYS-1, INDEX 69, bit 7 is
assigned as “1.”
Call Back – Delay Timer

b4

1

four times

b5

Miscellaneous Timer
Counter (MTC)

Timer Value Setting is MTC × 2
sec.

b6

(0-7)

When this data is “000,” Timer
value is 2 sec.

Call Back – Delay Timer
b7

0/1 = Ineffective/Effective
Special Transmitting Tone When Using Sender (Station)

0

b0

0/1 = Not Required/Required (used with LCR/Speed Calling,
etc.)

b1

Not used
Special Transmitting Tone When Using Sender (ATT)

6

0

b2

0/1 = Not Required/Required (used with LCR/Speed Calling,
etc.)

b3

Not used

b4

Key pattern on the right side of Attendant Console

b5

b6 b5 b4

b6

0

0 0 = pattern 1

1

0 0 = pattern 4

Note:
0

CHAPTER 4
Page 64
Issue 1

b7

Not used

NDA-24298

Do not set other pattern data.

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYS1, INDEX 6, b4 ~ b6:
Note:

Can change the key Function using the AAKP command.

1.

Desk Console (Business) Key Pattern

Pattern 1 (b4=0, b5=0, b6=0)
LDN

TIE

BUSY

ATND

NANS

Recall

TF

(FX)

PAGE

REC

EMG

BV

TRKSL

Call Park

SC

SVC

(FRL)

(ICPT)

Start

Mute

Cancel
SRC
Release

Talk
Hold

DEST
Answer

Pattern 4 (b4=0, b5=0, b6=1)
LDN

TIE

BUSY

ATND

NANS

Recall

EMG

BV

TRKSL

Call Park

SC

SVC

TF
(FRL)

(FX)

PAGE

REC

(ICPT)

Start

Mute

Cancel
SRC
Release

Talk
Hold

DEST
Answer

(a) Add-on Console Key Pattern

Pattern 1 (b4=0, b5=0, b6=0) and pattern 4 (b4=0, b5=0, b6=1)
CAS

2.

CCSA

WATS

Hotel Desk Console Key pattern

Pattern 1 (b4=0, b5=0, b6=0)
LDN

TIE

Busy

ADM

NANS

Recall

TF

FX

PAGE

REC

EMG

HP

DND

GST

OT

ICPT

WATS

CCSA

Start

Mute

(a) Add-on Console Key pattern

TRKSL

SVC

SC

DND
Override

HWS

BV

SCRN

WUS

DDS

RCS

MWS

Check In

AUD

WUR

DDR

RCR

MWR

Check out

STS

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 65
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

Pattern 4 (b4=0, b5=0, b6=1)
LDN

TIE

Busy

ADM

NANS

Recall

TF

FX

PAGE

REC

EMG

HP

DND

GST

OT

ICPT

WATS

CCSA

Start

Mute

(b) Add-on Console Key pattern

TRKSL

SC

FRL

CP

RCS

MWS

Check In

AUD

RCR

MWR

Check out

STS

DND
Override

CAS

BV

WUS

DDS

WUR

DDR

3.

Desk Console (Business) Key pattern for Hotel application system

Pattern 1 (b4=0, b5=0, b6=0)
LDN

TIE

Busy

EMG

BV

TRKSL

ATND

NANS

Recall

TF

FX

PAGE

REC

DDC

SC

SVC

HWS

ICPT

Start

Mute

(a) Add-on Console Key pattern

CAS

CCSA

WATS

Pattern 4 (b4=0, b5=0, b6=1)
LDN

TIE

Busy

ATND

NANS

Recall

TF

(FX)

PAGE

REC

EMG

DDC

TRKSL

BV

SC

FRL

Call Park

(ICPT)

Start

Mute

(b) Add-on Console Key pattern

CAS

CHAPTER 4
Page 66
Issue 1

CCSA

WATS

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Not used
Restriction in the number of outside parties who can participate
in the Station Controlled Conference.
0/1 = Not Required/Required
If “0” is set, the outside party who can participate in the StationControlled Conference is as follows:
(a)

b1

For Tie Lines, it is possible to call a maximum of seven
lines, as long as the distant PBX returns the answer
signal and release signal.

(b) For C.O. Lines, answer signal and release signal are not
necessary. Only one C.O. LINE can attend the
conference.
If “1” is set, only one outside party can participate in the StationControlled conference.
7

0

b2

0

b3

Not used
Ability to camp-on indication for Attendant Console

0

1

b4

b5

0/1 = Normal/Busy LED flashes and Attendant Console hears
ROT if unable to camp-on
Processing of the following conditions in Automated Attendant
Service:
• When a trunk party has dialed an unused number or a dead
level
• When a trunk party has abandoned dialing a Station Number
• When a station is restricted from connection
• When the calling station does not answer
0/1 = Announcement is sent to the trunk party/Forced release

b6

Processing after PB Receiver Timeout in Automated Attendant
Service:
0/1 = Forced release/Transfer to ATT (Normally, assign “0.”)

0
8

b7

Not used
Number of Tenants: 1-63 (= 01-3F [HEX.])
Number of Attendant Consoles

9

1IMG: 1~16 (01Hex~10Hex)
4IMG: 1~60 (01Hex~3CHex)
IPX-U (16IMG): 1~60 (01Hex~3CHex)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 67
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

10

11

1

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

00

00

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

Not used

0

b4

Not used

0

b5

Not used

0

b6

0

b7

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

Not used

0

b4

Not used

0

b5

Not used

0

b6

0

b7
b0
b1
b2

12

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

b3
b4
b5

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used
Authorization Code Check Sum-1
b4 = Check Sum of Digit 0
b3 = Check Sum of Digit 1
b2 = Check Sum of Digit 2
b1 = Check Sum of Digit 3
b0 = Check Sum of Digit 4
0/1 = No Check Sum/Check Sum
Note:

b6
b7

When “00” Hex is entered, Check Sum is not used and
Authorization Codes can contain a maximum of 10
digits.

Note 1: Composition of Authorization Code, and its relation to Check Sum (related to INDEX 12~14).
Authorization Code consists of D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6.
Seek Digits
Check Digits
(When using Check Sum, a maximum of seven digits, including Check Digits, are available.)
There is a maximum of two Check Digits and eight Seek Digits.
• D5 is determined by Check Sum-1 and Check Code-1.
MOD10 (b4 × D0 + b3 × D1 + b2 × D2 + b1 × D3 + b0 × D4 + D5) = Check Code-1

• D6 is determined by Check Sum-2 and Check Code-2.

MOD10 (b4 × D0 + b3 × D1 + b2 × D2 + b1 × D3 + b0 × D4 + D6) = Check Code-2

Note 2: Only eight digits will print out on SMDR in the case of EPN – Authorization Code. Therefore, checks on authorization
codes should be limited to a total of eight digits.
CHAPTER 4
Page 68
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0
b1
b2
13

Authorization Code Check Sum-2
=
=
=
=
=

Check Sum of Digit 0
Check Sum of Digit 1
Check Sum of Digit 2
Check Sum of Digit 3
Check Sum of Digit 4

b5

b4
b3
b2
b1
b0

b6

0/1 = No Check Sum/Check Sum

b3
b4

b7

14
1

b0

Authorization Code Check Code-1 (0~9 Hex.)

b1

Check Code = MOD10

b2

(b4 × D0 + b3 × D1 + b2 × D2 + b1 × D3 + b0 × D4 + D5)

b3

(b0~b7 are indicated by INDEX 12)

b4

Authorization Code Check Code-2 (0~9 Hex.)

b5

Check Code = MOD10

b6

(b4 × D0 + b3 × D1 + b2 × D2 + b1 × D3 + b0 × D4 + D6)

b7

(b0~b4 are indicated by INDEX 13)

b0

Number of Trunk Group (TG) Busy Lamps for Attendant
Console

b1
b2

0 (Hex):Out of Service
Assign 01(Hex) ~ 0A (Hex) for 1 ~ 10 busy lamps.

15

b3

Note:

Assign the lamps in the ATGL command.

b4
b5
b6

Not used

b7

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 69
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

1-digit Station Number
b0

0/1 = Out/In Service
2-digit Station Number

b1

0/1 = Out/In Service
3-digit Station Number

b2
16

0/1 = Out/In Service
4-digit Station Number

b3

0/1 = Out/In Service
5-digit Station Number

b4
0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

b0
1

0/1 = Out/In Service

Not used

This bit (data “1”) allows single line stations to switch hook flash
and dial an access code while hearing RBT, to place a voice call
to a or activate the Dterm’s Message Reminder Key.
0/1 = Out/In Service

b1

This bit (data “1”) designates that EROW calls can be placed via
the Voice Button of a Dterm.
0/1 = Out/In Service
Privacy Release Service for Dterm

b2

0/1 = Out/In Service
This bit (data “1”) activates Privacy Release Warning Tone.

b3

17

0/1 = Not Send/Send
Blind Transfer to Attendant

b4
0

b5

0/1 = Out/In Service
Not used
Line Privacy Expansion service

b6

0/1 = Out/n Service
Note:

Effective when b2 = 1

Bridge Call
b7

CHAPTER 4
Page 70
Issue 1

0/1 = Privacy/Non-Privacy Operation

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0
b1
b2
b3

Not used

b4
b5
18

Day/Night change of Satellite Office (for CCIS)
b6

0/1 = Out/In Service
Day/Night change is executed by the Main Office (for CCIS)
Note:

1

b7

If Day/Night change is executed at the Main Office when
INDEX b6 = 1 of the Main Office and b7 = 1 of the
Satellite Office, Day/Night change is executed at the
Satellite Office as per the Tenant of the Main Office.

0/1 = Out/In Service
b0
b1

n:

Tenant (TN = 1 – 15) of the Main Office to which the
Satellite Office belongs (for CCIS)

b2
19

b3
b4
b5
b6

Not used

b7

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 71
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0
b1
b2
b3

Not used

b4
b5
1

20

b6
Billing Party for a call transferred by Call Forwarding – Outside
Service
Note
b7

0 = The Billing Party is the originator of the transferred call.
1 = The Billing Party is the station that has set Call Forwarding
– Outside service.

Note:

When “1” has been assigned to b7, the station number of Station A (Called Party), as shown below, is provided to
the SMDS equipment.

STN A

Outside Party

* STN A has set Call
Forwarding-Outside service.

STN B

TRK A
STN A

Calling Party

Outside Party

Index 20 Bit 7 = 0
Index 20 b7 = 1

CHAPTER 4
Page 72
Issue 1

Station B or RT + TRK of Calling Party is provided as originator of call on SMDR output.
Station A is output as the originator in both cases.

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

21

00

Not used

22

00

Not used

23

00

Not used

24

00

Not used

25

00

Not used

26

00

Not used

1

27

DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

Not used

Immediate Ring Back Tone Sending:
0/1 = Not Required/Required

b0
b1

1

b2

Miscellaneous Timer Counter
(MTC)

b3

(00~1F Hex)

(When this data is 00 Hex,
Timer value is 128 msec.)

b4

28

Message sending Guard Timer
for Message Center Interface.
Guard Time after sending data
to Message Center: Time Value
Setting is (MTC) × 128 msec.

Message Waiting Lamp Control by Message Center Interface:
b5
0

b6

0

b7

0/1 = Out/In Service
Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 73
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0

Message Center Interface Output Designation

b1

“1” is to be assigned to each bit corresponding to the Port Number
of the IOC Circuit Card.

b2
29

b3

b0 = Port 0

b4 = Port 4

b4

b1 = Port 1

b5 = Port 5

b5

b2 = Port 2

b6 = Port 6

b6

b3 = Port 3

b7 = Port 7

b7

1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Note:

In the case of dual output ports service, assign “1” to
both ports.

Mounting capacity of Data Memory (DM)
For IPX, assign 02 Hex.
30
Note:

Assign 04H for the extensive capacity and 06H for using
PCS.

Mounting capacity of Common Memory (CM) 1~4 Mbyte
(01~04)
31

For IPX, assign 02 Hex.
For IPX with OAI name display, assign 04H.

1

32

0

b0

Not used

1

b1

Record Tenant Data for SMDR

1

b2

Record Selected Trunk type for SMDR

0

b3

0

b4

Not used
When Recording Called Numbers for SMDR:

b5

0/1 = The ACC Code is not to be included/The ACC Code is to
be included.
When Recording Abbreviated Digit Codes for SMDR:

b6

0/1 = The Digits are Recorded/Digits Dialed are Recorded.
SMDR

b7

CHAPTER 4
Page 74
Issue 1

0/1 = Out/In Service

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2
b3

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Not used

Telephone Subject to Total Billing (when b6 = 1)

b4 b3
0 0 = Telephone that called first
0 1 = Telephone that called last.
b4
1

33

1 0 = First telephone after the call has been handled by
ATT.
1 1 = Last telephone after the call has been handled by
ATT.
Billing for Transferred Incoming Call

b5

0/1 = Split/Total Billing
Note:

Total Billing means “Telephone that called last.”

Billing for Transferred Outgoing Call
b6

0/1 = Split/Total Billing
Total Billing means “Telephone that called last.”

0

b7

Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 75
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

SMDR RS-232 C Output
b0
b1

0/1 = Out/In Service
RS-232C Output Code (SMDR) (When b0 = 1: SMDR)
b2 b1
0
0
1
1

b2

1

b3

34

b4

0
1
0
1

=
=
=
=

No Parity (If parity bit 7 is 0)
Not used
Not used
Not used

Number of RS-232C stop bits
b4 b3

b4 b3

0
0

1 0 = 1 + 1/2 bits
1 1 = 2 bits

0 = –
1 = 1 bit

The converted number is sent to the SMDR.
b5

0 = Original Number is sent.
1 = Converted Number is sent

CHAPTER 4
Page 76
Issue 1

0

b6

0

b7

Not used

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0
b1
b2
b3

35

b4

Not used

b5
b6
b7
36

00

Not used

37

00

Not used
b0
b1
b2

1

38

b3
b4
b5
b6
b7
b0
b1
b2
b3

39

b4
b5
b6
b7

Stand-Alone Fault Printer Accommodation Designation “1” is to
be assigned to each bit corresponding to the Port Number of the
IOC circuit card.
b0 = Port 0

b1 = Port 1

b2 = Port 2

b3 = Port 3

b4 = Port 4

b5 = Port 5

b6 = Port 6

b7 = Port 7

Note:

Usually, Port 1 is used for System Message Printer.

System Message Automatic Output Designation for Stand-Alone
Fault Printer
“1” is to be assigned to each bit corresponding to the Port Number
of the IOC circuit card.
b0 = Port 0

b1 = Port 1

b2 = Port 2

b3 = Port 3

b4 = Port 4

b5 = Port 5

b6 = Port 6

b7 = Port 7

Note:

NDA-24298

Usually, Port 1 is used for System Message Printer;
assign the same data as INDEX 38.

CHAPTER 4
Page 77
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0~b4

Not used
SMDR Buffer Overflow Alarm

40

b5

00

0/1 = Fault @ 80%, Clear @ 50%/Use Indexes 249 and 250.

b6

Not used

b7

Not used
OG Queuing Override – DDD Seizing Timer
Timer Counter (TC) is to be assigned a value from 01 Hex to 7F
Hex.

b0~b6

41

Timer Value Setting is (TC) × 30 sec.
Note:

1
0

b7

Not used

b0 ~ b1

Not used

When this data (TC) is 00 Hex, default data of 3 minutes
is set.

System Message “5-Q”, ACD MIS Lock up, is to be output
b2
42

0/1 = Invalid/Valid

b3

Not used

b4

Not used

b6

Not used
SST, SPDT Tone

b7

CHAPTER 4
Page 78
Issue 1

0/1 = Continuous/Burst

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

For Remote Access to System, is Forced Account (F/A) Code
Dialing required upon receiving RBT?
0/1 = Required/Not Required

0

b1

Not used

b2

Send SST after ACC Code dialing for Authorization Code or F/A
code is dialed using LCR Access
0/1 = Out/In Service

0

b3

Not used
ATT Re-enters Loop on Serial Call

b4

43

b5

0/1 = Restriction/Allowed
Send DT to the distant Office upon receiving Terminated Office
Code (Tandem)
0/1 = Not Required/Required

0

b6

1

Not used
Restriction for Dialing more than the max. of necessary digits (as
assigned via command AMND)

b7

0/1 = Not Required/Required
Note:

If a calling party dials more than the maximum
necessary digits, the calling party receives reorder tone.

Automatic Circuit Assurance
b0

44

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

0/1 = Out/In Service

Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 79
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

Abnormal Call, Short Duration Timer for Automatic Circuit
Assurance service (when INDEX = 44, b0 = 1)
Timer counter (TC) is to be assigned a value from 02 Hex to FF
Hex. (2 - 255 sec.)

45

Timer Value = TC × 1 sec.
Note:

When TC = 00 Hex, this timer is not set.

Abnormal Call, Long Duration Timer for Automatic Circuit
Assurance service
(when INDEX = 44, b0 = 1)
TC is to be assigned a value from 01 Hex to FF Hex. (1 - 255
min.)

46

Timer Value = TC × 1 min.
Note:

When TC = 00 Hex, this timer is not set.

Traffic Measurement Indication
b0
1

0

0/1 = CCS Indication/Erlang Indication

b2

TCFI Timer (Timer Internal Between Messages)

b2

b2 b1

b2 b1

0

0 = 2 seconds

1 1 = Application Dependent
(Standard Assignment)

0

1 = 4 seconds

1

0 = 8 seconds

b3

Display for TCFD

47

0/1 = MSG/Last input
0

= Normal assignment

SCF (FN = 127) Tone Control
0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0/1 = Invalid/Valid
Not used
Traffic Measurement for Terminal and Route Traffic (ATRF)

b7

CHAPTER 4
Page 80
Issue 1

0/1 = Out/In Service

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

48
49
50
51

Do not assign these INDEXes.

52

(INDEXes 48 ~ 55 are used for the Grade 1 Password Code.)

53
54
55
b0

Set Line Load Control (Automatic) Execution Occupancy Rate.

b1

Set execution of line load control (automatic) by the usage rate
(occupancy) rate of the CPU.

b2
1

56

FF

b3

Example:

b4

For executing line load control by CPU usage rate
(occupancy rate) 90%, assign 5AH.

b5
b6

To assign this Index, take the occupancy rate desired
and convert this value to Hex (e.g., 90 = 5AH).

b7
b0
b1
b2
b3
57

FF

b4

Set Line Load Control (Automatic) Execution Cancel Occupancy
Rate.
Set cancellation of line load control (automatic) by the usage rate
(occupancy) rate of the CPU.
Example:
For cancelling line load control by CPU usage rate
(occupancy rate) 80%, assign 50H.

b5
b6

To assign this Index, take the occupancy rate desired
and convert this value to Hex (e.g., 80 = 50H).

b7
Note:

When assigning data for INDEXes 56 and 57, be sure to assign data in such a way that the data value of
INDEX 56 is larger than INDEX 57 (Value of INDEX 56>Value of INDEX57).

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 81
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

58

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Configuration of CPU (for IPX)
0/1 = Single/Dual
For IPX, assign “0.”

0

b1

Not used

1

b2

1

b3

0

b4

0

b5

Trunk Ineffective Hold Detect Processing Program Start
0/1 = Not Required/Required (Always assign “1.”)
Send Forced Off-Hook Supervisory Command
0/1 = Not Required/Required (Always assign “1.”)
Not used
LP Residual Link Detect (for IPX-UMG system only)
0 = All LP per a day
1 = 1 LPG per a day (1LPG consists of four IMGs)

b6

1

0

Note:

b7

Not used

b0

Incoming Call Restriction from TRK during Line Load Control
0/1 = Not Required/Required

b1

LCR – Controlled Alternate PRSC (FRLs) service (urgent mode
via AUNE)
0/1 = Out/In Service
Note:

b2

59

CHAPTER 4
Page 82
Issue 1

As related to the total necessary time of Routine
Diagnosis, designate the number of LP to be executed
the LP Residual Link Detect per a day. This data is
effective when ASYD SYS1 INDEX90 bit3=1 (Residual
Link Detect is to be executed) is assigned.

When “1” is assigned, the FRL key on the Attendant
Console is effective.

DID Busy Condition
0/1 = No Tone/Busy Tone

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

Number of Tones sent for Override services
0/1 = 2/3 Tones

0

b6

Send Tones for Attendant and Override services
0/1 = Yes/No

b7

Intercom service for Dterm
0/1 = Out/In Service

Not used

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Not used

UCD Queuing
b3

0/1 = Required (RBT)/Not Required (BT)
(Most = 0 when the MCI is in service.)

60

Nailed Down Connection (Fixed Connection) service
b4

b5

0/1 = Out/In service
Send Warning Tone to interrupted parties when Attendant
Interruption service is operated.
0/1 = Required/Not Required

1

61

0

b6

0

b7

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

Not used

Not used

Call Waiting Display – UCD/ACD Service
b5
0

b6

0

b7

0/1 = Out/In Service
Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 83
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5
b6

62

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Not used

ACT/ST – BY Change over at Routine Diagnosis

b7 b6
0 0 = Every time
0 1 = Once a week (On Sunday)
b7

1 0 = Once a month (On the 1st Sunday of the month)
1 1 = –

1

Note:

Assign the Routine Diagnosis Program start time in
SYS-1, INDEXes 87 and 88.

Blind Transfer for stations in service
b0

0/1 = No/Yes

b1
b2
63

00

Not used

b3
b4

Not used
Exclusive Hold for stations

b5
b6
b7

CHAPTER 4
Page 84
Issue 1

0/1 = Yes/No
Not used

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

µ law/A law for TDSW
b0

0 = µ law (Japan, North America, Canada, and Hong Kong)
1 = A law (Europe, other nations)

b1

Display of Call Waiting Lamp (on Attendant Console) service

b2 b1
0 0 = When PA lamp illuminates
b2

0 1 = When busy lamp field is not displayed
1 0 = Always
1 1 = –

b3

Howler Tone sending service

b4 b3

64

0 0 = Out of Service
1

0 1 = Send one time only
b4

1 0 = Repeat every 30 sec.
1 1 = –
Note:

0

b5

0

b6

The Sending Timer may be changed to a value other
than 30 sec. via SYS-1, INDEX = 146.

Not used
Type of Attendant Camp-On
0/1 = Automatic/Semi-Auto (Normally Assign “0.”)
Music On Hold service

b7

0/1 = Out/In Service
Maximum Number of Routes

65
IPX 1 ~ 255 = 01 ~ FF Hex
66

00

Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 85
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

67

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

00

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Not used

SMDR Control Circuit Card Designation
0/1 = MRC/SMDC (Always assign “0.”)
SMDR Sending Designation
0

b7

b0

0/1 = AP/SMDC (Always assign “0.”)
Operating method for busy station service (Call back, Executive
Right of Way, etc.)
0/1 = SHF + Access Code/Last Digit + Access Code
Operating method for Individual Trunk Access (ATT) service

b1
1

0 = Route No. + Trunk No.
1 = C.O. Code (as assigned via command ACOC)
Ringing Signal type for TAS indicator

b2

0/1 = Interval/Continuous
OG Trunk Queuing (On-Hook) Automatic Cancel

b3

b4

68

0/1 = Out/In Service
TKSL key on the Attendant Console (for Individual Trunk Access service)
0/1 = Out/In service

0

b5

Not used
Ground Button (GB) used for SHF

b6

0/1 = Not Required/Required
OG call operation
–

via Attendant
Console

Direct Dial
Access

0

Off-Hook

Off-Hook by
pressing GB

1

Off-Hook by
pressing GB

Off-Hook

b7

b7

CHAPTER 4
Page 86
Issue 1

NDA-24298

Used only for
Special
Common
Battery
Telephones

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

Return transferred call to transferring party after Recall Timer
expires (Call Transfer – All Calls or Blind Transfer to Station
service)
b0

b1

0/1 = Recall/No Recall, or execution of Call Forwarding –
Don’t Answer (when C.F. – Don’t Answer is set at the
transfer destination station)
Send short tone when a call forwarded via C.F. – All Calls service
is answered.
0/1 = Not Required/Required
Send short tone when a recalled C.F. – All Calls call is answered.

b2
1

69

0

b3
b4

0/1 = Not Required/Required
Not used
Hunting Group when transferred party is busy (Station Hunting
after C.F. – Busy Line):

b5

b6

0 = Hunt in Transferring Party’s Group
1 = Hunt in Transferred Party’s Group
Send Warning Tone to indicate Intercom Bridge (Auto/Manual
and Dial Intercom service)
0/1 = Not Required/Required
Multiple Call Forwarding – Busy Line/All Calls

b7

0/1 = Out/In Service

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 87
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

Called Number Display when forwarding to Attendant Console
b0

0/1 = Out/In Service
Flashing display of Line Lockout on Attendant Console BLF

b1
b2

0/1 = In Service/Out
Route No. Display on Attendant Console
b3 b2

b3 b2
0

0

0:

b3

TN

RT

1:

TRK

RT

TRK

One digit dialing instead of SHF (DP TEL only)
b4

70

0/1 = Not Required/Required
Priority order for answering via ANSWER key

b5

1

b6

0 = Priority according to Type of Call
1 = Priority according to the order call termination
Announcement Trunks used for Delay Announcement – UCD
service
0/1 = Common/per UCD group

b7

Send Warning Tone to interrupted parties when Executive Right
of Way service is in operation
0/1 = Required/Not Required

b0

Call Back Automatic Cancel Timer

b1

Value = T× (X1H to XFH) × MTC (3.5 minutes)

b2

This Timer can be assigned a value from 3.5 minutes to 52.5
minutes.

b3
71

00

b4
b5

Not used

b6
Enable Call Back Automatic Cancel Timer
b7

CHAPTER 4
Page 88
Issue 1

0/1 = No/Yes

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

72

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5
b6

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Not used

Distinctive Ringing (DR) only for Direct-In Termination (DIT),
Direct-In Dialing (DID) calls
Note:

0

Assign “0” or “1” according to Table 4-2.

b7

Not used

b0

Type of Paging Service
b1 b0

b1

b1 b0

0

0 = No Answer Note

1 0 = Delay

0

1 = No Delay

1 1 = Delay with Paging
Transfer

1
Note:

Ringback Tone when CDN6 = 8.

Radio Page Number
b2

0/1 = 2 digits/3 digits
Paging Cancel Code

73

b3

0/1 = Individual Paging Route Codes/Common to all Paging
Routes
Radio Paging – station number is automatically sent.

b4

0/1 = Out/In Service
Radio Paging – Automatic Re-Paging

b5

b6

0/1 = In/Out Service
Attendant answers the Automatic Recall, the calling station
number is displayed on Attendant Console.
0/1 = Not Required/Required

b7

Attendant Console – Loop-to-Loop Connection (Meet-Me
Paging – Attendant service)
0/1= Out/In Service

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 89
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

b6

0

Parameter DR assigned via
command “ARTD”

1

0

1

0

1

Direct-In Termination (DIT)

Ringer Pattern 1

Ringer Pattern 0

Ringer Pattern 1

Ringer Pattern 0

Via Attendant Console

Ringer Pattern 1

Ringer Pattern 0

Ringer Pattern 1

Ringer Pattern 1

Via other station

Ringer Pattern 1

Ringer Pattern 0

Ringer Pattern 1

Ringer Pattern 1

Interoffice call

Ringer Pattern 1

Ringer Pattern 1

Ringer Pattern 1

Ringer Pattern 1

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Cancel Timer for an Unanswered Radio Page

b1

Time Counter (TC) is assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex (0
–15).

b2

Timer Value is (TC+1) × 30 sec.
b3
1

74

Note:

If the set Timer Value elapses, Automatic Cancel is
activated.

b4

Recall and Cancel Timer for an Unanswered Radio Page

b5

Timer Counter (TC) is assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex (0
– 15).

b6

Timer Value is (TC+1) × 30 sec.
b7

CHAPTER 4
Page 90
Issue 1

Note:

NDA-24298

If the set Timer Value elapses, Recall is activated. If the
Timer Value elapses once again, Automatic Cancel is
activated.

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Route Restriction Class Data (ARSC
command)
0/1 = Common/Separate

b1

Service Feature Restriction class Data
(ASFC command)
0/1 = Common/Separate

b2

Tenant Restriction Data
(ATNR command)
0/1 = Common/Separate

b3

Toll Code Restriction Data (ATDP
command)
0/1 = Common/Separate

1

75
b4

EPN Facility Restriction Data (AEFR
command)

b5

Change Digit Code for Dial In Service
Data (ACDD command)
0/1 = Common/Separate

b6

Special Access Code for Floor Service
Data (ASPF command) (for Hotel
System)

Table Development:
Common or Separate
Day/Night Data Tables.
Note:

When data
tables are
designated as
“Common,”
the Day mode
designation
must be used
in the
respective
commands.

0/1 = Common/Separate

b7

Station-to-Station Connection Restriction Data (ASCR, ATCR commands (for Hotel System)
0/1 = Common/Separate

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 91
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

Not used

b1

Same Special Access Code Data
(ASPS command)

0

0/1 = Common/Separate
b2

Call Forwarding Service by Calling
Number Data (AFCP command)
0/1 = Common/Separate

76

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

Not used

Table Development:
Common or Separate
Day/Night Data Tables.
Note:

When data
tables are
designated as
“Common”,
the Day mode
designation
must be used
in the
respective
commands.

1
Day/Night mode change via the Attendant Console handset jack
b0
0

b1

0/1 = Not Required/Required
Not used
MW Refresh
0/1 = Required/Not Required

b2
Note:
77

When message Waiting Lamp is provided, this data
should be assigned “0."

Service Module Interface
1

CHAPTER 4
Page 92
Issue 1

b3

0/1 = Required/Not Required

1

b4

Module in which PFT card is mounted

1

b5

PIM (Always assign “11.")

0

b6

0

b7

Not used

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

1

b0

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Display Station numbers on the Attendant Console and stations
0/1 = Out/In Service (Always assign “1.")
Kind of Service Class indication (Dterm)
1

78

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0/1 = Out/In Service (Always assign “1.")
Not used
Station Number with Name Display

0

b4

0/1 = Out/In Service
Not used
Name Display Service

b5

1

0

b6

0

b7

0

b0

0

b1

0/1 = Out/In Service
Not used

Not used
Split Call Forwarding Service

b2
0

b3

0

b4

0/1 = Out/In Service
Not used
Name Display Enhance Service

79

b5

0/1 = Out/In Service
OAI/ACD Service
0/1 = In Service/Out

b6
Note:
0

b7

When OAI/ACD service is out of service, this data is
assigned “1."

Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 93
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

Not used

b1

Call Block Service - Key used for canceling the Rejection
Number
0/1 = # key/* key
Clear last input from LCD when in OAI Mode

0

b2

80
0

b3

0/1 = Yes/No
Display static ACD messages (Break, Ready, etc.) on the second
line of the LCD.
0/1 = No/Yes

1

81

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

00

82

Not used
b0

Station Number Display Pattern on the Attendant Console

b1

b3 – b0 = Station Number Display Pattern

b2

b7 – b4 = Station Number Display Pattern for CCIS

b3

b3/b7 b2/b6 b1/b5 b0/b4

b4

0

0

0

0 =

b5

0

0

0

1 =

TN

STATION NUMBER

0

0

1

0 =

RSC

STATION NUMBER

0

0

1

1 =

TN

STATION NUMBER

0

1

0

0 =

RSC

STATION NUMBER

0

1

0

1 =

b6

b7

83

CHAPTER 4
Page 94
Issue 1

00

Not used

Not used

NDA-24298

TN

RSC

STATION NUMBER

STATION NUMBER

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

84

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

FF

1

85

FF

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

1

b0

1

b1

1

b2

1

b3

1

b4

1

b5

1

b6

1

b7

1

b0

1

b1

1

b2

1

b3

1

b4

1

b5

1

b6

1

b7

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Data Memory Segment Location Designation

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 95
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

System Message “7-0” is registered when no errors are detected
by the Routine Diagnosis Program (Refer to INDEX 89 and 90)
0/1 = Not Registered/Registered

b1

System Message “7-P” is registered when an error is detected by
the Routine Diagnosis Program (Refer to INDEX 89 and 90)
0/1 = Not Register/Register

b2

Fault Recovery Pattern upon TRK Ineffective Hold Detection

b3 b2
0 0 = Release all calls other than basic calls (two-way
calls), and register all call status.
1

b3

86

0 1 = Register all call status
1 0 = Release all calls and register all call status
1 1 = Not used
System Message Automatic output to System printer

b4

(SYS 1, INDEX = 38, 39)
0/1 = Not Required/Required

0

b5

Not used

0

b6

Not used

1

b7

System Message Contents

CHAPTER 4
Page 96
Issue 1

0/1 = Simplified/Detailed (Always assign “1.”)

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

Hour data is assigned using a decimal
number (Military Time)
Example:

2:00 a.m. –
This data is
entered as 02.

87
Example:

2:30 p.m. –
This data is
entered as 14.

Minute data is assigned using a decimal number (Military Time)
Example:

2:00 a.m. –
This data is
entered as 00.

88
Example:

Routine Diagnosis
Program Start Time

2:30 p.m. –

Note:

When
both
Index 87 and
Index 88 are
assigned data
“FF” Hex,
the Routine
Diagnosis
Program is
not executed.

This data is
entered as 30.
0

1

89

b0

Main Memory Check (Generic Program Memory)
0/1 = No/Yes

b1

DM Check (DM = Data Memory)
0/1 = No/Yes

b2

TSW Active/Standby Changeover for Dual Systems
0/1 = No/Yes

b3

(For 1-IMG, 4-IMG, IPX-U system)
CPU Active/Standby Changeover for Dual Systems
0/1 = No/Yes
(For IPX-UMG system)
SP ACT/STBY Changeover
0/1 = No/Yes

b4

Trunk Ineffective Hold Detect
0/1 = No/Yes

b5

Trunk Ineffective Hold Release
0/1 = No/Yes

b6

Call Forwarding Memory Clear
0/1 = No/Yes

b7

Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 97
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Not used

b1

Backup Call Forwarding and Individual Speed Data to HDD
(See Index 304)
0/1 = No/Yes

b2
b3

90

b4
b5
b6
b7
0

b0

0

b1
b2

1

Not used
Residual link detect
0/1 = No/Yes
LP ACT/STBY Changeover (for IPX-UMG system)
0/1 = No/Yes
CMP ACT/STBY Changeover (for IPX-UMG system)
0/1 = No/Yes
Not used

Not used
Grades of System Message that can be Registered:

b3 b2
0 0 = Register All System Message Data
0 1 = Register System Message Data higher than grade 1
(SUP, MN, MJ)
b3

1 0 = Register System Message Data higher than grade 2
(MN, MJ)
1 1 = Register System Message Data higher than grade 3
(MJ)

91

Note:

CHAPTER 4
Page 98
Issue 1

This data is fixed to “00” when Alarm Grade data is
assigned by the ALMG command.

b4

External Supplied Clock to TSW
(12.352M-24CH System No. 0)

b5

External Supplied Clock to TSW
(12.352M-24CH System No. 1)

b6

External Supplied Clock to TSW
(12.288M-32CH System No. 0*)

b7

External Supplied Clock to TSW
(12.288M-32CH System No. 1*)

NDA-24298

When one PLO card is
to be mounted:

b7 b6 b5 b4
0 1 0 1
When two PLO cards
are to be mounted:

b7 b6 b5 b4
1 1 1 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

92

1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

System Data-2 (ASYD command)

b1

Special Access Code Data (ASPA,
AASP, AGSP command)

b2

Numbering Plan Data (ANPD, AANP,
AGNP command)

b3

Station Data (ASDT, AAST, AGST,
ALDN, ASAT commands)

b4

Route Restriction Class Data (ARSC
command)

b5

Call Forwarding Restriction Data
(ACFR command)

0

b6

0

b7

Not used

b0

Service Feature Restriction class Data
(ASFC command)

b1

Call Forwarding Data (ACFO command)

b2

TAS Data (ATAS command)

b3
b4
93
b5

b6

b7

Separate or Common
Tenant Data table development for the respective commands
0/1 = Separate/Common
Note:

When data
“1” is
assigned,
data must be
assigned for
Tenant 1
(TN = 1) in
the respective
commands.

Separate or Common
Tenant Data table development for the respective commands

Speed Calling Data (ASPD command) 0/1 = Separate/Common
Route and Selection Translation Data
(OG, Tandem) (ASTP, AFRS, AUNE
commands)
Note:
When data
Route and Selection Translation Data
“1” is
(IC) (ASTP command)
assigned,
data must be
Maximum Necessary Digit Data
assigned for
(AMND command)
Tenant 1
(TN = 1) in
Note: Assign “0,” when using
the respective
Authorization Code
commands.
Announcement Equipment Data
(AAED command)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 99
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

94

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Tenant Restriction Class Data (ATNR
command)

b1

EPN Facility Restriction Data (AEFR
command)

b2

Primary Call Restriction Data (APCR
command)

b3

Authorization Code Data (AATC
command)

b4

Special Access Code for Floor Data
(ASPF command) (for Hotel System)

b5

Day/Night Connection Restriction
Data (ADNR command) (for Hotel
System)

b6

Station-to-Station Connection
Restriction Data (ASCR command)
(for Hotel System)

b7

Special Incoming Data (ASID command)

1

b0
b1
b2
b3

When billing data output failure has
occurred to SMDR/RS-232C, the unit
digit of the time in which the billing
data can be saved; 0-9 (10-minute
basis)

b4
95

b5
b6

b7

When billing data output failure has
occurred to SMDR/RS-232C, the tens
digit of the time in which the billing
data can be saved; 0-9 (10-minute
basis)

Separate or Common
Tenant Data table development for the respective commands
0/1 = Separate/Common
Note:

When data
“1” is
assigned,
data must be
assigned for
Tenant 1
(TN = 1) in
the respective
commands.

Data can be saved from
10 to 990 minutes (16
hours) by 10-minute
basis.
In the case of 00,
output billing data can
be saved for 3 hours.
In the case of FF,
output billing data can
be saved until data
output becomes
possible.
(Default is FF fixed)

CHAPTER 4
Page 100
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

96
97

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

End User’s Office Name (INDEX 96-115)

98

Note 1: The End User’s Office Name must be less than 20
characters.

99

Note 2: A blank is assigned as data “20 Hex”.

100
101
102
103
104

1

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

Hex
Char

Hex
Char

Hex
Char

Hex
Char

Hex
Char

Hex
Char

20

30 0

40 @

50 P

60 `

70 p

21 !

31 1

41 A

51 Q

61 a

71 q

22 !!

32 2

42 B

52 R

62 b

72 r

23 #

33 3

43 C

53 S

63 c

73 s

105

24 $

34 4

44 D

54 T

64 d

74 t

106

25 %

35 5

45 E

55 U

65 e

75 u

107

26 &

36 6

46 F

56 V

66 f

76 v

108

27 ‘

37 7

47 G

57 W

67 g

77 w

109

28 (

38 8

48 H

58 X

68 h

78 x

110

29 )

39 9

49 I

59 Y

69 i

79 y

111

2A *

3A :

4A J

5A Z

6A j

7A z

112

2B +

3B ;

4B K

5B [

6B k

7B

113

2C ,

3C <

4C L

5C

6C l

7C

114

2D -

3D =

4D M

5D ]

6D m

7D

2E .

3E >

4E N

5E

6E n

7E

2F /

3F ?

4F O

5F _

6F o

7F

Example: If the End User’s Office Name is “NEC CORP.
(TOKYO),” assignment is as follows:

115

INDEX

Set Hex

Char

INDEX

Set Hex

Char

96

4E

N

106

28

(

97

45

E

107

54

T

98

43

C

108

4F

O

99

20

blank

109

4B

K

100

43

C

110

59

Y

101

4F

O

111

4F

O

102

52

R

112

29

)

103

50

P

113

20

blank

104

2E

.

114

20

blank

105

20

blank

115

20

blank

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 101
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

116

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6
b7

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Not used

Password Function (Effective only
with MAT)
0/1 = Out/In Service

1

117

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

Note 1

Data for Port 0 of the
IOC Circuit Card

Not used

Password Function (Effective only
with MAT)
0/1 = Out/In Service

Note 2

Data for Port 1 for the
IOC Circuit Card

Note 1: When setting the data that designates Print/Message Center and MAT, be sure the data is not duplicated in

the Port number data to be assigned by SYS-1, INDEX 288, 290, 292, and 294. Also, when setting the data
that designates SMDR, it is necessary to assign the corresponding data to SYS-1, INDEX 288, 290, 292,
and 294.
Note 2: Bits 0 ~ 6 are assigned in the AIOC command. Only bit 7 may be changed using this index.
Note 3: When activating the Password function, assign “b 7 = 1" ONLY after a Password Code has been assigned

using the command APSW.

CHAPTER 4
Page 102
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

118

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6
b7

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Not used

Password Function (Effective
only with MAT)
0/1 = Out/In Service

1

119

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

Note 1

Data for Port 2 of the IOC
Circuit Card

Not used

Password Function (Effective
only with MAT)
0/1 = Out/In Service

Note 2

Data for Port 3 for the IOC
Circuit Card

Note 1: When setting the data that designates Print/Message Center and MAT, be sure the data is not duplicated in the Port
number data assigned by SYS-1, INDEX 288, 290, 292, and 294. When setting the data that designate SMDR, it is
necessary to assign the corresponding data to SYS-1, INDEX 288, 290, 292, and 294.
Note 2: Bits 0 ~ 6 are assigned in the AIOC Command. Only bit 7 may be changed using this index.
Note 3: When activating the Password function, assign “b7 = 1” ONLY after a Password Code has been assigned via
command APSW.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 103
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 511

120

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6
b7

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Not used

Password Function (Effective
only with MAT)
0/1 = Out/In Service

1

121

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

Note 1

Data for Port 4 of the IOC
Circuit Card

Not used

Password Function (Effective
only with MAT)
0/1 = Out/In Service

Note 2

Data for Port 5 for the IOC
Circuit Card

Note 1: When setting the data that designates Print/Message Center and MAT, be sure the data is not duplicated in the Port
number data assigned by SYS-1, INDEX 288, 290, 292, and 294. When setting the data that designate SMDR, it is
necessary to assign the corresponding data to SYS-1, INDEX 288, 290, 292, and 294.
Note 2: Bits 0 ~ 6 are assigned in the AIOC Command. Only bit 7 may be changed using this index.
Note 3: When activating the Password function, assign “b7 = 1” ONLY after a Password Code has been assigned via
command APSW.

CHAPTER 4
Page 104
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

1

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
HEX

122

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

Not used

b7

Password Function (Effective only with
MAT)

Not used

Data for Port 6 of
the IOC Circuit
Card

Not used

0/1 = Out/In Service
Note:

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

1

Note:

Note

When activating the Password function, assign “b 7 = 1” ONLY after a Password Code has been assigned via command APSW.

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

123

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Not used

Data for Port 7 for
the IOC Circuit
Card

Not used

Not used
Password function (effective only with MAT)
0/1 = Out/In Service

Note

When activating the Password function, assign “b7 = 1” ONLY after a Password Code has been assigned via
command APSW.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 105
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

124

00

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

Not used

b0
b1

MFC Sender PAD Control
Note:

Source Signal is -8 dBm

b2
b3 b2 b1 b0

b3

1
125

0 0 0

= -0 dB

0

0 0 1

= -2 dB

0

0 1 0

= -4 dB

0

0 1 1

= -6 dB

0

1 0 0

= -8 dB

0

1 0 1

= -10 dB

0

1 1 0

= -11.5 dB

0

1 1 1

= -14 dB

1

0 0 0 -

1 1 1 1

= Not used

b4

MFC Signaling System

b5

b3 b2 b1 b0

b6

0

0 0 0 = NEC Standard (Complies with the CCITT
MFC-R2) (USA default)

0

0 0 1 = Australia (Telecom Specification)

0

0 1 0 = Thailand (TOT Specification)

0

0 1 1 = Venezuela (Corpoven Specification)

0

1 0 0 = Korea

0

1 0 1 = Singapore (Telecom Specification)

0

1 1 0 = Not used

0

1 1 1 = Argentina

1

0 0 0 = Indonesia

1

0 0 1 = Mexico

1

0 1 0 = Brazil

1

0 1 1 = Chile

1

1 0 0 = Columbia

1

1 0 1 = India

1

1 1 0 ~ 1 1 1 1 = Not used

b7

CHAPTER 4
Page 106
Issue 1

0

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0

External Equipment Alarm Timer (0-127):

b1

If external equipment continues to send alarm information for the
duration over this timer value, the system will regard it as a failure.

b2
b3
b4

126

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

b5
b6

Example:

b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0

0 1 1 1 1 0 = 30 sec.

1

1 1 1 0 0 0 = 120 sec.

When MFC Public Exchange requests one more digit (GA-I):

b7
1

127

00

0/1 = PBX sends GI-15 (end of digit) and waits a Backward Signal/PBX waits a Backward Signal
Not used

b0
b1
b2

Miscellaneous Timer counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0–15).
ORT SEIZURE
“3”

b3

128
0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

DIAL PULSE

Not used

NDA-24298

The interval from
the time a register is
accessed until it receives the first digit.
Timer Value Setting
is MTC × 2 sec.
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 12 sec.

CHAPTER 4
Page 107
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Register Inter Digit Timer:

b1

Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).

b2

ORT SEIZURE
“3”

b3

129

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

1

b0
b1
b2

DIAL PULSE

Timer Value Setting
is MTC × 2 sec.
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 6 sec.

Not used

Sender Connection Acknowledgment
Timer:
Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).

OGT START

b3

130

“2”

The interval
between dialed
digits.

WINK SIGNAL

For calls over
senderized Tie
Lines, the sender
requires an ACK
signal from the
distant PBX before
it can send digits.
This timer specifies
how long the sender
must wait.
Timer Value Setting
is MTC × 2 sec.

CHAPTER 4
Page 108
Issue 1

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

Not used

NDA-24298

Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 4 sec.

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Not used

For 2nd DT trunks,
the sender waits
until this timer
expires before
sending dialed
digits.

b5

Sender Prepause Timer:

Timer Value Setting
is MTC × 512 msec.

b6

Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex Note: When this
data is 00
(0-15).
Hex, the
following
OGT START
default data is
“3”
automatically
set:
DIAL PULSE

b4

131

b7

DP=2.9 sec.
PB=2.5 sec.
1
0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

The interval
between dialed
digits.

Not used

Timer Value Setting
is:

b4

10 pps; MTC × 1
sec.

b5

Sender Inter Digit Timer for DP:

b6

Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).

132

OGT START

b7

“3”
SENDING
DIAL PULSE

NDA-24298

“2”

20 pps; MTC × 1
sec.
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, 700
msec./10 pps
and 450
msec./20 pps
are
automatically
set.

CHAPTER 4
Page 109
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

The interval
between dialed
digits

Not used

Timer Value Setting
is 60 msec./120
msec. + MTC × 512
msec.

b4
b5

Sender Inter Digit Timer for PB:

b6

Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).

133

OGT START

"3"

"2"

SENDING PB SIGNAL

b7

1

b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
134

b6

0

CHAPTER 4
Page 110
Issue 1

b7

ATT Sender Release Timer:
Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).
Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

0

1 0 = –

1 1 0 = –

0

1 1 = 2 sec. 1 1 1 = –

Not used

NDA-24298

Note 1: When this
data is 00
Hex, timer
value is 60
msec/120
msec.
Note 2: 60/120
msec. is
decided by
parameter
ONSG of
the ARTD
command.
After connection to
2nd DT trunk. If this
timer expires before
the sender receives
an answer from the
2nd DT trunk, the
ATT display
changes to RT/TRK
and the sender is
released (false
answer).
Timer Value Setting
is MTC × TC sec.
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 4 sec.

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
135

b6

0

1

Seizure Guard Timer:
Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).
Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = 64 sec.

1 0 1 = –

0

1 0 = –

1 1 0 = –

0

1 1 = –

1 1 1 = –

b7

Not used

b0

Ground Button on Hold Timer for Special
Common Battery Telephone:

b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
136

b6

0

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

b7

Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).
Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

0

1 0 = –

1 1 0 = –

0

1 1 = 2 sec. 1 1 1 = –

Not used

NDA-24298

After a trunk is
seized, it cannot be
dialed until this
timer expires. This
timer prevents
bypassing of Toll
Restriction.
Timer Value Setting
is MTC × TC msec.
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 1 sec.
When a station with
a ground button goes
off-hook and
depresses the button
for the interval
specified by this
timer, the PBX
recognizes it as
being off-hook.
Timer Value Setting
is MTC × TC sec.
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 4 sec.

CHAPTER 4
Page 111
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Start Timer for Periodic Indication Tone:

b1

Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is
assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).

b2

CALL
START

b3

WARNING TONE
INDEX
–137 INDEX–138

1

137

b4
b5

b6

0

CHAPTER 4
Page 112
Issue 1

b7

Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0 0 0 = –

1 0

0 0 1 = 64 msec 1 0
0 1 0 = –

1 1

0 1 1 = 2 sec.

1 1

Not used

NDA-24298

This timer specifies
the point in a
conversation at
which the first
Periodic Indication
Tone is to be sent.
This timer is only
valid for routes that
have been assigned
Periodic Indication
Tone service via
parameter TELP
(CDN 29) of
command ARTD.
Timer Value Setting
is MTC + 1 × TC.

Note: When this
data is 00
0 = 30 sec.
Hex, default
data is
1= –
automatically
0= –
set to 3 min
(±30 sec.).
1= –

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
1

138

b6

0

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

b7

Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).

This timer assigns
the interval between
Periodic Indication
Tones, after the first
tone has been sent.

Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

Timer Value Setting
is MTC + 1 × TC.

Periodic Indication Tone Interval Timer:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0 0 0 = –

1 0

0 0 1 = 64 msec 1 0
0 1 0 = –

1 1

0 1 1 = 2 sec.

1 1

Note: When this
data is 00
0 = 30 sec.
Hex, default
data is
1 = –
automatically
0 = –
set to 3 min
(±30 sec.).
1 = –

Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 113
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
139

b6

0
1

b7
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5

140

b6

0

CHAPTER 4
Page 114
Issue 1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

b7

No Answer Timer:
Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).
Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

0

1 0 = –

1 1 0 = –

No Answer Timer
for Station to
Station, DID, and
Tie Line calls.
This timer applies to
C.F.-Don’t Answer,
Call Back, and Call
Hold.
Timer Value Setting
is MTC × TC sec.

Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
0 1 1 = 2 sec. 1 1 1 = 8 sec.
data is
automatically
Not used
set to 30 sec.
No Answer Timer for Recall on Call
Transfer:
Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).
Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

The duration for
which a call will
ring at the transfer
destination before it
will recall to the
transferring party.
The timer value is
effective when
INDEX 69, b0 = “0”.
Timer Value Setting
is MTC × TC sec.

Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
0 1 1 = 2 sec. 1 1 1 = 8 sec.
data is
automatically
set to 30 sec.
Not used
0

1 0 = –

NDA-24298

1 1 0 = –

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5

No Answer Timer for Station Call from
ATT:
Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).
Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

0

1 0 = –

1 1 0 = –

0

1 1 = 2 sec. 1 1 1 = 8 sec.

141

b6

0
1

b7

Not used

b0

Automatic Recall Timer for Call Park
service:

b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
142

b6

0
143

00

b7

Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).
Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

0

1 0 = –

1 1 0 = –

0

1 1 = 2 sec 1 1 1 = 8 sec.

This timer applies to
stations for which
C.F.-Don’t Answer
has been set. This
timer assigns the
duration for which
calls being
transferred by the
attendant will ring at
the station before
being forwarded.
Timer Value Setting
is MTC × TC sec.
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 10 sec.

Timer Value Setting
is MTC × TC sec.

Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 450 sec.

Not used
Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 115
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
144

b6

0

1

Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).
Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

0

1 0 = –

1 1 0 = –

0

1 1 = 2 sec. 1 1 1 = 8 sec.

0

1 1 = 2 sec. 1 1 1 = –

Not used

b0

Attendant Console Automatic Recall
Timer:

b2
b3

Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).

1

b4

0

b5

Timer Class (TC) must be assigned as
“001”

0

b6

TC = 001 means 8 sec.

b7

CHAPTER 4
Page 116
Issue 1

Automatic Hold Recall Timer for Dterm:

b7
b1

145

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

This timer is used
for Exclusive Hold
and Non-Exclusive
Hold. Timer Value
Setting is MTC ×
TC sec.
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 30 sec.

This timer assigns
the duration for
which a call being
transferred to a
station from the
attendant will ring at
the station before
being recalled.
Timer Value Setting
is MTC × TC sec.

Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
Attendant Console Automatic Recall Timer
data is
Value
automatically
0/1 = Ineffective/Effective
set to 32 sec.

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Howler Tone Timer:

b1

Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).

b2

HOWLER TONE

b3

146

b4
b5

b6

1

0

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

0

1 0 = –

1 1 0 = –

0

1 1 = 2 sec. 1 1 1 = –

Direct-In Termination Station Busy (DIT,
NC-Fix) Supervisory Timer:

b4
b5
147

b6

00

b6 b5 b4

b0

b3

148

Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

Not used

b2

0

Timer Value Setting
is MTC × TC.

b7
b1

b7

This timer assigns
the duration
between tones when
Howler Tone is
being sent to a
station.

Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).
Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

0

1 0 = –

1 1 0 = –

0

1 1 = 2 sec. 1 1 1 = –

Not used

The Interval Pattern
is assigned in
INDEX 64, b3 and
b4
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 30 sec.

The frequency with
which software will
check the idle/busy
status of a DIT
station or Night
Connection station
after an incoming
call encounters a
busy condition.
Timer Value Setting
is MTC × TC sec.
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 2 sec.

Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 117
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
149

b6

0

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Camp-On Recall Timer for CAS-Satellite
Station:
Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).
Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

0

1 0 = –

1 1 0 = –

0

1 1 = 2 sec.

1 1 1 = –

b7

Not used

b0

SHF Sending Guard Timer for CAS-Main
Station:

The duration for
which a call will
remain Camped-On
to a station at the
Satellite PBX before
being recalled to the
attendant.
Timer Value Setting
is MTC × TC sec.
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 30-32
sec.

1

b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
150

b6

0

CHAPTER 4
Page 118
Issue 1

b7

Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).
Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

0

1 0 = –

1 1 0 = –

0

1 1 = 2 sec.

1 1 1 = –

Not used

NDA-24298

The length of time
the attendant must
wait before
transferring a call to
the Satellite PBX
after making a
switch hook flash.
Timer Value Setting
is MTC × TC sec.
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set from 9601024 msec.

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

SHF length for a CAS Main Station:

b1

Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 00 Hex to 1F Hex
(0-31).

b2
b3

LENGTH

b4

151

SHF

Not used

b7
b0
b1
b2
1

Interval for Call Waiting Indication Tone to
Busy Station:
Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).
TIMER VALUE

b3
CALL WAITING
TONE
CALL WAITING SET

152

b4
b5

b6

0

b7

Timer Value Setting
is MTC × 32 msec.
(MTC+1) × 32
msec.
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set from 448
msec.-480
msec.

b5
b6

The length of an
SHF signal being
sent from the Main
to a Satellite PBX.

Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

0

1 0 = –

1 1 0 = –

0

1 1 = 2 sec. 1 1 1 = 8 sec.

The interval
between tones when
CW Periodic
Indication Tone has
been enabled in
SYS-2, Index 10, b7.
Timer Value Setting
is MTC × TC sec.
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 10 sec.

Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 119
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0
b1
b2

Data Communication RS-232C RS-CS
Signal Control service:
This timer is to be assigned a value from 0
Hex to F Hex (0-15)
0

b3

153

1
154

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

00

RS-232C Guard
Time after RS-ON
until CS-ON during
data
communications.

= 60 msec.

1-7 Hex

= –

8

Hex

= 0 msec.

9

Hex

= 30 msec.

A

Hex

= 60 msec.

B

Hex

= 120 msec.

C

Hex

= 240 msec.

D

Hex

= 360 msec.

E

Hex

= 720 msec.

F

Hex

= 1080 msec.

Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 60 msec.

Not used

Not used

b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
155

b6

b7

CHAPTER 4
Page 120
Issue 1

Hex

Attendant Console Sender Prepause Timer: Allows time for the
C.O. to provide Dial
Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
Tone when the ATT
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
accesses a Loop and a
(0-15).
2nd DT trunk.
Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

0

1 1 = – 2 sec. 1 1 1 = –

Attendant Console Sender Prepause Timer
0/1 = Ineffective/Effective

NDA-24298

Timer Value Setting
is MTC × TC sec.
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 4 sec.

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
156

b6

0

1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

b7
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5

157

Trunk Soft Hold Timer A:
Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).
Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

0

1 0 = –

1 1 0 = –

0

1 1 = 2 sec. 1 1 1 = –

Timer Value Setting
is MTC × TC sec.
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 30 sec.

Not used
Trunk Soft Hold Timer B:
Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).
Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

0

1 0 = –

1 1 0 = –

0

1 1 = 2 sec. 1 1 1 = –

Timer Value Setting
is MTC × TC sec.
Note

b6

0
Note:

b7

Not used

When this data is 00 Hex, default data is automatically set to 18 sec. If Answer Signal is not received from
destination office in C.O./Tie Line originating calls via Sender (ARTD ANS = 0 is set), Answer Signal is
sent when this timer expires. (For tandem connection, assign the data at SYS1, INDEX 243.)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 121
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0
b1
b2

Attendant Console Busy Verification
Warning Tone Timer:
Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0-15).

1ST.

b3

2ND.

Timer Value Setting
is MTC × TC sec.

TONE

158

b4
b5

b6
1

b7

Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of
the following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

0

1 0 = –

1 1 0 = –

0

1 1 = 2 sec. 1 1 1 = –

b2
b3
b4
b5

OG Trunk Queuing Automatic Cancel
Timer:
Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to 7F Hex
(0-127).

b6

159

0

b7

Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 14 sec.

Not used

b0
b1

The interval between
BV tones.

Not used

The duration before
the OG Queuing
memory becomes
cleared if no trunks
become idle.
Timer Value Setting
is MTC × 30 sec.
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is
automatically
set to 30 min.
This timer is effective
when
SYS-1, INDEX 68,
b3 = “1."

CHAPTER 4
Page 122
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

DATA
0/1

BIT

1

b0

Hotel Feature required (Fixed Data)

1

b1

Hotel Service kind (Fixed Data)
Length of Room Status Memory

b2

0/1 = 8 byte/24 byte

0

b3

Pattern of Key Arrangement on Attendant
Console

0

b4

(Refer to Table 4-1.) (Usually, 00)

b5

Guest Name Service 0/1 = Out/In Service
Numbering Plan Data Table of Guest
Station and Admin. Stations
0/1 = Separate/Common

1

160
b6

Note 1: If data is assigned as 1, only use
commands AANP and AASP to
assign
Admin.
and
guest
numbering plan. If data 0 is
assigned, use AANP and AASP for
Admin. numbering plan and
(for Hotel system)
AGNP and AGSP for guest
numbering plan.
Note 2: If this index is changed from
separate to common, data
memory will be fragmented. To
recover the system, change this
index to separate, delete all
AGNP; then, delete all guest
stations. Reassign this index as
common and delete all AASP data
for the Admin. Reassign data as
needed.
Fixed to 0.
Note:

b7

This data is available in both
Business and Hotel applications.
Do not assign “*” or “#” as the
last digit of the feature access
code. No station may use “*” or
“#” in numbering.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 123
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Don’t Disturb Override key on the
Attendant Console
0/1 = Out/In Service
Message Waiting Service

b1

0/1 = Out/In Service
Language Service

b2

0/1 = Out/In Service

(for Hotel system)

Split Hold Service
b3
0

1

161

0/1 = Out/In Service

b4

Not used

b5

DSS (Direct Station Select) Key on the
Attendant Console
0/1 = Ineffective/Effective
Timing Start using “#” Code
0/1 = Ineffective/Effective

b6

Note 1: This data is available in both Business and Hotel
applications. Do not assign “*” or “#” as last digit of
feature access code. No station may use “*” or “#” in
numbering.
Timing Start using “*” Code
0/1 = Ineffective/Effective

b7

CHAPTER 4
Page 124
Issue 1

Note 2: This data is available in both Business and Hotel
applications. Do not assign “*” or “#” as last digit of
feature access code. No station may use “*” or “#” in
numbering.

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

Table 4-1 Key Arrangements for Hotel Add-On Console
DATA
KEY ARRANGEMENT
b4

b3

0

0

REMARKS

WUS

DDS

RCS

MWS

AUD

WUR

DDR

RCR

MWR

STS

WUS: Wake-Up Set
WUR: Wake-Up Reset
DDS: Do Not Disturb Set
DDR: Do Not Disturb Reset

0

WUS

DDS

RCS

MWS

COC

WUR

DDR

RCR

MWR

STS

1

MWS: Message Waiting Set
MWR: Message Waiting Reset
RCS:

Room Cut Off Set

RCR: Room Cut Off Reset
AUD: Audit Report
1

1

WUS

DDS

RCS

MWS

C/I

AUD

WUR

DDR

RCR

MWR

C/O

STS

0

WUS

DDS

RCS

MWS

SCS

AUD

WUR

DDR

RCR

MWR

SCR

STS

1

NDA-24298

STS:

Status Check

C/I:

Check In

C/O:

Check Out

SCS:

Boss-Secretary Set

SCR:

Boss-Secretary Reset

COC: Manual Switching of C.O. Incoming Call

CHAPTER 4
Page 125
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex.)

162

163

1

164

165

CHAPTER 4
Page 126
Issue 1

00

00

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATAea
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Assign 00 for business
systems.

Assign 00 for business
systems.

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

166

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex.)

00

1

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATAea
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

0

b0

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Assign 00 for business
systems.

b1
b2
167

00

b3
b4
b5
b6
b7

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 127
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex.)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATAea
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3
b4

168

b5

b6

1

169

00

0

b7

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

170

CHAPTER 4
Page 128
Issue 1

b4
0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Assign 00 for business
systems.
Not used
Off-hook Alarm (service)
0/1 = Out/In Service
Destination for Off-Hook
Alarm Termination
0/1 = Attendant Console/
Station
Destination for Priority Call
Termination
0/1 = Attendant Console/
Station
Not used

Assign 00 for business
systems.

Timing Start
0/1 = Not Required/Required

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex.)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATAea
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0
b1
b2
171

b3

00

b4
b5
b6
b7
b0
b1
b3

172

b4

00

Assign 00 for business
systems.

b5
b6
0

b7
b0

1

b1
b2
173

b3

00

b4
b5
b6
b7

174

175

00

00

Not used
0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

Assign 00 for business
systems.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 129
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

176

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex.)

00

1

177

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

00

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

DATAea
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

Not used

0

b0 ~ b5

Not used

0

b6

0

b7

Not used

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

Assign 00 for business
systems.

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

Not used

178
0

b0

0

b1
b2

(for Hotel
System)
Automatic Message Waiting Lamp Off service (for HP
types)
0/1 = Out/In Service

1

CHAPTER 4
Page 130
Issue 1

179

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

Not used
Attendant Console Monitor Function
0/1 = Out/In Service

Not used

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

180

181

1

BIT

b0

1

b1

2

b2

4

b3

8

b4

16

b5

32

b6

64

b7

128

b0

256

b1

512

b2

1024

b3

2048

b4

4096

b5

8192

0

b6

0

b7

182

183

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Note:

OPC value is expressed by all bits. For example,
if OPC value is 16, bit values are entered as
shown below.

b7 b6 b 5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
SI180

1

b1

2

b2

4

b3

8

b4

16

b5

32

b6

64

b7

128

b0

256

SI182

b1

512

SI183

b2

1024

b3

2048

b4

4096

b5

8192

b6

0

b7

0
0

0

1

0

0

0

0

= 10 hex

0

0

0

0

0

0

= 00 hex

Enter the data into the DATA column in hexadecimal
numbers.

b0

0

0

SI181

Note:

DPC0 value is expressed using all 14 bits. For
example, if DPC0 value is 12, bit values are
entered as shown below.

b7 b6 b 5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0

0
0

0

0

1

1

0

0

= 0C hex

0

0

0

0

0

0

= 00 hex

Enter the data into the DATA column in hexadecimal
numbers.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 131
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

184

1

185

CHAPTER 4
Page 132
Issue 1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

1

b1

2

b2

4

b 7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
SI184

b3

8

b4

16

b5

32

b6

64

b7

128

b0

256

b1

512

b2

1024

SI184

b3

2048

SI185

b4

4096

b5

8192

0

b6

0

b7

DPC 1

0

SI185

DPC 1: Centralized management report Point Code 1

Note:

DPC1 value is expressed using all 14 bits. For
example, if DPC1 value is 10, bit values are
entered as shown below.

b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0

0
0

0

0

1

0

1

0

= 0A hex

0

0

0

0

0

0

= 00 hex

Enter the data into the DATA column in hexadecimal
numbers.

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

0/1 = Link Reconnection Not In Service/Link Reconnection In
Service

b0

b1

Note:

An Interoffice transfer service is available. For example,
with No. 7 CCIS, a caller has called outside their own
office but is actually talking with somebody in their own
office. This bit is used to reconfigure links so they are not
wasted in call transfer service.

Restriction check based on the caller’s restriction class when the
outgoing trunk is using the No. 7 CCIS in a tandem connection.
0/1 = No Check/Check

b2
b3

186
1

b4
b5

Not used
Not used
Serial Call-Loop Release
0/1 = Out/In Service
Clearing of the buffer memory for use in the centralized
management report (for CCIS).
0/1 = Not Necessary/Necessary

b6
b7
187

00

CCIS or ISDN
0/1 = Out/In Service
Centralized Billing Office Code
0/1 = Ineffective/Effective
Data Bus used for CCH/DCH cards
0/1 = PM Bus/ISDN Bus

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 133
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

No. 7 CCIS Control System Interoffice Audit Test
0/1 = Required/Not Required

b0

Note 1: This system data becomes valid only when activating
TRK Ineffective Hold Check function of the periodic test.
Note 2: In No. 7 CCIS service, IAI signal is sent out to the called
side office in an outgoing connection.

b1

188

MJ/MN lamp on a display panel in the Main office is controlled by
error information from Satellite office.
0/1 = Not Required/Required

0

1

0
0
0

b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6

Not used

Not used

ACM, UMB Signal “No-Receiving” Timer

b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
MTC

189

SY189

MTC: MISC TIMER COUNTER
Timer Value = 2 sec × MTC

b7

(The timer value is the default value 4 seconds when MTC = 0.)
Note 3: If the IAI signal reaches the called side office, the ACM
signal is received from the called side office. This timer is
to be set when the arrival of the ACM signal may be
delayed in a tandem connection, etc. (Standard
Assignment = “50 HEX”)

CHAPTER 4
Page 134
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0
b1

I/O = Port designation to Host Computer
b2 b1 b0

b2 b1 b0

0 0 0 = Port 0
0 0 1 = Port 1
0 1 0 = Port 2

0
1
1
1
1

b2
190

0

b3
b4
b5
b6

0

b7

0

b0
b1

0
0
0

0

0

b2

0
0

0 :
1 :

193

00

ATT0 Port

Port is not used.
Port is used.

I/O = Port designation to Host Computer
b2 b1 b0

b2 b1 b0

0 0 0 = Port 0
0 0 1 = Port 1
0 1 0 = Port 2

0
1
1
1
1

0
0

b6

b7 b6

0

b7

0 0
0 1

0

b0

0

b1

192

Port 3
Port 4
Port 5
Port 6
Port 7

b7 b6

Not used

0

=
=
=
=
=

Not used

b3
b4
b5

0

1
0
1
0
1

(for Hotel
system)

1
191

1
0
0
1
1

1
0
0
1
1

1
0
1
0
1

=
=
=
=
=

Port 3
Port 4
Port 5
Port 6
Port 7

ATT1 Port
(for Hotel system)

= Port is not used.
= Port is used.

Not used

b2

0/1 = -/SP #0 is mounted on the CMG for IPX-UMG system

b3

0/1 = -/SP #1 is mounted on the CMG for IPX-UMG system

b4

0/1 = -/CMP #0 is mounted on the CMG for IPX-UMG system

b5

0/1 = -/CMP #1 is mounted on the CMG for IPX-UMG system

0

b6

0

b7

Not used
Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 135
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

194

01

195
196
197

00
00
00

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7

1

b0
b1

198

0
0

b2
b3
b4

1
0

b5

0
0

b6
b7
b0
b1

199

0
0

b2
b3
b4
b5

0
0
CHAPTER 4
Page 136
Issue 1

b6
b7

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

For IPX, assign 01 Hex.
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
For IPX, Module Group 0 Side 0.
(For IPX-UMG system)
LP00 #0 is mounted on PBI 30 Module (fixed to “1”)
For IPX, Module Group 0 Side 1.
(For IPX-UMG system)
LP00 #1 is mounted on PBI 30 Module
Not used
For IPX, Module Group 2 Side 0.
(For IPX-UMG system)
LP02 #0 is mounted on PBI 34 Module
For IPX, Module Group 2 Side 1.
(For IPX-UMG system)
LP02 #1 is mounted on PBI 34 Module
Not used
For IPX, Module Group 4 Side 0.
(For IPX-UMG system)
LP04 #0 is mounted on PBI 38 Module
For IPX, Module Group 4 Side 1.
(For IPX-UMG system)
LP04 #1 is mounted on PBI 38 Module
Not used
For IPX, Module Group 6 Side 0.
(For IPX-UMG system)
LP06 #0 is mounted on PBI 3C Module
For IPX, Module Group 6 Side 1.
(For IPX-UMG system)
LP06 #1 is mounted on PBI 3C Module
Not used

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

200

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

0
0

0
0

201

0
0

0
0

1

202

0
0

0
0

203

0
0

0
0

204

0
0

0
0

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7

LP08 #0 is mounted on PBI40 Module for IPX-UMG system
LP08 #1 is mounted on PBI40 Module for IPX-UMG system
Not used
LP10 #0 is mounted on PBI44 Module for IPX-UMG system
LP10 #1 is mounted on PBI44 Module for IPX-UMG system
Not used
LP12 #0 is mounted on PBI48 Module for IPX-UMG system
LP12 #1 is mounted on PBI48 Module for IPX-UMG system
Not used
LP14 #0 is mounted on PBI4C Module for IPX-UMG system
LP14 #1 is mounted on PBI4C Module for IPX-UMG system
Not used
LP16 #0 is mounted on PBI50 Module for IPX-UMG system
LP16 #1 is mounted on PBI50 Module for IPX-UMG system
Not used
LP18 #0 is mounted on PBI54 Module for IPX-UMG system
LP18 #1 is mounted on PBI54 Module for IPX-UMG system
Not used
LP20 #0 is mounted on PBI58 Module for IPX-UMG system
LP20 #1 is mounted on PBI58 Module for IPX-UMG system
Not used
LP22 #0 is mounted on PBI5C Module for IPX-UMG system
LP22 #1 is mounted on PBI5C Module for IPX-UMG system
Not used
LP24 #0 is mounted on PBI60 Module for IPX-UMG system
LP24 #1 is mounted on PBI60 Module for IPX-UMG system
Not used
LP26 #0 is mounted on PBI64 Module for IPX-UMG system
LP26 #1 is mounted on PBI64 Module for IPX-UMG system
Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 137
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

0
0

205

0
0
206

BIT

b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7

00

b1
b2
b3

207
1

b4
b5
b6
b7

209

00

LP28 #1 is mounted on PBI68 Module for IPX-UMG system
Not used
LP30 #0 is mounted on PBI6C Module for IPX-UMG system
LP30 #1 is mounted on PBI6C Module for IPX-UMG system
Not used

IP00 System #0
0/1 = Not mounted/Mounted
IP00 System #1
0/1 = Not mounted/Mounted
IP01 System #0
0/1 = Not mounted/Mounted
IP01 System #1
0/1 = Not mounted/Mounted
IP02 System #0
0/1 = Not mounted/Mounted
IP02 System #1
0/1 = Not mounted/Mounted
Not used
Not used
Not used

0

1

CHAPTER 4
Page 138
Issue 1

LP28 #0 is mounted on PBI68 Module for IPX-UMG system

Not used

b0

208

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

b0

Processor Bus No. 0
(Usually assign as “1”.)

b1

Processor Bus No. 1
(Usually assign as “1”.)

b2~b6

b7

Processor Bus
Indication (for
IPX-UMG
system).
0 = Not Mounted
1 = Mounted

Not used
If both TSWs in MG are defective, the following functions are
activated:
• PFT service
• TSW Fault Message Output
• Automatic Recover of TSW
0/1 = Not Required/Required

NDA-24298

210

00

213

00

214

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

Not used
Not used

b0
b1
b2
b3
b4

00

b5
b6
b7

219

Not used

Node Suppression - Centralized Billing CCIS
0/1 = Out/In Service
Not used
Not used

~

00

~

215

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

~

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

~

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

~

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

~

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

00

Not used

b0
b1
b2

1

b3
b4
220

b5
0

b6

Protocol of ISDN Terminal (BRI station)
0:Japan (INS64)
1:U.S.A. (5ESS)
2:Australia (TPH 1962)
3:Not used
4:Not used
5:N-ISDN1
6-15:Not used
Rate Adaption (RA) for ISDN Terminal
0: RA designated by ADA2 command
1: V.110/X.30
2: Not used
3: Not used
ISDN service (When Index 186 bit6 = 1)
0/1 = In Service/Out of Service
ISDN Trunk Layer3 Timer
0/1 = Stop/Activate

221

00

Not used

~

~

Note:

~

b7

228

00

Not used

Normally assign “0." (Only specific service needs data
“1” in this bit.) Related Layer3 Timer: T303, T310,
T313.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 139
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

0

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Disable Attendant Console Loop keys when that console is in
Night Mode (Nite Key engaged)
0/1 = No/Yes

0

229

b1

Not used

b2

With the key pad pressed by the Attendant while talking with the
incoming call, DTMF (PB) signal is sent out to the incoming call.
0/1 = Not Required/Required

00

b3
0

230
1

b4
b5
b6
b7
b0~b6
b7

231

00

b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7
233

CHAPTER 4
Page 140
Issue 1

00

0/1 = Out/In Service

Not used

Not used
Receive/Send timing for ISDN/CCIS message
0/1 = 32ms/128ms
Not used

b0

232

Day/Night Change Message Automatic Output.

Call Forward All Clear
0/1 = No/Yes
Call Forward Busy Clear
0/1 = No/Yes
Call Forward No Answer Clear
0/1 = No/Yes

Not used

Not used

NDA-24298

Used in
conjunction with
Indexes 89 and 90

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0
0
234

1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7

Connection acknowledge polarity reversal signal
0/1 = Not Required/Required (Multi-Frequency)

Not used

235

00

Not used

236

00

Not used
0

237

b0-b6
b7

Not used
When a call terminated to vacant number by Direct Inward Dialing
0/1 = Send Busy Tone/Reorder Tone

238

00

Not used

239

00

Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 141
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

0
0
0
0

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0
b1
b2
b3

Not used

This bit defines the meaning of the “Station Information” in the
office that has VMS/Host Computer within the CCIS No. 7
Network.
0 = Station Information = Office Code + Station Number
1 = Station Information = Station Number
Note:

Station Information corresponds to Mail Box in VMS
Office Code indicates the self office code assigned by
ARNP.

Example:
Office Code: 8
STN
3000

1

240

PBX

Office Code: 6
CCIS
VMS
PBX

Office Code: 7

b4

STN
2000

PBX

CCIS

STN
1000

Pattern 1STAMail Box Number
1000
2000
3000
In case of pattern 1, b4 is 1
Pattern 2STAMail Box Number
61000
72000
83000
In case of pattern 2, b4 is 0.

b5-b6
b7

Not used
The Kind of tone after dialing Remote Access number for Remote
Access to System
0/1: SST /SPDT

CHAPTER 4
Page 142
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

241

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0

Data Port Chime Control by SCF
0/1 = To be controlled/Not to be controlled

b1

The number of digits displayed in Name Display Service
0/1 = 8 digits/16 digits

b2

OAI Call Event Process
0/1 = No/Yes

b3

Detail Information on SCG error
0/1 = No/Yes

b4

MF ANI on SMDR
0/1 = No/Yes

b5

Privacy Release for single line
0/1 = No/Yes

b6

When the length of Caller ID exceeds the limit:
0/1 = Only the former/latter part of data appears on the LCD

b7
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5

1

242

b6

b7
243

00

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Not used
Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0 – 15).

Timer for Delay
Announcement –
Attendant
(Duration of RBT)

Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of the
following values:

Timer Value
Setting is MTC ×
TC sec.

b6 b5 b4
0
0
0
0

0
0
1
1

0
1
0
1

b6 b5 b4
=
=
=
=

–
–
–
2 sec.

1
1
1
1

0
0
1
1

0
1
0
1

=
=
=
=

–
–
–
–

Not used

Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is automatically
set to 30 sec.

Ans. timer for transfer trunk.
Same format as 242. The default is 64 sec

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 143
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0
0

0

Not used

b2

MCI-CCIS output packet change when the last digit is “*.”
0/1 = -/route number and trunk number are output

b3 , b4
b5

b6
0

245

Not used
Timing of providing the announcement for Delay Announcement
-Attendant
0 = immediately after the call termination
1 = after the ring back tone (SYS1, INDEX242)
Hooking operation during 3-party conference call;
0=1 = Hooking operation is invalid
Note: This data is available since Release 9 software.

b7
b0
b1
b2

Not used

b3

ONE

b4
b5

b6

b7

CHAPTER 4
Page 144
Issue 1

Answer by Radio Paging answer code.
0/1 = Out/In Service
Note: This bit is valid when SYS-1, INDEX 73, Bit 4 is 1 (=
Station Number is Automatically sent).

b1

244

1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex (0–
15).
1ST.

2ND.

Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of the
following values:

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

0

1 0 = –

1 1 0 = –

0

1 1 = 2 sec. 1 1 1 = –

Not used

NDA-24298

Timer for Delay
Announcement –
Attendant
(Duration of Music
on Hold)
Note: When this
data is 00
Hex, default
data is automatically
set to 30 sec.

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

While engaging in a two-party call with a station/trunk, the
Attendant places the call on hold by pressing either the ANSWER
key or the Incoming Call Identification (ICI) key and answers the
next call.
0/1 = Not Available/Available

b1

While engaging in a three-way call with station/trunks, the
Attendant exits from the call by depressing either ANSWER key
or ICI key and answers an incoming call terminated next.
0/1 = Not Available/Available

0

b2

246

b3

b4
1

Attendant Delay Announcement
0/1= Multiple Playback/Single Playback
MCI Expansion
0/1 = Normal/Expanded
Process of incoming calls (Ring Down), after they encounter their
1st and 2nd receiver time-out, in a sequence of Automated
Attendant
0/1 = Forced Release/Transfer to ATT

b5
b6
b7
b0 ~ b3

Expanded 911 service
0/1 = No/Yes
OAS Message Type
0/1 = Normal/IBM Call Path
Miscellaneous Timer Counter (MTC) is to
be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex
(0~15)
Timer Class (TC) is to be assigned one of the
following values:

247

b4 ~ b7

b6 b5 b4

b6 b5 b4

0

0 0 = –

1 0 0 = –

0

0 1 = –

1 0 1 = –

0

1 0 = –

1 1 0 = –

0

1 1 = 2 sec. 1 1 1 = 8 sec.

NDA-24298

No Answer Timer
for Blind Transferstation
Timer Value
Setting is MTC ×
TC sec.
Note: When this
data is 00
hex, default
data is automatically
set to 30 sec.

CHAPTER 4
Page 145
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0 ~ b3
b4
b5

248

b6

b7

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Not used
Call Forward Don’t Answer After Attendant Camp-On
0/1 = No/Yes
Not used
When the destination station has been set Call Forwarding - Don’t
Answer
0 = Recall to the station
1 = C.F. – Don’t Answer is activated.
Note: Available for software Release 9 or later.
Tone to be sent out when the handset is off-hook at the station on
which C.F. – All Calls service is set.
0/1 = Dial Tone (DT)/Special Dial Tone (SPDT)
SMDR output buffer usage rate (01–99%) at the time of output of
SMDR Buffer Overflow Alarm message (System Message 6-O)
Note 1

1

b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0

249

Unit
Tens

b0 ~ b7
Example:
b7 b 6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1

0

0

0
8

0

0

0

0
0

Indicates that the usage rate has been set to 80%.
Note 1: When this data has been set as specified below, the alarm message output value becomes 80% and the alarm message
output clear message output value becomes 50% regardless of the data.
• When the data of INDEX 249 is smaller than or equal to the data of INDEX 250
• When these data values are not valid.

CHAPTER 4
Page 146
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

SMDR output buffer usage rate (00~98%) at the time of output of
SMDR Buffer Overflow Alarm Clear message (System Message
6-P)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0

Unit
Tens

b0 ~ b7

250

Note:

When this data has been set as specified below, the
alarm message output value becomes 80% and the
alarm message clear message output value becomes
50% regardless of the data.
•
•

1

251

When the data of INDEX 249 is smaller than or
equal to the data of INDEX 250.
When these data values are not valid.

00

252

0

b0 ~ b7

253

0

b0 ~ b7

254

0

b0 ~ b7

255

0

b0 ~ b7

0

b0

0

b1

1

b2

HDD Mounted = 1 (fixed)

0

b3

Not used

256

b4
b5
0

b6

0

b7

Not used

IOC0
0/1 = Not Mounted/Mounted
IOC1
0/1 = Not Mounted/Mounted
Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 147
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

Not used

258

00

Not used

~

b1

~

1

0

DLKC Circuit Card for Attendant Console (ATTCON)
0/1 = Not Exist in system/Exist in system
Note 1, Note 2

~

257

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

260

00

Not used

b0
b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

Not used

262

00

Not used

~

0

~

b1

~

261

0

287

00

Not used

Note 1: Fixed to data “0” for 1-IMG system, whether the ATTCON is used or not.
Note 2: This data won’t be valid unless it has been assigned before the system initialization.

CHAPTER 4
Page 148
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0

b4

Output Port for SMDR A Apparatus
• When b4 = 0 (IOC equipment No. 0)
• b0 = Port 0 b1 = Port 1
b2 = Port 2b3 = Port 3
• When b4 = 1 (IOC equipment No. 1)
• b0 = Port 4 b1 = Port 5
b2 = Port 6 b3 = Port 7
• “1” is to be assigned to each bit corresponding to the Port No.
Note 1, Note 2, Note 3

0

b5

Expanded SMDR for “A” apparatus.

0

b6

0

b7

b1
b2
b3

288

b0

1

289

Not used

b1

Fault detection timer of SMDR A
Value for the first digit (min):

b2

(0~9) Hex

b3

A~F Hex: Not used

b4

•

•

Timer value ranges
from 1 to 99 minutes.
00 Hex: Without
fault detection

b5

Fault detection timer of SMDR A
Value for the second digit (min):

b6

(0~9) Hex

b7

A~F Hex: Not used

b0

Output Port for SMDR B Apparatus
• When b4 = 0 (IOC equipment No. 0)
• b0 = Port 0 b1 = Port 1
b2 = Port 2 b3 = Port 3
• When b4 = 1 (IOC equipment No. 1)
• b0 = Port 4 b1 = Port 5
b2 = Port 6b3 = Port 7
• “1” is to be assigned to each bit corresponding to the Port No.

b1
b2
b3
290

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

b4

Note 1, Note 2, Note 3

b5

Expanded SMDR for “B” apparatus.

b6
b7

Normally, Assign 00
Hex.

Not used

Note 1: Among the SMDR equipment that has the same IOC equipment number, double assignment of the port is

rejected.
Note 2: The ports to be designated by SYS-1, INDEX 288, 290, 292, and 294 are limited to those designated as

SMDR by AIOC.
Note 3: This data is assigned at the node to which SMDR with IOC interface is connected. In case SMDR is not connected
to the node, this data setting is fixed to “0”.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 149
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0

291

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

b1

Fault detection timer of SMDR B
Value for the first digit (min):

b2

(0~9) Hex

b3

A~F Hex: Not used

b4

•

Timer value ranges
from 1 to 99 minutes.

•

00 Hex: Without
fault detection

b5

Fault Detection timer of SMDR B
Value for the second digit (min):

b6

(0~9) Hex

b7

A~F Hex: Not used

b0

Output Port for SMDR C Apparatus
• When b4 = 0 (IOC equipment No. 0)
• b0 = Port 0 b1 = Port 1
b2 = Port 2 b3 = Port 3
• When b4 = 1 (IOC equipment No. 1)
• b0 = Port 4 b1 = Port 5
b2 = Port 6b3 = Port 7

b1
b2
b3

Normally, Assign 00
Hex.

“1” is to be assigned to each bit corresponding to the Port No.
Note 1: Among the SMDR equipment that has the same IOC
equipment number, double assignment of port is
rejected.
1

292

b4

Note 2: The ports to be designated by SYS-1, INDEX 288, 290,
292, and 294 are limited to those designated as SMDR
by AIOC.
Note 3: This data is assigned at the node to which SMDR with
IOC interface is connected. In case SMDR is not
connected to the node, this data setting is fixed to “0”.

b5
b6
b7
b0

293

CHAPTER 4
Page 150
Issue 1

Expanded SMDR for “C” apparatus.
Not used

b1

Fault detection timer of SMDR C
Value for the first digit (min):

b2

(0~9) Hex

b3

A~F Hex: Not used

b4
b5

Fault detection timer of SMDR C
Value for the second digit (min):

b6

(0~9) Hex

b7

A~F Hex: Not used

NDA-24298

•

Timer value ranges
from 1 to 99 minutes.

•

00 Hex: Without
fault detection
Normally, Assign 00
Hex.

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0
b1
b2
b3

•
•
•
•

Output Port for SMDR D Apparatus
When b4 = 0 (IOC equipment No. 0)
b0 = Port 0 b1 = Port 1
b2 = Port 2
When b4 = 1 (IOC equipment No. 1)
b0 = Port 4 b1 = Port 5
b2 = Port 6

b3 = Port 3
b3 = Port 7

“1” is to be assigned to each bit corresponding to the Port No.
Note 1: Among the SMDR equipment that has the same IOC
equipment number, double assignment of port is
rejected.
294

b4

Note 2: The ports to be designated by SYS-1, INDEX 288, 290,
292, and 294 are limited to those designated as SMDR
by AIOC.
Note 3: This data is assigned at the node to which SMDR with
IOC interface is connected. In case SMDR is not
connected to the node, this data setting is fixed to “0”.

b5
1

b6
b7
b0

295

Expanded SMDR for “D” apparatus.
Not used

b1

Fault detection timer of SMDR D
Value for the first digit (min):

b2

(0~9) Hex

b3

A~F Hex: Not used

b4

A~F Hex: Not used

296

00

Not used

~

b7
~

b6

(0~9) Hex

~

b5

Fault detection timer of SMDR D
Value for the second digit (min):

303

00

Not used

NDA-24298

•

Timer value ranges
from 1 to 99 minutes.

•

00 Hex: Without
fault detection
Normally, Assign 00
Hex.

CHAPTER 4
Page 151
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

Individual Speed Calling Data Save

b0

0/1 = Out/In Service
(This data is valid when SYS1, INDEX 90, b1 = 1)
Call Forwarding Data Save

b1
b2

0/1 = Out/In Service
(This data is valid when SYS1, INDEX 90, b1 = 1)
PCS Data Save
0/1 = Out/In Service
Name Display Data Save

b3
304

0/1 = Out/In Service
(This data is valid when SYS1, INDEX 90, b1 = 1)
User Assign Soft Key Data Save

b4

0/1 = Out/In Service
(This data is valid when SYS1, INDEX 90, b1 = 1)
Number Sharing Data Save

b5

0/1 = Out/In Service
(This data is valid when SYS1, INDEX 90, b1 = 1)
Call Block Data Save

1

Not used

305

00

Not used

~

b7

~

0/1 = Out/In Service
(This data is valid when SYS1, INDEX 90, b1 = 1)

~

0

b6

320

00

Not used

b0
b1
b2
321

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6
b7

CHAPTER 4
Page 152
Issue 1

Inter-Module Group Key Data
0/1 = No/Yes
Step Call While Transfer to Busy Station
0/1 = No/Yes
Termination on My Line
0/1: Not Restricted/Restricted

Not used

Voice Call Chime
0/1 = 4/1 Chime

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0
b1
0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

Timing start to dial Attendant
Console Assign digit used
Note: When SYS-1, INDEX 92,
b0 = “0” (Individual SYS-2
Table Development), prepare
separate SYS-2 Programming
Sheets for each Tenant (TN).

Note: Digits 0-9 are
used with Index
17, b5

Not used
Tone to be sent when the handset has been lifted via the Station
on which CALL BLOCK service is set.

322

b5

0/1 = DT/SPDT
Note: Valid since the release 5 software.
Tone to be heard after the access code for Tone Block is dialed

b6

0/1 = SPDT/DT
Note: Valid since release 5 software.

323

00

Not used

~

~

0/1 = Out/In Service

369

00

Not used

b0
b1
b2
370

b3

Expanded SMFN service
0/1 = No/Yes
Delete ARNP RTO on MCI
0/1 = No/Yes
Non-CCIS originated RT/TK number in SMDR
0/1 = No/Yes
Att. outbound loop to loop
0/1 = No/Yes

b5

MTC = 0 × 15 milliseconds

b6

MTC × 64 milliseconds

b7

Default 384 milliseconds

371

00

Not used

~

Release guard timer for S/L

~

b4

~

1

Call Return in case of station-to-station call

~

b7

387

00

Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 153
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0 - b3

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Not used
The way to answer the Internal Zone Paging call;
0 = Press the Prime Line key after Off-Hook
1 = Off-Hook

b4

388

Note: Valid for software Release 9 or later.
0

b5 - b7

Not used
Display Language on Dterm LCD

b0 - b4

389

0:
1:
2:
3:
4-31:

Note

English
Portuguese
Spanish
French (For Release 9 software)
Not used

Note: When assigning language, data “0” must be set in
INDEX78, b4.
0

b5 - b7

Not used

b0

Caller ID display pattern on the LCD
0/1 = Calling Name/Calling Number has priority.

b1

Displayed information on the Top line of the LCD of the Dterm
0/1 = Caller ID/Call type or sub address

1

b2

Display the Caller ID information on the Dterm that assigned the
called number as a sub line.
0/1 = Out/In Service

b3

Display of Soft key to be pressed when the station is idle or is in
DT connection.

b4 b3
390

b4

0
0
1
1

0
1
0
1

:
:
:
:

blink
steady-lights
Displays the assigned code on 1st column (*1)
No Indication

b5

Display of Soft key to be pressed when the station is in
communication.

b6 b5

0

CHAPTER 4
Page 154
Issue 1

0
0
1
1

0
1
0
1

:
:
:
:

b7

Not used

blink
–
Displays the assigned code on 1st column (*1)
No Indication

Assign the first character to indicate the soft key in use. (See
Table 4-2.)

391
392 - 438

b6

00

Not used
NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 511

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0 - b6

Not used
Station Hunting by call kind

439

0/1 = Invalid/Valid

b7

Note:
440-485

00

Available for software Release 9 or later.

Not used
Maximum number of transfer for Multiple Call Forwarding CCIS occurrences

b2 b1 b0
1

b0 ~ b2

486

0

0 0 = This service is invalid 1 0 0 = four times

0

0 1 = once

1 0 1 = five times

0

1 0 = twice

1 1 0 = six times

0

1 1 = three times

1 1 1 = seven times

Note:

b3 ~ b7
487 - 511

00

b2 b1 b0

Valid when the node is “Call Forwarding-CCIS” start
node. The number of call forwarding within a node is
not counted.

Not used
Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 155
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

Table 4-2 Assigned Code in 1st Column

Upper 4bit
0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

0
1
2
3

Lower 4bit

4
5
6
7
8
9
A

*

B
C
D
E
F

CHAPTER 4
Page 156
Issue 1

NDA-24298

8

9

A

B

C

D

E

F

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)
1 - 63

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 15

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0

b1

2

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Restriction Data of Station Busy Services can be
designated as in the table below:

b1

b0

0
0
1
1

0
1
0
1

Call
Back

Executive
Call
Voice Message
Reminder
Right
Waitingcall
(Dterm)
of Way Originating (Dterm)

R
A
R
A

R
R
A
A

R
A
A
A

R
A
A
A

R
A
A
A

0
R: RestrictedA: Allowed
0

b2
b3
b4

SYSTEM

IPX

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

Not used
Attendant Override service
0/1 = Out/In Service
Busy Verification for Attendant Console service
0/1 = Out/In Service

Not used

TN

1 ~ 63

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 157
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)
1 - 63

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 15

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Call Transfer service

b1 b0
b1

0

1

0
0
1
1

0
1
0
1

= Out of service
= In service - except Tandem Connection
= In service - only Terminating calls
= In service

b2

Not used

b3

Toll Restriction for Speed Calling Station/Group services
0/1 = Required/Not Required

b4

Toll Restriction (disposition of Restricted Call)

b5 b4
b5

2

0
0
1
1

0=Toll Denial (ROT connection)
1=Toll Diversion (Terminated to Attendant Console)
0=–
1=–

b6

Speed Calling Override Service via (AABD)
0/1 = Out/In Service

b7

Speed Calling Override Service (System basis)
0/1 = Follow RSC of Phone/Allowed

b0

Sender Signal to DP/PB Route (Station)
0/1 = DP/PB

b1

Sender Signal to DP/PB Route (Attendant Console) Note
0/1 = DP/PB

b2

Attendant Console Day/Night Mode Change

Note

b3 b2
b3

2
0

0

SYSTEM

IPX
Note:

0
0
1
1

0
1
0
1

= Not Required (External Switch effective)
= Master Attendant Console
= All Attendant Consoles
=–

b4

Not used

b5

Attendant Loop Release service
0/1 = Out/In Service

b6

Not used

b7

Kind of DP sender (when b0 = 0)
0/1 = 10 PPS/20 PPS

Note

TN

1 ~ 63
b0, b1, and b7 designate the type of sender signal for outgoing calls placed over routes programmed as “DP/PB” via
parameter ONSG (CDN: 2) of command ARTD (Route Class Data).

CHAPTER 4
Page 158
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)
1 - 63

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 15

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0

2

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

3

b4
b5
0

b6
b7

SYSTEM

IPX

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

SMDR service
0/1 = Out/In Service

Not used

Account Code when Authorization Code is in service
0/1 = Not Required/Required
Code type
0/1 = Authorization Code/Forced Account Code
Not used
Output of SMDR Station-to-Station Connection Data
0/1 = Not Required/Required

TN

1 ~ 63

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 159
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)
0 - 63

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Call Back and OG Trunk Queuing Access Code

Note

0/1 = Separate/Common
Automatic setting of OG Trunk Queuing service Note

b1

When receiving BT, OG Trunk Queuing is set automatically
by going on-hook.
0/1 = Not Required/Required

4

b2

2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

0

b0, b1

Off-Hook Queuing service for Attendant Console
0/1 = Out/In Service

Not used

Not used
When the destination station is busy, Call Back is
automatically set after the operating station is released from
the connection in Call Transfer - All Calls procedure.

b2

5

0 = Recall to the mediate station
1 = Camp On Service is set
Note:

0
SYSTEM

IPX
Note:

b3 - b 7

Available for software Release 9 or later.

Not used

TN

1 ~ 63

When data “1” is assigned, either SID = 3 or 19 may be assigned via command ASPA.

CHAPTER 4
Page 160
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)
1 - 63

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 -15

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Message Center Interface service when terminating to a
UCD Group
0/1 = Out/In Service

2

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

6

b4

Not used

Call Origination Restriction of Station upon Setting C.F.All Calls
0/1 = Required/Not Required

b5
0

Inter-Position Transfer service
0/1 = Out/In Service

b6

Not used

b7

C.F.-Don’t Answer service when Attendant Console
transfers call before called station answers
0/1 = Out Service (Recall to Attendant Console)/In Service

SYSTEM

IPX

TN

1 ~ 63

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 161
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)
1 - 63

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0
b1

Busy Lamp Field-Flexible service
0/1 = Out/In Service
Message Center Interface service when terminating
Attendant Console
0/1 = Out/In Service

b2
2

7

b3

Serial Call service
0/1 = Out/In Service
Supervisory Call service
0/1 = Out/In Service

b4
b5
b6

First Digit of Phantom Station Number for Privacy
Expansion

b7
SYSTEM

IPX

CHAPTER 4
Page 162
Issue 1

TN

1 ~ 63

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM TENANT
DATA
NUMBER
TYPE
(TN)
(SYS)
1 - 63

SYSTEM
DATA
(INDEX)
INDEX
0 - 15

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0
b1
b2
b3

8

b4
b5
b6
b7
b0

2

b1
b2
b3

9

b4
b5
b6
b7

SYSTEM

IPX

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Listed Directory Number (LDN)
0/1 = Exclude/Include
Operator Call (ATND)
0/1 = Exclude/Include
Attendant Recall (RCL)

Waiting Call Display
(Attendant Console)

0/1 = Exclude/Include
Note 1: When an
Attendant
Console is
Not used
shared by
multiple
tenants,
Tie Line (TIE)
Waiting calls
0/1 = Exclude/Include
are displayed
Call Forwarding-Busy Line (BUSY)
according to
the SYS-2 data
0/1 = Exclude/Include
(INDEXES 8, 9)
Call Forwarding – Don’t Answer
of the Tenant –
(NANS)
accesses the
0/1 = Exclude/Include
Attendant
Console first.
Call Forwarding-Intercept (ICPT)
(Refer to
0/1 = Exclude/Include
command
Interposition Transfer (TF)
ATRK).
0/1 = Exclude/Include
Note 2: When FCCS
Supervisory Call (SP)
Service is
0/1 = Exclude/Include
applied to the
system, the
Do Not Disturb (DND)
common SYS-2
0/1 = Exclude/Include
data (INDEX 8,
Guest Call (GST)
9) must be
0/1 = Exclude/Include
assigned to all
the Nodes.
Emergency Call (EMG)
0/1 = Exclude/Include

0/1 = Exclude/Include
Overtime Call (OT)
0/1 = Exclude/Include

TN

1 ~ 63

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 163
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)
1 - 63

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 15

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Not used

Procedure for activating Call Waiting – Originating
0

= After hearing BT (SHF + ACC Code) only.

1

= After hearing BT (SHF + ACC Code) and upon
going Off-Hook (ACC Code + Station No.)

b4
2

When activating this feature via dialing ACC Code +
Station No., assign the access code of Call waiting Originating by ASPA, CI = N.

10
0

b5

Not used

b6

Call Waiting-Terminating service (Automatic setting of
Call Waiting)
0/1 = Out/In Service
Call Waiting Tone
0/1 = Once/At Intervals

b7
Note:

SYSTEM

IPX

CHAPTER 4
Page 164
Issue 1

TN

1 ~ 63

NDA-24298

When “1” is assigned, the interval of this tone is
assigned in SYS-1, INDEX 152.

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)
1 - 63

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 15

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Not used

Method of Day/Night mode change

b5 b4

0

b5

0

0 = Via ATT Mode change

0

1 = –

1

0 = Via External Switch

1

1 = –

(Usually assign “00”)

2

11

0

b6

Not used
Disposition of DIT Call when the Station is Busy
0/1 = To Attendant Console/Waiting
Note:

0

SYSTEM

IPX

b7

In Direct-In Termination – CCIS service, the
disposition of DIT call is not when the terminated
station is busy but when the connected CCIS trunk
is busy.
When tandem connection is established during the
CCIS trunk is in idle state, the call is not
terminated to Attendant Console even if the
destination station is busy. In this case, the call
shall wait until the target station becomes idle.
(The C.O. Line call terminated via ISDN network
is to be released.)

TN

1 ~ 63

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 165
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)
1 - 63

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 15

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0
b1
12

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7
b0

2

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Automatic Recall Ringer (Dterm)-Non-Exclusive Hold
0/1 = Required/Not Required
Automatic Recall Ringer (Dterm)-Exclusive Hold
0/1 = Required/Not Required

Not used

Sending SHF Signal from CAS Attendant Console to
Satellite office
0/1 = SHF key/SHF key, 1st key Pad, or START key
ATT Status check when Day/Night Mode is changed via
External Switch.

b1

0/1 = Required/Not Required
Note:

13

SYSTEM

IPX

CHAPTER 4
Page 166
Issue 1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

Not used

TN

1 ~ 63

NDA-24298

When Day/Night Mode is changed via CASSatellite, assign data “1”.

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TENANT
TYPE
NUMBER
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
1 - 15

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0
b1
b2

b3
2

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

14

CW Lamp on Attendant Console - Threshold CW Lamp flashes
when the number of Calls Waiting is greater than or equal to
this data.

b3 b2 b1 b0

b3 b2 b1 b0

0

0 0 0 = No flash 1 0 0 0 = 8 calls

0

0 0 1 = 1 call

1 0 0 1 = 9 calls

0

0 1 0 = 2 calls

1 0 1 0 = 10 calls

0

0 1 1 = 3 calls

1 0 1 1 = 11 calls

0

1 0 0 = 4 calls

1 1 0 0 = 12 calls

0

1 0 1 = 5 calls

1 1 0 1 = 13 calls

0

1 1 0 = 6 calls

1 1 1 0 = 14 calls

0

1 1 1 = 7 calls

1 1 1 1 = 15 calls

Calls that activate CW Lamp Flash

b4

SYSTEM

IPX

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

0/1 = All Calls/Only the types of Calls specified in SYS-2,
INDEXes 8 and 9

Not used

TN

1 - 63

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 167
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)
1 - 63

2

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 15

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

Not used

b3

Destination restriction for an outgoing trunk call originated
by Passing Dial Tone service

b4

IPX
Note:

Not used
Attendant Overflow Service
0/1 = No/Yes

0/1 = Effective/Ineffective

15

SYSTEM

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

The office that determines the transfer destination number
in Call Forwarding Assignment-Attendant Service.
0/1 = Office that sets this service/Office in which the
transferring station is located.
Note

Not used

TN

1 ~ 63

When the numbering plans within the CCIS Network are unified, assign “0” to this data; otherwise assign
“1.”

CHAPTER 4
Page 168
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 31

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0
b1
b2
0

ON Time is to be assigned a value from
1 Hex to F Hex (1~15). (Unit of Time is
Second.)

Timer Value for Ringer
used for Incoming Trunk
Calls (Ringer Pattern 0)
Note:

b3
b4
b5
b6

OFF Time is to be assigned a value
from 1 Hex to F Hex (1~15). (Unit of
Time is Second.)

Normally, this
Index is assigned
data 21 Hex.
(1 sec.-ON,
2 sec.-OFF)

b7
b0
b1
b2
3

1

ON Time is to be assigned a value from
1 Hex to F Hex (1~15). (Unit of Time is
Second.)

Timer Value for Ringer
used for Station Calls
(Ringer Pattern 1)

b3
b4
b5
b6

Note:

Normally, this
Index is assigned
data 42 Hex.
(2 sec.-ON,
4 sec.-OFF)

Note:

Normally, this
Index is assigned
data 91 Hex.
(TS = 120 msec.,
TL = 1080 msec.)

OFF Time is to be assigned a value
from 1 Hex to F Hex (1~15). (Unit of
Time is Second.)

b7
b0
b2

Station Release Timer (TS) is to be
assigned a value from 1 Hex to F Hex
(1~15). (Release timing when
connected to an ORT)

b3

Timer Value Setting is (TS) × 120 msec.

b4

Hooking Timer (TL) is to be assigned a
value from 1 Hex to F Hex (1~15).
(SHF maximum timing)

b1

2

b5
b6
b7

Timer Value Setting is (TL) × 120
msec.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 169
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 31

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

2 Burst (0.4 sec.–ON, 0.2 sec.-OFF, 0.4 sec.–ON) on the ON Time for
Ringer Pattern 0
0/1 = Not Required/Required

b1

2 Burst (0.4 sec.–ON, 0.2 sec.–OFF, 0.4 sec.–ON) on the ON Time
for Ringer Pattern 1
0/1 = Not Required/Required

3

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4
b5

Not used

3 Burst (0.4 sec.–ON, 0.2 sec.–OFF, 0.8 sec.–ON, 0.2 sec.–OFF, 0.4
sec.-ON) on the ON Time for Ringer Pattern 5
0/1 = Not Required/Required

3

0

b6

0

b7

Not used
Allow Bit 0 to be reset to 0
0/1 = No/Yes

4

00

Not used

5

00

Not used

6

00

Not used

b0
b1
b2

ON time is to be assigned a value from
1 Hex to F Hex (1–15). (Unit of Time is
Second.)

b3
b4

7

b5
b6

OFF time is to be assigned a value from Note:
1 Hex to F Hex (1–15). (Unit of Time is
Second.)

b7

CHAPTER 4
Page 170
Issue 1

Timer Value for Ringer
used for Call Back, OG
Trunk Queuing, Call
Waiting, and Auto/Dial
Intercom (Ringer Pattern
5).

8

00

Not used

9

00

Not used

10

00

Not used

NDA-24298

When this data is
00 Hex, ROM
data (2 sec.-ON,
4 sec.-OFF) is
automatically set.

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 31

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0
b1
b2

PBST: PB signal (DTMF) timer for Dterm and desk console.
This data is to be assigned from 0 Hex to F Hex (0~15).
Timer Value setting is (PBST + 1) × 128 msec.

b3

11

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

Not used

b0
b1
b2

ON Time is to be assigned a value from
1 Hex to F Hex (1~15). (Unit of Time is
Seconds.)

Timer Value for Data
Communication RS-232C
CI (Call Indicator; same as
RI: Ring Indicator) Signal
ON OFF
TIME TIME

b3
b4
12

CI
SIGNAL

b5
b6

OFF Time is to be assigned a value
from 1 Hex to F Hex (1-15). (Unit of
Time is Seconds.)

b7

3

13

00

Not used

14

00

Not used

15

00

Not used

16

00

Not used

17

00

Not used

18

00

Not used

19

00

Not used

20

00

Not used

21

00

Not used

22

00

Not used

23

00

Not used

24

00

Not used

25

00

Not used

26

00

Not used

27

00

Not used
NDA-24298

Note:

When this data is
00 Hex, Default
data is
automatically set
to 2 sec.–ON, 4
sec.–OFF

CHAPTER 4
Page 171
Issue 1

ASYD : Assignment of System Data

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 - 31

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

28

00

Not used

29

00

Not used

30

00

Not used

31

00

Not used

3

CHAPTER 4
Page 172
Issue 1

DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

NDA-24298

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)

ASYDL: Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)
SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
512 - 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0
b1

512

b2

Fusion Point Code (FPC) of self node in hexadecimal.

b3

FPC 1-253 (01 Hex-FD Hex)

b4
b5

Note:

After assigning/changing the FPC, System
Initialization (Non-Load Initialization) is
required. Assign only for Fusion Network.

b6
b7
b0
b1

Local Data Memory (LDM) usage. Assign “1 (the
memory block is used)” to the corresponding bit.

b2
513

01

1

b3
b4
b5
b6

bit

b0
b1
b2

Memory

Memory Block #0
Memory Block #1
Memory Block #2

b7
b0
b1

Network Data Memory (NDM) usage. Assign “1 (the
memory block is used)” to the corresponding bit.

b2
b3
b4
514

01

b5
b6

b7

bit

b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6

Memory

Memory Block #0
Memory Block #1
Memory Block #2
Memory Block #3
Memory Block #4
Memory Block #5
Memory Block #6

Note 1: Necessary data for the programming using commands for LDM. Usually 01H is assigned.
When the Local Data Memory is not enough, change the value from 03H to 07H.
Note 2: Necessary data for the programming commands for NDM. Usually 01H is assigned.
When the Network Data Memory is not enough, change the value from 03H → 07H → 0FH → 1F.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 173
Issue 1

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
512 - 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

515

IP Address (Hex) for PBX over External LAN

516

Note:

517

This data is valid when the PBX is connected
to the external PC.

When default IP address (172. 16. 253. 0) for the PBX
is used, this data setting is not necessary.
Example: IP Address: 133. 206. 8. 1

518

INDEX

Set Hex

515

85

516

CE

517

08

518

01

1
519

Subnet Mask (Hex) for PBX over External LAN

520

Note:

521

This data is valid when the PBX is connected
to the external PC.

When default IP address (172. 16. 253. 0) for the PBX
is used, this data setting is not necessary.
Example: Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

522

CHAPTER 4
Page 174
Issue 1

INDEX

NDA-24298

Set Hex

519

FF

520

FF

521

00

522

00

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
512 - 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

523

Default Gateway Address of External LAN

524

Gateway Address (IP address of Router) of Network
connecting PBX.

525

Note:

This data is valid when the PBX is connected
to the external PC LAN.
In the case of no Network Gateway,
assignment data is 00 Hex. in Index 523
through 526.

Example: Default Gateway Address:
133. 206. 8. 254

526

INDEX

1

Set Hex

523

85

524

CE

525

08

526

FE

Designate the maximum number of the tandem node
for Fusion connection.
FCCS

xample:

b0 ~ b3
527

1

2

A

3
B

C

to B : 2 (two) tandem nodes
to C : 3 (three) tandem nodes

b4
b5 ~ b7

NDA-24298

DP (Dial Pulse) relay broadcasting to Fusion Link
0/1 = Invalid/Valid
Not used

CHAPTER 4
Page 175
Issue 1

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
512 - 1535

528

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Voice Recognition Services Timer

b1

MTC = 0 - 15 (0h to Fh) seconds

b2

Timer value = MTC × TC

b3

This timer defaults to 30 seconds when 00h is
assigned.

b4

Timer Class (TC)

b5

b6 b5b4 b6b5b4

b6

0 0 0= -----011=2 sec.110=-----

b7

0 01

b6b5b4

1 00 =30 sec.111=-----

0 1 0= -----101=------

b0

Parity Check Method for SMDR/MCI with LAN
Interface

b0 b1
529

b1

1

b2 ~ b7

530

0

0 = Non-Parity Check

1

0 = Odd Parity Check

0

1 = Even Parity Check

Not used

b0

FCCS Health Check Timer

b1

MTC = 0 - 15 (0h to Fh) Seconds

b2

Timer Value = MTC × TC

b3

This timer defaults to 30 seconds when 00h is
assigned.

b4

Timer Class (TC)

b5

b6 b5b4 b6 b5b4

b6b5b4

0 0 0= -----011=2 sec.110=-----

b6

0 0 1= 1 00 =30 sec.111=8 sec.
0 1 0= -----101=5 sec.

b7

CHAPTER 4
Page 176
Issue 1

NDA-24298

Is this timer in service?
0/1 = No/Yes

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
512 - 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

531

SDT card accommodation
0/1 = Not accommodated/Accommodated
b1 → MG1, b3 → MG3, b5 → MG5, b7 → MG7
Note 1: The SDT card can be mounted in the odd MG
only.

532

Fusion Point Code (FPC) of the Center Node (CN) for
the Centralized Management Report-Fusion

533

00

Not used

b0

Stop Network Data Memory Broadcasting to LCNs
from NCN
0/1 = No/Yes
Note: This bit stops the automatic broadcasting of
Network Data Memory from NCN while
network commands are being programmed.
This does not stop the NCN from verifying
data at the LCN, but stops the data
automatically downloading to the LCNs.
(For IPX-UMG system)
0 = No Retry (no data retransmission) for data

copy error
1 = Retry in service (for dual LAN system)

1

b1

0 = Data broadcasting at every NDM command
execution
1 = Broadcasting by CBCN command execution
Note

b2

0 = Data Broadcasting via CMP
1 = Data Broadcasting via SP

b3

0 = System Message unnecessary for error during
"Periodic Refresh"
1 = System message necessary for error during
"Periodic Refresh"
Note

b4

System Message Output
0/1 = Out of service/In service

534

Note

Note

b5
b6
b7
535-575
Note:

00

0 = NDM Data en bloc broadcasting (from NCN to
All LNs)
1 = NDM Data individual broadcasting
(from NDN to the LN)
Not used

This data is valid for IPX-UMG system.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 177
Issue 1

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
512 - 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Fusion Centralized SMDR Service (Polling Method)
0/1 = No/Yes
SMDR for Fusion Network station-to-station calls

b1

0/1 = All Station Calls/Fusion Station Calls only
Note: Data valid only when ASYDL Index 512 is set.
Valid for IPX Version 2 software or higher.

576

b2

b3

SMDR Interface Type
0/1 = RS232C/LANI
Output the System Message related to connection
down when the system changeover occurs on LAN
Interface for SMDR.
0/1 = Invalid/Valid

b4 ~ b7

Not used
FPC (Fusion Point Code) of the Center node (CN) for
the Centralized SMDR (Centralized Billing-Fusion).
FPC: 1-253 (01 Hex-FD Hex.)

577

1

b0~ b7

b0

Note: Data 01 Hex-FD Hex should be assigned at
the Local Node (LN) for the Centralized
Billing-Fusion. Data “00” must be fixedly
assigned at the Center Node (CN) of
Centralized Billing-Fusion.
Centralized Billing-Fusion output text format of
SMDR A
0/1 = ICS format/IPX format

578

b1 ~ b3
b4
b5 ~ b7
b0

Not used
0/1 = SMDR A Apparatus with LAN interface is not
used/used. Note
Not used
Centralized Billing-Fusion output text format of
SMDR B
0/1 = ICS format/IPX format

579

b1 ~ b3
b4
b5 ~ b7

Note:

Not used
0/1= SMDR B Apparatus with LAN interface is not
used/used. Note
Not used

Assign “1” at the node to which SMDR with LAN interface is connected. If not connected, this data setting
is fixed to “0.”

CHAPTER 4
Page 178
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
512 - 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Centralized Billing-Fusion output text format of
SMDR C
0/1 = IMS (ICS) format/IPX format

580

b1 ~ b3
b4
b5 ~ b7
b0

Not used
0/1 = SMDR C Apparatus with LAN interface is not
used/used. Note
Not used
Centralized Billing-Fusion output text format of
SMDR D
0/1 = ICS format/IPX format

581

b1 ~ b3
b4
b5 ~ b7

Not used
0/1 = SMDR D Apparatus with LAN interface is
not used/used. Note
Not used
The number of the node to be polled in a polling

1
582

b0 ~ b3

0000 = 1
0100 = 4
1000 = 8

0001 = 1
0101 = 5
~

0010 = 2
0110 = 6
1111 = 8

0011 = 3
0111 = 7

Note 1: For numbers more than 8, assign the data
value as 8.

b4 ~ b7

Not used
The timing for transmitting the billing data of SMDRNetfusing from the node that accommodates the
outgoing trunk to the node that accommodates the
called station.

b0 ~ b2

0
0
0
0

583

b3 ~ b6
b7
Note:

b2 b1 b0
0
0
1
1

0
1
0
1

b2 b1 b0
=
=
=
=

8 sec.
2 sec.
4 sec.
6 sec.

1
1
1
1

0
0
1
1

0
1
0
1

=
=
=
=

8 sec.
10 sec.
12 sec.
14 sec.

Not used
The timing for transmitting the polled billing data
assigned at b0 ~ b2 is
0= In Service

Assign “1” at the node to which SMDR with LAN interface is connected. If not connected, this data setting
is fixed to “0”.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 179
Issue 1

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
512 - 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

Designate the Polling cycle within the Self Node (for IPXUMG system only) by the number of calls intended for Polling of the system. Assign this data to default value “0” or “8”
in case the number of calls is within 675,000 calls per a day.
Actual setting is measured declining 30% of calls in the following values on the list:

584

b0 ~ b7

Call/day

System Data

Call/day

System Data

~5,400,000
~2,700,000
~1,800,000
~1,350,000
~1,080,000
~900,000
~770,000
~675,000

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

~600,000
~540,000
~490,000
~450,000
~400,000
~385,000
~360,000
~337,000

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Designate the Polling cycle between the Nodes (for Center
Node only). When a LN among multiple LNs is set as the
Center Node of CCIS Centralized Billing, Polling cycle is to
be changed to prevent from Buffer Overflow in LNs. Usually assign the default value “0 (2 seconds cycle)”.

585

Polling Cycle

System Data

Polling Cycle

System Data

0.25s
0.50s
0.75s
1.00s
1.25s
1.50s
1.75s
2.00s

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

2.25s
2.50s
2.75s
3.00s
3.25s
3.50s
3.75s
4.00s

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

b0 ~ b7

1

Set the upper limit of polling buffer rate (01%-99%)
at Centralized Billing Node.
b7

b6

b5

b4

b3

b2

b1

b0

Unit
Tens

586

b0 ~ b7

Example:
b7

b6

b5

b4

b3

b2

b1

b0

1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

8

Note:

587-607
CHAPTER 4
Page 180
Issue 1

Not used
NDA-24298

0

If the value exceeds the assigned limit,
polling is not activated. In case 00Hex is
assigned to b0 ~ b7, the data is to be
assigned to the standard rate 50%.

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
512 - 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

608

The Fusion Point Code (FPC) of the polling destination.

609

FPCs range from 1 to 253 as shown in the table below. Assign data “1 (Polling
destination of Centralized Billing-Fusion)” for the corresponding FPC node.

610
611

Note:

612
613

INDEX

614

608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639

615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638

This data should be assigned at the Center node for the Centralized
Billing-Fusion.

b7

b6

b5

b4

b3

b2

b1

b0

7
15
23
31
39
47
55
63
71
79
87
95
103
111
119
127
135
143
151
159
167
175
183
191
199
207
215
223
231
239
247
-

6
14
22
30
38
46
54
62
70
78
86
94
102
110
118
126
134
142
150
158
166
174
182
190
198
206
214
222
230
238
246
-

5
13
21
29
37
45
53
61
69
77
85
93
101
109
117
125
133
141
149
157
165
173
181
189
197
205
213
221
229
237
245
253

4
12
20
28
36
44
52
60
68
76
84
92
100
108
116
124
132
140
148
156
164
172
180
188
196
204
212
220
228
236
244
252

3
11
19
27
35
43
51
59
67
75
83
91
99
107
115
123
131
139
147
155
163
171
179
187
195
203
211
219
227
235
243
251

2
10
18
26
34
42
50
58
66
74
82
90
98
106
114
122
130
138
146
154
162
170
178
186
194
202
210
218
226
234
242
250

1
9
17
25
33
41
49
57
65
73
81
89
97
105
113
121
129
137
145
153
161
169
177
185
193
201
209
217
225
233
241
249

8
16
24
32
40
48
56
64
72
80
88
96
104
112
120
128
136
144
152
160
168
176
184
192
200
208
216
224
232
240
248

639

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 181
Issue 1

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
512 - 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0
b1
b2
b3

640

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

b4
b5
b6

Fusion Point Code (FPC) of the node providing ATTCON.
Assign FPC of a terminating node for operator calls
from other nodes and Ring Down (IC) calls from
PSTN.
FPC: 1-253 (01 Hex-FD Hex)
Note:

b7

This data is necessary at all nodes. Assign
the self FPC at the terminating node.

Designation of output numbers for SMDR ICS
format.

b0

0/1 = Physical (station) number/Telephone number
Note:

1

This data is valid when the text format of
SMDR is “ICS format,” and the number of
digits for Telephone number is 6 or less.

Designation of output numbers for MCI ICS format.
0/1=Physical (station) number/Telephone number

b1

641

0

b2

Note:

This data is valid when the text format of
MCI is “ICS format,” and the number of
digits for Telephone number is 6 or less.

Not used
Designation of output routes for SMDR ICS format.

b3

0/1 = Physical route/Logical route
Note:

0

CHAPTER 4
Page 182
Issue 1

b4~b7

NDA-24298

Not used

This data is valid when the text format of
SMDR is “ICS format.”

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
512 - 1535

642
643
644

645

646

1

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

Speech Path Memory of TONE ROM source selection for Voice Prompt
Service.
0/1 = TONE ROM/Speech Path Memory
INDEX

b7

b6

b5

b4

b3

b2

b1

b0

642

ch7

ch6

ch5

ch4

ch3

ch2

ch1

ch0

643

ch15 ch14 ch13 ch12 ch11 ch10

ch9

ch8

644

ch23 ch22 ch21 ch20 ch19 ch18 ch17 ch16

645

ch31 ch30 ch29 ch28 ch27 ch26 ch25 ch24

647

Speech Path Memory of MUSIC ROM source selections for Voice Prompt
Service.

648

0/1 = MUSIC ROM/Speech Path Memory

649

INDEX

b7

b6

b5

b4

b3

b2

b1

b0

646

ch7

ch6

ch5

ch4

ch3

ch2

ch1

ch0

647

ch15 ch14 ch13 ch12 ch11 ch10

ch9

ch8

648

ch23 ch22 ch21 ch20 ch19 ch18 ch17 ch16

649

ch29 ch28 ch27 ch26 ch25 ch24

650~671

Not used

b0

Telephone number display location on Dterm
Note:

See the example on the next page.

b1
b2
672

b3
b4

Not used

b5
b6
b7
673 - 703

Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 183
Issue 1

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)
Example: When a call terminates on a Dterm from Telephone number 123456789, the Dterm displays as follows

depending on the data settings.
23456789
ASYDL SYS1,INDEX672,Bit0=0
8 digits long maximum when Telephone
Number is displayed on top line.

11:20

AM

MIC

DND

16

APR

1997
>>>

123456789

ASYDL SYS1,INDEX672,Bit0=1
MIC

CHAPTER 4
Page 184
Issue 1

WED

DND

NDA-24298

>>>

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
512 - 1535

704
705
706
707

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

Fusion Point Code (FPC) of the node to which ATT-CON transfers the Day/
Night changeover information.
FPCs range from 1 to 253 as shown in the table below. Assign data “1 (D/N
changeover information is transferred)” for the corresponding node.
Note:

This data is necessary at the node providing ATT-CON.

708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
1

720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736 - 799

INDEX

704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735

b7

b6

b5

b4

b3

b2

b1

b0

7
15
23
31
39
47
55
63
71
79
87
95
103
111
119
127
135
143
151
159
167
175
183
191
199
207
215
223
231
239
247
-

6
14
22
30
38
46
54
62
70
78
86
94
102
110
118
126
134
142
150
158
166
174
182
190
198
206
214
222
230
238
246
-

5
13
21
29
37
45
53
61
69
77
85
93
101
109
117
125
133
141
149
157
165
173
181
189
197
205
213
221
229
237
245
253

4
12
20
28
36
44
52
60
68
76
84
92
100
108
116
124
132
140
148
156
164
172
180
188
196
204
212
220
228
236
244
252

3
11
19
27
35
43
51
59
67
75
83
91
99
107
115
123
131
139
147
155
163
171
179
187
195
203
211
219
227
235
243
251

2
10
18
26
34
42
50
58
66
74
82
90
98
106
114
122
130
138
146
154
162
170
178
186
194
202
210
218
226
234
242
250

1
9
17
25
33
41
49
57
65
73
81
89
97
105
113
121
129
137
145
153
161
169
177
185
193
201
209
217
225
233
241
249

0
8
16
24
32
40
48
56
64
72
80
88
96
104
112
120
128
136
144
152
160
168
176
184
192
200
208
216
224
232
240
248

Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 185
Issue 1

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
512 - 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

800

1
801-802

BIT

b0

ALGNL/ALGSL command tenant User Group Number
(UGN) table development of Local Data Memory
(LDM)
0/1 = Separate/Common

b1

ASPAL command tenant table development of Local
Data Memory (LDM)
0/1 = Separate/Common

b2

ANPDL command tenant data table development of
Local Data Memory (LDM)
0/1 = Separate/Common

b3

APCNL command tenant data table development of
Local Data Memory (LDM)
0/1 = Separate/Common

b4

AFRSL, ASTPL, AUNEL command tenant data table
development of Local Data Memory (LDM)
0/1 = Separate/Common

b5

ASTPL command tenant data table development of
Local Data Memory (LDM)
0/1 = Separate/Common

b6

Not used

b7

AAEDL command tenant data table development of
Local Data Memory (LDM)
0/1 = Separate/Common

00

Not used

b0

Not used

b1

Consultation Hold Release
0/1 = Out of service/In service

b2

Operation from the stations in Add On Conference - 8
Party Service
0/1 = Operation is invalid/Valid

803

b3 - b7

804

0

Not used

b1

Kind of tone when a call is transferred from Attendant
Console in case all the stations in a UCD group are busy;
0/1 = BT/RBT
Transferring the busy information of Logical Route
0/1 = Out of service/In service

b2

Not used

b3

The number of digit for Internal Zone Paging group ID
0/1 = 2 digits/3 digits

b4

UCD Announcement Information
0 = Individual setting for each UCD group
1 = Common in all the UCD groups

b0

CHAPTER 4
Page 186
Issue 1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

b5 ~ b7

NDA-24298

Not used

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
512 - 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

(For IPX-UMG system)
Periodic Refresh for office data copy

Note 1

0/1 = Execute/Stop

805

0

b1

(For IPX-UMG system)
Partial copy every time office data is assigned
0 = Execute
Note 1
1 = Not execute (data copy is executed by CBCD
command

b2

(For IPX-UMG system)
Information of office data copy condition
0/1 = -/Output System Message

b3 ~ b7

806-831

1

Not used
Not used
Fusion Point Code (FPC) of the node connected with
Message Center (MC) in the same MC group
FPC: 1 ~ 253 (01 Hex. ~ FD Hex)

832

Note:

833

Note 1

Valid for software version 2 or later.

b0

Interface type for MCI (Message Center Interface)
0/1 = RS-232C interface/LAN interface
Note 2

b1

MCI output text format
0/1 = IMS (ICS) format/IPX format

b2

The way to output the call information of LAN
Interface for MCI (when Max. 2 MCs are normally
connected).
0/1 = Dual Output/Single Output

b3

Output the System Message related to connection
down when the system changeover occurs on LAN
Interface for MCI.
0/1 = Invalid/Valid

b4 ~ b7

Note 2

Not used

Note 1: When office data is assigned by the MAT during IPX-UMG system is in operation, office data (DM/LDM/NDM) copy
is executed from ACT side SP to ST-BY side SP/LP.
Every time office data is assigned by the MAT, the part of the data is copied to ST-BY side SP and each LP when
ASYDL, INDEX805, b1=0. Also office data copy is to be executed when the following operation is performed:

• System Initialization
• Initialization for each Processor
• Execution of the CBCD command
Note 2: When ASYDL SYS1 INDEX833 b0 = 0 (RS-232C interface for MCI) is assigned, either ICS or IPX text format for
MCI output can be selected in b1. When b0 = 1 (LAN interface for MCI) is assigned, b1 data must be fixed to data
“1 = IPX format.”

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 187
Issue 1

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
512 - 1535

834

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

BIT

b0
b1
b3 ~ b7

835 ~ 863

Not used
0/1 = Built-in IP, ACDP is not used/used

b1

Output the system message when TCP-IP connection
is disconnected.
0/1 = Effective/Ineffective

b3
b4, b5
b6

866

0/1 = -/MC1 with LAN interface is used

b0

864

865

0/1 = -/MC0 with LAN interface is used

Not used

b2

1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

b7
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7

AGENT ANYWHERE
0/1=Out of Service/In Service
Note:

This data is effective only when Multiple
ACDP Service is used.

Multiple ACDP
0/1 = Out of service/In service
Maximum number of SMFN port
00 = 2 port (standard)
01 = 8 port
FLF error detail indication
0/1 = Out of service/In service
Not used
Fusion Point Code (FPC) of the node providing IP.
(Assign 0 when the ACD service is activated in the
self node only)
FPC: 1 ~ 253 (01 Hex. - FD Hex)
Note:

This data is necessary at all nodes. Assign
the self FPC at the terminating node.

Fusion Point Code for Centralized ACDP
Valid entries 1 - 253 (1h - FDh)
This index assigns the Centralized Fusion Point Code
for ACDP.
(For non-Fusion ACDP, assign 00.)
Note 1, Note 2

Note 1: This data is necessary at all nodes. Assign the self FPC at the terminating node.
Note 2: When OAI and ACD functions are used together in a Netfusing network, enter the same FPC value in INDEXes 865
and 866.
CHAPTER 4
Page 188
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
512 - 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

867 ~ 927

Not used
(For IPX-U system)
Fusion Point Code (FPC) of the connecting ISW.
(For IPX-UMG system)

928

Fixed to “0”.
Note
TSW card accommodation on ISW in IPX-U system
or on ISWR in IPX-UMG system.
929

b0 ~ b3

0/1 = Not accommodated/Accommodated
b0: TSW0
b1: TSW1

b2: TSW2
b3: TSW3

Note

b4 ~ b7

Not used
FPC of the LN connected to TSW0 in the ISW.
(For IPX-UMG system)

1

Logical PBI Number of LMG connected to TSW0 in
the ISWR.
930 ~ 933

Note 1: This data is available when
INDEX929, b0=1 is assigned.

SYS1,

Note 2: The different FPC can be assigned for
2 Kbps PCM data transmission at each
INDEX.
FPC of the LN connected to TSW1 in the ISW.
(For IPX-UMG system)
Logical PBI Number of LMG connected to TSW1 in
the ISWR.
934 ~ 937

Note 1: This data is available when
INDEX929, b1=1 is assigned.

SYS1,

Note 2: The different FPC can be assigned for
2 Kbps PCM data transmission at each
INDEX.
Note:

This data is necessary for the IPX-U (16-IMG type) or IPX-UMG system.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 189
Issue 1

ASYDL : Assignment of System Data into Local DM (LDM)

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
512 - 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 - FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

FPC of the LN connected to TSW2 in the ISW.
(For IPX-UMG system)
Logical PBI Number of LMG connected to TSW2 in
the ISWR.
938 ~ 941

Note 1: This data is available when
INDEX929, b2=1 is assigned.

SYS1,

Note 2: The different FPC can be assigned for
2 Kbps PCM data transmission at each
INDEX.
FPC of the LN connected to TSW3 in the ISW.
(For IPX-UMG system)
Logical PBI Number of LMG connected to TSW3 in
the ISWR.
942 ~ 945

Note 1: This data is available when
INDEX929, b3=1 is assigned.

SYS1,

Note 2: The different FPC can be assigned for
2 Kbps PCM data transmission at each
INDEX.

1

(For IPX-U system)
FPC of the LN on which DLMX card is mounted.
946

(For IPX-UMG system)
LP PBI No. of the LMG where DLMX card is
mounted.

947 ~ 960

Not used
Message sending cycle to request the state of each
IMG.

961

b0 ~ b3

b4 ~ b7
962 ~ 1535

CHAPTER 4
Page 190
Issue 1

0 = 2 sec.
2 = 10 sec.
4 = 1 min.
6 = 5 min.
8-15 = 2 sec.
Not used
Not used

NDA-24298

1 = 5 sec.
3 = 30 sec.
5 = 3 min.
7 = 10 min.

AUNT : Assignment of Unit Data

AUNT: Assignment of Unit Data
1. General
This command assigns the Unit data. It also assigns miscellaneous circuit cards to be mounted in LPM.
2. Precautions
•

Prior to assigning the number of the unit data using this command, the ASYD command should be properly
assigned.

•

The applicable data range in the Module Group Number (MG) parameter is designated by the ASYD
command, SYS1, INDEX 0.

•

Since the PFT is a mechanical action circuit, the PFT operates properly without any data assignment.
However, if the “PFT control by external key” is required, the following data assignments are needed:
(a) AUNT command, TYPE=2 (PFT)
(b) AEKD command
(c) ANCD command

•

If the number of the unit’s data deletion is required, you should clear all the station/trunk data within the
unit using the ASDT/ATRK commands.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 191
Issue 1

AUNT : Assignment of Unit Data

3. Data Entry Instructions
TYPE
1 = Port Interface Module (PIM)
2 = Power Failure Transfer (PFT) Circuit Card
3 = Not used
4 = Line Test Circuit Card

UNIT TYPE
INDICATION
(TYPE)
1-4

MODULE
GROUP
NUMBER
(MG)

DATA OF UNIT
(UNIT)
1/2
No.

0

1

MG
Enter the MG number to be
accommodated in the PIM
(or the circuit card)

UNIT
This parameter appears when TYPE = 1.
1 = Mounted
2 = Not mounted

0
1
2

DATA

1
1
1

DATA OF CIRCUIT
CARD
(PKG)
1/2
No.

DATA OF LINE TEST
(ON/OFF)
1/2

DATA

0
1
2

PKG
This parameter appears when TYPE = 2-4
1 = Mounted
2 = Not mounted
ON/OFF
This parameter appears when TYPE = 4
1 = ON
2 = OFF

CHAPTER 4
Page 192
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AUNT : Assignment of Unit Data

4. Data Sheet
(a) Port Interface Module (PIM) (TYPE = 1)
MODULE GROUP
NUMBER
(MG)

DATA OF UNIT
1/2

UNIT TYPE INDICATION
(TYPE) 1 – 4
NO.

DATA

0
1

1

2
3

(b) Power Failure Transfer Circuit Card (PFT) (TYPE = 2)
MODULE GROUP
NUMBER
(MG)

UNIT TYPE INDICATION
(TYPE) 1 – 4

DATA OF CIRCUIT CARD (PKG)
1/2
NO.

DATA

0

1
2

2
3

(c) Line Test Circuit Card (TYPE = 4)
MODULE GROUP
NUMBER
(MG)

UNIT TYPE INDICATION
(TYPE) 1 – 4

REMARKS

4

Mounted/Not Mounted

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 193
Issue 1

AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data

AIOC: Assignment of IOC Port Data
1. General
This command assigns the I/O port attribution data.
2. Precautions
1.

When the I/O port attribution is changed, the IOC card is initialized.

2.

Various parameters appear on the display according to the data in the TERMINAL parameter.

CHAPTER 4
Page 194
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data

3. Data Entry Instructions

IOC

IOC PORT
NUMBER
(IOC)
0-7

IOC port number (#0 or #1 card is specified by IOC switch settings,
#0 IOC card has port numbers 0 through 3, #1 has 4 through 7)
TERMINAL KIND
(TERMINAL)
0-6

TERMINAL

0 = Not used
1 = Printer/MCI
2 = MAT
3 = CMAT
4 = SMDR (Free wheeling)
5 = SMDR (BSC)
6 = ATM module
7 = PMS
8 = H/M Printer
9 = ATT0
10 = ATT1
Note : 7~10 is available for Hotel System.

TERMINAL=1 (Printer/MCI)
(SPEED)
0-6

(PARITY BIT)
0-3

SPEED

0 = Default (4800bps)
2 = 600 bps
1 = 300 bps
3 = 1200 bps
4 = 2400 bps
6 = 9600 bps
5 = 4800 bps

(STOP BIT)
0-3

(CHARACTER BIT)
0/1

PARITY BIT

STOP BIT

0 = Non Parity
1 = Odd Parity
2 = Even Parity
3 = Non Parity

CHARACTER BIT

0 = 2 bits
1 = 1 bit
2 = 1+1/2 bits
3 = 2 bits

0 = 8 bits
1 = 7 bits

TERMINAL=2 (MAT)/3 (CMAT)
SYSTEM MESSAGE
SCAN SERVICE
(SYMSCAN)
0/1

(SPEED)
0-6

TYPE OF MAT
INTERFACE
(MTYPE)
0

MTYPE
SYMSCAN

0 = Out of service
1 = In service

SPEED

0 = Default (4800bps)
1 = 300 bps
2 = 600 bps
3 = 1200 bps
4 = 2400 bps
5 = 4800 bps
6 = 9600 bps

NDA-24298

0 = MS-Windows based MAT

CHAPTER 4
Page 195
Issue 1

AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data

TERMINAL=4 (SMDR FREE WHEELING)
(PROTOCOL)
0-3

(SPEED)
0-6

PROTOCOL

(PARITY BIT)
0-3

SPEED

0 = Free Wheeling

0 = Default (4800bps)
1 = 300 bps
2 = 600 bps
3 = 1200 bps
4 = 2400 bps
5 = 4800 bps
6 = 9600 bps

(STOP BIT)
0-3

(CHARACTER BIT)
0/1

PARITY BIT

STOP BIT

0 = Non Parity

0 = 2 bits
1 = 1 bit
2 = 1+1/2 bits
3 = 2 bits

CHARACTER BIT

0 = 8 bits

TERMINAL=5 (SMDR BSC)
(PROTOCOL) (SPEED) (PARITY BIT)
0-3
0-6
0-3

(STOP BIT)
0-3

(SYNC)
0/1

PROTOCOL

(CHARACTER
BIT) 0/1

(SYNC CHAR- (BUSY SIGNAL)
ACTER) 0/1
0/1

SYNC

0 = Free wheeling
1 = BSC Pooling
2 = BSC Contention

PARITY BIT

SPEED

0 = Default (4800 bps)
1 = 300 bps
2 = 600 bps
3 = 1200 bps
4 = 2400 bps
5 = 4800 bps
6 = 9600 bps

SYNC CHARACTER

0 = ST1
1 = ST2

0 = Non Parity
1 = Odd Parity
2 = Even Parity
3 = Non Parity

0 = Bi-sync
1 = Mono-sync

STOP BIT

CHARACTER BIT

0 = 2 bits
1 = 1 bit
2 = 1+1/2 bits
3 = 2 bits

0 = 8 bits
1 = 7 bit

BUSY SIGNAL

0 = (+)

TERMINAL=6 (ATM Module)
(SPEED)
0-6

SPEED

0 = Default (4800 bps)
1 = 300 bps
2 = 600 bps
3 = 1200 bps
4 = 2400 bps
5 = 4800 bps
6 = 9600 bps

CHAPTER 4
Page 196
Issue 1

(PARITY BIT)
0-3

(STOP BIT)
0-3

PARITY BIT

(CHARACTER BIT)
0/1

STOP BIT

0 = Non Parity
1 = Odd Parity
2 = Even Parity
3 = Non Parity

0 = 2 bits
1 = 1 bit
2 = 1+1/2 bits
3 = 2 bits

NDA-24298

ATM MODLE
NUMBER (ATM) 0-2

CHARACTER BIT

0 = 8 bits
1 = 7 bit

ATM

0 = #1
1 = #2
1 = #3

1 = (-)

AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data

TERMINAL=7 (PMS) / 8 (Hotel Printer)
(PROTOCOL) (SPEED) (PARITY BIT)
0-2
0-6
0-3

(STOP BIT)
0-3

PROTOCOL

PARITY BIT

0=Free Wheeling
1=BSC Pooling
2=BSC Contention
3=Level 2A
4=Level 2B

0=Non Parity
1=Odd Parity
2=Even Parity
3=Non Parity

(SYNC)
0/1

(CHARACTER
BIT) 0/1

SYNC

SYNC CHARACTER

0=ST1
1=ST2

0=Bi-sync
1=Mono-sync
CHARACTER BIT

STOP BIT

0=2bits
1=1bit
2=1+1/2bits
3=2bits

SPEED

0=Default(4800bps)
1=300bps
2=600bps
3=1200bps
4=2400bps
5=4800bps
6=9600bps

(SYNC CHAR- (BUSY SIGNAL)
ACTER) 0/1
0/1

0=8bits
1=7bits

BUSY SIGNAL

1=(-)

0=(+)

ENH
(Extended block parameter)

(PB SIGNAL)
0/1

0=Invalid Note
1=Valid (Continue to following attribution data assignment.)
Note: Standard data is "0".

(ENH)
0/1

PB SIGNAL

0=No PB signal
1=PB signal is required

Following optional parameters appear when ENH (Extended block parameter) = 1.
(CLASS)
0-3

(PM)
0/1

CLASS

0=-CR/LF
1=-CR
2=STX-ETX
3=STX-ETX/BCC

(CN)
0-3

CN
(Continuous
Transmission)

0=Invalid
1=Valid

PM
(Priority Point specification)

0=First Priority Point
1=Second Priority Point

(FL)
0/1

(ET)
0/1

(KJ)
0/1

(WR)

(DR)
0/1

ET
(EOT on reset)

WR
(Transmission method)

0=Invalid
1=Valid

0 Fixed. (RS ON always)

FL
(Reception
buffer shortage)

0=NAK
1=WABT

NDA-24298

KJ
(Kanji Character code)

DR
(DR signal disregard)

0=Invalid
1=Valid

0=Invalid
1=Valid

CHAPTER 4
Page 197
Issue 1

AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data

CD
(CD Signal disregard)

SA
(Station address)

0=Invalid
1=Valid

(CD)
0/1

20 Hex. - 7E Hex.

(XO)
0/1

X0
(X-ON / OFF Control)

0=Invalid
1=Valid

(SN)
0/1

(SA)
20-7E Hex.

SN
(Transmission address
number control)

0=Invalid
1=Valid

(TUA)
20-7E Hex.

CHAPTER 4
Page 198
Issue 1

PROTOCOL
SPEED
PARITY BIT
STOP BIT
CHARACTER BIT
Others

20 Hex. - 7E Hex.

(RUA)
20-7E Hex.

TUA
(Unit address for transmission)

20 Hex. - 7E Hex.

Example: Standard data for PMS and Hotel printer.
• PMS (Level 2A):
PROTOCOL
= 3 (Level 2A)
SPEED
= 3 (1200bps)
PARITY BIT
= 2 (Even Parity)
STOP BIT
= 0 (2bits)
SYNC
= 0 (Not used)
CHARACTER BIT
= 0 (8bits)
SYNC CHARACTER
= 0 (Not used)
BUSY SIGNAL
= 0 (Not used)
PB SIGNAL
= 0 (No PB signal)
ENH
= 0 (Invalid)
• Hotel Printer:

RUA
(Unit address for reception)

= 0 (Free Wheeling)
= 3 (1200bps)
= 0 (No Parity)
= 0 (2bits)
= 0 (8bits)
= 0 (Not used)

NDA-24298

AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data

4. Data Sheet
(a) TERMINAL=1 (Printer/MCI)
IOC PORT
NUMBER
(IOC)

TERMINAL KIND
(TERMINAL)
1

(SPEED)

(PARITY BIT)

(STOP BIT)

(CHARACTER BIT)

REMARKS

(b) TERMINAL=2 (MAT)
IOC PORT
NUMBER
(IOC)

TERMINAL KIND
(TERMINAL)
2

(SYMSCAN)

(SPEED)

(MTYPE)

REMARKS

(MTYPE)

REMARKS

(c) TERMINAL=3 (CMAT)
IOC PORT
NUMBER
(IOC)

TERMINAL KIND
(TERMINAL)
3

(SYMSCAN)

(SPEED)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 199
Issue 1

AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data

(d) TERMINAL=4 (SMDR FREE WHEELING)
IOC PORT
NUMBER
(IOC)

TERMINAL KIND
(TERMINAL)
4

(PROTOCOL)

(SPEED)

(PARITY BIT)

0

(STOP BIT)

(CHARACTER BIT)

0

0

(e) TERMINAL=5 (SMDR BSC)
IOC PORT
NUMBER
(IOC)

TERMINAL
KIND
(TERMINAL)
5

(PROTOCOL)

(SPEED)

(PARITY
BIT)

(STOP
BIT)

(SYNC)

(CHARACTER BIT)

(SYNC
CHARACTER)

(f) TERMINAL=6 (ATM Module)
IOC PORT
NUMBER
(IOC)

TERMINAL KIND
(TERMINAL)
6

(SPEED)

CHAPTER 4
Page 200
Issue 1

(PARITY BIT)

(STOP BIT)

NDA-24298

(CHARACTER BIT)

(ATM)

(BUSY
SIGNAL)

AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data

(g) TERMINAL=7 (PMS)
IOC
PORT NUMBER
(IOC)

TERMINAL
KIND
(TERMINAL)

7
(PROTOCOL)

(SPEED)

(PB SIGNAL)
0/1

(ENH)
0/1

(PARITY BIT)

(STOP BIT)

(SYNC)

(CHARACTER BIT)

(SYNC
CHARACTER)

(BUSY
SIGNAL)

When ENH=1 (Option),
(CLASS)
0-3

(PM)
0/1

(CN)
0-3

(FL)
0/1

(CD)
0/1

(XO)
0/1

(SN)
0/1

(SA)
20-7E Hex.

(ET)
0/1

(TUA)
20-7E Hex.

NDA-24298

(KJ)
0/1

(WR)

(DR)
0/1

(RUA)
20-7E Hex.

CHAPTER 4
Page 201
Issue 1

AIOC : Assignment of IOC Port Data

(h) TERMINAL=8 (Hotel Printer)
IOC
PORT NUMBER
(IOC)

TERMINAL
KIND
(TERMINAL)

10
(PROTOCOL)

(SPEED)

(PB SIGNAL)
0/1

(ENH)
0/1

CHAPTER 4
Page 202
Issue 1

(PARITY BIT)

(STOP BIT)

(SYNC)

NDA-24298

(CHARACTER BIT)

(SYNC
CHARACTER)

(BUSY
SIGNAL)

ASTD : Assignment of State Translation Data

ASTD: Assignment of State Translation Data
1. General
This command translates the system attributes.
2. Precautions
One STM contains multiple numbers of STS(s), and the combination of the STM”n” and STS”n” has one kind
of (or multiple kinds of) purpose(s) to be designated. The data zero (0) or one (1) assigned in ST designates how
the system works. See Table 4-3 for Assignment of ASTD.
3. Data Assignment Instructions
See Table 4-3.
Table 4-3 List for Assignment of ASTD
STM

ST
* = standard settings

STS
Processing at the time of originating an outgoing 0
C.O. line call
1*

0

The call is processed by second dial tone system.

0

Override not allowed

1*

Override allowed

0

Invalid

1*

Valid

Processing for warning tone sending at the
moment when ATT has overridden into a
connection between COT and a station (Busy
Verification)

0

Warning tone is sent out to both the ATT and the
station.

1*

Warning tone is sent out to both the station, ATT,
and C.O. side.

Processing for a warning tone sending at the
moment when ATT has overridden into busy
COT (Attendant Override)

0

Warning tone is not sent out the C.O. side.

1*

Warning tone is also sent out to the C.O. side.

Processing for an override from a station into a
connection between COT and another station

0

If the calling station is that of RSC = 1, 3, the call
is outgoing via LCR

Passing dial tone

1

Kind of trunk to be seized for an outgoing C.O. 0
line call from ATT
1*

2

Tandem connection with COT included

3

Enable Passing Dial Tone

0*

4

Busy Verification Tone for Att. and Sta. only

0*

BWT only
Either BWT or OGT as the case may be

0

Restricted

1*

Allowed (depending on ARRC)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 203
Issue 1

ASTD : Assignment of State Translation Data

Table 4-3 List for Assignment of ASTD (Continued)
STM

ST
* = standard settings

STS
0

Trunk Release

0

Station (Calling Party Release)

1

Trunk Note 1

1

1

2
3
4
* = standard settings
Note 2: One setting applies to five items. (STM=0, STS 0)
0

Restricted

1*

Allowed

0

Three-way calling with COT included

1

Three-way calling with COT included in Execu- 0
tive Right of Way service
1*

2

Outgoing call to a C.O. Line or a Tie Line after 0
holding the COT
1*

3

Outgoing call to a C.O. Line after holding a sta- 0
tion or a Tie Line
1*

4

Processing for calling a fully-restricted station
after holding the COT

2

0

5

4

6

Processing in which ATT overrides to the connection between the COT and a station (Busy
Verification) and then the Busy Verification
Warning Tone is sent out periodically

Allowed
Restricted
Allowed
Restricted
Allowed
Restricted
Allowed

1*

Note:

The call can be transferred.

0*

Warning tone is sent out to both the station and
the ATT

1

Warning tone is sent out to the station, ATT, and
C.O. side.

6

Step call when a Tie Line incoming call encoun- 0
ters busy
1

0

Remote Access to PBX/Automated Attendant

0

DAY/NIGHT mode changeover system

Allowed
Restricted

0

Not provided

1*

In service

0

Not used.

1*

Fixed to “1”.

1

0*

2

0*

3

0*

Note 1: Valid when C.O. line has a release signal.

(Standard Setting is “1”.)

CHAPTER 4
Page 204
Issue 1

Restricted

NDA-24298

ASTD : Assignment of State Translation Data

4. Data Assignment Sheet
STATE TRANSLATION
MAIN CATEGORY NUMBER
(STM)
0 - 31

STATE TRANSLATION
CATEGORY NUMBER
(STS)
0 - 31

NDA-24298

STATE TRANSLATION
INFORMATION
(ST)
0/1

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 205
Issue 1

AOFC : Assignment of Office Name

AOFC: Assignment of Office Name
1. General
This command assigns the office name.
2. Precautions
1.

The data assignment of this command is the same as the ASYD command SYS1, INDEX96 through 115.

2.

The office name is also included in the dump files of LIST UP, Traffic Measurement, and System
Message.

3. Data Entry Instructions

OFFICE NAME
Maximum 20 characters of office name.

(OFFICE NAME)
MAXIMUM 20 CHARACTERS

CHAPTER 4
Page 206
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AOFC : Assignment of Office Name

4. Data Sheet
OFFICE NAME
MAXIMUM 20 CHARACTERS

REMARKS

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 207
Issue 1

AUIDL : Assignment of User ID Data for LDM

AUIDL: Assignment of User ID Data for LDM
1. General
This command is used to assign the User ID data such as user name and password for the purpose of logging in
to the PBX from the MAT in stand-alone system, or logging in to each Local Node (LN) in Fusion network.
Once programming the login information, User ID entry is necessary to login from the next time. This data is
written in Local Data Memory (LDM).
2. Precautions
1.

Prior to this command, LDM block is assigned by ASYDL, SYS1, INDEX 513.

2.

ASCII code is available for “User ID”

3.

User information only in LDM data is effective for stand-alone system. In case the login information is
assigned in LDM data in Fusion network, the data is valid only in the Local Node to which the login information is registered.

4.

A maximum of 127 User ID data can be assigned per a LN in LDM data.

5.

Error message is indicated when the specified User ID duplicates to the existing User ID in LDM/NDM
data. If you want to use this User ID in LDM data, it must be deleted from NDM data beforehand.

3. Data Entry Instructions

USER ID
Assign the User ID via
16 bytes ASCII code.

USER ID
MAX. 16 DIGITS

YEAR, MONTH, DAY
Enter the date when login
information is assigned.

GRADE
Not used.

PASSWORD
MAX. 8 DIGITS

GRADE

YEAR

PASSWORD
Enter the password two times for sure in the MAT display.
The assigned password is displayed as “∗∗∗∗∗∗” on the MAT.

CHAPTER 4
Page 208
Issue 1

NDA-24298

MONTH

DAY

REMARKS

ANPD : Assignment of Numbering Plan Data

ANPD: Assignment of Numbering Plan Data
1. General
This command assigns the minimum number of digits needed to determine the service required to the first digit
received (pre-translation).
2. Precautions
1.

This command is used for the Business Application. AANP/AGNP commands are used for Hotel
Applications.

2.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. Enter
the tenant number this command effects. If data for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD
command, SYS1, INDEX92, bit2=1), assign the TN parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

3.

Use the ANPD command to assign the numbering data for physical station numbers, service access code,
and/or trunk access code, etc.

3. Data Entry Instructions

1st DC
The first digit of service access code, etc.
(0-9, *, #)

NND
The primarily analyzed digits, prior to the ASPAL command.
Assign the necessary (Minimum) number of digits for each
Access Code basically.
To assign different number of digits (such as "Timing Start" for
Telephone number), assign maximum number of digits in this
parameter.

CONNECTION STATUS INDEX NUMBER OF NECESSARY DIGITS BUSY LAMP FIELD
TENANT
1st DIGIT CODE
(CI)
(NND)
(BLF)
NUMBER
(1st DC)
1-3
MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS
0/1
(TN)

CI
The status of the “1st DC” dialed
N = Nomal (Idle)
H = Hooking
B = Busy

BLF
Whether the station busy status is monitored by the system or not.
This parameter assignment is required when the Busy Lamp Field
is installed.
0 = Out of Service
1 = In service

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 209
Issue 1

ANPD : Assignment of Numbering Plan Data

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

*

#

CHAPTER 4
Page 210
Issue 1

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)

1ST DIGIT
(1ST DC)

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY DIGITS
(NND)

NDA-24298

BUSY LAMP
FIELD
(BLF)

REMARKS

ANPDL : Assignment of Numbering Plan Data for Local Data Memory

ANPDL: Assignment of Numbering Plan Data for Local Data Memory
1. General
This command assigns the minimum number of digits needed to determine the service which is required to the
first digit received (pre-translation).
2. Precautions
1.

This command is used for the Business Application.

2.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.
Enter the tenant number this command effects.
If data in this command is common for all tenants (ASYDL command, SYS1, INDEX800, bit2=1), assign
TN parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

3.

Use this command to assign the numbering data for the operator call and the priority call (terminating to
ATT) in the Fusion network.

4.

The numbering data for Telephone numbers may be programmed by this command, however, those
Telephone numbers are available in the self node only.
Telephone numbers available within the Fusion network are to be programmed at Network Control Node
(NCN) using the ANPDN and ASPAN commands. For more details, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion
Network System Manual.

5.

The system data assignment (ASYDL, SYS1, INDEX 514, bit0=1) is necessary when using the ANPDL
command.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 211
Issue 1

ANPDL : Assignment of Numbering Plan Data for Local Data Memory

3. Data Entry Instructions

1st DC
The first digit of service access code, etc.
(0-9, *, #)

NND
The primarily analyzed digits, prior to the ASPAL command.
Assign necessary (minimum) number of digits for each Access
Code Basically.
To assign different number of digits (such as “Timing Start” for
logical numbers), assign maximum number of digits in this
parameter.

CONNECTION STATUS INDEX NUMBER OF NECESSARY DIGITS BUSY LAMP FIELD
TENANT
1st DIGIT CODE
(CI)
(NND)
(BLF)
NUMBER
(1st DC)
1-3
MAXIMUM
6
DIGITS
0/1
(TN)

CI
The status of the “1st DC” dialed
N = Normal(Idle)
H = Hooking
B = Busy

CHAPTER 4
Page 212
Issue 1

BLF
Whether the station busy status is monitored by the system or not.
This parameter assignment is required when the Busy Lamp Field
is installed.
0 = Out of Service
1 = In service

NDA-24298

ANPDL : Assignment of Numbering Plan Data for Local Data Memory

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)

1ST DIGIT
(1ST DC)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

*

#

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY DIGITS
(NND)

NDA-24298

BUSY LAMP
FIELD
(BLF)

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 213
Issue 1

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

ASPA: Assignment of Special Access Code
1. General
This command determines the kind of service and Access Code to execute.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is used for the Business Application. AASP/AGSP commands are used for Hotel
Applications.

2.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. Enter
the tenant number which is affected by this command.
If data for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX92, bit1 = 1), assign
the TN parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

3.

The access code for C.F.-Busy Line and C.F.-Don’t answer service should be assigned by the ASYD
command, SYS1 INDEX5, bit0=0 (Same) or 1 (Separate).

4.

The access code for Call Back and OG Trunk Queuing service should be assigned by the ASYD
command, SYS2, INDEX4, bit0=0 (Separate) or 1 (Same).

5.

When assigning the station number, use the command ASPA to assign the access code for stations.

Note:

6.

For the station number (ex. 3xxx)
ANPD

1st.: 3

CI: 1 (N) & 2 (H)

NND: 4

ASPA

ACC: 3

CI: 1 (N) & 2 (H)

SRV: 1 (STN)

The following shows the rules of NND/NND1 data for Speed Calling-System and Call Park Remote
Retrieval.
SERVICE FEATURE

SRV

SID

Speed Calling-System

2

15

NND is the number of digits of
the access code (ACC)

Call Park Remote
Retrieval Code

2

63

NND is the number of digits of
the access code (ACC)

7.

NND

NND1
NND1 is the number of digits
abbreviated digits code (ADC)

For the following service features, the maximum number of digits is to be assigned in the parameter NDD.

SERVICE FEATURE

8.

NND: 4

SRV

SID

MAX. NND

Account Dial Code

0

41

15

Authorization Code/Forced Account Code

2

42

15

Attendant Manual Override

2

60

5

The variable parameter appears on the MAT depending on the data in the parameter SRV.

CHAPTER 4
Page 214
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

3. Data Entry Instructions
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

KIND OF
ACCESS CODE CONNECTION STATUS
SERVICE (SRV)
(ACC)
INDEX
0-16
MAX. 6 DIGITS
(CI) 1-3

SRV

ACC
Access code (Max. 6 digits)

STN
= Station SSC
SSC = Service code
SSCA = Service code appendix
OGC = Outgoing call
OGCA = Outgoing call with route advance
= Least cost routing
LCR
LCRS = Register sender LCR
= Office termination
UNIF
ANNC = Announcement service
ANNCM = Announcement service-multiple announcement
PAGC = Paging cancel
PAGA = Paging answer (PAGA)
= Not used
13-16

CI
N = Normal service
H = Hooking service
B = Busy service

When SRV = 1 (Station, STN) is assigned:
NECESSARY DIGIT
(NND)

NND
Assign the number of digits for Station number.
(1-5 digits)

NND1
NND1 appears when SID =15.The number of ADC
(Abbreviation Digit Code) digits should be assigned in NND1.
When SRV = 2 (Service code, SSC) is assigned:
SERVICE INDEX
(SID) 1-63

NECESSARY DIGIT
(NND)

NECESSARY DIGIT FOR SPEED
CALLING (NND1) 1-24

SID
See Table 4-4
NND
NND appears when the following SID is entered.
NND data is variable depending on SID
SID
15 (Speed Calling-System;
Access)
41 (Account Code Dial)
42 (Authorization Code/Forced
Account Code/Pad Lock)
60 (Attendant Manual Override)
63 (Call Park; Retrieve)

Number of digits for NND
Access Code (1-24)
Access Code + Account code
(1-15)
Access Code + Auth. code (1-15)
Access Code (1-5)
Access Code (1-3)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 215
Issue 1

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

Table 4-4 SID
SID

SID

SERVICE NAME

1

Call Hold

28

Call Forwarding I’m here; Set

2

Dial Access to Attendant (Operator Call)

29

Call Forwarding I’m here; Cancel

3

Call Back; Entry/
Camp on By Station

30-34 -

4

Executive Right of Way

35

Call Pickup - Direct

5

Call Waiting - Originating

36

-

6

Call Back; Cancel

37

Priority Call 1

7

Call Pickup - Group

38

Priority Call 2

8

Call Forwarding - All Calls/Split Call Forwarding
- All Calls (for trunk); Entry
Note

39

Priority Call 3

9

Call Forwarding - All Calls/Split Call Forwarding
- All Calls (for trunk); Cancel
Note

40

Priority Paging

10

Call Forwarding - Busy Line/Split Call Forwarding - Busy Line (for trunk); Entry
Note

41

Account Code Dial

11

Call Forwarding - Busy Line/Split Call Forwarding - Busy Line (for trunk); Cancel
Note

42

Authorization Code/Forced Account Code/Pad
Lock; Set

12

Call Forwarding - Don’t Answer/Split Call Forwarding - Don’t Answer (for trunk); Entry
Note

43

Flash Signal Sending to Main office across
CAS line

13

Call Forwarding - Don’t Answer/Split Call Forwarding - Don’t Answer (for trunk);
Cancel
Note

44

Last Number Call

14

Speed Calling - Station; Entry

45

Station Telephone Test

15

Speed Calling - System; Access

46

Faulty Trunk Report

16

Trunk Answer from Any Station (TAS)

47

-

17

Individual trunk access

48

Timed Reminder/Automatic Wake-up; Entry

18

-

49

Timed Reminder/Automatic Wake-up; Cancel

19

Out Going Trunk Queuing; Entry

50-59 -

20

Out Going Trunk Queuing; Cancel

60

Attendant Manual Override

21

Speed Calling - Station, Group; Access

62

Call Park; Local Retrieve

-

63

Call Park; Remote Retrieve

22-27
Note:

SERVICE NAME

When Split Call Forwarding is in service (the command ASYD, SYS1, INDEX79, bit2=1), this access code
is used for Split Call Forwarding service. The access codes for Call Forwarding service are specified by
SRV=3 (SSCA), SIDA 86-89.

CHAPTER 4
Page 216
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

When SRV=SSCA (Service code appendix) is assigned
NND
NND appears when SIDA=97 (Call Hold Conference).
The number of digits for an access code should be assigned in NND.

SERVICE INDEX A (SIDA) 1-255

NECESSARY DIGIT (NND) 1-6

Table 4-5 SIDA
SIDA

SERVICE NAME

SIDA

1-40
41
42
43-45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53

86
87
88
89
90
91
92-95
96
97
98
99-105
106

56-62
63

Voice Call
Message Reminder Dterm
Line Load Control from ATTCON; Entry
Line Load Control from ATTCON; Cancel
Data Privacy on Demand; Entry
Note 2
Data Privacy on Demand; Cancel
UCD Busy out; Entry
UCD Busy out; Cancel
Boss Secretary Override
Message Waiting Lamp Setting from ATTCON;
Set
Message Waiting Lamp Setting from ATTCON;
Cancel
Call Pickup Expand

64-65

-

54
55

66
67
68
69-84
85

Digital Announcement Card Multi-channel
Recording; Record
Digital Announcement Card Multi-channel
Recording; Retrieve
Pad Lock; Cancel

SERVICE NAME
Call Forwarding - All Calls; Entry
Call Forwarding - Busy Line; Entry
Call Forwarding - Don’t Answer; Entry
Call Forwarding - All Calls; Cancel
Call Forwarding - Busy Line; Cancel
Call Forwarding - Don’t Answer; Cancel
Follow Phone
Call Hold Conference
Internal Zone Page Acc.
Call Return

Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1

107

-

108

Number Sharing; Entry

109
110

Number Sharing; Cancel
Call Block (Restricts the last calling party’s
number; Entry)

111
112

Call Block (Restricts dialed number; Entry)

113

Call Block; Cancel

114-115 116
Call Trace
117-225 -

Note 1: This data is valid for Call Forwarding service when Split Call Forwarding is in service. (The command ASYD, SYS 1,
INDEX 79, bit2 = 1.)
Note 2: This data can be set when the connection Status Index (CI) = Normal (N).

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 217
Issue 1

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

When SRV = 4 (Outgoing call, OGC) is assigned
When SRV = 11 (Paging answer, PAGA) is assigned
When SRV = 12 (Paging cancel, PAGC) is assigned
ROUTE NUMBER
(RT)

When SRV = 5 (Outgoing call with route advance, OGCA) is assigned
INDEX COUNTER (COUNT)

INDEX
1
2
3

ROUTE NUMBER (RT)

COUNT
INDEX

Assign the number of advanced trunk routes.

INDEX is the route advance order.

When SRV = 6 (Least cost routing, LCR) is assigned
When SRV = 7 (Register sender LCR, LCRS) is assigned
ROUTE NUMBER
(RT)

SECOND DIAL TONE AUTHORIZATION CODE SUB ADDRESS DIALING
(2nd DT) 0/1
(AH) 0/1
(SUB) 0/1

RT
Assign a dummy route number.

AH
Authorization code after dialing
ACC (LCR) + Destination number
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

2nd DT
Second dial tone sending (which is sent when a station has
dialed the digits specfied in NND of the ANPD command)
0 = Second DT is not sent
1 = Second DT is sent

CHAPTER 4
Page 218
Issue 1

NDA-24298

SUB
ISDN-Sub Address Dialing
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

When SRV = UNIF (Office termination, UNIF) is assigned Note
SKIP DIGITS
(SKIP) 0-5

SKIP
Assign the skip digits to terminate the call

Note:

UNIF is available for ACIS only. For CCIS, use the AUNE command.

When SRV = ANNC (Announcement service, ANNC) is assigned
ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(EQP) 0-127

EQP
Assign the announce equipment number.
See Table 4-6.

Table 4-6 EQP Parameter
DATA

MEANING

DATA

MEANING

0

Dead Level Number

33

Not Used

1

Unused Number

34

Automated Attendant (1st Announcement)

2

Remote Access to PBX

35

Automated Attendant (2nd Announcement)

3

May be used for other purposes

36

Slumber Time - Do Not Disturb
(for Slumber Time Group 1)

4

Outgoing Trunk Busy Announcement

37

Slumber Time - Do Not Disturb
(for Slumber Time Group 2)

38

Slumber Time - Do Not Disturb
(for Slumber Time Group 3)

Note

5-14

May be used for other purposes

15

Alert Service (for Hotel system)

39

Slumber Time - Do Not Disturb
(for Slumber Time Group 4)

16

Timed Reminder Set Message
(for Business system)

40

Slumber Time - Do Not Disturb
(for Slumber Time Group 5)

17

Service Set-up Failure Message
(for Hotel system)

41

Slumber Time - Do Not Disturb
(for Slumber Time Group 6)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 219
Issue 1

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

Table 4-6 EQP Parameter (Continued)
DATA

MEANING

DATA

MEANING

18

Timed Reminder Cancel Message (for Business
system)/Service Cancel Message
(for Hotel Message)

19

Service Cancel Failure Message (for Hotel system)

43-48

Not Used

20

Room Cut-Off Announcement (for Hotel system)

49-53

Delay Announcement Attendant
(1st Announcement)

21

Do Not Disturb Announcement (for Hotel system)

54-58

Delay Announcement Attendant
(2nd Announcement)

22

Timed Reminder/Wake up Call Message for
Announcement Trunk

59-121

Not Used

23-31 Group Announcement (for Hotel system)
32
Note:

Delay Announcement-Attendant
(for U.S.A./Canada only)

42

Slumber Time - Do Not Disturb
(for Slumber Time Group 7)

122-125 Multiple Announcement
126-127 Not Used

EQP3 and 5-14 can be used for SRV = ANNC (Announcement Service).

CHAPTER 4
Page 220
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

4. Data Sheet
When SRV = 10 (Announcement service-Multiple announcement, ANNC) is assigned
TENANT NUMBER ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(TN) 1-63
(EQP) 122-125

EQP

TN
Assign the tenant number of
the announcement trunk.

Assign the announcement equipment number with a
range from 122 to 125 (Multi announcement).

(a) Station (SRV = STN)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS
Note

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
N/H

N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
Note:

Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY DIGITS
(NND)
1–5

REMARKS

(STN)
(STN)
(STN)
(STN)
(STN)
(STN)
(STN)
(STN)
(STN)
(STN)
(STN)
(STN)
(STN)

Max. number of digits for station is 5.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 221
Issue 1

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

(b) Service code (SRV = SSC)
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(SID)
1–63

SSC

1

Call Hold

SSC

2

Dial Access to Attendant
(Information Service Call)

SSC

3

SSC

4

Executive Right of Way

SSC

5

Call Waiting – Originating

N Normal

SSC

6

Call Back; Cancel

N Normal

SSC

7

Call Pickup – Group

N Normal

SSC

8

C.F. – All Calls/Split C.F. –
All Calls; Entry
Note 1

N Normal

SSC

9

C.F. – All Calls/Split C.F. –
All Calls; Cancel Note 1

N Normal

SSC

10

C.F. – Busy Line/Split C.F.
– Busy Line; Entry
Note 1

N Normal

SSC

11

C.F. – Busy Line/Split C.F.
– Busy Line; Cancel
Note 1

N Normal

SSC

12

C.F. – Don’t Answer/Split
C.F. – Don’t Answer; Entry
Note 1

N Normal

SSC

13

C.F. – Don’t Answer/Split
C.F. – Don’t Answer;
Cancel
Note 1

N Normal

SSC

14

Speed Calling – Station;
Entry

N Normal

SSC

15

Speed Calling – System;
Access

N Normal

SSC

16

Trunk Answer from Any
Station (TAS)

N Normal

SSC

17

Individual Trunk Access

18

Not used

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
1–3

H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
B Busy
H Hooking
B Busy
N Normal
B Busy

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND)
Note 1

SERVICE CONTENTS

Call Back; Entry
Camp on By Station

Note 1: When Split Call Forwarding is in service (the command ASYD, SYS1, INDEX79, bit2=1), this access code

is used for Split Call Forwarding.

CHAPTER 4
Page 222
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

(b) Service code (SRV = SSC) (Continued)

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(SID)
1–63

B Busy

SSC

19

OG Trunk Queuing; Entry

N Normal

SSC

20

OG Trunk Queuing; Cancel

N Normal

SSC

21

Speed Calling – Station,
Group; Access

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
1–3

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND)
Note

SERVICE CONTENTS

22

~

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

Not used

27
N Normal

SSC

28

Call Forwarding I’m Here;
Set

N Normal

SSC

29

Call Forwarding I’m Here;
Cancel

30

~

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

Not used

34
35

Call Pickup – Direct

36

Not Used

SSC

37

Priority Call 1

SSC

38

Priority Call 2

SSC

39

Priority Call 3

SSC

40

Priority Paging

SSC

41

Account Code Dial

SSC

42

Authorization Code/Forced
Account Code/Pad Lock; Set

H Hooking

SSC

43

Flash Signal Sending to Main
office across CAS Line

N Normal

SSC

44

Last Number Call

45

Not Used

46

Faulty Trunk Report

N Normal
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking

H Hooking

SSC

SSC

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 223
Issue 1

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
1–3

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(SID)
1–63

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND)
Note

SERVICE CONTENTS

47

Not used

N Normal

SSC

48

Timed Reminder/Automatic
Wake-Up; Entry

N Normal

SSC

49

Timed Reminder/Automatic
Wake-Up; Cancel

~

50
Not used

59

Note:

N Normal

SSC

60

Attendant Manual Override

H Hooking

SSC

61

Call Park; Entry

N Normal

SSC

62

Call Park; Local Retrieve

N Normal

SSC

63

Call Park; Remote Retrieve

The available numbers of necessary digits vary depending on the parameter SID.

CHAPTER 4
Page 224
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

(c) Service code Appendix (SRV = SSCA)
CONNECTION
STATUS
INDEX
(CI)
1–3

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(SIDA)
1 – 255

NUMBER
OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND)

SERVICE CONTENTS

~

1
Not used

40
H

Hooking

B

Busy

H

Hooking

SSCA

41

Voice Call

SSCA

42

Message Reminder (Dterm)

43

~

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

Not used

45
N

Normal

SSCA

46

Line Load Control from the
ATTCON; Entry

N

Normal

SSCA

47

Line Load Control from the
ATTCON; Cancel

N

Normal

H

Hooking

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

Data Privacy on Demand;
Entry
SSCA

48

SSCA

49

Data Privacy on Demand;
Cancel

SSCA

50

UCD Busy Out; Entry

SSCA

51

UCD Busy Out; Cancel

52

Not Used

Note:

This data can be
set for CI=N
(Normal).

N

Normal

SSCA

53

Boss Secretary Override

N

Normal

SSCA

54

Message Waiting Lamp
Setting from ATTCON; Set

N

Normal

SSCA

55

Message Waiting Lamp
Setting from ATTCON;
Cancel

56

~

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

Not used

62
N

Normal

SSCA

63
64
65

NDA-24298

Call Pickup Expand
Not used

CHAPTER 4
Page 225
Issue 1

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS
INDEX
(CI)
1–3

N

N

Normal

Normal

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(SIDA)
1 – 255

SSCA

66

Digital Announcement
Card Multi-channel
Recording: Record

67

Not used

68

Digital Announcement
Card
Multi-channel Recording:
Retrieve

SSCA

NUMBER
OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND)

SERVICE CONTENTS

~

69
Not used

84
N

Normal

SSCA

85

Pad Lock; Cancel

N

Normal

SSCA

86

C.F. – All Calls; Entry
Note

N

Normal

SSCA

87

C.F. – Busy Line; Entry
Note

N

Normal

SSCA

88

C.F. – Don’t Answer; Entry
Note

N

Normal

SSCA

89

C.F. – All Calls; Cancel
Note

N

Normal

SSCA

90

C.F. – Busy Line; Cancel
Note

N

Normal

SSCA

91

C.F. – Don’t Answer;
Cancel
Note

~

92
Not used

95
N

Normal

SSCA

96

Follow Phone

H

Hooking

SSCA

97

Call Hold Conference

N

Normal

SSCA

H

Hooking

SSCA

98

Internal Zone Page

~

99
Not used

105
N

CHAPTER 4
Page 226
Issue 1

Normal

SSCA

106

Call Return

107

Not used

N

Normal

SSCA

108

Number Sharing; Entry

N

Normal

SSCA

109

Number Sharing; Cancel

110

Not used

NDA-24298

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS
INDEX
(CI)
1–3

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(SIDA)
1 – 255

NUMBER
OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND)

SERVICE CONTENTS

N

Normal

SSCA

111

Call Block (restricts the last
Calling party’s number);
Entry

N

Normal

SSCA

112

Call Block (restricts the
dialed number); Entry

N

Normal

SSCA

113

Call Block; Cancel

~

114
Not used

115
N

Normal

116

Call Trace

~

117
Not used

255
Note:

When Split Call Forwarding is in service (the command ASYD, SYS1, INDEX79, bit2=1), this access code
is used for Call Forwarding.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 227
Issue 1

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

(d) Outgoing Call (SRV = OGC)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 228
Issue 1

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
1/2

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC

NDA-24298

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

REMARKS

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

(e) Outgoing Call With Route Advance (SRV = OGCA)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
1/2

N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking

ROUTE NUMBER (RT)
KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

INDEX
COUNTER
(COUNT)

1st

2nd

3rd

4th

5th

6th

7th

9th

10th

11th

12th

13th

14th

15th

8th

OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 229
Issue 1

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

(f) Least Cost Routing (SRV = LCR)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 230
Issue 1

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI) 1/2

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

FLEXIBLE
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR

NDA-24298

SECOND
DIAL TONE
(2nd. DT)
0/1

AUTHORIZATION
CODE
(AH)
0/1

SUB
ADDRESS
DIALING
(SUB)
0/1

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

(g) Register Sender LCR (SRV=LCRS)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
1/2

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

FLEXIBLE
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

SECOND
DIAL TONE
(2nd DT)
0/1

AUTHORIZATION
CODE
(AH)
0/1

SUB
ADDRESS
DIALING
(SUB)
0/1

LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 231
Issue 1

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

(h) Office Termination (SRV = UNIF)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 232
Issue 1

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
1/2

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

UNIF
UNIF
UNIF
UNIF
UNIF
UNIF
UNIF
UNIF
UNIF
UNIF
UNIF
UNIF
UNIF
UNIF
UNIF

NDA-24298

SKIP DIGITS
(SKIP)
0–5

REMARKS

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

(i)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

Announcement Service (SRV = ANNC)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
1/2

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

ANNOUNCEMENT
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(EQP)
1 – 127

REMARKS

ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 233
Issue 1

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

(j)
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 234
Issue 1

Announcement Service-Multiple Announcement (SRV = ANNCM)
ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAX. 6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS
INDEX
(CI)
1/2

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

ANNOUNCEMENT
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM

NDA-24298

ANNOUNCEMENT
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(EQP)
122 – 125

REMARKS

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

(k) Paging Answer (SRV = PAGA)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
1/2

N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H

Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

REMARKS

PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 235
Issue 1

ASPA : Assignment of Special Access Code

(l)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 236
Issue 1

Paging Cancel (SRV = PAGC)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
1/2

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

ASPAL: Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM
1. General
This command determines the kind of service and the service Access Code to be executed on the Local Node
(LN) in the Fusion network.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is used for the Business/Hotel (for Admin. station only) Application.

2.

Use this command to assign the operator call and the priority call (terminating to ATT) in the FCCS
network.

3.

Access Code for Telephone numbers may be programmed by this command, however, those Telephone
numbers are available in the self node only.
Telephone numbers available within the Fusion network are to be programmed at Network Control Node
(NCN) using the ANPDN and ASPAN commands. For more details, see NEAX2400 IPX Fusion Network
System Manual.

4.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. Enter
the tenant number this command affects.
If data for this command is common for all tenants (ASYDL command, SYS1, INDEX800, bit1=1), assign
TN parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 237
Issue 1

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

3. Data Entry Instructions

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE CONNECTION STATUS
(ACC)
INDEX
MAX. 6 DIGITS
(CI) N/H/B

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SRV
= Service code
SSC
SSCA = Service Code Appendix
OGCA = Outgoing call with route advance
= Outgoing call
OGC
LCRS = Register sender LCR
= Least cost routing
LCR
ANNC = Announcement Service
ANNCM = Announcement Service (Multiple Announcement)
PAGA = Paging Answer
PAGC = Paging Cancel
TELN = Telephone Number Note
Note: Telephone Number available in the self node only.

ACC
Access code (Max. 6 digits)

CI
N = Normal service
H = Hooking service
B = Busy service

NND1
NND1 appears when SID=15.The number of ADC
(Abbreviation Digit Code) digits should be assigned in NND1.
When SRV=SSC (Service code) is assigned;
SERVICE INDEX
(SID) 1-63

FUSION POINT CODE
(FPC)

NECESSARY DIGIT NECESSARY DIGIT FOR SPEED
(NND)
CALLING (NND1) 1-24

SID
See Table 4-7

FPC
FPC appears when the following SID is entered.
SID
2 (Dial Access to Attendant;
Operator Call)
37 (Priority Call 1)
38 (Priority Call 2)
39 (Priority Call 3)

Note:

Number of FPC
1-253
1-253
1-253
1-253

NND
NND appears when the following SID is entered.
NND data is variable depending on SID
SID
15 (Speed Calling-System;
Access)
41 (Account Code Dial)
42 (Authorization Code/Forced
Account Code/Pad Lock)
60 (Attendant Manual Override)
63 (Call Park ; Retrieve)

Number of digits for NND
Access Code (1-24)
Access Code+Account
code (1-15)
Access Code+Auth. code
(1-15)
Access Code (1-5)
Access Code (1-3)

This Telephone number is available to make a call and receive a call within the self node only.
If the Telephone number is to be used within the Fusion network, assign it at the Network Control Node
(NCN) using the ASPAN command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 238
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

Table 4-7 SID (ASPAL)
SID

SERVICE NAME

SID

1

Call Hold

2

Dial Access to Attendant (Operator Call)

35*

3

Call Back; Entry/
Camp on By Station

36

4

Executive Right of Way

37*

Priority Call 1

5

Call Waiting - Originating

38*

Priority Call 2

6

Call Back; Cancel

39*

Priority Call 3

7

Call Pickup

40

-

8*

Call Forwarding - All Calls/Split Call Forwarding All Calls (for trunk); Entry
Note 1

41*

9

Call Forwarding - All Calls/Split Call Forwarding All Calls (for trunk); Cancel
Note 1

42*

Authorization Code/Forced Account Code/Pad
Lock; Set

10*

Call Forwarding - Busy Line/Split Call Forwarding
- Busy Line (for trunk); Entry
Note 1

43

Flash Signal Sending to Main office across CAS
line

11

Call Forwarding - Busy Line/Split Call Forwarding
- Busy Line (for trunk); Cancel
Note 1

44

12*

Call Forwarding - Don’t Answer/Split Call
Forwarding - Don’t Answer (for trunk); Entry
Note 1

45

13

Call Forwarding - Don’t Answer/Split Call
Forwarding - Don’t Answer (for trunk);
Cancel
Note 1

46

14*

Speed Calling - Station; Entry

47

-

15*

Speed Calling - System; Access

48

Timed Reminder/Automatic Wake-up; Entry

16

-

49

Timed Reminder/Automatic Wake-up; Cancel

17*

Individual trunk access

18

-

56

Floor Service

Note 4

19

Out Going Trunk Queuing; Entry

57

Split Access (Same Number Access)

Note 5

20

Out Going Trunk Queuing; Cancel

58, 59

21*

Speed Calling - Station, Group; Access

60*

Attendant Manual Override

-

61

Call Park; Entry

22-27

30-34

SERVICE NAME
Call Pickup - Direct
Hotel Service

Note 3

Account Code Dial

Last Number Call
-

Faulty Trunk Report

50-55

-

Not used

Note 1: When Split Call Forwarding is in service (the command ASYDN, SYS1, INDEX79, bit2=1), this access code

is used for Split Call Forwarding service. The access codes for Call Forwarding service are specified by
SRV = SSCA SIDA 86-89.
Note 2: The access code for the services marked * must be assigned with the same number of digit if the access

code begins using the same number. It is not available to assign different number of digit for the access
codes (i.e. access code “100” and “10” cannot coexist) in these services.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 239
Issue 1

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

Note 3: When SRV = SSC (Service code), SID36 (Hotel Service) is assigned
STATE
(Hotel Service Code)

SERVICE INDEX
(SID) 1-63
36

STATE

1
2
3
4
5-8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21-24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56-62
63

To be cleaned without ID code
Cleaning Completed without ID code
Ready for Occupancy without ID code
Use Not Allowed without ID code
Maid Dial Answer Back without ID code-1
Maid Dial Answer Back without ID code-2
Maid Dial Answer Back without ID code-3
Maid Dial Answer Back without ID code-4
Maid Dial Answer Back without ID code-5
Maid Dial Answer Back without ID code-6
Maid Dial Answer Back without ID code-7
To be cleaned with ID code
Cleaning Completed with ID code
Ready for Occupancy with ID code
Use Not Allowed with ID code
Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code-1
Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code-2
Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code-3
Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code-4
Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code-5
Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code-6
Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code-7
Automatic Wake Up Setting, Cancel; Same Special code
For Guest Station Secretary Telephone; Boss/Secretary Calling
Boss/Secretary Busy out; Set
Boss/Secretary Busy out; Cancel
Automatic Wake-Up-Hotel Attendant Assistance Stop
Automatic Wake-Up-Hotel Attendant Assistance Stop Cancel
Alert Service Start (Hotel ATT)
Alert Service Stop (Hotel ATT)
Guest Service Telephone Screen Initialized
Guest Service Telephone Guest Room Information Retrieval
Direct Data Entry-Station (via Guest Station)
Alert Service Start (Special Admin. Station)
Alert Service Stop (Special Admin. Station)
2nd Wake-Up Call (Automatic) Set
2nd Wake-Up Call (Semi-Automatic) Set
2nd Wake-Up Call Cancel
Same Special Code Time Zone Connection Change
Same Special Code Time Zone Connection Change
Same Special Code Time Zone Connection Change
Same Special Code Time Zone Connection Change
Same Special Code Time Zone Connection Change
Dummy Number

Note: STATE=1-15 are used at the time of Maid ID Code Service is not provided;
(ASYD SYS1 INDEX 164, bit3=0)
STATE=17-31 are used at the time of Maid ID Code Service is provided;
(ASYD SYS1 INDEX 164, bit3=1)

For detailed information on Hotel Service, refer to the AASP command.
CHAPTER 4
Page 240
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

Note 4: When SRV = SSC (Service code), SID56 (Floor Service) is assigned

SERVICE INDEX
(SID) 1-63
56

NO.1

NO.1
(Kind of Assignment Number)
Available numbers are 0-15.
This data is used to assign Floor Service data by the ASPF
command.
Note: When programming Floor Service data, ASYD SYS1
INDEX 165, bit7=1 must have been assigned.

Note 5: When SRV = SSC (Service code), SID57 (Split Access) is assigned

SERVICE INDEX
(SID) 1-63
57

KIND

NO.2

NO.2
This parameter specifies the number (0-63) of the
access code being assigned for mutual access.
This parameter serves as a counter for the access
codes being assigned.
Note: This parameter is used when assigning the
details of the service by the ASPS command.

KIND: (0-3)
This parameter specifies the Split Access Parameter Classification. The data to
be assigned here depends on how the Guest and Administration stations are
differentiated.
The Guest and Administration stations may be assigned to separate TNs, RSCs,
and/or SFCs, or they may only be differentiated by their respective designations
as Administration or Guest.
0: Administration/Guest
(Assign this if the access code is to be shared between Guest
and Administration with no correspondence to TN, RSC or SFC.)
1: TN
(Assign this if the access code is to be shared among specified TNs)
2: RSC
(Assign this if the access code is to be shared among specified RSCs)
3: SFC
(Assign this if the access code is to be shared among specified SFCs)

For detailed information on Hotel Service, refer to the AASP command.
NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 241
Issue 1

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

When SRV=SSCA (Service Code Appendix) is assigned:
NND
NND appears when SIDA = 97 (Call Hold Conference).
The number of digits for an access code should be
assigned NND.

SERVICE INDEX A (SIDA) 1-255

NECESSARY DIGIT (NND) 1-6

SIDA
SIDA

1-40
41
42
43-45
46
47
48
49
50-52
53
54*
55*
56
57-62
63

Service Name

Call Pickup Expand

Service Name

SIDA

85*
86*
Voice Call
Message Reminder (Dterm)
87*
88*
Line Load Control from ATTCON; Entry
89
Line Load Control from ATTCON; Cancel
90
Data Privacy on Demand; Entry Note 3
91
92-96
Data Privacy on Demand; Cancel
97*
Boss Secretary Override
98
99 -105
Message Waiting Lamp Setting from
ATTCON; Set
106
107
Message Waiting Lamp Setting from
ATTCON; Cancel
108
Guest/Admin. Service
Note 1
109
110
111

64, 65 112
Digital Announcement Card Multi-channel
66
113
Recording; Record
67
114, 115
Digital Announcement Card Multi-channel
68*
116
Recording; Retrieve
69-84 117-255

Pad Lock; Cancel
Call Forwarding-All Calls; Entry
Note 2
Call Forwarding-Busy Line; Entry
Note 2
Call Forwarding-Don't Answer; Entry Note 2
Call Forwarding-All Calls; Cancel
Note 2
Call Forwarding-Busy Line; Cancel
Note 2
Call Forwarding-Don't Answer; Cancel Note 2
Call Hold Conference
Internal Zone Paging; Originate
Call Return
Number Sharing; Entry
Number Sharing; Cancel
Call Block (restricts the last calling party's
number); Entry
Call Block (restricts the dialed number); Entry
Call Block; Cancel
Call Trace
-

Note 1 : For more detail information about Hotel Service, refer to the AASP command.
Note 2 : This data is valid for Call Forwarding service when Split Call Forwarding is in service (The
command ASYD, SYS 1, INDEX 79, bit2=1.)
Note 3 : This data can be set when the Connection Status Index (CI) = Normal (N) since Release 5.
Note 4 : The access code for the services marked * on the table must be assigned with the same number of
digit if the access code begins using the same number. It is not available to assign different number
of digit for the access codes (i.e. access code "100" and "10" cannot coexist) in these Services.

CHAPTER 4
Page 242
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

When SRV = OGC (Outgoing call) is assigned
LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER
(LGRT)

When SRV = OGCA (Outgoing call with route advance) is assigned
Index counter (Count)

INDEX
1
2
3

LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT)

Count
INDEX

Assign the number of advanced trunk Route.

INDEX is the route advance order.

When SRV = LCR (Least cost routing) is assigned
When SRV = LCRS (Register sender LCR) is assigned
LOGICAL ROUTE
NUMBER (LGRT)

SECOND DIAL TONE AUTHORIZATION CODE SUB ADDRESS DIALING
(2nd DT) 0/1
(AH) 0/1
(SUB) 0/1

LGRT
Assign a dummy route number.

AH
Authorization code after dialing
ACC (LCR) + Destination number
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

2nd DT
Second dial tone sending (which is sent when a station has
dialed the digits specified in NND of the ANPDL command)
0 = Second DT is not sent
1 = Second DT is sent

NDA-24298

SUB
ISDN-Sub Address Dialing
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

CHAPTER 4
Page 243
Issue 1

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

When SRV=ANNC (Announcement service-Single announcement) is assigned
ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(EQP) 0-127

EQP
Assign the announce equipment number.
See Table 4-6.

When SRV=ANNCM (Announcement service-Multiple announcement) is assigned
TENANT NUMBER ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(TN) 1-63
(EQP) 122-125

EQP

TN
Assign the tenant number of
the announcement trunk.

Assign the announcement equipment number with a
range from 122 to 125 (Multi announcement).

When SRV=PAGA (Paging Answer) is assigned
When SRV=PAGC (Paging Cancel) is assigned
LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER
(LGRT) 1-899

LGRT
Enter the Logical Route Number
of Paging Trunk.

When SRV=TELN (Telephone Number)
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DIGIT
(NND) 1-16

Note:

This Telephone Number is available to make a call and receive a call within the self node only. If the
Telephone Number is to be used within the Fusion Network, assign it at Network Control Node (NCN) using
the ASPAN command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 244
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

4. Data Sheet
(a) Service Code (SRV = SSC)
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI) N/H/B

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

H

Hooking

B

Busy

N

Normal

B

Busy

N

Normal

N
N
N

Normal
Normal
Normal

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(SID) 1–63

SSC

1

Call Hold

SSC

2

Dial Access to Attendant
(Operator Call)
Note 4

SSC

3

SSC

4

SSC

5

SSC

6

Call Back; Cancel

7

Not used

SSC

8

C.F. – All Calls/Split C.F. –
All Calls; Entry
Note 2

SSC

9

C.F. – All Calls/Split C.F. –
All Calls; Cancel Note 2

SSC

10

C.F. – Busy Line/Split C.F.
– Busy Line; Entry Note 2

SSC

11

C.F. – Busy Line/Split C.F.
– Busy Line; Cancel
Note 2

SSC

12

C.F. – Don’t Answer/Split
C.F. – Don’t Answer; Entry
Note 2

SSC

13

C.F. – Don’t Answer/Split
C.F. – Don’t Answer;
Cancel
Note 2

SSC

14

Speed Calling – Station;
Entry

SSC

15

Speed Calling – System;
Access
Note 3

16

Not used

17

Individual Trunk Access

18

Not used

Normal
N
Normal
N
Normal
N
N
N

N

Normal
Normal

Normal

SSC

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND) Note 1

SERVICE CONTENTS

Call Back; Entry
Camp on By Station
Executive Right of Way
Call Waiting – Originating

Note 1: The parameter may vary depending on the service.
Note 2: When Split Call Forwarding is in service (the command ASYD, SYS1, INDEX79, bit2=1), this access code

is used for Split Call Forwarding.
Note 3: When Speed Calling-System; Access is assigned, NND1 parameter assignment is required in addition to

the NND parameter.
Note 4: Fill in the FPC in place of the parameter NND.
NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 245
Issue 1

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(a) Service code (SRV = SSC) (Continued)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI) N/H/B

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(SID) 1–63

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND)
Note 1, Note 2

SERVICE CONTENTS

B

Busy

SSC

19

OG Trunk Queuing; Entry

N

Normal

SSC

20

OG Trunk Queuing; Cancel

SSC

21

Speed Calling – Station,
Group; Access

22

Not used

~

N Normal

27
SSC

28

Call Forwarding I’m Here;
Set

N Normal

SSC

29

Call Forwarding I’m Here;
Cancel

30

Not used

~

N Normal

34
N

Normal

SSC

35

Call Pickup – Direct

N

Normal

SSC

36

Hotel Service

Note 3

SSC

37

Priority Call 1

Note 4

SSC

38

Priority Call 2

Note 4

SSC

39

Priority Call 3

Note 4

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

40
N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

Account Code Dial

SSC

41

SSC

42

Authorization Code/Forced
Account Code/Pad Lock; Set

H Hooking

SSC

43

Flash Signal Sending to
Main office across CAS Line

N

SSC

44
45

Last Number Call

46

Faulty Trunk Report

H

Normal
Hooking

SSC

Note 1: The parameter may vary depending on the service.
Note 2: The available numbers of necessary digits vary depending on the parameter SID.
Note 3: For more detail information about Hotel Service, refer to the AASP command.
Note 4: Fill in the FPC in place of the parameter NND.
CHAPTER 4
Page 246
Issue 1

Not used

NDA-24298

Not Used

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(a) Service code (SRV = SSC) (Continued)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI) N/H/B

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(SID) 1–63

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND)
Note 1, Note 2

SERVICE CONTENTS

47

Not used

N Normal

SSC

48

Timed Reminder/Automatic
Wake-Up; Entry

N Normal

SSC

49

Timed Reminder/Automatic
Wake-Up; Cancel

50

Not used

~

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

55
N

Normal

N Normal

Note 3

SSC

56

Floor Service

SSC

57

Split Access (Same Number
Access)
Note 3

58, 59

Not used

N

Normal

SSC

60

Attendant Manual Override

H

Hooking

SSC

61

Call Park; Entry

N

Normal

SSC

62

Call Park; Local Retrieve

N

Normal

SSC

63

Call Park; Remote Retrieve

Note 1: The parameter may vary depending on the service.
Note 2: The available numbers of necessary digits vary depending on the parameter SID.
Note 3: For more detail information about Hotel Service, refer to the AASP command.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 247
Issue 1

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued)
MAID
ACCESS CODE
SERVICE
CONNECTION KIND OF
STATUS
(ACC)
INDEX
STATUS INDEX SERVICE
(STATE)
MAXIMUM
(SID)
(CI) N/H/B
(SRV)
1 – 63
6 DIGITS
1 – 63

SERVICE CONTENTS

1

To be cleaned without ID Code

2

Cleaned without ID Code

3

Ready for Occupancy without ID
Code

4

Use Not Allowed without ID Code

5

Not used

~

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

8

N

CHAPTER 4
Page 248
Issue 1

Normal

SSC

9

Maid Dial Answer Back without
ID Code-1

10

Maid Dial Answer Back without
ID Code-2

11

Maid Dial Answer Back without
ID Code-3

12

Maid Dial Answer Back without
ID Code-4

13

Maid Dial Answer Back without
ID Code-5

14

Maid Dial Answer Back without
ID Code-6

15

Maid Dial Answer Back without
ID Code-7

36

NDA-24298

16

Not used

17

To be cleaned with ID code

18

Cleaned with ID Code

19

Ready for Occupancy with ID
Code

20

Use Not Allowed with ID Code

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued)
MAID
ACCESS CODE
SERVICE
CONNECTION KIND OF
STATUS
(ACC)
INDEX
STATUS INDEX SERVICE
(STATE)
MAXIMUM
(SID)
(CI) N/H/B
(SRV)
1 – 63
6 DIGITS
1 – 63
21

SERVICE CONTENTS
Not used

~

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

24

N

Normal

SSC

25

Maid Dial Answer Back with
ID Code-1

26

Maid Dial Answer Back with
ID Code-2

27

Maid Dial Answer Back with
ID Code-3

28

Maid Dial Answer Back with
ID Code-4

29

Maid Dial Answer Back with
ID Code-5

30

Maid Dial Answer Back with
ID Code-6

31

Maid Dial Answer Back with
ID Code-7

32

Not used

33

Automatic Wake-Up Setting,
Cancel; Same Special Code

34

For Guest Station Secretary
Telephone; Boss/Secretary

35

Not used

36

36
37

NDA-24298

38

Automatic Wake-Up – Hotel
Attendant Assistance Stop; Set

39

Automatic Wake-Up – Hotel
Attendant Assistance Stop; Cancel

CHAPTER 4
Page 249
Issue 1

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued)
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

MAID
ACCESS CODE
SERVICE
CONNECTION KIND OF
STATUS
(ACC)
INDEX
STATUS INDEX SERVICE
(STATE)
MAXIMUM
(SID)
(CI) N/H/B
(SRV)
1 – 63
6 DIGITS
1 – 63

N

Normal

SSC

36

SERVICE CONTENTS

40

Alert Service Start (Hotel ATT)

41

Alert Service Stop (Hotel ATT)

42

Guest Service Telephone Screen
Initialization

43

Guest Service Telephone
Guest Room Information
Retrieval

44

Direct Data Entry – STA

45

Alert Service Start (Special
Admin. Station)

46

Alert Service Stop (Special
Admin. Station)

47

Not used

48

2nd Wake-Up Call (Automatic);
Set

49

2nd Wake-Up Call (SemiAutomatic); Set

50

2nd Wake-Up Call; Cancel

51

Same Special Code Time Zone
Connection Change

52

Same Special Code Time Zone
Connection Change

53

Same Special Code Time Zone
Connection Change

54

Same Special Code Time Zone
Connection Change

55

Same Special Code Time Zone
Connection Change

56

Not used

62
63

CHAPTER 4
Page 250
Issue 1

NDA-24298

Dummy Number

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued)
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
N/H/B

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SERVICE
INDEX
(SID)

SERVICE
INDEX
NUMBER
(No.)
0 – 15

N

Normal

SSC

56

0

N

Normal

SSC

56

1

N

Normal

SSC

56

2

N

Normal

SSC

56

3

N

Normal

SSC

56

4

N

Normal

SSC

56

5

N

Normal

SSC

56

6

N

Normal

SSC

56

7

N

Normal

SSC

56

8

N

Normal

SSC

56

9

N

Normal

SSC

56

10

N

Normal

SSC

56

11

N

Normal

SSC

56

12

N

Normal

SSC

56

13

N

Normal

SSC

56

14

N

Normal

SSC

56

15

NDA-24298

SERVICE CONTENTS

CHAPTER 4
Page 251
Issue 1

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued)
Note:

Split Access (Same Number Access) (SID = 57)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
N/H/B

N

CHAPTER 4
Page 252
Issue 1

Normal

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SERVICE
INDEX
(SID)

SSC

57

NDA-24298

ASSIGN
NUMBER
(NO.)
0 – 63

KIND OF
FUNCTION
(KIND)
0–3

SERVICE
CONTENTS

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(b) Service Code Appendix (SRV = SSCA)
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS
INDEX
(CI) N/H/B

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(SIDA)
1 – 255

Not used

~

1

SERVICE CONTENTS

40
H

Hooking

B

Busy

H

Hooking

SSCA

41

SSCA

42

Message Reminder (Dterm)
Not used

~

43

Voice Call

45
N

Normal

SSCA

46

Line Load Control from ATTCON; Entry

N

Normal

SSCA

47

Line Load Control from ATTCON; Cancel

N

Normal

H

Hooking

SSCA

48

SSCA

49

SSCA

50

SSCA

51

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N
N
N

Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal

H

Hooking

B

Busy

Data Privacy on Demand; Cancel
UCD Busy Out; Entry
UCD Busy Out; Cancel

52

Not Used

SSCA

53

Boss Secretary Override

SSCA

54

Message Waiting Lamp Setting from
ATTCON; Set

SSCA

55

Message Waiting Lamp Setting from
ATTCON; Cancel

SSCA

56

Guest/Admin. Service
Note 2

57

Not used

~

N

Data Privacy on Demand; Entry

62
N

Normal

SSCA

63
64, 65

N

Normal

SSCA

Call Pickup Expand
Not used

66

Digital Announcement Card Multi-channel
Recording: Record

67

Not used

Note 1: The parameter may vary depending on the service.
Note 2: For detailed information about Hotel Service, refer to the AASP command.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 253
Issue 1

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(b) Service Code Appendix (SRV = SSCA) (Continued)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS
INDEX
(CI) N/H/B

Normal

SSCA

SERVICE
NECESSARY
FEATURE
DIGIT
INDEX
(NND)
(SIDA)
1-6
1 – 255

SERVICE CONTENTS

68

Digital Announcement Card
Multi-channel Recording: Retrieve

69

Not used

~

N

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

84
Normal

SSCA

85

Pad Lock; Cancel

N

Normal

SSCA

86

C.F. – All Calls; Entry

Note

N

Normal

SSCA

87

C.F. – Busy Line; Entry

Note

N

Normal

SSCA

88

C.F. – Don’t Answer; Entry

Note

N

Normal

SSCA

89

C.F. – All Calls; Cancel

Note

N

Normal

SSCA

90

C.F. – Busy Line; Cancel

Note

N

Normal

SSCA

91

C.F. – Don’t Answer; Cancel

Note

92

Not used

~

N

96
Normal

SSCA

N

Normal

SSCA

H Hooking

SSCA

97

Call Hold Conference

98

Internal Zone Paging; Originate

99

Not used

~

N

105
N

Normal

SSCA

106

Call Return

107

Not used

N

Normal

SSCA

108

Number Sharing; Entry

N

Normal

SSCA

109

Number Sharing; Cancel

110

Not used

SSCA

111

Call Block (restricts the last calling party’s
number); Entry

SSCA

112

Call Block (restricts the dialed number);
Entry

SSCA

113

Call Block; Cancel

114

Not used

N
N

Normal
Normal

~

N

Normal

115
Normal

SSCA

116

Call Trace

117

Not used

~

N

255
Note:

When Split Call Forwarding is in service (the command ASYD, SYS1, INDEX79, bit2=1), this access code
is used for Call Forwarding.

CHAPTER 4
Page 254
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(c) Outgoing Call (SRV = OGC)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
N/H

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

REMARKS

OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 255
Issue 1

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(d) Outgoing Call With Route Advance (SRV = OGCA)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CHAPTER 4
Page 256
Issue 1

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
N/H

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT)
KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

INDEX
COUNTER
(COUNT)

OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA

NDA-24298

1st

2nd

3rd

4th

5th

6th

7th

9th

10th

11th

12th

13th

14th

15th

8th

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(e) Least Cost Routing (SRV = LCR)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI) N/H

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

SECOND
DIAL TONE
(2nd. DT)
0/1

AUTHORIZATION
CODE
(AH)
0/1

SUB
ADDRESS
DIALING
(SUB)
0/1

LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 257
Issue 1

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(f) Register Sender LCR (SRV = LCRS)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 258
Issue 1

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
N/H

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS

NDA-24298

SECOND
DIAL TONE
(2nd DT)
0/1

AUTHORIZATION
CODE
(AH)
0/1

SUB
ADDRESS
DIALING
(SUB)
0/1

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(g) Announcement Service (SRV = ANNC)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
1/2

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

ANNOUNCEMENT
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(EQP)
1 – 127

REMARKS

ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 259
Issue 1

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(h) Announcement Service-Multiple Announcement (SRV = ANNCM)
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 260
Issue 1

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAX. 6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS
INDEX
(CI)
1/2

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

ANNOUNCEMENT
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM

NDA-24298

ANNOUNCEMENT
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(EQP)
122 – 125

REMARKS

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(i)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

Paging Answer (SRV = PAGA)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
1/2

N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H

Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

REMARKS

PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 261
Issue 1

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(j)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 262
Issue 1

Paging Cancel (SRV = PAGC)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
1/2

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ASPAL : Assignment of Special Access Code for LDM

(k) Telephone Number (SRV = TELN)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
N/H

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND)
1-24

REMARKS

TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 263
Issue 1

AMND : Assignment of Maximum Necessary Digits Data

AMND: Assignment of Maximum Necessary Digits Data
1. General
This command assigns the number of necessary digits to be received by the Register (ORT/IRT) circuit.
2. Precautions
1.

When the dialed number for the outgoing call is started as assigned by the DC parameter, and when the
digits specified by the MND parameter have been dialed, the following happen simultaneously.
(a) The SND circuit starts to transmit the number information to the external trunk route.
(b) The Originating Register (ORT) circuit is released.
If the originating party dials more digits after the MND, and the data in the ASYD command is SYS1,
INDEX43, bit7 = 1, the call is restricted.

2.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. If data
for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX93, bit6=1), assign the TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

3.

If the Authorization Code service is used, split tenants using the ASYD command. (SYS1, INDEX93,
bit6=0)

4.

For the Authorization Code service feature, enter the following:
TN

=

0 (Tenant number zero)

DC

=

Enter the first digit of the Authorization Code (assigned by the AATC command).

MND =

Enter the number of “Authorization Code digits + Check Sum 2 digits (if the checksum method
is applied by the ASYD command, SYS1 INDEX12 -14)”

TOLL =

0

AN

=

0

RATE =

0

A/D

0

CHAPTER 4
Page 264
Issue 1

=

NDA-24298

AMND : Assignment of Maximum Necessary Digits Data

3. Data Entry Instructions
TN
Enter the tenant number of the necessary digits data to be applied.
DC
Enter the access code + area/office code (or its
element) to be specified the necessary digits.
MND
Enter desired maximum necessary digits.

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

DESTINATION CODE
(DC)
MAXIMUM 10 DIGITS

A/D
Enter the kind of the destination party
0 = Analog
1 = Digital

MAXIMUM
ACCOUNT OPTION ANALOG LINE/
TOLL CODE
NECESSARY IDENTIFICATION NUMBER SERVICE DIGITAL LINE
DIGITS
(A/D)
DATA
(AN)
(TOLL)
(MND) 1-24
0/1
(RATE)
0/1
0/1

TOLL
TOLL CODE IDENTIFICATION may be
used for SMDR.
0 = Local Code
1 = Toll Code

AN
Account Code
0 = Out of Service
1 = Account Code

NDA-24298

RATE
Always enter “0” at RATE paramenter.
This parameter is used for Japan only.

CHAPTER 4
Page 265
Issue 1

AMND : Assignment of Maximum Necessary Digits Data

4. Data Sheet

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

DESTINATION CODE (DC)
MAXIMUM
10 DIGITS

MAXIMUM
NECESSARY
DIGITS (MND)
1 – 24

TOLL CODE
IDENTIFICATION
(TOLL)
0/1

ACCOUNT
NUMBER
(AN)
0/1

OPTION
SERVICE
DATA
(RATE)

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

CHAPTER 4
Page 266
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ANALOG/
DIGITAL
LINE DATA
(A/D)
0/1

ARNP : Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data

ARNP: Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data
1. General
This command assigns the access code for each individual route in accordance with the ARTD command.
2. Precautions
1.

The ARNP command assignment is required in either of the following cases:
(a) ASPA command SRV = LCR or SRV = LCRS
(b) ARTD command SMDR = 1 (SMDR is provided)

2.

The reversed number (ACC) assigned in this command is output to the SMDR as an access code for the
originating call.

3.

The one access code can be entered to different routes; however, multiple access codes cannot be entered
to one route.

4.

If Centralized Billing-CCIS, Call Back-CCIS, and Calling/Called Number Display-CCIS service is
provided in the Open Numbering Network, the following data should be assigned:
RT = 0
ACC = The Office Code of the self office (including ACC for the orginating call)

5.

When programming the reverse numbering plan data for ISDN/CCIS, assign the B-channel/voice channel
trunk route in the RT parameter.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 267
Issue 1

ARNP : Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data

3. Data Entry Instructions

RT
The external trunk route number.

ACC
Enter the ACC.

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

CHAPTER 4
Page 268
Issue 1

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
4 DIGITS

REMARKS

NDA-24298

ARNP : Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data

4. Data Sheet
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

0

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
4 DIGITS

REMARKS

Self Office Identification Code (for No.7 CCIS)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 269
Issue 1

ARNPL : Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data for LDM

ARNPL: Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the access code for each individual logical route in accordance with the ARTDN command.
2. Precautions
1.

The ARNPL command assignment is required in either of the following cases:
(a) ASPAL/ASPAN command SRV = LCR or SRV= LCRS
(b) ARTD/ARTDN command SMDR = 1 (SMDR is provided)

2.

The reversed number (ACC) assigned in this command is output to the SMDR as an access code for the
originating call.

3.

The one access code can be entered to different logical routes; however, multiple access codes cannot be
entered to one logical route.
When programming the reverse numbering plan data for ISDN/CCIS, assign the B-channel/voice channel
trunk route in the LGRT parameter.

4.

When programming the reverse numbering plan data for ISDN/CCIS, assign the B-channel/voice channel
trunk route in the RT parameter.

CHAPTER 4
Page 270
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ARNPL : Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data for LDM

3. Data Entry Instructions

LGRT
The external trunk route number.

ACC
Enter the ACC.

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
4 DIGITS

REMARKS

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 271
Issue 1

ARNPL : Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
4 DIGITS

REMARKS

0

Self Office Identification Code (for No.7 CCIS)

CHAPTER 4
Page 272
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ANND : Assignment of Necessary Digits Data

ANND: Assignment of Necessary Digits Data
1. General
This command assigns the necessary number of digits for a particular trunk route.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is needed when the originating call uses both OG mode and signaling as follows:
(a) ASPA command SRV = 4/5 (OGC/OGCA)
(b) ARTD command OSGS = 4/6/7 (Sender Immediate Start/Sender Delay Dial Start/Sender Wink Start)

2.

When the number of the digits for an originating call specified by the NND parameter is dialed, the
following occur at the same time.
(a) The SND circuit starts to transmit the number information to the external trunk route.
(b) The Originating Register (ORT) circuit is released.

3.

The NND parameter assigned by this command determines the number of necessary digits to be received
by the originating register (ORT) circuit.

4.

The data entered in the NND parameter should include the number of digits of the trunk access code.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 273
Issue 1

ANND : Assignment of Necessary Digits Data

3. Data Entry Instructions

NND
Enter desired number of necessary
digits.

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND) 1-24

INCOMING/
OUTGOING
CALL
(IC/OG) I/O

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

IC/OG
I = Incoming (Not used)
O = Outgoing

CHAPTER 4
Page 274
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ANND : Assignment of Necessary Digits Data

4. Data Sheet

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

INCOMING/
OUTGOING
CALL
(IC/OG)
1/2

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND)
1 – 24

REMARKS

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

NDA-24298

INCOMING/
OUTGOING
CALL
(IC/OG)
1/2

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND)
1 – 24

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 275
Issue 1

ANNDL : Assignment of Necessary Digits Data for LDM

ANNDL: Assignment of Necessary Digits Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the necessary number of digits for a particular logical trunk route.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is needed when the originating call uses both OG mode and signaling as follows:
(a) ASPAL/ASPAN command SRV = OGC/OGCA
(b) ARTD/ARTDN command OSGS = 4/6/7 (Sender Immediate Start/Sender Delay Dial Start/Sender
Wink Start)

2.

When the number of the digits for an originating call specified by the NND parameter is dialed, the
following occurs at the same time.
(a) The SND circuit starts to transmit the number information to the external trunk route.
(b) The Originating Register (ORT) circuit is released.

3.

The NND parameter assigned by this command determines the number of necessary digits to be received
by the originating register (ORT) circuit.

4.

The data entered in NND parameter should include the number of digits of the trunk access code.

3. Data Entry Instructions

IC/OG

NND

I = Incoming (Not used)
O = Outgoing

LOGICAL ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

CHAPTER 4
Page 276
Issue 1

Enter desired number of necessary
digits.

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND) 1-24

INCOMING/
OUTGOING
CALL
(IC/OG) I/O

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ANNDL : Assignment of Necessary Digits Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

INCOMING/
OUTGOING
CALL
(IC/OG)
I/O

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND)
1 – 24

REMARKS

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

NDA-24298

INCOMING/
OUTGOING
CALL
(IC/OG)
I/O

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND)
1 – 24

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 277
Issue 1

ASTP : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern

ASTP: Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern
1. General
This command assigns the Incoming/Outgoing Selection Translation Pattern Number (PNI/PNO) for the
incoming or outgoing trunk route.
2. Precautions
1.

The PNI/PNO is an intermediate parameter to assign an additional number (and skip digits) by the AISP/
AOSP command.
(a)

When IC/OG = 1 (Incoming) is entered, the additional number is assigned by the AISP command.

(b) When IC/OG = 2 (Outgoing) is entered, the additional number and skip digits are assigned by the
AOSP command.
2.

The transmit number translation of the OGC/OGCA method outgoing calls are done by ASTP/AOSP
command. Since the additional number and skip digits can be assigned by the AOPR/AADC command for
LCR/LCRS method, the ASTP/AOSP command may not be required.

3.

The system processes ASTP/AISP commands prior to processing the numbering plan data. If the LCR
access code is added to the received numbers by the ASTP/AISP command, the system processes the LCR
related commands such as ASPA/AFRS /AOPR.

4.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. Enter
the tenant number this command affects. If data for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD
command, SYS1, INDEX93, bit4,5=1), assign the TN parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

CHAPTER 4
Page 278
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASTP : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern

3. Data Entry Instructions

PNI
PNI appears when IC/OG=I is entered. Enter any number with
a range from 1 to 15.

IC/OG
I=Incoming
O=Outgoing

KIND OF
ASSIGNMENT
(IC/OG)
I/O

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

I

1

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)
0

0

1

INCOMING SELECTION
TRANSLATION
PATTERN NUMBER
(PNI)
1-15
1

OUTGOING SELECTION
TRANSLATION
PATTERN NUMBER
(PNO)
1-15

pnip
PNO
PNO
PNO is appeared when IC/OG=O is entered. Enter any number
with a range from 1 to 15.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 279
Issue 1

ASTP : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern

4. Data Sheet
(a)

Incoming

KIND OF
ASSIGNMENT
(IC/OG)
1/2

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

INCOMING
SELECTION
TRANSLATION
PATTERN
NUMBER
(PNI)
1 – 15

1

CHAPTER 4
Page 280
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ASTP : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern

(b) Outgoing

KIND OF
ASSIGNMENT
(IC/OG)
1/2

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

OUTGOING
SELECTION
TRANSLATION
PATTERN
NUMBER
(PNO)
1 – 15

REMARKS

2

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 281
Issue 1

ASTPL : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for LDM

ASTPL: Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the Incoming/Outgoing Selection Translation Pattern Number (PNI/PNO) for incoming
or outgoing trunk route. This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM).
2. Precautions
1.

The PNI/PNO is an intermediate parameter to assign additional number (and skip digits) by the AISPL/
AOSPL command.
(a)

When IC/OG=I (Incoming) is entered, the additional number is assigned by the AISPL command.

(b) When IC/OG=O (Outgoing) is entered, the additional number and skip digits are assigned by the
AOSPL command.
2.

The transmit number translation of the OGC/OGCA method outgoing calls are done by ASTPL/AOSPL
command. Since the additional number and skip digits can be assigned by the AOPRL /AADCL command
for LCR/LCRS method, the ASTPL/AOSPL command may not be required.

3.

The system processes ASTPL/AISPL command prior to the numbering plan data. Thus, if the LCR access
code is added to the received numbers by the ASTPL/AISPL command, the system processes the LCR
related command such as ASPAL/AFRSL /AOPRL.

4.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. Enter
the tenant number in which this command effects. If data of this command is common for all tenants
(ASYDL command, SYS1, INDEX800, bit4,5=1), assign TN parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

3. Data Entry Instructions

IC/OG
I=Incoming
O=Outgoing

KIND OF
ASSIGNMENT
(IC/OG)
I/O

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)
1-63

I

1

PNI
PNI appears when IC/OG=I is entered. Enter any number with
a range from 1 to 15.

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899
0
0
1

INCOMING SELECTION
TRANSLATION
PATTERN NUMBER
(PNI)
1-15
1

OUTGOING SELECTION
TRANSLATION
PATTERN NUMBER
(PNO)
1-15

pnip
PNO
PNO
PNO appears when IC/OG=O is entered. Enter any number
with a range from 1 to 15.

CHAPTER 4
Page 282
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASTPL : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for LDM

4. Data Sheet
(a) Incoming

KIND OF
ASSIGNMENT
(IC/OG)
I/O

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

INCOMING
SELECTION
TRANSLATION
PATTERN
NUMBER (PNI)
1 – 15

REMARKS

I

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 283
Issue 1

ASTPL : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for LDM

(b) Outgoing

KIND OF
ASSIGNMENT
(IC/OG)
I/O

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

OUTGOING
SELECTION
TRANSLATION
PATTERN
NUMBER (PNO)
1 – 15

O

CHAPTER 4
Page 284
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ASTPN : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for NDM

ASTPN: Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the Incoming/Outgoing Selection Translation Pattern Number (PNI/PNO) for incoming
or outgoing trunk route in Fusion Network. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data
Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

The PNI/PNO is an intermediate parameter to assign additional number (and skip digits) by the AISPN/
AOSPN command.
(a)

When IC/OG=I (Incoming) is entered, the additional number is assigned by the AISPN command.

(b) When IC/OG=O (Outgoing) is entered, the additional number and skip digits are assigned by the
AOSPN command.
2.

The transmit number translation of the OGC/OGCA method outgoing calls are done by ASTPN/AOSPN
command. Since the additional number and skip digits can be assigned by the AOPRN /AADCN
command for LCR/LCRS method, the ASTPN/AOSPN command may not be required.

3.

The system processes ASTPN/AISPN command prior to the numbering plan data. Thus, if the LCR
access code is added to the received numbers by the ASTPN/AISPN command, the system processes the
LCR related command such as ASPAN/AFRSN /AOPRN.

4.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. Enter
the tenant number in which this command effects. If data of this command is common for all tenants
(ASYDN command, SYS1, INDEX800, bit4,5=1), assign TN parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 285
Issue 1

ASTPN : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for NDM

3. Data Entry Instructions

IC/OG
I=Incoming
O=Outgoing

KIND OF
ASSIGNMENT
(IC/OG)
I/O

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

I

1

PNI
PNI appears when IC/OG=I is entered. Enter any number with
a range from 1 to 15.

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899
0
0
1

INCOMING SELECTION
TRANSLATION
PATTERN NUMBER
(PNI)
1-15
1

OUTGOING SELECTION
TRANSLATION
PATTERN NUMBER
(PNO)
1-15

pnip
PNO
PNO
PNO appears when IC/OG=O is entered. Enter any number
with a range from 1 to 15.

CHAPTER 4
Page 286
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASTPN : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for NDM

4. Data Sheet
(a) Incoming

KIND OF
ASSIGNMENT
(IC/OG)
I/O

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

INCOMING
SELECTION
TRANSLATION
PATTERN
NUMBER (PNI)
1 – 15

REMARKS

I

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 287
Issue 1

ASTPN : Assignment of Signal Translation Pattern for NDM

(b) Outgoing

KIND OF
ASSIGNMENT
(IC/OG)
I/O

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

OUTGOING
SELECTION
TRANSLATION
PATTERN
NUMBER (PNO)
1 – 15

O

CHAPTER 4
Page 288
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AOSP : Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern

AOSP: Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern
1. General
This command assigns skip and additional digits information for Outgoing Selection Translation Pattern
Number (PNO).
2. Precautions

3.

1.

Before using this command, make sure that an Outgoing Selection Translation Pattern Number (PNO) has
been assigned in the ASTP command.

2.

The transmit number translation of the OGC/OGCA method outgoing calls are done by ASTP/AOSP
command. Since the additional number and skip digits can be assigned by the AOPR/AADC command for
LCR/LCRS method, the ASTP/AOSP command may not be required.

Data Entry Instructions

PNO
Enter the PNO assigned by the ASTP command.

ADD
Enter the number of digits to be entered in DC parameter.

NUMBER OF DIGITS NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL
OUTGOING SELECTION
ADDITIONAL DIGIT INFORMATION
SKIPPED
DIGITS
TRANSLATION PATTERN NUMBER
(DC)
(ADD)
(SKIP)
(PNO)
MAXIMUM 4 DIGITS
0-4
0-24
1-15

SKIP
Enter desired skip digits if required.

DC
Enter desired additonal numbers (maximum 4 digits).

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 289
Issue 1

AOSP : Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern

4. Data Sheet
OUTGOING SELECTION
TRANSLATION
PATTERN NUMBER
(PNO)
1 – 15

NUMBER OF
DIGITS
SKIPPED
(SKIP)
0 – 24

NUMBER OF
ADDITIONAL
DIGITS
(ADD)
0–4

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

CHAPTER 4
Page 290
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ADDITIONAL DIGIT
INFORMATION
(DC)
MAXIMUM
4 DIGITS

REMARKS

AOSPL : Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern for LDM

AOSPL: Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern for LDM
1. General
This command assigns skip and additional digits information for Outgoing Selection Translation Pattern
Number (PNO). This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM).
2. Precautions

3.

1.

Before using this command, make sure that an Outgoing Selection Translation Pattern Number (PNO) has
been assigned in the ASTPL command.

2.

The transmit number translation of the OGC/OGCA method outgoing calls are done by ASTPL/AOSPL
command. Since the additional number and skip digits can be assigned by the AOPRL/AADCL command
for LCR/LCRS method, the ASTPL/AOSPL command may not be required.

Data Entry Instructions

PNO
Enter the PNO assigned by the ASTPL command.

ADD
Enter the number of digits to be entered in DC parameter.
If SKIP=0, ADD must be assigned to 1-4.

NUMBER OF DIGITS NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL
OUTGOING SELECTION
ADDITIONAL DIGIT INFORMATION
SKIPPED
DIGITS
TRANSLATION PATTERN NUMBER
(DC)
(SKIP)
(ADD)
(PNO)
MAXIMUM 4 DIGITS
0-24
0-4
1-15

SKIP
Enter desired skip digits if required

DC
Enter desired additonal numbers within 4 digits.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 291
Issue 1

AOSPL : Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern for LDM

4. Data Sheet
OUTGOING SELECTION
TRANSLATION
PATTERN NUMBER
(PNO) 1 – 15

NUMBER OF
DIGITS
SKIPPED
(SKIP) 0 – 24

NUMBER OF
ADDITIONAL
DIGITS
(ADD) 0 – 4

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

CHAPTER 4
Page 292
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ADDITIONAL DIGIT
INFORMATION
(DC)
MAXIMUM
4 DIGITS

REMARKS

AOSPN : Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern for NDM

AOSPN: Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern for NDM
1. General
This command assigns skip and additional digits information for Outgoing Selection Translation Pattern
Number (PNO) in Fusion Network. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory
(NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions

3.

1.

Before using this command, make sure that an Outgoing Selection Translation Pattern Number (PNO) has
been assigned in the ASTPN command.

2.

The transmit number translation of the OGC/OGCA method outgoing calls are done by ASTPN/AOSPN
command. Since the additional number and skip digits can be assigned by the AOPRN/AADCN command
for LCR/LCRS method, the ASTPN/AOSPN command may not be required.

Data Entry Instructions

PNO
Enter the PNO assigned by the ASTPN command.

ADD
Enter the number of digits to be entered in DC parameter.
If SKIP=0, ADD must be assigned to 1-4.

NUMBER OF DIGITS NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL
OUTGOING SELECTION
ADDITIONAL DIGIT INFORMATION
SKIPPED
DIGITS
TRANSLATION PATTERN NUMBER
(DC)
(SKIP)
(ADD)
(PNO)
MAXIMUM 4 DIGITS
0-24
0-4
1-15

SKIP
Enter desired skip digits if required

DC
Enter desired additonal numbers within 4 digits.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 293
Issue 1

AOSPN : Assignment of Outgoing Selection Pattern for NDM

4. Data Sheet
OUTGOING SELECTION
TRANSLATION
PATTERN NUMBER
(PNO) 1 – 15

NUMBER OF
DIGITS
SKIPPED
(SKIP) 0 – 24

NUMBER OF
ADDITIONAL
DIGITS
(ADD) 0 – 4

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

CHAPTER 4
Page 294
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ADDITIONAL DIGIT
INFORMATION
(DC)
MAXIMUM
4 DIGITS

REMARKS

ACMO : Assignment of Clocked Manual Override

ACMO: Assignment of Clocked Manual Override
1. General
This command assigns the Clocked Manual Override data, which is used for changing routes during a specific
day and specific time period, such as a holiday (Month/Day/Hour/Minute).
2. Precautions
1.

The BLOCK parameter is a data index (0-7). A maximum of eight kinds of Clocked Manual Override
Data can be assigned.

2.

The PTN parameter corresponds to the TDPTN parameter assigned by the AOPR/ASDC command.

3.

The Clocked Manual Override data assigned by ACMO command has priority over the Time Pattern data
assigned by the ATCP command.

4.

Time is designated in Military Time. 24 cannot be used as Hour designation.

5.

A single set of PTN (Pattern Number) and START/END date and time is to be assigned to a BLOCK
Number. Also the same PTN can be specified to multiple BLOCK Numbers.

6.

“PTN = 0” is also used in default setting (in unspecified time period). Thus the assignment “PTN = 0”
means nothing in this command.

3. Data Entry Instructions
DATE
Month/Day
ex.) 09/20 = September 20

BLOCK
Enter a block number for a Clocked Manual Override data

BLOCK NUMBER
(BLOCK)
0-7

PATTERN NUMBER
(PTN)
0-7

START

END
REMARKS

DATE
09

20

TIME
17

PTN
Pattern number (0-7) assigned by the AOPR/AOPRL/ASDC command.

NDA-24298

00

DATE

TIME

09

09

21

00

TIME
Hour/Minute

CHAPTER 4
Page 295
Issue 1

ACMO : Assignment of Clocked Manual Override

4. Data Sheet
BLOCK NUMBER
(BLOCK)
0–7

CHAPTER 4
Page 296
Issue 1

PATTERN NUMBER
(PTN)
0–7

START

END
REMARKS

DATE

TIME

DATE

TIME

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

NDA-24298

ATCP : Assignment of Time/Pattern Change Information Data

ATCP: Assignment of Time/Pattern Change Information Data
1. General
This command assigns the time period corresponding to each Time of Day Change Pattern Number (TDPTN).
These Time of Day Change Patterns are used to change the routes to be used during a specific time period so
that trunks can be used effectively and call charges can be kept to a minimum.
2. Precautions
1.

The data assigned by this command is required for the ACBC/AOPR/ASDC commands. However, when
the Clocked Manual Override data is assigned by the ACMO command (used for changing routes during a
specific time period), the ACMO data has priority over data assigned by the ATCP command to the
ACBC/AOPR/ASDC commands.

2.

Assignment intervals must be at least 30 minutes.

3.

If the time data is assigned in duplicate, the latter assignment shall take effect. For example, “9:00 ~ 12:00
= TDPTN 1” is set then “11:00 ~ 15:00 = TDPTN 2” is specified, the time setting “9:00 ~ 11:00 = TDPTN
1”/“11:00 ~ 15:00 = TDPTN” is to be executed.

3. Data Entry Instructions
TIME DATA FOR TDPTN
(FROM)
HOUR
09
20

:
:
:
:

(TO)
MINUTE

HOUR

00
00

20
09

MINUTE
:
:
:

00
00

TIME DATA FOR TDPTN
The time period TDPTN is
effective.

Note:

TIME OF DAY
CHANGE
PATTERN
(TDPTN)
0-7

REMARKS

0
1
2
3

TDPTN
Enter the pattern number corresponding to the
TDPTN assigned at AOPR/AOPRL/ASDC
commands. Note

“TDPTN = 0” is also used in default setting (in unspecified time period). Thus the assignment “TDPTN = 0” means
nothing in this command.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 297
Issue 1

ATCP : Assignment of Time/Pattern Change Information Data

4. Data Sheet
TIME DATA FOR TDPTN
(FROM)
HOUR

(TO)
MINUTE

HOUR

MINUTE

TIME OF DAY
CHANGE
PATTERN
(TDPTN)
0–7

:

:

0

:

:

1

:

:

2

:

:

3

:

:

4

:

:

5

:

:

6

:

:

7

Note 1: Assignment intervals must be at least 30 minutes.
Note 2: The system fills in any unassigned time patterns for a 24-hour period.

CHAPTER 4
Page 298
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AFRS : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data

AFRS: Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data
1. General
This command assigns the area and/or office code data for the related OPR.
2. Precautions
1.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. If data
in this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX93, bit4=1), assign TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

2.

After an Outgoing Route Selection Pattern Number (OPR) has been assigned in this command, it is
necessary to assign the LCR routing pattern/six (6) digits routing pattern by the AOPR/ASDC command
respectively.

3.

It should be noted that the access code may or may not be included in the Number Pattern Code (NPC)
depending upon the assignment of the AC parameter by the ARTD command. If zero (0) is assigned, the
access code is not included. If one (1) is assigned, the access code must be included.

4.

Assign the dummy route number in the RT parameter.

5.

When assigning such a number as shown below to parameter “NPC”, enter “T” code to the end digit of
“NPC.”
Example:

When assigning 90 and 900 to NPC:
Number
90
900

Input Number for NPC
90T
900

OPR
X
Y

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 299
Issue 1

AFRS : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data

3. Data Entry Instructions
NPC
NPC is the Toll Distinctive Code (TDC), NPA and or NXX. This data
can be a maximum of sixteen (16) digits. This data may include the access
code for LCR/LCRS.

TENANT ROUTE NUMBER
NUMBER
(RT)
(TN)

1

1

OUTGOING
ROUTE
SELECTION
NUMBER
(OPR)
0-4000

NUMBER PATTERN CODE
(NPC)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

9

1

2

1

3

2

5

6

REMARKS

3

OPR
Since the OPR is an intermediate to assign the AOPR command, an arbitrary
number may be entered ranging from 1 to 4000. (OPR0 is used for
number not to be dialed in the network.)
RT
Dummy route number assigned by the ASPA command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 300
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AFRS : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

NUMBER PATTERN CODE
(NPC)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

NDA-24298

OUTGOING ROUTE
SELECTION NUMBER
(OPR)
0 – 4000

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 301
Issue 1

AFRSL : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for LDM

AFRSL: Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the area and/or office code data for the OPR assigned by the AOPRL command. This
data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM).
2. Precautions
1.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. If data
of this command is common for all tenants (ASYDL command, SYS1, INDEX800, bit4=1), assign TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

2.

After an Outgoing Route Selection Pattern Number (OPR) has been assigned in this command, it is
necessary to assign the LCR routing pattern/six (6) digits routing pattern by the AOPRL/ASDCL
command respectively.

3.

The access code may or may not be included in the Number Pattern Code (NPC) depending upon the
assignment of the AC parameter by the ARTD command. If zero (0) is assigned, the access code is not
included. If one (1) is assigned, the access code must be included.

4.

Assign the dummy route number in the LGRT parameter.

5.

When assigning such a number as shown below to parameter “NPC”, enter “T” code to the end digit of
“NPC.”
Example:

When assigning 90 and 900 to NPC:
Number
90
900

CHAPTER 4
Page 302
Issue 1

Input Number for NPC
90T
900

OPR
X
Y

NDA-24298

AFRSL : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for LDM

3. Data Entry Instructions

NPC
NPC is the Toll Distinctive Code (TDC), NPA and or NXX. This data
can be a maximum of sixteen (16) digits. This data may include the access
code for LCR/LCRS.

TENANT
LOGICAL
NUMBER ROUTE NUMBER
(TN)
(LGRT)
1-899
1

1

OUTGOING
ROUTE
SELECTION
NUMBER
(OPR)
0-4000

NUMBER PATTERN CODE
(NPC)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

9

1

2

1

3

2

5

6

REMARKS

3

OPR
Since the OPR is an intermediate to assign the AOPRL command, an arbitrary
number may be entered ranging from 1 to 4000. (OPR0 is used for
number not to be dialed in the network.)
LGRT
Dummy route number assigned by the ASPAL/ASPAN command.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 303
Issue 1

AFRSL : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 304
Issue 1

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

NUMBER PATTERN CODE
(NPC)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

NDA-24298

OUTGOING ROUTE
SELECTION NUMBER
(OPR)
0 – 4000

REMARKS

AFRSN : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for NDM

AFRSN: Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the area and/or office code data for the OPR assigned by the AOPRN command. The
data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node
(NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYDN command, SYS1, INDEX8. If
data of this command is common for all tenants (ASYDN command, SYS1, INDEX800, bit4=1), assign
TN parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

2.

After an Outgoing Route Selection Pattern Number (OPR) has been assigned in this command, it is
necessary to assign the LCR routing pattern/six (6) digits routing pattern by the AOPRN/ASDCN
command respectively.

3.

It should be noted that the access code may or may not be included in the Number Pattern Code (NPC)
depending upon the assignment of AC parameter by the ARTDN command. If zero (0) is assigned, the
access code is not included. If one (1) is assigned, the access code must be included.

4.

Assign the dummy route number in the LGRT parameter.

5.

When assigning such a number as shown below to parameter “NPC”, enter “T” code to the end digit of
“NPC.”
Example:

When assigning 90 and 900 to NPC:
Number
90
900

Input Number for NPC
90T
900

OPR
X
Y

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 305
Issue 1

AFRSN : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for NDM

3. Data Entry Instructions

NPC
NPC is the Toll Distinctive Code (TDC), NPA and or NXX. This data
can be a maximum of sixteen (16) digits.This data may include the access
code for LCR/LCRS.

TENANT
LOGICAL
NUMBER ROUTE NUMBER
(TN)
(LGRT)
1-899
1

1

OUTGOING
ROUTE
SELECTION
NUMBER
(OPR)
0-4000

NUMBER PATTERN CODE
(NPC)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

9

1

2

1

3

2

5

6

REMARKS

3

OPR
Since the OPR is an intermediate to assign the AOPRN command,arbitrary
number may be entered with a range from 1 to 4000. (OPR0 is used for
number not to be dialed in the network.)
LGRT
Dummy route number assigned by the ASPAL/ASPAN command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 306
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AFRSN : Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

NUMBER PATTERN CODE
(NPC)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

NDA-24298

OUTGOING ROUTE
SELECTION NUMBER
(OPR)
0 – 4000

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 307
Issue 1

AOPR : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data

AOPR: Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data
1. General
This command assigns the LCR/LCRS routing pattern for each Outgoing Route Selection Pattern Routing
(OPR) number.
2. Precautions
1.

The OPR parameter corresponds to the one assigned by the AFRS command.

2.

The TDPTN parameter is intermediate data to assign the ATCP command. The ATCP command is used to
assign the time pattern.

3.

The PNL parameter is intermediate data to assign the AADC command. The AADC command is used to
assign the additional numbers to transmit.

4.

The applicable number of additional digits (DC) by the AADC command varies depending on the PNL
data. A maximum of 4 digits of DC is available when the PNL is assigned the range from 1 to 127, and the
maximum of 24 digits of DC is available when the PNL is assigned the range from 128 to 999.

5.

The E parameter is an indicator label of the RA. When E=1 is assigned, more RA assignments are
required until E=0 has been assigned.

6.

The overflow tone can be applied to the originating party if an alternate trunk route has been seized. The
OVFT parameter designates whether the overflow tone is or is not provided.

7.

The PRSC parameter is referred to as RSC2 of the AEFR command if the LCR-Controlled Alternate
PRSC service is provided. Enter 0 (leave it blank) when the service is not required.

CHAPTER 4
Page 308
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AOPR : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data

3. Data Entry Instructions
RT
Enter the external trunk route number which is seized in the RA.
The B-channel/voice channel route number should be entered
in the case of ISDN/CCIS interface.

OPR
Enter OPR assigned by the AFRS command.
RA
Enter the trunk route seizure order.

E
0 = Route advance ends (Last route)
1= -

SKIP
Enter the number of digits to be
skipped from dialed numbers.

TIME OF OUTGOING ORDER OF
ROUTE
OUTSIDE NUMBER
DAY
ROUTE
ROUTE
ADVANCING ROUTE
OF
CHANGE SELECTION ADVANCING
END
NUMBER SKIPPED
PATTERN PATTERN
(RA)
INDICATION
(RT)
DIGITS
(TDPTN)
NUMBER
0-7
(E)
(SKIP)
0-7
(OPR)
0/1
0-24
0-4000

0
0

1

0

1

1

1
0

0
0

TDPTN
Enter data with a range from 0 to 7 if the Time Pattern
assignment is required by the ATCP command, or the
Clocked Manual Override data assigned by
the ACMO command. Different TDPTN data can be
assigned to a single OPR.

0 1
0 1

0
0

2
2

PATTERN OVERFLOW
PRIORITY
NUMBER
TONE
RESTRICTION
LOCATION
(OVFT)
CLASS
(PNL)
0/1
(PRSC)
REMARKS
0-999
0-15

1
1

0
0

0
0

0
0

OVFT
0 = Overflow Tone is not provided
1 = Overflow Tone is provided
PRSC
0 = LCR-Controlled Alternate PRSC service is not required
1-15 = The restriction class referred by the AEFR command.

PNL
Enter data with a range from 1 to 999 if the digit addition is required by the AADC
command. Otherwise, enter 0. A maximum of 4 digits of DC can be added when the
PNL is assigned with a range from 1 to 127, and a maximum of 24 digits of DC can
be added when the PNL data with a range from 128 to 999.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 309
Issue 1

AOPR : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data

4. Data Sheet
TIME OF
DAY
CHANGE
PATTERN
(TDPTN)
0–7

OUTGOING
ROUTE
ROUTE
ORDER OF ADVANCING
SELECTION
ROUTE
END
PATTERN
ADVANCING INDICATION
NUMBER
(RA)
(E)
(OPR)
0/1
0 – 4000

NUMBER
OUTSIDE
OF
ROUTE SKIPPED
NUMBER
DIGITS
(RT)
(SKIP)
0 – 24

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

CHAPTER 4
Page 310
Issue 1

NDA-24298

PATTERN
PRIORITY
OVERFLOW
NUMBER
RESTRICTION
TONE
LOCATION
CLASS
REMARKS
(OVFT)
(PNL)
(PRSC)
0/1
0 – 999
0 – 15

AOPRL : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for LDM

AOPRL: Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the LCR/LCRS routing pattern for each Outgoing Route Selection Pattern Routing
(OPR) number. This command is required when LCR/LCRS activates via Fusion Link.
2. Precautions
1.

The OPR parameter corresponds to the one assigned by the AFRSL command.

2.

The TDPTN parameter is intermediate data to assign the ATCP command. The ATCP command is used to
assign the time pattern.

3.

The PNL parameter is intermediate data to assign the AADCL command. The AADCL command is used
to assign the additional numbers to transmit.

4.

The applicable number of additional digits (DC) by the AADCL command varies depending on the PNL
data. A maximum of 4 digits of DC is available when the PNL is assigned the range from 1 to 127, and a
maximum of 24 digits of DC is available when the PNL is assigned the range from 128 to 999.

5.

The E parameter is an indicator label of the RA. When E=1 is assigned, more RA assignments are
required until E=0 has been assigned.

6.

The overflow tone can be applied to the originating party if an alternate trunk route has been seized. The
OVFT parameter designates whether the overflow tone is or is not provided.

7.

The PRSC parameter is referred to as RSC2 of the AEFR command if the LCR-Controlled Alternate
PRSC service is provided. Enter 0 (leave it blank) when the service is not required.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 311
Issue 1

AOPRL : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for LDM

3. Data Entry Instructions

LGRT
Enter the Logical Route number which is seized in the RA.
The B-channel/voice channel route number should be entered
in the case of ISDN/CCIS interface.

OPR
Enter OPR assigned by the AFRSL command.
RA
Enter the trunk route seizure order.

SKIP
Enter the number of digits to be
skipped from dialed numbers.

E
0 = Route advance ends (Last route)
1= -

TIME OF
DAY
CHANGE
PATTERN
(TDPTN)
0-7

0
0

OUTGOING ORDER OF
ROUTE
ROUTE
ROUTE ADVANCING
SELECTION ADVANCING
END
PATTERN
(RA)
INDICATION
NUMBER
0-7
(E)
(OPR)
0/1
0-4000

1

0

1

1

1
0

OVFT
0 = Overflow Tone is not provided
1 = Overflow Tone is provided

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

NUMBER PATTERN OVERFLOW PRIORITY
IP
OF
NUMBER
TONE RESTRICTION TRUNK
SKIPPED LOCATION (OVFT)
CLASS
(IPTRK)
DIGITS
(PNL)
0/1
(PRSC)
0/1
(SKIP)
0-999
0-15
Note
0-24

0
0

0
0

TDPTN
Enter data with a range from 0 to 7 if the Time Pattern
assignment is required by the ATCP command, or the
Clocked Manual Override data assigned by
the ACMO command. Different TDPTN data can be
assigned to a single OPR.

0 1
0 1

2
2

1
1

0
0

IPTRK
0 = IP network is not used
1 = IP network is used
PC
Enter the Point Code of Destination
Node only when data “1” is set in
IPTRK parameter.

Parameters IPTRK and PC are available since Release 9 software enhancement.

CHAPTER 4
Page 312
Issue 1

0
0

PRSC
0 = LCR-Controlled Alternate PRSC service
is not required
1-15 = The restriction class referred by the
AEFR command

PNL
Enter data with a range from 1 to 999 if the digit addition is required by the AADCL
command. Otherwise, enter 0. A maximum of 4 digits of DC can be added when the
PNL is assigned with a range from 1 to 127, and a maximum of 24 digits of DC can
be added when the PNL data with a range from 128 to 999.

Note:

0
0

POINT
CODE
(PC)
1-16367
Note

NDA-24298

AOPRL : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
TIME OF
DAY
CHANGE
PATTERN
(TDPTN)
0–7

OUTGOING
ROUTE
SELECTION
PATTERN
NUMBER
(OPR)
0 – 4000

ORDER OF
ROUTE
ADVANCING
(RA)

ROUTE
ADVANCING
END
INDICATION
(E)
0/1

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

NUMBER
OF
SKIPPED
DIGITS
(SKIP)
0 – 24

PATTERN
NUMBER
LOCATION
(PNL)
0 – 999

OVERFLOW
TONE
(OVFT)
0/1

PRIORITY
RESTRICTION
CLASS
(PRSC)
0 – 15

IP TRUNK
(IPTRK)
0/1

POINT
CODE
(PC)
1-16367

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 313
Issue 1

AOPRN : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for NDM

AOPRN: Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the LCR/LCRS routing pattern for each Outgoing Route Selection Pattern Routing
(OPR) number. This command is required when LCR/LCRS activates via Fusion Networking link. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN),
updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

The OPR parameter corresponds to the one assigned by the AFRSN command.

2.

The TDPTN parameter is intermediate data to assign the ATCP command. The ATCP command is used to
assign the time pattern.

3.

The PNL parameter is intermediate data to assign the AADCN command. The AADCN command is used
to assign the additional numbers to transmit.

4.

The applicable number of additional digits (DC) by the AADCN command varies depending on the PNL
data. A maximum of 4 digits of DC is available when the PNL is assigned the range from 1 to127, and a
maximum of 24 digits of DC is available when the PNL is assigned the range from 128 to 999.

5.

The E parameter is an indicator label of the RA. When E=1 is assigned, more RA assignments are
required until E=0 has assigned.

6.

The overflow tone can be applied to the originating party if an alternate trunk route has been seized. The
OVFT parameter designates whether the overflow tone is or is not provided.

7.

The PRSC parameter is referred to as RSC2 of the AEFR command if the “LCR-Controlled Alternate
PRSC service is provided. Enter 0 (leave it blank) when the service is not required.

CHAPTER 4
Page 314
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AOPRN : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for NDM

3. Data Entry Instructions

LGRT
Enter the Logical Route number which is seized in the RA.
The B-channel/voice channel route number should be entered
in the case of ISDN/CCIS interface.

OPR
Enter OPR assigned by the AFRSN command.
RA
Enter the trunk route seizure order.

SKIP
Enter the number of digits to be
skipped from dialed numbers.

E
0 = Route advance ends (Last route)
1= -

OVFT
0 = Overflow Tone is not provided
1 = Overflow Tone is provided

TIME OF OUTGOING ORDER OF
ROUTE LOGICAL NUMBER PATTERN OVERFLOW PRIORITY
IP
POINT
DAY
ROUTE
ROUTE ADVANCING ROUTE
OF
NUMBER
TONE RESTRICTION TRUNK CODE
CLASS
CHANGE SELECTION ADVANCING
END
NUMBER SKIPPED LOCATION (OVFT)
(IPTRK)
(PC)
(PRSC)
PATTERN PATTERN
(RA)
INDICATION (LGRT)
DIGITS
(PNL)
0/1
0/1
1-16367
0-15
(TDPTN)
NUMBER
0-7
(E)
1-899
(SKIP)
0-999
Note
Note
0-7
(OPR)
0/1
0-24
0-4000

0
0

1

0

1

1

1
0

0
0

TDPTN
Enter data with a range from 0 to 7 if the Time Pattern
assignment is required by the ATCP command, or the
Clocked Manual Override data assigned by the ACMO
command.

0 1
0 1

0
0

2
2

1
1

0
0

0
0

0
0

PRSC
0 = LCR-Controlled Alternate PRSC service
is not required
1-15 = The restriction class referred by the
AEFR command
IPTRK
0 = IP network is not used
1 = IP network is used

PNL
Enter data with a range from 1 to 999 if the digits addition is required by the AADCN
command. Otherwise, enter 0. A maximum of 4 digits of DC can be added when the
PNL is assigned with a range from 1 to 127, and a maximum of 24 digits of DC can
be added when the PNL data with a range from 128 to 999.

Note:

PC
Enter the Point Code of Destination
Node only when data “1” is set in
IPTRK parameter.

Parameters IPTRK and PC are available since Release 9 software enhancement.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 315
Issue 1

AOPRN : Assignment of Outgoing Pattern Routing Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
TIME OF
DAY
CHANGE
PATTERN
(TDPTN)
0–7

OUTGOING
ROUTE
SELECTION
PATTERN
NUMBER
(OPR)
0 – 4000

ORDER OF
ROUTE
ADVANCING
(RA)

ROUTE
ADVANCING
END
INDICATION
(E)
0/1

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

NUMBER
OF
SKIPPED
DIGITS
(SKIP)
0 – 24

PATTERN
NUMBER
LOCATION
(PNL)
0 – 999

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

CHAPTER 4
Page 316
Issue 1

NDA-24298

OVERFLOW
TONE
(OVFT)
0/1

PRIORITY
RESTRICTION
CLASS
(PRSC)
0 – 15

IP TRUNK
(IPTRK)
0/1

POINT
CODE
(PC)
1-16367

APIPL : Assignment of IP Address Data for LDM

APIPL: Assignment of IP Address Data for LDM
1. General
This command is used to assign the IP address to Point Code. This data is written in the Local Data Memory
(LDM).
2. Precautions
1.

This command is available.

3. Data Entry Instructions

PC
Enter the Point Code of Destination Node.

DESTINATION
POINT CODE
(PC)
1-16367

P/S
0/1

TIMER
0-127

IP ADDRESS
MAX. 8 ADDRESSES

REMARKS

IP ADDRESS
Enter the IP address of the IPTRK card in the
Destination Node. Maximum of 8 IP addresses
of the IPTRK card can be assigned per a Node.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 317
Issue 1

APIPL : Assignment of IP Address Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
DESTINATION
POINT CODE
(PC)
1-16367

CHAPTER 4
Page 318
Issue 1

P/S
0/1

TIMER
0-127

IP ADDRESS
MAX. 8 ADDRESSES

NDA-24298

REMARKS

APIPN : Assignment of IP Address Data for NDM

APIPN: Assignment of IP Address Data for NDM
1. General
This command is used to assign the IP address to Point Code. This data assigned by this command is written in
the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node
(LN).
2. Precautions
1.

This command is available.

3. Data Entry Instructions

PC
Enter the Point Code of Destination Node.

DESTINATION
POINT CODE
(PC)
1-16367

P/S
0/1

TIMER
0-127

IP ADDRESS
MAX. 8 ADDRESSES

REMARKS

IP ADDRESS
Enter the IP address of the IPTRK card in the
Destination Node. Maximum of 8 IP addresses
of the IPTRK card can be assigned per a Node.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 319
Issue 1

APIPN : Assignment of IP Address Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
DESTINATION
POINT CODE
(PC)
1-16367

CHAPTER 4
Page 320
Issue 1

P/S
0/1

TIMER
0-127

IP ADDRESS
MAX. 8 ADDRESSES

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AADC : Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data

AADC: Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data
1. General
This command assigns additional digit information for Least Cost Routing (LCR).
2. Precautions
1.

Before using this command, confirm that a Pattern Number Location (PNL) has been assigned in the
AOPR command.

2.

The applicable number of additional digit (DC) varies depending on the PNL data assigned by the AOPR/
AUNE command. When the AOPR command is assigned, and additional digit is sent to outside of the
Node, a maximum of 4 digits of DC is available when the PNL is assigned with a range from 1 to 127, and
a maximum of 24 digits of DC is available when the PNL is assigned with a range from 128 to 999. When
the AUNE command is assigned, a maximum of 4 digits of DC is available.

3. Data Entry Instructions
PNL
Enter the PNL assigned by theAOPR command with
a range 1-999, or by the AUNE command with a
range 1-127.

PATTERN NUMBER
LOCATION
(PNL)
1-999

ADDITIONAL DIGIT INFORMATION
(DC)
MAX. 24 DIGITS

REMARKS

DC
Enter DC additional numbers (not including the
access code for LCR) to be applied to the transmitted
number.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 321
Issue 1

AADC : Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data

4. Data Sheet
PATTERN NUMBER
LOCATION (PNL)
1 – 999

CHAPTER 4
Page 322
Issue 1

ADDITIONAL DIGIT INFORMATION
(DC)
MAX. 24 DIGITS

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AADCL : Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data for LDM

AADCL: Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns additional digit information for Least Cost Routing (LCR) activating via Fusion Link.
This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM).
2. Precautions
1.

Before using this command, confirm that a Pattern Number Location (PNL) has been assigned in the
AOPRL command.

2.

The applicable number of additional digit (DC) varies depending on the PNL data assigned by the
AOPRL/AUNEL command. When the AOPRL command is assigned, and additional digit is sent to outside of the Node, a maximum of 24 digits of DC is available. When the AUNEL command is assigned, a
maximum of 4 digits of DC is available.

3. Data Entry Instructions

PNL
Enter the PNL assigned by the AOPRL command
with a range 1-999, or by the AUNEL command with
a range 1-127.

PATTERN NUMBER
LOCATION
(PNL)
1-999

ADDITIONAL DIGIT INFORMATION
(DC)
MAX. 24 DIGITS

REMARKS

DC
Enter DC additional numbers (not including the
access code for LCR) to be applied to the transmitted
number.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 323
Issue 1

AADCL : Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
PATTERN NUMBER
LOCATION (PNL)
1 – 999

CHAPTER 4
Page 324
Issue 1

ADDITIONAL DIGIT INFORMATION
(DC)
MAX. 24 DIGITS

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AADCN : Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data for NDM

AADCN: Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data for NDM
1. General
This command assigns additional digit information for LCR (Least Cost Routing) activating via Fusion Link.
The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control
Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

This command can be used only when logging in to NCN.

2.

Before using this command, it must be confirmed that a Pattern Number Location (PNL) has been
assigned in the AOPRN command.

3. Data Entry Instructions
PNL
Enter the PNL assigned by the
AOPRN command.

PATTERN NUMBER
LOCATION
(PNL)
1-999

ADDITIONAL DIGIT INFORMATION
(DC)
MAX. 24 DIGITS

REMARKS

DC
Enter DC additional numbers (not including the
access code for LCR) to be applied to the transmitted
number.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 325
Issue 1

AADCN : Assignment of Additional Digit Translation Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
PATTERN NUMBER
LOCATION (PNL)
1 – 999

CHAPTER 4
Page 326
Issue 1

ADDITIONAL DIGIT INFORMATION
(DC)
MAX. 24 DIGITS

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ASDC : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data

ASDC: Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data
1. General
This command is necessary when LCR six (6) digit translation is required for FX Prefix Codes, MCI, SPRINT
and other applications. This command assigns, deletes, and displays this information.
2. Precautions
1.

Before using this command, the following must be confirmed:
- An Outgoing Route Selection Pattern Number (OPR) has been assigned in the AFRS (Assignment of
Flexible Route Selection) command.
- Outgoing Pattern Routing Data has been already assigned in the AOPR command.

2.

When the Translation Pattern is for an FX line, designate the KIND parameter as “PFX.”

3.

When the Translation Pattern is for a Special Common Carrier (MCI, SPRINT, etc.), designate the KIND
parameter as “SCC.”

4.

When the route to be used is changed according to the time of day, a Time of Day Change Pattern Number
(TDPTN) from 1 to 7 is assigned, in accordance with the ATCP command.

5.

When assigning data to the EFFECT parameter, the following must be noted:
(a)

When the KIND parameter is assigned “PFX,” 0/1 assigned to the EFFECT parameter has the
following meaning:
EFFECT = 0: means that an additional digit is not required for access to an FX line.
EFFECT = 1: means that the digit “1” is required as a prefix for access to an FX line.

(b) When KIND parameter is assigned “SCC,” 0/1 assigned to parameter EFFECT has the following
meaning:
EFFECT = 0: means that the office code is not allowed for the area code dialed.
EFFECT = 1: means that the office code is allowed for the area code dialed.
6.

When the EFFECT parameter is “2,” 6-digit translation is not required for the area code designated.

7.

When deleting the AOPR command, this also deletes the ASDC table using the OPR pattern.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 327
Issue 1

ASDC : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data

3. Data Entry Instructions

KIND
0 = PFX (Prefix)
1 = SCC (MCI, SPRINT)

RA
Enter RA as the route advancing order

OPR
Enter the OPR assigned
by the AFRS command

KIND OF TIME OF DAY
CHANGE
SELECTION
PATTERN
(KIND)
NUMBER
(TDPTN) 0-7

SELECTION
PATTERN
NUMBER
(OPR)
0-4000

OFFICE
Enter the office code

OFLG
The details of this parameter are shown
below.
INPUT = Input office code can be assigned.
ALL = All office code can be assigned.

OFFICE CODE OFFICE CODE DESIGNATING
ROUTE
FLAG (OFLG)
DATA
(OFFICE)
ADVANCING
INPUT/ALL
(EFFECT)
200-999
ORDER
(RA)
0-7

TDPTN
Enter data “1-7” if TDPTN/PTN is assigned by the ATCP/ACMO
command, otherwise “0”. Different TDPTN data can be assigned
to a single OPR.
EFFECT
Enter the data (EFFECT) in the space of the corresponding office code. The meaning
of data varies depending on the KIND parameter.
· When parameter KIND is assigned as PFX:
0 = an additional digit is not required for access to an FX line.
1 = the digit “1” is required as a prefix for access to an FX line.
2 = the digit “1” is required as a prefix for access to an FX line (display only).
· When parameter KIND is assigned as SCC:
0 = the office code is not allowed for the area code dialed.
1 = the office code is allowed for the area code dialed.

CHAPTER 4
Page 328
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASDC : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data

4. Data Sheet
OUTGOING ROUTE

TIME OF DAY
CHANGE
PATTERN
NUMBER
(TDPTN)
0–7

KIND OF
SELECTION
(KIND)
PFX/SCC

SELECTION
PATTERN
NUMBER
(OPR)
0 – 4000

OFFICE CODE
FLAG
(OFLG)
INPUT/ALL

ROUTE
ADVANCING
ORDER
(RA)
0–7

OFFICE CODE (OFFICE) 200 – 999
NX

X

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

X
NX

20X

21X

22X

23X

24X

25X

26X

27X

28X

29X

30X

31X

32X

33X

34X

35X

36X

37X

38X

39X

40X

41X

42X

43X

44X

45X

46X

47X

48X

49X

50X

51X

52X

53X

54X

55X

56X

57X

58X

59X

60X

61X

62X

63X

64X

65X

66X

67X

68X

69X

70X

71X

72X

73X

74X

75X

76X

77X

78X

79X

NDA-24298

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

CHAPTER 4
Page 329
Issue 1

ASDC : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data

OUTGOING ROUTE

TIME OF DAY
CHANGE
PATTERN
NUMBER
(TDPTN)
0–7

KIND OF
SELECTION
(KIND)
PFX/SCC

SELECTION
PATTERN
NUMBER
(OPR)
0 – 4000

OFFICE CODE
FLAG
(OFLG)
INPUT/ALL

ROUTE
ADVANCING
ORDER
(RA)
0–7

OFFICE CODE (OFFICE) 200 – 999
NX

X

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

X
NX

80X

81X

82X

83X

84X

85X

86X

87X

88X

89X

90X

91X

92X

93X

94X

95X

96X

97X

98X

99X

Note:

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Designating Data (EFFECT) is assigned in the square of the corresponding office code. When Designating
Data is not assigned, the data is “0."

CHAPTER 4
Page 330
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASDCL : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for LDM

ASDCL: Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for LDM
1. General
This command is necessary when LCR six (6) digit translation is required for FX Prefix Codes, MCI, SPRINT
and other applications. This command assigns, deletes, and displays this information. This data is written in
Local Data Memory (LDM).
2. Precautions
1.

Before using this command, the following must be confirmed:
- An Outgoing Route Selection Pattern Number (OPR) has been assigned in the AFRSL (Assignment of
Flexible Route Selection) command.
- Outgoing Pattern Routing Data has been assigned in the AOPRL command.

2.

When the Translation Pattern is for an FX line, designate the KIND parameter as “PFX.”

3.

When the Translation Pattern is for a Special Common Carrier (MCI, SPRINT, etc.), designate the KIND
parameter as “SCC.”

4.

When the route to be used is changed according to the time of day, a Time of Day Change Pattern Number
(TDPTN) from 1 to 7 is assigned, in accordance with the ATCP command.

5.

When assigning data to the EFFECT parameter, the following must be noted:
(a)

When the KIND parameter is assigned “PFX,” 0/1 assigned to the EFFECT parameter has the
following meaning:
EFFECT = 0: means that an additional digit is not required for access to an FX line.
EFFECT = 1: means that the digit “1” is required as a prefix for access to an FX line.

(b) When KIND parameter is assigned “SCC,” 0/1 assigned to parameter EFFECT has the following
meaning:
EFFECT = 0: means that the office code is not allowed for the area code dialed.
EFFECT = 1: means that the office code is allowed for the area code dialed.
6.

When the EFFECT parameter is “2,” 6-digit translation is not required for the area code designated.

7.

When deleting the AOPRL command, this also deletes the ASDCL table using the OPR pattern.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 331
Issue 1

ASDCL : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for LDM

3. Data Entry Instructions

KIND
0 = PFX (Prefix)
1 = SCC (MCI, SPRINT)

RA
Enter RA as the route advancing order

OPR
Enter the OPR assigned
by the AFRS command

OFFICE
Enter the office code

OFLG
The details of this parameter are shown
below.
INPUT = Input office code can be assigned.
ALL = All office code can be assigned.

OFFICE CODE OFFICE CODE DESIGNATING
ROUTE
KIND OF TIME OF DAY SELECTION
FLAG (OFLG)
DATA
(OFFICE)
PATTERN ADVANCING
CHANGE
SELECTION
INPUT/ALL
(EFFECT)
200-999
ORDER
NUMBER
PATTERN
(KIND)
(RA)
(OPR)
NUMBER
0-7
0-4000
(TDPTN) 0-7

TDPTN
Enter data “1-7” if TDPTN/PTN is assigned by the ATCP/ACMO
command, otherwise “0”. Different TDPTN data can be assigned
to a single OPR.
EFFECT
Enter the data (EFFECT) in the space of the corresponding office code. The meaning
of data varies depending on the KIND parameter.
· When parameter KIND is assigned as PFX:
0 = an additional digit is not required for access to an FX line.
1 = the digit “1” is required as a prefix for access to an FX line.
2 = the digit “1” is required as a prefix for access to an FX line (display only).
· When parameter KIND is assigned as SCC:
0 = the office code is not allowed for the area code dialed.
1 = the office code is allowed for the area code dialed.

CHAPTER 4
Page 332
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASDCL : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
OUTGOING ROUTE

TIME OF DAY
CHANGE
PATTERN
NUMBER
(TDPTN)
0–7

KIND OF
SELECTION
(KIND)
PFX/SCC

SELECTION
PATTERN
NUMBER
(OPR)
0 – 4000

OFFICE CODE
FLAG
(OFLG)
INPUT/ALL

ROUTE
ADVANCING
ORDER
(RA)
0–7

OFFICE CODE (OFFICE) 200 – 999
NX

X

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

X
NX

20X

21X

22X

23X

24X

25X

26X

27X

28X

29X

30X

31X

32X

33X

34X

35X

36X

37X

38X

39X

40X

41X

42X

43X

44X

45X

46X

47X

48X

49X

50X

51X

52X

53X

54X

55X

56X

57X

58X

59X

60X

61X

62X

63X

64X

65X

66X

67X

68X

69X

70X

71X

72X

73X

74X

75X

76X

77X

78X

79X

NDA-24298

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

CHAPTER 4
Page 333
Issue 1

ASDCL : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for LDM

OUTGOING ROUTE

TIME OF DAY
CHANGE
PATTERN
NUMBER
(TDPTN)
0–7

KIND OF
SELECTION
(KIND)
PFX/SCC

SELECTION
PATTERN
NUMBER
(OPR)
0 – 4000

OFFICE CODE
FLAG
(OFLG)
INPUT/ALL

ROUTE
ADVANCING
ORDER
(RA)
0–7

OFFICE CODE (OFFICE) 200 – 999
NX

X

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

X
NX

80X

81X

82X

83X

84X

85X

86X

87X

88X

89X

90X

91X

92X

93X

94X

95X

96X

97X

98X

99X

Note:

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Designating Data (EFFECT) is assigned in the square of the corresponding office code. When Designating
Data is not assigned, the data is “0."

CHAPTER 4
Page 334
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASDCN : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for NDM

ASDCN: Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for NDM
1. General
This command is necessary when LCR six (6) digit translation is required for FX Prefix Codes, MCI, SPRINT
and other applications. This command assigns, deletes, and displays this information. The data assigned by this
command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the
NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

Before using this command, the following must be confirmed:
- An Outgoing Route Selection Pattern Number (OPR) has been assigned in the AFRSN (Assignment of
Flexible Route Selection) command.
- Outgoing Pattern Routing Data has been assigned in the AOPRN command.

2.

When the Translation Pattern is for an FX line, designate the KIND parameter as “PFX.”

3.

When the Translation Pattern is for a Special Common Carrier (MCI, SPRINT, etc.), designate the KIND
parameter as “SCC.”

4.

When the route to be used is changed according to the time of day, a Time of Day Change Pattern Number
(TDPTN) from 1 to 7 is assigned, in accordance with the ATCP command.

5.

When assigning data to the EFFECT parameter, the following must be noted:
(a)

When the KIND parameter is assigned “PFX,” 0/1 assigned to the EFFECT parameter has the
following meaning:
EFFECT = 0: means that an additional digit is not required for access to an FX line.
EFFECT = 1: means that the digit “1” is required as a prefix for access to an FX line.

(b) When KIND parameter is assigned “SCC,” 0/1 assigned to parameter EFFECT has the following
meaning:
EFFECT = 0: means that the office code is not allowed for the area code dialed.
EFFECT = 1: means that the office code is allowed for the area code dialed.
6.

When the EFFECT parameter is “2,” 6-digit translation is not required for the area code designated.

7.

When deleting the AOPRN command, this also deletes the ASDCN table using the OPR pattern.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 335
Issue 1

ASDCN : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for NDM

3. Data Entry Instructions

KIND
0 = PFX (Prefix)
1 = SCC (MCI, SPRINT)

RA
Enter RA as the route advancing order

OPR
Enter the OPR assigned
by the AFRS command

OFFICE
Enter the office code

OFLG
The details of this parameter are shown
below.
INPUT = Input office code can be assigned.
ALL = All office code can be assigned.

OFFICE CODE OFFICE CODE DESIGNATING
ROUTE
KIND OF
TIME OF DAY SELECTION
FLAG (OFLG)
(OFFICE)
DATA
PATTERN ADVANCING
SELECTION
CHANGE
INPUT/ALL
200-999
(EFFECT)
ORDER
NUMBER
(KIND)
PATTERN
(RA)
(OPR)
NUMBER
0-7
0-4000
(TDPTN) 0-7

TDPTN
Enter data “1-7” if TDPTN/PTN is assigned by the ATCP/ACMO
command, otherwise “0”. Different TDPTN data can be assigned
to a single OPR.
EFFECT
Enter the data (EFFECT) in the space of the corresponding office code. The meaning
of data varies depending on the KIND parameter.
· When parameter KIND is assigned as PFX:
0 = an additional digit is not required for access to an FX line.
1 = the digit “1” is required as a prefix for access to an FX line.
2 = the digit “1” is required as a prefix for access to an FX line (display only).
· When parameter KIND is assigned as SCC:
0 = the office code is not allowed for the area code dialed.
1 = the office code is allowed for the area code dialed.

CHAPTER 4
Page 336
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASDCN : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
OUTGOING ROUTE

TIME OF DAY
CHANGE
PATTERN
NUMBER
(TDPTN)
0–7

KIND OF
SELECTION
(KIND)
PFX/SCC

SELECTION
PATTERN
NUMBER
(OPR)
0 – 4000

OFFICE CODE
FLAG
(OFLG)
INPUT/ALL

ROUTE
ADVANCING
ORDER
(RA)
0–7

OFFICE CODE (OFFICE) 200 – 999
NX

X

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

X
NX

20X

21X

22X

23X

24X

25X

26X

27X

28X

29X

30X

31X

32X

33X

34X

35X

36X

37X

38X

39X

40X

41X

42X

43X

44X

45X

46X

47X

48X

49X

50X

51X

52X

53X

54X

55X

56X

57X

58X

59X

60X

61X

62X

63X

64X

65X

66X

67X

68X

69X

70X

71X

72X

73X

74X

75X

76X

77X

78X

79X

NDA-24298

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

CHAPTER 4
Page 337
Issue 1

ASDCN : Assignment of Six Digit Least Cost Routing Data for NDM

OUTGOING ROUTE

TIME OF DAY
CHANGE
PATTERN
NUMBER
(TDPTN)
0–7

KIND OF
SELECTION
(KIND)
PFX/SCC

SELECTION
PATTERN
NUMBER
(OPR)
0 – 4000

OFFICE CODE
FLAG
(OFLG)
INPUT/ALL

ROUTE
ADVANCING
ORDER
(RA)
0–7

OFFICE CODE (OFFICE) 200 – 999
NX

X

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

X
NX

80X

81X

82X

83X

84X

85X

86X

87X

88X

89X

90X

91X

92X

93X

94X

95X

96X

97X

98X

99X

Note:

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Designating Data (EFFECT) is assigned in the square of the corresponding office code. When Designating
Data is not assigned, the data is “0."

CHAPTER 4
Page 338
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AUNE : Assignment of Uniform Numbering

AUNE: Assignment of Uniform Numbering
1. General
This command assigns the data for an inter-network call termination.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is available for both ACIS and CCIS. The call termination from CCIS requiring the office
code skip needs this data.

Example: When the network numberings are as follows, example office data is listed in the table.

Node A

8 - 26 - xxxxx

Node B

8 - 10 - xxxxx
Node A

Node B

ARTD

RT = dummy, AC = 1

ARTD

RT = dummy, AC = 1

ASPA

ACC = 8, SRV = LCR, RT = dummy

ASPA

ACC = 8, SRV = LCR, RT = dummy

AUNE

RT = dummy, NPC = 826, SKIP = 3

AUNE

RT = dummy, NPC = 810, SKIP = 3

AMND

DC = 826, MND = 8

AMND

DC = 810, MND = 8

ARRC

Allow the connection between ICRT
(Voice route in the case of CCIS) and
OGRT (Dummy route).

ARRC

Allow the connection between ICRT
(Voice route in the case of CCIS) and
OGRT (Dummy route).

2.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. If data
in this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX93, bit4=1), assign TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

3.

Assign the dummy route number in the RT parameter.

4.

The data assigned in the NPC should include its access code, and should be different from the NPC
assigned by the AFRS command.

5.

The PNL parameter (which is intermediate data to assign the AADC command) appears when ASYD
command is SYS1, INDEX42, bit4=1.

6.

Assign the PNL data if additional digit (DC) is required. A maximum of 4 digits of DC is set by the
AADC command. Enter the PNL with a range from 1 to 127. If additional digit is not required, data “0” is
to be set to the PNL parameter.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 339
Issue 1

AUNE : Assignment of Uniform Numbering

3. Data Entry Instructions

RT
Enter the dummy route number assigned
by the ASPA command.

SKIP
Enter the appropriate number of digits to be omitted.

NPC
Enter the office code of self node
including LCR access code.

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

OUTSIDE
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

NUMBER PATTERN CODE
(NPC)
MAXIMUM 12 DIGITS

SKIP DATA
DIGITS
(SKIP)
0-12

PATTERN
NUMBER
LOCATION
(PNL)
0-127

PNL
Enter the PNL assigned by the AADC command
with a range 1-127. If additional digit (DC) is not
required, set this parameter to "0".

CHAPTER 4
Page 340
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AUNE : Assignment of Uniform Numbering

4. Data Sheet

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

OUTSIDE
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

NUMBER PATTERN CODE
(NPC)
MAXIMUM 12 DIGITS

NDA-24298

SKIP DATA
DIGITS
(SKIP)
0 – 12

PATTERN
NUMBER
LOCATION
(PNL)
0 - 127

CHAPTER 4
Page 341
Issue 1

AUNEL : Assignment of Uniform Numbering for LDM

AUNEL: Assignment of Uniform Numbering for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the data for an inter-network call termination.
2. Precautions
This command is available for both ACIS and CCIS. The call termination from CCIS requiring the office code
skip needs this data.
Example: When the network numberings are as follows, example office data is listed in the table.

Node A

8 - 26 - xxxxx

Node B

8 - 10 - xxxxx
Node A

Node B

ARTD

RT = dummy, AC = 1

ARTD

RT = dummy, AC = 1

ASPAL/N

ACC = 8, SRV = LCR, RT = dummy

ASPAL/N

ACC = 8, SRV = LCR, RT = dummy

AUNEL

RT = dummy, NPC = 826, SKIP = 3

AUNEL

RT = dummy, NPC = 810, SKIP = 3

AMND

DC = 826, MND = 8

AMND

DC = 810, MND = 8

ARRCN

Allow the connection between ICRT
(Voice route in the case of CCIS) and
OGRT (Dummy route).

ARRCN

Allow the connection between ICRT
(Voice route in the case of CCIS) and
OGRT (Dummy route).

1.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. If data
in this command is common for all tenants (ASYDL command, SYS1, INDEX800, bit4=1), assign TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

2.

Assign the dummy route number in the LGRT parameter.

3.

The data assigned in the NPC should include its access code, and should be different from the NPC
assigned by the AFRSL command.

4.

The PNL parameter (which is intermediate data to assign the AADCL command) appears when ASYD
command SYS1, INDEX42, bit4=1.

5.

Enter the PNL data if additional digit (DC) is required. A maximum of 24 digits of DC is set by the
AADCL command. Enter the PNL with a range from 1 to 127. If additional digit is not required, data “0”
is to be set to the PNL parameter.

CHAPTER 4
Page 342
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AUNEL : Assignment of Uniform Numbering for LDM

3. Data Entry Instructions
LGRT
Enter the dummy route number assigned
by the ASPAL command.

SKIP
Enter the appropriate number of digits to be omitted.

NPC
Enter the office code of self node
including LCR access code.

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

NUMBER PATTERN CODE
(NPC)
MAXIMUM 16 DIGITS

SKIP DATA
DIGITS
(SKIP)
0-12

PATTERN
NUMBER
LOCATION
(PNL)
0-127

PNL
Enter the PNL assigned by the AADCL command
with a range 1-127. If additional digit (DC) is not
required, set this parameter to “0”.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 343
Issue 1

AUNEL : Assignment of Uniform Numbering for LDM

4. Data Sheet

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 344
Issue 1

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

NUMBER PATTERN CODE
(NPC)
MAXIMUM 16 DIGITS

NDA-24298

SKIP DATA
DIGITS
(SKIP)
0 – 12

PATTERN
NUMBER
LOCATION
(PNL)
0 - 127

ALDN : Assignment of Listed Directory Number

ALDN: Assignment of Listed Directory Number
1. General
This command assigns the Listed Directory Number (LDN) which allows a Direct Inward Dialing (DID) call to
terminate to Attendant Consoles.
2. Precautions
1.

When the LDN number assigned by this command is dialed from PSTN, the call terminates to Attendant
Consoles during the Day mode, and redirects to a station or outside party in the Night mode.

2.

The numbering of the LDN assigned by this command must conform to the numbering plan data.
The ANPD command and the ASPA command (SRV=STN)

3.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. If data
of this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX92, bit3=1), assign TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.
The number of station number (STN) digits is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX16.

3. Data Entry Instructions
LDN
Enter desired DID number to terminate the call to Attendant Console in the Day mode.
TYPE
The Night mode destination of the LDN
0 = No night transfer
1 = STN
2 = DC (Destination Number including access code.)
3 = ADC
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

LISTED DIRECTORY
NUMBER (LDN)
MAXIMUM 5 DIGITS

TYPE

STN

DC
MAXIMUM 8 DIGITS

ADC
4 DIGITS

STN
This parameter appears when TYPE = 1 (STN).
Enter station number. (Specific ATTCON number assigned by the ASAT
command cannot be set.)
DC
This parameter appears when TYPE = 2 (DC).
Enter the outside party number.

ADC
This parameter appears when TYPE = 3 (ADC).
Enter the Abbreviated Digit Code assigned by the ASPD command.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 345
Issue 1

ALDN : Assignment of Listed Directory Number

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 346
Issue 1

LISTED DIRECTORY
NUMBER
(LDN)
MAXIMUM 5 DIGITS

TYPE

STN

NDA-24298

DC MAXIMUM
8 DIGITS

ADC
4 DIGITS

ALDNN : Assignment of Listed Directory Number for NDM

ALDNN: Assignment of Listed Directory Number for NDM
1. General
This command is used to assign the Listed Directory Number (LDN) which allows a Direct Inward Dialing
(DID) call to terminate to Attendant Consoles within the Fusion Network. The data assigned by this command
is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each
Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

When the LDN number assigned by this command is dialed from PSTN, the call terminates to Attendant
Consoles during the Day mode, and redirects to a station or outside party in the Night mode. Any
ATTCON or station within the Fusion Network can be designated as the destination the call to be
terminated.

2.

The numbering of the LDN assigned by this command must conform to the numbering plan data. (The
ANPDN command and the ASPAN command (SRV = TELN))

3.

This command is an available software enhancement.

3. Data Entry Instructions
(a) TYPE = 0 (No Night Transfer) is selected;
TYPE
0 = No Night Transfer
1 = TELN
2 = To Outside
3 = ADC

L-TELN
Enter desired DID number to terminate the call to
Attendant Console in Day mode.

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
OF LDN
(L-UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF
LISTED DIRECTORY NUMBER
(L-TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

FUSION
POINT CODE
(FPC)
1-253

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

TYPE

REMARKS

0

FPC
Enter the FPC of the Node accommodating the
Attendant Console to which DID call to be
terminated.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 347
Issue 1

ALDNN : Assignment of Listed Directory Number for NDM

(b) TYPE = 1 (TELN) is selected;

L-TELN
Enter desired DID number to terminate the call to
Attendant Console in Day mode.

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
OF LDN
(L-UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF
LISTED DIRECTORY NUMBER
(L-TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

TYPE
0 = No Night Transfer
1 = TELN
2 = To Outside
3 = ADC

FUSION
TENANT
POINT CODE
NUMBER TYPE
(FPC)
(TN)
1-253

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

1

FPC
Enter the FPC of the Node accommodating the
Attendant Console to which DID call to be
terminated.

TELN
Enter the Telephone Number of the destination station to
which the call to be transferred during Night mode.
(Specific ATTCON Number assigned by the ASATN
command cannot be set.)

(c) TYPE = 2 (To Outside) is selected;
L-TELN
Enter desired DID number to terminate the call to
Attendant Console in Day mode.

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
OF LDN
(L-UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF
LISTED DIRECTORY NUMBER
(L-TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

TYPE
0 = No Night Transfer
1 = TELN
2 = To Outside
3 = ADC

FUSION
POINT CODE TENANT
NUMBER TYPE
(FPC)
(TN)
1-253

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(DC)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

2

FPC
Enter the FPC of the Node accommodating the
Attendant Console to which DID call to be
terminated.

CHAPTER 4
Page 348
Issue 1

DC
Enter the outside party number to which the DID call to
be transferred during Night mode.

NDA-24298

ALDNN : Assignment of Listed Directory Number for NDM

(d) TYPE = 3 (ADC) is selected;

L-TELN
Enter desired DID number to terminate the call to
Attendant Console in Day mode.

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
OF LDN
(L-UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF
LISTED DIRECTORY NUMBER
(L-TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

TYPE
0 = No Night Transfer
1 = TELN
2 = To Outside
3 = ADC

ABBREVIATED
FUSION
TENANT
POINT CODE NUMBER
DIGIT CODE
TYPE
(FPC)
(ADC)
(TN)
1-253
4 DIGITS

REMARKS

3

FPC
Enter the FPC of the Node accommodating the
Attendant Console to which DID call to be
terminated.

NDA-24298

ADC
Enter the Abbreviated Digit Code assigned
by the ASPD command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 349
Issue 1

ALDNN : Assignment of Listed Directory Number for NDM

4. Data Sheet
(a) TYPE = 0 (No Night Transfer) is selected;
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
OF LDN
(L-UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF
LISTED DIRECTORY NUMBER
(L-TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

FUSION
POINT CODE
(FPC)
1-253

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

TYPE

REMARKS

(b) TYPE = 1 (TELN) is selected;
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
OF LDN
(L-UGN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 350
Issue 1

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF
LISTED DIRECTORY NUMBER
(L-TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

FUSION
TENANT
POINT CODE NUMBER
TYPE
(FPC)
(TN)
1-253

NDA-24298

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

ALDNN : Assignment of Listed Directory Number for NDM

(c) TYPE = 2 (To Outside) is selected;
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
OF LDN
(L-UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF
LISTED DIRECTORY NUMBER
(L-TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

FUSION
TENANT
POINT CODE
NUMBER TYPE
(FPC)
(TN)
1-253

DESTINATION NUMBER
(DC)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

(d) TYPE = 3 (ADC) is selected;
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
OF LDN
(L-UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF
LISTED DIRECTORY NUMBER
(L-TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

FUSION
TENANT
POINT CODE
NUMBER TYPE
(FPC)
(TN)
1-253

NDA-24298

ABBREVIATED
DIGIT CODE
(ADC)
4 DIGITS

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 351
Issue 1

AISP : Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern

AISP: Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern
1. General
This command assigns additional digits information with respect to the Incoming Selection Translation Pattern
Number (PNI).
2. Precautions
1.

Since the PNI is an intermediate parameter to the ASTP command, assign the PNI for the incoming route
number by the ASTP command before assigning the AISP command.

2.

The system processes the ASTP/AISP command prior to the numbering plan data. If the LCR access code
is added to the received numbers by the ASTP/AISP command, the system processes the LCR related
command such as ASPA/AFRS/AOPR.

3. Data Entry Instructions

PNI
Enter the PNI assigned by the ASTP command.

INCOMING SELECTION TRANSLATION PATTERN NUMBER
(PNI)
1-15

DC
Enter desired additional numbers within 4 digits.

ADDITIONAL DIGIT INFORMATION
(DC)
MAXIMUM 4 DIGITS

1

CHAPTER 4
Page 352
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AISP : Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern

4. Data Sheet
INCOMING SELECTION
TRANSLATION PATTERN
NUMBER
(PNI)
1 – 15

ADDITIONAL DIGIT
INFORMATION
(DC)
MAXIMUM 4 DIGITS

REMARKS

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 353
Issue 1

AISPL : Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern Data for LDM

AISPL: Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern Data for LDM
1. General
This command is used to assign additional digits information with respect to the Incoming Selection Translation
Pattern Number (PNI). This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM).
2. Precautions
1.

Since the PNI is an intermediate parameter to the ASTPL command, assign the PNI for the incoming
route number by the ASTPL command before assigning the AISPL command.

2.

The system processes the ASTPL/AISPL command prior to the numbering plan data. Thus, if the LCR
access code is added to the received numbers by the ASTPL/AISPL command, the system processes the
LCR related command such as ASPAL/AFRSL/AOPRL.

3. Data Entry Instructions

PNI
Enter the PNI assigned by the ASTPL command.

INCOMING SELECTION TRANSLATION PATTERN NUMBER
(PNI)
1-15

DC
Enter desired additional numbers within 4 digits.

ADDITIONAL DIGIT INFORMATION
(DC)
MAXIMUM 4 DIGITS

1

CHAPTER 4
Page 354
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AISPL : Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
INCOMING SELECTION
TRANSLATION PATTERN
NUMBER (PNI) 1 – 15

ADDITIONAL DIGIT
INFORMATION (DC)
MAXIMUM 4 DIGITS

REMARKS

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 355
Issue 1

AISPN : Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern Data for NDM

AISPN: Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern Data for NDM
1. General
This command is used to assign additional digits information with respect to the Incoming Selection Translation
Pattern Number (PNI). The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of
the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

Since the PNI is an intermediate parameter to the ASTPN command, assign the PNI for the incoming
route number by the ASTPN command before assigning the AISPN command.

2.

The system processes the ASTPN/AISPN command prior to the numbering plan data. Thus, if the LCR
access code is added to the received numbers by the ASTPN/AISPN command, the system processes the
LCR related command such as ASPAN/AFRSN/AOPRN.

3. Data Entry Instructions

PNI
Enter the PNI assigned by the ASTPN command.

INCOMING SELECTION TRANSLATION PATTERN NUMBER
(PNI)
1-15

DC
Enter desired additional numbers within 4 digits.

ADDITIONAL DIGIT INFORMATION
(DC)
MAXIMUM 4 DIGITS

1

CHAPTER 4
Page 356
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AISPN : Assignment of Incoming Selection Pattern Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
INCOMING SELECTION
TRANSLATION PATTERN
NUMBER (PNI) 1 – 15

ADDITIONAL DIGIT
INFORMATION (DC)
MAXIMUM 4 DIGITS

REMARKS

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 357
Issue 1

ARAC : Assignment of Remote Access Code

ARAC: Assignment of Remote Access Code
1. General
This command is used when the system provides the Remote Access to System service feature for a TIE line or
DID line.
2. Precautions
1.

The Remote Access to System service feature is activated when the access code (assigned at ACC
parameter of this command) is called from a TIE line or a DID line. This command assignment is not
required when the Ring Down method incoming route is applied to the Remote Access to System service
feature.

2.

The tenant number of the Incoming Trunk (ICTK) is assigned by the ATRK command.

3.

The ACC should be assigned a unique number conformable to the station number (STN) assigned by the
numbering plan data.

4.

When the ASYD command, INDEX43, bit0=0 (Authorization Code required with Remote Access to
System service feature) is assigned, the AATC/AMND command should also be assigned. In this case, the
TN parameter of this command should correspond to the tenant number assigned by the AATC command.

5.

To accomplish the Remote Access to System service feature, the following commands should also be
assigned:
•

ARTD command, FA = 1

•

ASTD command, STM = 4, SYS = 0, ST = 1

•

ACSI command

•

ACFR command

•

ARRC command

CHAPTER 4
Page 358
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ARAC : Assignment of Remote Access Code

3. Data Entry Instructions
ICTN

ACC

Enter the tenant number assigned
by the ATRK command.

Enter an in dial number to begin the Remote
Access to System service feature.

TENANT NUMBER

ACCESS CODE

IC TRUNK
(ICTN)

(ACC)
MAXIMUM 5 DIGITS

TENANT NUMBER FOR
KIND OF R/M
(RM)

RM

R = Remote Access Code
M = Manual Roaming (Not used)

AUTHORIZATION CODE

REMARKS

(TN)

TN

Enter the tenant number assigned by the AATC command.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 359
Issue 1

ARAC : Assignment of Remote Access Code

4. Data Sheet
TENANT NUMBER OF IC
TRUNK
(ICTN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 360
Issue 1

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM 5 DIGITS

KIND OF R/M
(RM)

NDA-24298

TENANT NUMBER FOR
AUTHORIZATION CODE
(TN)

REMARKS

ARSC : Assignment of Route Restriction Class

ARSC: Assignment of Route Restriction Class
1. General
This command assigns route restriction information according to the Route Restriction Class (RSC) of the
station and the Route Number (RT).
2. Precautions
1.

Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis, if specified in ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX75, bit 0=1.

2.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. If data
of this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX92, bit4=1), assign TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

3.

The displayed Route Restriction Class (RSC) corresponds to the one assigned by the ASDT command.

4.

The details of each RRI are as follows:
RRI

Descriptions

RRI-0

Trunk incoming connection with an Attendant Console (or a station) assistance.

RRI-1

Trunk incoming connection without assistance.

RRI-2

Trunk outgoing connection with an Attendant Console (or a station) assistance.
Trunk outgoing connection without assistance.

RRI-3
Note:

For the dummy route, assign the data to RRI3 only.

5.

The restriction data (RES) is entered in the text box where RSC and RRI cross.

6.

When RES=2 is assigned in RRI=3, ATDP/AARP (Toll Restriction 3/6 digits) should be assigned to
specify the connection allowed area.

7.

The parameter RES = “2” (Toll Restriction is allowed) is valid only when the parameter RRI = “3” (OG
Restriction Directly) is assigned.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 361
Issue 1

ARSC : Assignment of Route Restriction Class

3. Data Entry Instructions
D/N
D = Day mode
N = Night mode

TN
Enter the tenant number which affects this restriction table

RT
Enter the trunk route number assigned by the
ARTD/ATRK commands.

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(D/N)
1/2

1

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

ROUTE RESTRICTION CLASS

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

1

1

0 = IC Restriction via ATT/STA
1 = IC Restriction Directly
2 = OG Restriction via ATT/STA
3 = OG Restriction Directly
See Precaution (4) for more details

CHAPTER 4
Page 362
Issue 1

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
INDEX

RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3

RESTRICTION DATA (RES) is assigned in the
squares where RRI and RT cross. When unassigned,
RES for the corresponding item is recognized as “0”
(Restriction Status).
0 = Restricted
1 = Connection is allowed
2 = Toll (Conditional) Restriction

NDA-24298

ARSC : Assignment of Route Restriction Class

4. Data Sheet

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
D/N

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
INDEX

ROUTE RESTRICTION CLASS

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 11 12 13 14 15

RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3
RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3
RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3
RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3
RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3
RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3
RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3
RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3
RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 363
Issue 1

ARSCN : Assignment of Route Restriction Class for NDM

ARSCN: Assignment of Route Restriction Class for NDM
1. General
This command assigns route restriction information according to the Route Restriction Class (RSC) of the
station and the Logical Route Number in the Fusion network.
2. Precautions
1.

Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis, if specified in ASYDN command, SYS1, INDEX75, bit 0=1.

2.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYDN command, SYS1, INDEX8. If
data in this command is common for all tenants (ASYDN command, SYS1, INDEX800, bit6=1), assign
the TN parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

3.

The displayed Route Restriction Class (RSC) corresponds to the one assigned by the ASDT command.

4.

The details of each RRI are as follows:
RRI

Descriptions

RRI-0

Trunk incoming connection with an Attendant Console (or a station) assistance.

RRI-1

Trunk incoming connection without assistance.

RRI-2

Trunk outgoing connection with an Attendant Console (or a station) assistance.
Trunk outgoing connection without assistance.

RRI-3
Note:

For the dummy route, assign the data to RRI3 only.

5.

The restriction data (RES) is entered in the text box where RSC and RRI cross.

6.

When RES = 2 is assigned in RRI = 3, ATDPN/AARPN (Toll Restriction 3/6 digits) should be assigned to
specify the connection allowed area.

7.

The parameter RES = “2” (Toll Restriction is allowed) is valid only when the parameter RRI = “3” (OG
Restriction Directly) is assigned.

CHAPTER 4
Page 364
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ARSCN : Assignment of Route Restriction Class for NDM

3. Data Entry Instructions
D/N
D = Day mode
N = Night mode

TN
Enter the tenant number which affects this restriction table.

LGRT
Enter the unique Logical Route number in the
Fusion network.

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(D/N)
D/N

1

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

1

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

1

RRI
0 = IC Restriction via ATT/STA
1 = IC Restriction Directly
2 = OG Restriction via ATT/STA
3 = OG Restriction Directly
See Precaution 4 for more details.

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
INDEX

ROUTE RESTRICTION CLASS

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3

RESTRICTION DATA (RES) is assigned in the
squares where RRI and RT cross. When unassigned,
RES for the corresponding item is recognized as "0"
(Restriction Status).
0 = Restricted
1 = Connection is allowed
2 = Toll (Conditional) Restriction
Note: RES=2 can be set only when PRI-3.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 365
Issue 1

ARSCN : Assignment of Route Restriction Class for NDM

4. Data Sheet

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
D/N

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
INDEX

ROUTE RESTRICTION CLASS

0

1

RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3
RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3
RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3
RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3
RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3
RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3
RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3
RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3
RRI-0
RRI-1
RRI-2
RRI-3

CHAPTER 4
Page 366
Issue 1

NDA-24298

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 11 12 13 14 15

ARRC : Assignment of Alternative Route Restriction

ARRC: Assignment of Alternative Route Restriction
1. General
This command is used to accomplish trunk tandem connection.
2. Precautions
1.

The ASTD command is also required to access trunk tandem connections including C.O. Line.

2.

When data “2 (Toll Restriction is required)” is assigned at the ARI-D_RES parameter, the ATDP
command designates the connection allowed area (office) code.

3.

The following table shows the applicable data assignment of ARI-A_RES and ARI-D_RES parameter.
ARI-A_RES

ARI-D_RES

Tandem connection
with operator assistance

Tandem connection
without operator assistance

0

0

Restricted

Restricted

1

0

Allowed

Restricted

1

1

Allowed

Allowed

1

2

Allowed

Depend on ATDP/AARP
assignment

0

1

0

2

This data assignment is not applicable.

3. Data Entry Instructions

ARI-D_RES
Tandem connection without an operator/station
assistance
0 = Restricted
1 = Allowed
2 = Toll (Conditional) restriction is required

ARI-A_RES
Tandem connection with an operator/station
assistance
0 = Restricted
1 = Allowed

INCOMING LOGICAL
ROUTE NUMBER
(ICRT)
1-255

OUTGOING LOGICAL
ROUTE NUMBER
(OGRT)
1-255

ARI-A_RES
0/1

NDA-24298

ARI-D_RES
0-2

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 367
Issue 1

ARRC : Assignment of Alternative Route Restriction

4. Data Sheet
INCOMING ROUTE
NUMBER
(ICRT)

CHAPTER 4
Page 368
Issue 1

OUTGOING ROUTE
NUMBER (OGRT)

(ARI-A_RES)
0/1

NDA-24298

(ARI-D_RES)
0-2

REMARKS

ARRCN : Assignment of Alternative Route Restriction for NDM

ARRCN: Assignment of Alternative Route Restriction for NDM
1. General
This command establishes trunk tandem connection (Logical route to Logical route via the Fusion network).
This data is written in the NDM of the NCN.
2. Precautions
1.

The ASTD command is also required to access trunk tandem connections including C.O. Line.

2.

When data “2 (Toll Restriction is required)” is assigned at the ARI-D_RES parameter, the ATDPN
command designates the connection allowed area (office) code.

3.

The following table shows the applicable data assignment of ARI-A_RES and ARI-D_RES parameter.
ARI-A_RES ARI-D_RES

Tandem connection
with operator assistance

Tandem connection
without operator assistance

0

0

Restricted

Restricted

1

0

Allowed

Restricted

1

1

Allowed

Allowed

1

2

Allowed

Depend on ATDPN/AARPN
assignment

0

1

0

2

This data assignment is not applicable.

3. Data Entry Instructions

ARI-D_RES
Tandem connection without an operator/station
assistance
0 = Restricted
1 = Allowed
2 = Toll (Conditional) restriction is required

ARI-A_RES
Tandem connection with an operator/station
assistance
0 = Restricted
1 = Allowed

INCOMING LOGICAL
ROUTE NUMBER
(ICRT)
1-255

OUTGOING LOGICAL
ROUTE NUMBER
(OGRT)
1-255

ARI-A_RES
0/1

NDA-24298

ARI-D_RES
0-2

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 369
Issue 1

ARRCN : Assignment of Alternative Route Restriction for NDM

4. Data Sheet
INCOMING LOGICAL
ROUTE NUMBER
(ICLGRT)
1-899

CHAPTER 4
Page 370
Issue 1

OUTGOING LOGICAL
ROUTE NUMBER
(OGLGRT)
1-899

(ARI-A_RES)
0/1

NDA-24298

(ARI-D_RES)
0-2

REMARKS

ATDP : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data

ATDP: Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data
1. General
This command assigns the area code of Toll Restriction - 3/6 digits for both an outgoing connection and a
tandem connection.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is used when restriction data is assigned to RES = 2 (Toll Restriction is required) in the
ARSC command or in the ARRC command.

2.

The office code following the area code assigned on this command can also be specified by AARP
command.

3.

Setting Method of Area and Office Code Restriction
TRK
ACC
CODE
9

TOLL
CODE
–

1

AREA
CODE
–

NPA

OFFICE
CODE
–

Nxx

STATION
NUMBER
–

xxxx

In case the number to be dialed is as shown above.
(a)

3-Digit Toll Restriction
9 - 1 - NPA - Nxx - xxxx
A 3-digit toll restriction is a restriction that is to be executed by developing the contents (NPA in this
case) of the digits that follow the toll code.
If the data is set as follows, a toll call can be restricted by developing NPA.
•

At Toll Code Restriction Data (ATDP)
DC = 9-1, TDI = 2, NND = 3 (NPA)

•

At Area & Office Code Data (AARP)
DC = NPA (Only 3 digits)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 371
Issue 1

ATDP : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data

(b) 6-Digit Toll Restriction
9 - 1 - NPA - Nxx - xxxx
A 6-digit toll restriction is a restriction that is to be executed by developing the contents (NPA - Nxx
in this case) of the 6 digits that follow the toll code.
If data is set as follows, a toll call can be restricted by developing NAP - Nxx.
•

At Toll Code Restriction Data (ATDP)
DC = 9-1, TDI = 2, NND = 6 (NPA - Nxx)

•

At Area & Office Code Data (AARP)
DC = NAP - Nxx (6 digits)

4.

Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis, if specified in ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 75, Bit 3=1.

5.

The rest of the parameter appearance depends on the data entered in TDM/OG parameter.

CHAPTER 4
Page 372
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ATDP : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data

3. Data Entry Instructions
♦ Tandem Switching

TDM/OG
1 = Tandem Connection
2 = Outgoing Connection

TANDEM/
OUTGOING
CONNECTION
(TDM/OG)

TDI
Restriction Data
0 = Connection is Restricted
1 = Connection is Allowed
2 = 3/6 Digit Toll Restriction
3 = C.O. Operator Call (9+0)

DAY/NIGHT
D = Day Mode
N = Night Mode

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(DAY/NIGHT)

INCOMING
ROUTE
NUMBER
(ICRT)

OUTGOING
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGRT)

DESTINATION (AREA) CODE
(DC)
MAX. 11 DIGITS

NND
This parameter is
available only when
TDI=2

RESTRICTION
DATA
(TDI)
0-3

NECESSARY
DIGIT
(NND)
1-12

1

When assigning DC, the digits including
the access code must be assigned.

♦ Outgoing Connection
TDM/OG
1 = Tandem Connection
2 = Outgoing Connection

TANDEM/
OUTGOING
CONNECTION
(TDM/OG)

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(DAY/NIGHT)

DAY/NIGHT
D = Day Mode
N = Night Mode

TDI
0 = Connection is Restricted
1 = Connection is Allowed
2 = 3/6 Digit Toll Restriction
3 = C.O. Operator Call (9+0)

RESTRICTION OUTGOING
DESTINATION (AREA) CODE
CLASS
ROUTE
(DC)
(RSC)
NUMBER
MAX. 11 DIGITS
0-15
(OGRT)

NND
This parameter is
available only when
TDI=2

RESTRICTION
DATA
(TDI)
0-3

NECESSARY
DIGIT
(NND)
1-12

2

Refer to the ARSC command.

When assigning DC, the digits including
the access code must be assigned.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 373
Issue 1

ATDP : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data

4. Data Sheet
(a)

TANDEM/
OUTGOING
T/O

Tandem Connection (TDM/OG = T/O)

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(DAY/NIGHT)
D/N

INCOMING
ROUTE
NUMBER
(ICRT)

OUTGOING
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGRT)

1

CHAPTER 4
Page 374
Issue 1

NDA-24298

DESTINATION (AREA) CODE
(DC)
MAXIMUM 11 DIGITS

RESTRICTION
DATA
(TDI)
0–3

ATDP : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data

(b) Outgoing Connection (TDM/OG = 2)

TANDEM/
OUTGOING
(TDM/OG)

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(DAY/NIGHT)
1/2

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
NUMBER
(RSC)
0 – 15

OUTGOING
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGRT)

DESTINATION (AREA) CODE
(DC)
MAX. 11 DIGITS

RESTRICTION
DATA
(TDI)
0–3

2

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 375
Issue 1

ATDPL : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for LDM

ATDPL: Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the area code of Toll Restriction - 3/6 digits for an outgoing connection. This data is
written in Local Data Memory (LDM). When using common Toll Code Restriction data in Fusion Network,
assign this data via the ATDPN command.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is used when restriction data is assigned to RES = 2 (Toll Restriction is required) in the
ARSCL command or in the ARRCL command.

2.

The office code following the area code assigned on this command can also be specified by the AARPL
(LDM)/AARPN (NDM) command.

3.

Setting Method of Area and Office Code Restriction
TRK
ACC
CODE
9

TOLL
CODE
–

1

AREA
CODE
–

NPA

OFFICE
CODE
–

Nxx

STATION
NUMBER
–

xxxx

In case the number to be dialed is as shown above.
(a)

3-Digit Toll Restriction
9 - 1 - NPA - Nxx - xxxx
A 3-digit toll restriction is a restriction that is to be executed by developing the contents (NPA in this
case) of the digits that follow the toll code.
If the data is set as follows, a toll call can be restricted by developing NPA.
•

At Toll Code Restriction Data for LDM (ATDPL)
DC = 9-1, TDI = 2, NND = 3 (NPA)

•

At Area & Office Code Data (AARPL)
DC = NPA (Only 3 digits)

(b) 6-Digit Toll Restriction
9 - 1 - NPA - Nxx - xxxx
A 6-digit toll restriction is a restriction that is to be executed by developing the contents (NPA - Nxx
in this case) of the 6 digits that follow the toll code.

CHAPTER 4
Page 376
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ATDPL : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for LDM

If data is set as follows, a toll call can be restricted by developing NPA - Nxx.
•

At Toll Code Restriction Data for LDM (ATDPL)
DC = 9-1, TDI = 2, NND = 6 (NPA - Nxx)

•

At Area & Office Code Data (AARPL)
DC = NAP - Nxx (6 digits)

4.

Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis, if specified in ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 75, Bit 3=1.

3. Data Entry Instructions

Outgoing Connection
DAY/NIGHT
D = Day Mode
N = Night Mode

ROUTE
DAY/NIGHT
RESTRICTION
MODE
NUMBER
(DAY/NIGHT)
(RSC) 0-15

TDI
0 = Connection is Restricted
1 = Connection is Allowed
2 = 3/6 Digit Toll Restriction
3 = C.O. Operator Call (9+0)

OUTGOING
LOGICAL ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGLGRT) 1-899

Refer to the ARSCN command.

DESTINATION (AREA) CODE
(DC)
MAX. 11 DIGITS

NND
This parameter is
available only when
TDI=2

RESTRICTION NECESSARY
DATA
DIGIT
(TDI)
(NND)
0-3
1-12

When assigning DC, the digits including
the access code must be assigned.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 377
Issue 1

ATDPL : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(DAY/NIGHT)
D/N

CHAPTER 4
Page 378
Issue 1

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
NUMBER
(RSC)
0-15

OUTGOING
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGLGRT)
1-899

DESTINATION (AREA) CODE
(DC)
MAX. 11 DIGITS

NDA-24298

RESTRICTION
DATA
(TDI)
0-3

NECESSARY
DIGIT
(NND)
1-12

ATDPN : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for NDM

ATDPN: Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the area code of Toll Restriction - 3/6 digits for both an outgoing connection and a
tandem connection. This data is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node
(NCN). The data assigned by this command is used in common within the Fusion Network.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is used when restriction data is assigned to RES = 2 (Toll Restriction is required) in the
ARSCN command or in the ARRCN command.

2.

The office code following the area code assigned on this command can also be specified by the AARPN
command.

3.

Setting Method of Area and Office Code Restriction
TRK
ACC
CODE
9

TOLL
CODE
–

1

AREA
CODE
–

NPA

OFFICE
CODE
–

Nxx

STATION
NUMBER
–

xxxx

In case the number to be dialed is as shown above.
(a)

3-Digit Toll Restriction
9 - 1 - NPA - Nxx - xxxx
A 3-digit toll restriction is a restriction that is to be executed by developing the contents (NPA in this
case) of the digits that follow the toll code.
If the data is set as follows, a toll call can be restricted by developing NPA.
•

At Toll Code Restriction Data (ATDPN)
DC = 9-1, TDI = 2, NND = 3 (NPA)

•

At Area & Office Code Data (AARPN)
DC = NPA (Only 3 digits)

(b) 6-Digit Toll Restriction
9 - 1 - NPA - Nxx - xxxx
A 6-digit toll restriction is a restriction that is to be executed by developing the contents (NPA - Nxx
in this case) of the 6 digits that follow the toll code.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 379
Issue 1

ATDPN : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for NDM

If data is set as follows, a toll call can be restricted by developing NPA - Nxx.
•

At Toll Code Restriction Data (ATDPN)
DC = 9-1, TDI = 2, NND = 6 (NPA - Nxx)

•

At Area & Office Code Data (AARPN)
DC = NAP - Nxx (6 digits)

4.

Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis, if specified by the ASYDN command, SYS 1, INDEX 75, Bit 3
= 1.

5.

The rest of the parameter appearance depends on the data entered in TDM/OG parameter.

CHAPTER 4
Page 380
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ATDPN : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for NDM

3. Data Entry Instructions
Tandem Switching

TDM/OG
T = Tandem Connection
O = Outgoing Connection

TANDEM/
OUTGOING
CONNECTION
(TDM/OG)

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(DAY/NIGHT)

TDI
Restriction Data
0 = Connection is Restricted
1 = Connection is Allowed
2 = 3/6 Digit Toll Restriction
3 = C.O. Operator Call (9+0)

DAY/NIGHT
D = Day Mode
N = Night Mode

INCOMING
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(ICLGRT)
1-899

OUTGOING
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGLGRT)
1-899

DESTINATION (AREA) CODE
(DC)
MAX. 11 DIGITS

NND
This parameter is
available only when
TDI=2

RESTRICTION
DATA
(TDI)
0-3

NECESSARY
DIGIT
(NND)
1-12

T

When assigning DC, the digits including
the access code must be assigned.

Outgoing Connection
TDM/OG
T = Tandem Connection
O = Outgoing Connection

TDI
0 = Connection is Restricted
1 = Connection is Allowed
2 = 3/6 Digit Toll Restriction
3 = C.O. Operator Call (9+0)

DAY/NIGHT
D = Day Mode
N = Night Mode

NND
This parameter is
available only when
TDI=2

OUTGOING

TANDEM/
OUTGOING
CONNECTION
(TDM/OG)

DAY/NIGHT RESTRICTION LOGICAL
ROUTE
MODE
CLASS
NUMBER
(DAY/NIGHT)
(RSC)
(OGLGRT)
0-15
1-899

DESTINATION (AREA) CODE
(DC)
MAX. 11 DIGITS

RESTRICTION
DATA
(TDI)
0-3

NECESSARY
DIGIT
(NND)
1-12

O

Refer to the ARSCN command.

When assigning DC, the digits including
the access code must be assigned.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 381
Issue 1

ATDPN : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
(a)

TANDEM/
OUTGOING
T/O

Tandem Connection (TDM/OG = T)

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(DAY/NIGHT)
D/N

INCOMING
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(ICLGRT)
1-899

OUTGOING
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGLGRT)
1-899

DESTINATION (AREA) CODE
(DC)
MAXIMUM 11 DIGITS

T

CHAPTER 4
Page 382
Issue 1

NDA-24298

RESTRICTION
DATA
(TDI)
0-3

NECESSARY
DIGIT
(NND)
1-12

ATDPN : Assignment of Toll Code Restriction Data for NDM

(b) Outgoing Connection (TDM/OG = O)

TANDEM/
OUTGOING
(TDM/OG)

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(DAY/NIGHT)
D/N

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
NUMBER
(RSC)
0-15

OUTGOING
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGLGRT)
1-899

DESTINATION (AREA) CODE
(DC)
MAX. 11 DIGITS

RESTRICTION
DATA
(TDI)
0-3

NECESSARY
DIGIT
(NND)
1-12

O

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 383
Issue 1

AARP : Assignment of Area Code Restriction

AARP: Assignment of Area Code Restriction
1. General
This command assigns the area/office code of Toll Restriction - 3/6 digits in conjunction with ATDP command.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is used when restriction data is assigned to RES E 2 (Toll Restriction is required) in the
ARSC command or in the ARRC command.

3. Data Entry Instructions

FLAG
Select either 3 Digits or
6 Digits check box.

OUTGOING
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGRT)

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
CLASS (RSC)
0-15

FLAG OF 3 OR
6 DIGITS
(FLAG)
3 Digits/6 Digits

RSC
RSC assigned by the ARSC command.

Note:

RES
0 = Area/Office code is restricted.
1 = Area/Office code is allowed.

DESTINATION
(AREA/OFFICE)
CODE (DC)
MAX. 6 DIGITS

RESTRICTION
DATA (RES) 0/1

REMARKS

DC
DC should not include the access code.

In case the data has already been assigned when “Get” button is executed after checking “6 Digits”
parameter and entering DC E 000000, “Del” button is not valid while “Set” button is to be effective. Then
the Restriction data can be changed (overwritten) by “Set” button.

CHAPTER 4
Page 384
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AARP : Assignment of Area Code Restriction

4. Data Sheet

OUTGOING
ROUTE NUMBER
(OGRT)

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
CLASS
(RSC)
0 -15

FLAG OF
3 OR 6 DIGITS
(FLAG)
3 Digits/6 Digits

DESTINATION
(AREA/OFFICE)
CODE
(DC)
MAX. 6 DIGITS

NDA-24298

RESTRICTION DATA
(RES)
0/1

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 385
Issue 1

AARPL : Assignment of Area Code Restriction for LDM

AARPL: Assignment of Area Code Restriction for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the area/office code of Toll Restriction - 3/6 digits for Fusion service in conjunction with
ATDPL (for LDM)/ATDPN (for NDM) command. This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM). When
common data is needed in the Fusion Network, assign the data by the AARPN command.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is used when restriction data is assigned to RES E 2 (Toll Restriction is required) in the
ARSCN (NDM) command or in the ARRCN command.

3. Data Entry Instructions

OG-LGRT
Assign a unique LGRT No.
in the Fusion network.

OUTGOING
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OG-LGRT)
1-899

FLAG
Select either 3 Digits or
6 Digits check box.

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
CLASS
(RSC)
0-15

FLAG OF 3 OR
6 DIGITS
(FLAG)
3 Digits/6 Digits

RSC
RSC assigned by the ARSCN command.

Note:

RES
0 = Area/Office code is restricted.
1 = Area/Office code is allowed.

DESTINATION
(AREA/OFFICE)
CODE (DC)
MAX. 6 DIGITS

RESTRICTION
DATA
(RES)
0/1

REMARKS

DC
DC should not include the access code.

In case the data has already been assigned when “Get” button is executed after checking “6 Digits”
parameter and entering DC E 000000, “Del” button is not valid while “Set” button is to be effective. Then
the Restriction data can be changed (overwritten) by “Set” button.

CHAPTER 4
Page 386
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AARPL : Assignment of Area Code Restriction for LDM

4. Data Sheet
OUTGOING
LOGICAL
ROUTE NUMBER
(OG-LGRT)
1-899

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
CLASS
(RSC)
0 -15

FLAG OF
3 OR 6 DIGITS
(FLAG)
3 Digits/6 Digits

DESTINATION
(AREA/OFFICE)
CODE
(DC)
MAX. 6 DIGITS

NDA-24298

RESTRICTION DATA
(RES)
0/1

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 387
Issue 1

AARPN : Assignment of Area Code Restriction for NDM

AARPN: Assignment of Area Code Restriction for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the area/office code of Toll Restriction - 3/6 digits for Fusion service in conjunction with
ATDPL (for LDM)/ATDPN (for NDM) command. This data is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the
Network Control Node (NCN).
2. Precautions
1.

This command is used when restriction data is assigned to RES E 2 (Toll Restriction is required) in the
ARSCN (NDM) command or in the ARRCN command.

3. Data Entry Instructions

OGLGRT
Assign a unique LGRT No.
in the Fusion network.

OUTGOING
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGLGRT)
1-899

FLAG
Select either 3 Digits or
6 Digits check box.

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
CLASS
(RSC)
0-15

FLAG OF 3 OR
6 DIGITS
(FLAG)
3 Digits/6 Digits

RSC
RSC assigned by the ARSCN command.

Note:

RES
0 = Area/Office code is restricted.
1 = Area/Office code is allowed.

DESTINATION
(AREA/OFFICE)
CODE
(DC)
MAX. 6 DIGITS

RESTRICTION
DATA
(RES)
0/1

REMARKS

DC
DC should not include the access code.

In case the data has already been assigned when “Get” button is executed after checking “6 Digits”
parameter and entering DC E 000000, “Del” button is not valid while “Set” button is to be effective. Then
the Restriction data can be changed (overwritten) by “Set” button.

CHAPTER 4
Page 388
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AARPN : Assignment of Area Code Restriction for NDM

4. Data Sheet
OUTGOING
LOGICAL
ROUTE NUMBER
(OGLGRT)
1-899

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
CLASS
(RSC)
0 -15

FLAG OF
3 OR 6 DIGITS
(FLAG)
3 Digits/6 Digits

DESTINATION
(AREA/OFFICE)
CODE
(DC)
MAX. 6 DIGITS

NDA-24298

RESTRICTION DATA
(RES)
0/1

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 389
Issue 1

APCR : Assignment of Primary Call Restriction Data

APCR: Assignment of Primary Call Restriction Data
1. General
This command assigns the restricted area code for LCR outgoing call.
2. Precautions
1.

The restriction check by this command is to be executed prior to the ARSC/ATDP/AARP commands.

2.

The restricted area code assigned in the PDC parameter can be numbers (0 - 9, * and #), the mask code
“X” which represents all kind of numbers (0 - 9, * and #), or “P” for a pause.

3.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. If data
for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX94, bit2=1), assign the TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

3. Data Entry Instructions
BLOCK
Unique Block Number should be assigned.

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

BLOCK
NUMBER
(BLOCK)
0-49

PDC
PDC should include the Access Code.

PRIMARY CALL
DIGIT CODE
(PDC)
MAX. 24 DIGITS

ROUTE RESTRICTION CLASS (RSC) 0-15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

RES
RESTRICTION DATA (RES) is assigned in the squares where RSC and
PDC cross. When unassigned allowed Status.
0 = Restricted
1 = Connection is allowed

CHAPTER 4
Page 390
Issue 1

NDA-24298

APCR : Assignment of Primary Call Restriction Data

4. Data Sheet
Note:

Restriction Data (RES) is assigned in the squares where BLOCK and RSC cross. When unassigned,
Restriction Data is set as “0” (Restricted Status). Allowed Status Data is “1,” and must be assigned to
allow the PDC to be dialed.

BLOCK
TENANT
NUMBER
NUMBER
(BLOCK)
(TN)
0 – 49

PRIMARY CALL DIGIT CODE
(PDC)
MAXIMUM 24 DIGITS

ROUTE RESTRICTION CLASS (RSC) 0 – 15

1

NDA-24298

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1

1

1

1

1

CHAPTER 4
Page 391
Issue 1

AEFR : Assignment of EPN Facility Restriction Data

AEFR: Assignment of EPN Facility Restriction Data
1. General
This command assigns the allowable connections among the RSC1 (Calling Party’s Restriction Class) and
RSC2 (Called Party’s Restriction Class).
2. Precautions
1.

Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis, if specified in ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX75, Bit 4=1.

2.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. If data
for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX94, bit1=1), assign the TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

3.

The RSC1 (Calling Party’s Restriction Class) and RSC2 (Called Party’s Restriction Class) of each station
is assigned by the RSC parameter of the ASDT command.

4.

The RSC1 (Calling Party’s Restriction Class) and RSC2 (Called Party’s Restriction Class) of each trunk
route (RT) is assigned by the trunk restriction class (TRSC) parameter of the ARTD command.

5.

Before this command is assigned, connections for RSC1 (Calling Party’s Restriction Class) and RSC2
(Called Party’s Restriction Class) are not restricted.

6.

Enter data “1 (Connection is allowed)” at the allowable connection of RES parameter. Once data has been
assigned on this command, the rest of connections become “0 (Restricted).”

7.

If you want to recover the RSC1 (Calling Party’s Restriction Class) and RSC2 (Called Party’s Restriction
Class) connections, enter data “0 (Restricted)” for all connections.

8.

The DNU = 3 (Urgent Mode) is used for LCR - Controlled Alternate PRSC service which works with the
ASYD command SYS1, INDEX59, bit1=1. The RSC2 of this command is referred to as the Priority
Restriction Class (PRSC) which is assigned by the AOPR command, or the TRSC parameter of the ARTD
command, depending on the system mode. When the urgent mode is launched by either the FRL key of an
Attendant Console or the CPRS command, the PRSC parameter of the AOPR command is carried out as
the outgoing call restriction matrix assigned by the AEFR command. When the urgent mode has
terminated (meaning that either the Day or Night mode has resumed), the outgoing call restriction is
referred to by the TRSC parameter of the ARTD command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 392
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AEFR : Assignment of EPN Facility Restriction Data

3. Data Entry Instructions
FRI
0 = Station-to-station call without a station/ATT assistance
1 = Station-to-station call with a station/ATT assistance
2 = Station-to-trunk route access without a station/ATT assistance
3 = Station-to-trunk route with a station/ATT assistance
4 = Trunk incoming call to a station without a station/ATT assistance
5 = Trunk incoming call to a station with a station/ATT assistance
6 = Trunk incoming call to trunk outgoing call (Tandem connection without a station/ATT assistance)
7 = Trunk incoming call to trunk outgoing call (Tandem connection with a station/ATT assistance)
8-31 = Not used

DAY/NIGHT/URGENT
MODE
D/N/U

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

FACILITY
RESTRICTION
INDEX
(FRI)
0-31

CALLED ROUTE RESTRICTION CLASS (RSC2) 0-15

0
CALLING ROUTE
RESTRICTION
CLASS (RSC1)
0-15

DNU
D = Day Mode
U = Urgent Mode

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

0
1
2
3
4

RES

N = Night Mode

Restriction Data (RES) is assigned in the squares
where RSC1 and RSC2 cross.
0 = Restricted
1 = Connection is allowed
Note: Default data is all "1".

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 393
Issue 1

AEFR : Assignment of EPN Facility Restriction Data

4. Data Sheet

DAY/NIGHT/
URGENT MODE
D/N/U

FACILITY
RESTRICTION
INDEX
(FRI)
0 - 31

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CALLED ROUTE RESTRICTION CLASS (RSC2) 0 – 15

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

0
1
2
3
4
5
Calling
Route
Restriction
Class
(RSC1)
0 - 15

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

CHAPTER 4
Page 394
Issue 1

NDA-24298

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

ASFC : Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class

ASFC: Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class
1. General
This command assigns the Service Feature Restriction Class (SFC) for the Service Feature Index (SFI).
2. Precautions
1.

Table 4-8 provides the service feature name that corresponds to the SFI. Since the service feature indicated
“-” in the table may not always be “Not used” index, do not enter RES = 1 for “-” for the indicated SFI to
prevent unexpected service feature effects.

2.

Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis if specified in ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX75, Bit 1=1.

3.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. If data
for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX93, bit0=1), assign the TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

4.

The displayed Service Feature Class (SFC) corresponds to the one assigned by the ASDT command.

5.

The restriction data (RES) is entered in the text box where RSC and RRI cross.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 395
Issue 1

ASFC : Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class

3. Data Entry Instructions
D/N
D = Day
N = Night

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
D/N

SFI
Enter the SFI. Refer to Table 4-8.

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(SFI)
1-255

SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS (SFC)

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15

RESTRICTION DATA (RES) is assigned in the squares where SFI and SFC
cross. When unassigned, Restriction Data corresponding SFI recognized “0”
(Restriction status).
0 = Restricted
1 = Allowed

Table 4-8 SFI
SFI

SERVICE FEATURE

1

Outgoing Trunk Queuing

2

Call Back

3

Executive right-of-way (Calling)

4

Executive right-of-way (Called)

5

Call Waiting-Originating (Calling)

6

Call Waiting-Originating (Called)

7

Call Forwarding-All Calls

8

Call Forwarding-Don’t Answer

9

Call Forwarding-Busy Line

10

Call Hold

11

Data Line Privacy/Attendant Camp On (Data Line Security; 0 = Privacy / 1 = Camp On)

12

Speed Calling System

13

Trunk Answer (TAS)

CHAPTER 4
Page 396
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASFC : Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class

Table 4-8 SFI (Continued)
SFI

SERVICE FEATURE

14

System Message Detail Recording (SMDR) - Trunk Basis

15

-

16

Line Load Control

17-18

-

19

Individual Speed Calling (Speed Calling - Station/Group)

20

-

21

Off-Hook OG Queuing

22

-

23

Voice Mail Password Display Elimination

24

Emergency Call

25

Call Forward Outside - Local (0 = Restricted, 1 = Allowed)

26

Call Forward Outside - Long Distance (0 = Restricted, 1 = Allowed)

27

Account Codes/Authorization Codes/Forced Account Codes

28

-

29

Direct Call Pickup

30

Off-Hook Alarm

31

SID to Terminating user DTE

32

Line Circuit Reverse Relay Control (for 16LC)

33

Periodic Time Indication Tone

34-35

-

36

Special Common Battery Station / Brokerage Hot Line (Dterm)

37

Radio Paging Answer

38

Meet-Me Paging

39

Individual Trunk Access

40

-

41

Timed Reminder (for Business System)/Automatic Wake Up (for Hotel System)

42

Group Announcement (for Hotel System)

43

Maid Dial (for Hotel System)

44

Last Number Call Redial

45

Special Admin. Station (for Hotel System)

46

Bad Call Notify (Faulty Trunk Report)

47

Guest Information Display Terminal (for Hotel System)

48

Disable Distinctive Ringing for analog ports (0/1:No/Yes)/Bearer service (0/1:Speech/3.1 kHz Audio)

49

-

50

Off-Premise Extension (Long Line Telephone - No Howler, No Pad Control)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 397
Issue 1

ASFC : Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class

Table 4-8 SFI (Continued)
SFI

SERVICE FEATURE

51

Boss-Secretary Features

52

Voice Call using an Access Code

53

Message Reminder using an Access Code

54

Priority Call 1

55

Priority Call 2

56

Priority Call 3

57

Priority Paging

58

Station-to-Station Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) Call

59-61

-

62

Priority Outgoing Queue

63

Outgoing Queue Override

64-66

-

67

Call Park-Access and Answer

68

Call Park-Called

69

Automatic Message Waiting Lamp Off (for Hotel System)

70

Intercom Group

71

Distinctive Dial tone

72

Called Station Switch Hook Flash Restriction

73

-

74

Message Waiting Lamp Setting from the ATT or Station (Called)

75

Call Hold Conference

76

Trunk Override Inhibit

77

Trunk Override

78

Station Barge in From a Tie Line

79

Hold on Queuing From a Tie Line

80

8-Party Conference Terminal

81

Recording for an Internal Call

82

Message Waiting Lamp Setting from the Station (Calling)

83-86
87
88-89

Multi Channel Recording 
-

90

Multi Channel Recording 

91

Subscriber with Priority / without Priority

92

-

93

Voice Call Restrict (0 = No/1 = Yes)

CHAPTER 4
Page 398
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASFC : Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class

Table 4-8 SFI (Continued)
SFI
94

SERVICE FEATURE
Calling Party’s Number Display Reject to ISDN Line

95

Direct IC Call Restriction (for ACD only)

96

-

97

Send facility Message Requesting SID Information

98

Send facility Message Requesting ANI Information

99

Call Forward I’m Here (Destination)

100

Call Forward I’m Here (Origination)

101-102

-

103

Assignment of No Answer Timer for Blind Transfer to Station/Blind Transfer to Attendant

104

Blind Transfer (Processing when the transfer destination station does not answer for a predetermined period of
time in Blind Transfer to station service.)

105-106

-

107

Slumber Time Override

108

-

109

Advice of Charge Supplementary Service for ISDN

110-111

-

112

Voice Call during Dial Intercom

113

-

114

Display on Dterm when a station is in DND (0/1 = RST/DND)

115-121
122
123-124
125
126-127
128
129-130
131
132-133

Call Forward with ATT Camp-On
Pad Lock
Call Forwarding - Busy Line Override
Add on Conference - 8 Party
-

134

Internal Zone Page Calling

135

Internal Zone Page Called

136

Automatic Idle Return

137

Authorization Code Display Elimination

138

Consultation Hold Enhancement

139

-

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 399
Issue 1

ASFC : Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class

Table 4-8 SFI (Continued)
SFI
140
141-144

SERVICE FEATURE
Send Warning Tone to interrupted parties when THREE-WAY CALLING is established using
Consultation Hold Enhancement
-

145

Internal Zone Page Answer

146

Analog Caller ID-Station

147

-

148

Personal Ringer

149-150

-

151

When CF-OUT SIDE is performed, Route Restriction Class of the station which has set CF-OUT SIDE is used

152

-

153

Analog Caller ID-Station (Single Mode)

154

-

155

Call Return

156-164
165
166-167

Call Block
-

168

Analog Caller ID – Station by Modem Sender

169

-

170

Call Trace

171-173

-

174

Camp On by Station

175

Advice of Charge Supplementary Service in Q.SIG Network

176-180
181
182-255

Station Hunting by call kind
-

CHAPTER 4
Page 400
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASFC : Assignment of Service Feature Restriction Class

4. Data Sheet

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
D/N

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(SFI)
1-255

SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS

0

1

2

3

4

NDA-24298

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

CHAPTER 4
Page 401
Issue 1

ACFR : Assignment of Call Forwarding Restriction

ACFR: Assignment of Call Forwarding Restriction
1. General
This command assigns various kinds of trunk call forwarding restriction data on a tenant basis.
2. Precautions
The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.
If data for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX92, bit5=1), assign TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

CHAPTER 4
Page 402
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ACFR : Assignment of Call Forwarding Restriction

3. Data Entry Instructions
CCI
0 = Attendant Call
1 = LDN (C.O. Line)
2 = FX
3 = WATS
4 = Tie Line
5 = CCSA
6 = Recall
7 = Call Forwarding-Busy Line
8 = Call Forwarding-Don't Answer
9 = Not used
10 = Special common Battery
11 = Inter Position Transfer
12 = Priority call
13 = Off Hook Alarm
14 = CAS (Main)
15 = Not used

TSFI
1 = Call Forwarding (-All Calls/-Don't Answer/
-Busy Line/Unused Number/Dead Level)
2 = Direct in Termination (Night only)
3 = Direct in Termination (Day and Night)
4 = Direct Inward Dialing (DID)
5 = TAS
6 = Night ATT
7 = Remote Access to System
8-14 = Not used
15 = CAS Line connection (Satellite)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

1

TRANSFER
SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(TSFI) 1-15

CALL CATEGORY INDEX (CCI) 0-15

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

1
2
3
4
5

RES
RESTRICTION DATA (RES) is assigned in the squares where CCI
and TSFI cross.
0 = Transfer service is restricted.
1 = Transfer service is allowed.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 403
Issue 1

ACFR : Assignment of Call Forwarding Restriction

4. Data Sheet

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

TRANSFER
SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(TSFI)
1 – 15

CALL CATEGORY INDEX
(CCI)
0 – 15

0

1

2

3

4

5

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

CHAPTER 4
Page 404
Issue 1

NDA-24298

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

ATNR : Assignment of Tenant Restriction Class Data

ATNR: Assignment of Tenant Restriction Class Data
1. General
This command assigns the tenant restriction data for each objective situation.
2. Precautions
1.

Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis, if specified in ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX75, bit 2=1.

2.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.
If data for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 94, bit0=1), assign
TN parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

3.

Table 4-9 provides the Tenant Restriction Index (TRI) data. Since the OBJECTIVE SITUATION indicated as “-” may not always be the “Not used” index, do not enter RES=1 for “-” to prevent unexpected
effects.
Table 4-9 TRI

TRI

OBJECTIVE SITUATION

0

Station within OGTN calls to a station within TMTN

1

Station within OGTN sets Call Forwarding-All Calls / Busy Line / Don’t Answer to a station within TMTN

2

–

3

Attendant Console within OGTN sets Call Forwarding-All Calls for a station within TMTN (Call Forwarding All Calls set/Cancel by ATT)

4

Station within OGTN call to an Attendant Console within TMTN by dialing individual ATT number assigned by
the ASAT command

5

External Key within OGTN changes the Day/Night Mode of TMTN

6

–

7

Incoming call of the trunk within OGTN terminates to a station within TMTN (In the case of MFC signaling only)

8 - 15

–

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 405
Issue 1

ATNR : Assignment of Tenant Restriction Class Data

3. Data Entry Instructions

DN
D = Day Mode
N = Night Mode

OGTN
Enter the OGTN

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
D/N

TENANT
RESTRICTION
INDEX (TRI)
0-15

TMTN
Enter the TMTN

ORIGINATING
TENANT
(OGTN)

TERMINATING TENANT (TMTN)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

0
1
2
3
4

TENANT RESTRICTION
INDEX (TRI)

RES
0 = Restricted
1 = Allowed

See Table 4-9

CHAPTER 4
Page 406
Issue 1

NDA-24298

11

12

13

14

15

ATNR : Assignment of Tenant Restriction Class Data

4. Data Sheet
ORIGINATING
TENANT
(OGTN)

DAY/NIGHT MODE
D/N

TENANT
RESTRICTION
INDEX
(TRI)
0 - 15

TERMINATING TENANT
(TMTN)
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8-15

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 407
Issue 1

AABD : Assignment of Speed Calling Restriction Data

AABD: Assignment of Speed Calling Restriction Data
1. General
This command assigns the Speed Calling system Restriction Data. This data is added to the Service Feature
Class of an individual station assigned to the Speed Calling system in order to restrict it from originating calls.
2. Precautions
1.

The Abbreviated Digit Codes (ADC) should already be assigned by the ASPD command.

2.

The Speed Calling Override Service must be assigned by the ASYD command, SYS2, Index1, b6=1.

3.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.

3. Data Entry Instructions

ADC
The Abbreviated Digit Codes (ADC) corresponds
to the data assigned by the ASPD command.

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

SPEED
CALLING
CODE (ADC)
MAX. 4
DIGITS

SERVICE FEATURE CLASS (SFC)

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

RES
RESTRICTION DATA (RES) is assigned in the
squares where ADC and SFC cross. When
unassigned, RES or the corresponding item is
recognized as “0”(Restricted).
0 = Connection is restricted
1 = Connection is allowed

CHAPTER 4
Page 408
Issue 1

NDA-24298

13

14

15

AABD : Assignment of Speed Calling Restriction Data

4. Data Sheet

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

Note:

SPEED
CALLING CODE
(ADC)
MAX. 4 DIGITS

SERVICE FEATURE CLASS
(SFC)
0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Restriction Data (RES) is assigned in the squares where SFC and ADC cross.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 409
Issue 1

ASDT : Assignment of Station Data

ASDT: Assignment of Station Data
1. General
This command assigns/deletes the physical station data.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is used for Business application. The AAST/AGST commands are used for Hotel application.

2.

The ASTN command may be used to change the station number.

3.

The ASCL command may be used to change the Class (TEC, RSC, and/or SFC) of the station.

4.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.

5.

The number of station number (STN) digits is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX16.

6.

The first digit of the station number (STN) is designated by the ANPD command.

7.

The RSC and SFC parameter works in conjunction with the ARSC and ASFC commands respectively.

8.

TEC 3 (DP/PB) is to be used in the installation test only. Give the proper TEC to each station before service-in.

Note:

If the PB (DTMF) station given TEC 3 tries to make a call to the PB (DTMF) route with the 2nd DT mode,
the call will not be successful.

9.

An example of the LENS allocation is shown in Figure 4-2.

10. LSDT (Listup of Station Data) command is used to print out the station data. At this time, ETN (Executive
Tenant Number) data is also printed out.
While some commands share the common TN in office data, others develop separate TN table respectively. In case of adapting common TN for all the commands, the TN actually assigned by the ASDT command is to be executed.

CHAPTER 4
Page 410
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASDT : Assignment of Station Data

Level

Group
n+3

Group
n+2

LINE16

6

LINE15

5

LINE14

4

LINE13

3

LINE12

2

LINE11

1

LINE10

LV0

LINE9

LV7

LINE8

6

LINE7

5

LINE6

4

LINE5

3

LINE4

2

LINE3

1

LINE2

LV0

LINE1

Level
LV7

LINE16

LV7

6

LINE15

6

5

LINE14

4

LINE13

3

LINE12

2

LINE11

1

LINE10

5
Group
n+1

1

LINE9

LV0

LV7

LINE8

LV7

6

LINE7

6

5

LINE6

5

4

LINE5

3

LINE4

2

LINE3

1

LINE2

1

LV0

LINE1

LV0

When assigning

Dterm,

4

Group
n

3
2

IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT

TEC parameters should be as follows:

16ELC MODE

1 - 16

3
2

IN CASE OF 16 PORT/SLOT

LINE

4

LV0

Even
Number
Group

Note:

LV7

The card
mounted
slot

Odd
Number
Group

The card
mounted slot

TEC

12 (Voice)

8DLC MODE
LINE

TEC

1-4

12 (Voice)

5-8

13 (Data)

9 - 12

12 (Voice)

13 - 16

13 (Data)

Figure 4-2 LENS

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 411
Issue 1

ASDT : Assignment of Station Data

3. Data Entry Instructions

TEC 2 = PB
1 = DP (10 pps)
3 = DP/PB
4 = DP (20 pps)
5-11 = Not Used
12 = Dterm
term
13 = Data Terminal via D
14 = Hot Line
15 = CAS Line
16 = Data Terminal via Data Module
17 = Not Used
18 = Virtual Line Appearance (for Dterm Multi-Line)
19 = TMM
20 = PSM
21 = ACD
22 = EMM
23 = ISDN Terminal
24-26 = Not Used
27 = Eight Conference Equipment
28-31 = Not Used

TN
The applicable TN is designated by the ASYD
command, SYS1, INDEX 8.

LENS
Enter the LENS of the circuit
card. Refer to Figure 4-2.

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(LENS)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

MG

1

3

0

0

0

U

G

0 0 0 1 2

TELEPHONE
EQUIPMENT
CLASS
(TEC)
1-31

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
CLASS
(RSC)
0-15

SERVICE
FEATURE
CLASS
(SFC)
0-15

12

1

1

REMARKS

LV

0

STN
Enter the station number with regard to the following:
• The number of station number (STN) digits is
designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 16.

RSC
Enter the RSC defined by the ARSC command. Since RSC = 0 is preserved
for ATTCON, a station can use the RSC range of 1 to 15.

SFC
Enter the SFC defined by the ASFC command. Since SFC = 0 is preserved
for ATTCON, a station can use the SFC range of 1 to 15.

CHAPTER 4
Page 412
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASDT : Assignment of Station Data

4. Data Sheet

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(LENS)
MG

U

G

LV

TELEPHONE
EQUIPMENT
CLASS
(TEC)
1 – 31

NDA-24298

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
CLASS
(RSC)
0 – 15

SERVICE
FEATURE
CLASS
(SFC)
0 – 15

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 413
Issue 1

ASTN : Assignment of Station Number

ASTN: Assignment of Station Number
1. General
This command changes the physical station number assigned to a particular LEN.
2. Precautions
1.

The primary digit, the number of digits, and the kind of service (SRV = 1) which is designated by the
ANPD and ASPA command affect the new station number. The new station number must be assigned
according to the numbering plan data.

2.

The number of Station Number (STN) digits is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX16.

3.

This command can be used only when the number of the station to be changed is in idle status.

4.

Update the station number changed in this command on the data sheet in the ASDT command.

3. Data Entry Instructions
STN
The station number has been
assigned by the ASDT command.

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 414
Issue 1

OLD STATION NUMBER
(STN)

NEW STN
Enter the new station number corresponding
to the existing numbering plan.

NEW STATION NUMBER
(NEW STN)

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ASCL : Assignment of Station Class Data

ASCL: Assignment of Station Class Data
1. General
This command changes the Telephone Equipment Class (TEC), Route Restriction Class (RSC), and Service
Feature Restriction Class (SFC), without changing the station number.
2. Precautions
1.

The station class data (TEC, RSC and SFC) can be changed by the ASCL command, even if the station to
be changed is in busy status. (Conversation is in progress.) When the station becomes idle, the new class
becomes effective.

2.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.

3.

The TEC cannot be changed from a Dterm Class (TEC = 12) to any other Telephone Class, or vice versa.
When it is necessary to change the current TEC to another type of TEC, use the ASDT command to delete
the current station data and assign new station data.

4.

The RSC corresponds to the ARSC command, and the SFC corresponds to the ASFC command as well.

5.

Update the new class data on the data sheet in the ASDT command.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 415
Issue 1

ASCL : Assignment of Station Class Data

3. Data Entry Instructions
TEC
1 = DP (10pps) 2 = PB 3 = DP/PB 4 = DP (20 pps)
5-11 = Not used
13 = Data Terminal via Dterm
14 = Hot Line
12 = Dterm
15 = CAS Line
16 = Data Terminal via Data Module
17 = Not used
18 = Virtual Line Appearance
19-22 = Not used
23 = ISDN Terminal
24-25 = Not used
26 = Not used
27 = Eight Conference Equipment
28-31 = Not used
(Add-on Conferencing)

TENANT STATION NUMBER
NUMBER
(STN)
(TN)

1

3

1

1

TELEPHONE
EQUIPMENT
CLASS
(TEC)
1-31

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
(RSC)
0-15

SERVICE
FEATURE
CLASS
(SFC)
0-15

3

1

1

3

REMARKS

RSC
Enter RSC referring to the ARSC command.

SFC
Enter SFC referring to the ASFC command

CHAPTER 4
Page 416
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASCL_T : Assignment of Station Class Data – Telephone Number

ASCL_T : Assignment of Station Class Data – Telephone Number
1. General
This command is used to change the Telephone Equipment Class (TEC), Route Restriction Class (RSC), and
Service Feature Restriction Class (SFC), without changing the station number. The station data of ASCL command can be assigned by using Telephone Number.
2. Precautions
1.

Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the
ALGSL command is not available in this command.

2.

In case logging in to a LN, only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged-in
node can be used in this command. Also, when logging in to the NCN, the data memory of the whole
nodes in the network can be written.

3.

The station class data (TEC, RSC and SFC) can be changed by ASCL_N command, even if the station to
be changed is in busy status (conversation is in progress). When the station becomes idle, the new class
data becomes effective.

4.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.

5.

The TEC cannot be changed from a Dterm Class (TEC=12) to any other Telephone Class, and vice versa.
When it is necessary to change the current TEC to another type of TEC, use the ASDT command to delete
the current station data and assign new station data.

6.

The RSC corresponds to the ARSC command, and the SFC corresponds to the ASFC command as well.

7.

Update the new class data on the data sheet in the ASDT command.

8.

This command is an available software enhancement.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 417
Issue 1

ASCL_T : Assignment of Station Class Data – Telephone Number

3. Data Entry Instruction
TELN
Enter the Telephone Number of the station
which the station class data to be changed.

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

RSC
Enter the Route Restriction Class
referring to the ARSC command.

TELEPHONE
EQUIPMENT
CLASS
(TEC)
1-31

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
CLASS
(RSC)
0-15

TEC
1 = DP (10 pps) 2 = PB 3 = DP/PB 4 = DP (20 pps)
5-11 = Not used
12 = D term
13 = Data Terminal via D term 14 = Hot Line
15 = CAS Line
16 = Data Terminal via Data Module
17 = Not used
18 = Virtual Line Appearance 19-22 = Not used
23 = ISDN Terminal
24-26 = Not used
27 = Eight Conference Equipment (Add-on Conferencing) 28-31 = Not used

Note:

SERVICE
FEATURE
CLASS
(SFC)
0-15

SFC
Enter the Service Feature
Class referring to the ASFC
command.

The existing data can be readout by pressing “Get” button after UGN and TELN is entered.

CHAPTER 4
Page 418
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASCL_T : Assignment of Station Class Data – Telephone Number

4.

Data Sheet
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

TELEPHONE
EQUIPMENT
CLASS
(TEC)
1-31

NDA-24298

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
CLASS
(RSC)
0-15

SERVICE
FEATURE
CLASS
(SFC)
0-15

CHAPTER 4
Page 419
Issue 1

APHN : Assignment of Phantom Station Number Data

APHN: Assignment of Phantom Station Number Data
1. General
This command assigns a phantom number for a station.
2. Precautions
1.

Numbers that are being used as station or LDN numbers cannot be used as phantom numbers.

2.

When an incoming call is terminated to a phantom number, either no station hunting or station hunting
depending on the data in the PH parameter is performed if the called station is a member station of a hunt
group.

3.

A maximum of five phantom numbers can be assigned to a station. (Including individual phantom number
and phantom number in a hunting group.)

4.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.

5.

Data entry is not required in the parameters MODE and STN, since data that has already been assigned is
displayed.

CHAPTER 4
Page 420
Issue 1

NDA-24298

APHN : Assignment of Phantom Station Number Data

3. Data Entry Instructions
♦ Assignment
PHSTN
PH
0 = Individual Phantom Number
1 = Phantom Number in a Hunting Group

REAL STN
Enter a station number

A maximum of 5 phantom
station numbers can be
assigned for a real station.

PHANTOM STATION NUMBER (PHSTN)
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

HUNTING
REAL
STATION CONDITION
OF
NUMBER
PHANTOM CNT = 1
(REAL
NUMBER
STN)
(PH) 0/1

1

25645

1

300

PH

CNT = 2

PH

CNT = 3

PH

CNT = 4

PH

1

301

1

302

0

303

0

CNT = 5

304

♦ Display
MODE
This data determines how to develop the
station + phantom station group.
1 = Real Mode
2 = Phantom Mode

STN
The station number which is designated in the parameter MODE.
This data is required to specify the group.
Example:
When MODE = 1 is designated, assign the real station number.
When MODE = 2 is designated, assign the phantom station number.

MODE OF
REAL OR
PHANTOM
(MODE) 1/2

TENANT
NIMBER
(TN)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

1

1

25645

PHSTN
A maximum of 5 phantom stations can be
assigned for a real station number.

PHANTOM STATION NUMBER (PHSTN)
REAL
STATION
NUMBER
(REAL STN)

25645

HUNTING
CONDITION OF
PHANTOM
NUMBER
(PH) 0/1

CNT = 1

PH

CNT = 2

PH

CNT = 3

PH

CNT = 4

PH

300

1

301

1

302

0

303

0

1

REAL STN
The station number of the group
designated in the parameter MODE

CNT = 5

304

PH
0 = Individual Phantom Number
1= Phantom Number in a Hunting Group

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 421
Issue 1

APHN : Assignment of Phantom Station Number Data

4. Data Sheet
PHANTOM STATION NUMBER
(PHSTN)
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

REAL
STATION
NUMBER
(REAL STN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 422
Issue 1

HUNTING
CONDITION OF
PHANTOM
NUMBER
(PH)
0/1

CNT=1

PH

CTN=2

NDA-24298

PH

CNT=3

PH

CTN=4

PH

CTN=5

APHNL : Assignment of Phantom Station Number for LDM

APHNL: Assignment of Phantom Station Number for LDM
1. General
This command assigns Phantom Telephone Number (PHTELN) to Telephone Number of stations (TELN).
2. Precautions
1.

The total number of Phantom Telephone Number (PHTELN) and Telephone Number for station (TELN)
can not exceeds 60,000 in a system.

2.

Maximum 16 Phantom Telephone Numbers can be assigned to a Telephone Number of a station.

3. Data Entry Instructions
MODE
This parameter determines how to develop the Telephone
Number + Phantom Telephone Number group.
1 = Telephone Number
2 = Phantom Telephone Number

TELN/PHTELN
The station number which is designated in the MODE
parameter. The data is required to specify the group.

UGN
Fixed to 1.

MODE OF TELN
OR PHTELN
(MODE)

UGN

1

1
TELN

25645

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

• When MODE = 1 is designated, assign the Telephone
Number of a station.
• When MODE = 2 is designated, assign a Phantom
Telephone Number.

TELEPHONE NUMBER OR
PHANTOM TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN/PHTELN)

PH

1
PHTELN 1

PH

PHTELN 2

PH

PHTELN 3

PH

PHTELN 4

PH

PHTELN 5

PH

PHTELN 6

PH

PHTELN 7

PH

PHTELN 8

PH

PHTELN 9

PH

PHTELN 10

PH

PHTELN 11

PH

PHTELN 12

PH

PHTELN 13

PH

PHTELN 14

PH

PHTELN 15

PH

PHTELN 16

PH
Kind of Phantom Telephone Number
0=Individual Phantom Telephone Number
1=Phantom Telephone Number in Hunting Group

PHTELN
Maximum of 16 Phantom Telephone Numbers can be
assigned to a Telephone Number.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 423
Issue 1

APHNL : Assignment of Phantom Station Number for LDM

4. Data Sheet
MODE OF TELN
OR PHTELN
(MODE)
1
UGN

TELN

1

UGN

1

MODE
1
UGN TELN

1

MODE
1
UGN TELN

1

CHAPTER 4
Page 424
Issue 1

TELEPHONE NUMBER OR
PHANTOM TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN/PHTELN)

PH

1
PHTELN 1

PH

PHTELN 2

PH

PHTELN 3

PH

PHTELN 4

PH

PHTELN 5

PH

PHTELN 6

PH

PHTELN 7

PH

PHTELN 8

PH

PHTELN 9

PH

PHTELN 10

PH

PHTELN 11

PH

PHTELN 12

PH

PHTELN 13

PH

PHTELN 14

PH

PHTELN 15

PH

PHTELN 16

MODE
1
TELN

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELN/PHTELN

UGN
PH

1
PHTELN 1

PH

PHTELN 2

PH

PHTELN 3

PH

PHTELN 4

PH

PHTELN 5

PH

PHTELN 6

PH

PHTELN 7

PH

PHTELN 8

PH

PHTELN 9

PH

PHTELN 10

PH

PHTELN 11

PH

PHTELN 12

PH

PHTELN 13

PH

PHTELN 14

PH

PHTELN 15

PH

PHTELN 16

PH

UGN
1
PHTELN 1

PH

PHTELN 2

PH

PHTELN 3

PH

PHTELN 4

PH

PHTELN 5

PH

PHTELN 6

PH

PHTELN 7

PH

PHTELN 8

PH

PHTELN 9

PH

PHTELN 10

PH

PHTELN 11

PH

PHTELN 12

PH

PHTELN 13

PH

PHTELN 14

PH

PHTELN 15

PH

PHTELN 16

PH

UGN
1
PHTELN 1

PH

PHTELN 2

PH

PHTELN 3

PH

PHTELN 4

PH

PHTELN 5

PH

PHTELN 6

PH

PHTELN 7

PH

PHTELN 8

PH

PHTELN 9

PH

PHTELN 10

PH

PHTELN 11

PH

PHTELN 12

PH

PHTELN 13

PH

PHTELN 14

PH

PHTELN 15

PH

PHTELN 16

TELN/PHTELN

TELN/PHTELN

NDA-24298

APHNN : Assignment of Phantom Station Number for NDM

APHNN: Assignment of Phantom Station Number for NDM
1. General
This command assigns Phantom Telephone Number (PHTELN) to Telephone Number of stations (TELN) in
Fusion Network. This data assigned by this command is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

The total number of Phantom Telephone Number (PHTELN) and Telephone Number for station (TELN)
cannot exceeds 60,000 in a system.

2.

Maximum 16 Phantom Telephone Numbers can be assigned to a Telephone Number of a station.

3. Data Entry Instructions
MODE
This parameter determines how to develop the Telephone
Number + Phantom Telephone Number group.
1 = Telephone Number
2 = Phantom Telephone Number

TELN/PHTELN
The station number which is designated in the MODE
parameter. The data is required to specify the group.

UGN
Fixed to 1.

MODE OF TELN
OR PHTELN
(MODE)

UGN

1

1
TELN

25645

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

• When MODE = 1 is designated, assign the Telephone
Number of a station.
• When MODE = 2 is designated, assign a Phantom
Telephone Number.

TELEPHONE NUMBER OR
PHANTOM TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN/PHTELN)

PH

1
PHTELN 1

PH

PHTELN 2

PH

PHTELN 3

PH

PHTELN 4

PH

PHTELN 5

PH

PHTELN 6

PH

PHTELN 7

PH

PHTELN 8

PH

PHTELN 9

PH

PHTELN 10

PH

PHTELN 11

PH

PHTELN 12

PH

PHTELN 13

PH

PHTELN 14

PH

PHTELN 15

PH

PHTELN 16

PH
Kind of Phantom Telephone Number
0=Individual Phantom Telephone Number
1=Phantom Telephone Number in Hunting Group

PHTELN
Maximum of 16 Phantom Telephone Numbers can be
assigned to a Telephone Number.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 425
Issue 1

APHNN : Assignment of Phantom Station Number for NDM

4. Data Sheet
MODE OF TELN
OR PHTELN
(MODE)
1
UGN

TELN

1

MODE
1
UGN TELN

1

MODE
1
UGN TELN

1

MODE
1
UGN TELN

1

CHAPTER 4
Page 426
Issue 1

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER OR
PHANTOM TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN/PHTELN)

PH

1
PHTELN 1

PH

PHTELN 2

PH

PHTELN 3

PH

PHTELN 4

PH

PHTELN 5

PH

PHTELN 6

PH

PHTELN 7

PH

PHTELN 8

PH

PHTELN 9

PH

PHTELN 10

PH

PHTELN 11

PH

PHTELN 12

PH

PHTELN 13

PH

PHTELN 14

PH

PHTELN 15

PH

PHTELN 16

PH

UGN
1
PHTELN 1

PH

PHTELN 2

PH

PHTELN 3

PH

PHTELN 4

PH

PHTELN 5

PH

PHTELN 6

PH

PHTELN 7

PH

PHTELN 8

PH

PHTELN 9

PH

PHTELN 10

PH

PHTELN 11

PH

PHTELN 12

PH

PHTELN 13

PH

PHTELN 14

PH

PHTELN 15

PH

PHTELN 16

PH

UGN
1
PHTELN 1

PH

PHTELN 2

PH

PHTELN 3

PH

PHTELN 4

PH

PHTELN 5

PH

PHTELN 6

PH

PHTELN 7

PH

PHTELN 8

PH

PHTELN 9

PH

PHTELN 10

PH

PHTELN 11

PH

PHTELN 12

PH

PHTELN 13

PH

PHTELN 14

PH

PHTELN 15

PH

PHTELN 16

PH

UGN
1
PHTELN 1

PH

PHTELN 2

PH

PHTELN 3

PH

PHTELN 4

PH

PHTELN 5

PH

PHTELN 6

PH

PHTELN 7

PH

PHTELN 8

PH

PHTELN 9

PH

PHTELN 10

PH

PHTELN 11

PH

PHTELN 12

PH

PHTELN 13

PH

PHTELN 14

PH

PHTELN 15

PH

PHTELN 16

TELN/PHTELN

TELN/PHTELN

TELN/PHTELN

NDA-24298

ANDD : Assignment of Name Display Data

ANDD: Assignment of Name Display Data
1. General
This command assigns user information (user’s name) onto a Station to program the Name Display - System
service feature.
2. Precautions
1.

The Name Display - System service feature allows a Dterm with LCD to show the user information that
corresponds to the calling station number while it is engaged in a station-to-station call.

2.

The following must be set in the ASYD command SYS1, INDEX78, b5 = 1 (Name Display service).

3.

The number of digits to be assigned to the parameter NAME is determined by ASYD command, SYS1,
INDEX241, b1=0/1: 8 characters/16 characters. Multi-Line service is not available if “16 characters” is
selected.

4.

This command cannot be used for Name Display - OAI service.

5.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.

3. Data Entry Instructions

NAME
Enter desired alphanumeric character.

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION NUMBER
(STN)

IDENTIFYING
INFORMATION
(NAME)
8 or 16 CHARACTERS

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 427
Issue 1

ANDD : Assignment of Name Display Data

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 428
Issue 1

STATION NUMBER
(STN)

IDENTIFYING INFORMATION
(NAME)
8 or 16 CHARACTERS

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ANDD_T : Assignment of Name Display Data – Telephone Number

ANDD_T : Assignment of Name Display Data – Telephone Number
1. General
This command is used to assign user information (user’s name) onto a Station to program the Name Display System service feature. The station data of ANDD command can be assigned by using Telephone Number.
2. Precautions
1.

Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the
ALGSL command is not available in this command.

2.

In case logging in to a LN, only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged-in
node can be used in this command. Also, when logging in to the NCN, the data memory of the whole
nodes in the network can be written.

3.

The Name Display - System service feature allows a Dterm with LCD to show the user information that
corresponds to the calling station number while it is engaged in a station-to-station call.

4.

The ASYD command SYS1, INDEX78, b5=1 (Name Display service) must be set.

5.

The number of digit to be assigned to the parameter NAME is determined by the ASYD command, SYS1,
INDEX241, b1=0/1: 8 characters/16 characters. Multi-Line service is not available if “16 characters” is
selected.

6.

This command cannot be used for Name Display - OAI service.

7.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 8.

8.

This command is an available software enhancement.

3. Data Entry Instruction
TELN
Enter the Telephone Number of the station to
which Name Display service is to be applied.

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

NAME DISPLAY INFORMATION
(NAME)
8 or 16 characters

REMARKS

NAME
Enter desired alphanumeric
characters.

Note:

The existing data can be readout by pressing “Get” button after UGN and TELN data is entered.
NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 429
Issue 1

ANDD_T : Assignment of Name Display Data – Telephone Number

4. Data Sheet
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 430
Issue 1

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

IDENTIFYING INFORMATION
(NAME)
8 or 16 characters

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ALGNL : Assignment of Telephone Number Data for LDM

ALGNL: Assignment of Telephone Number Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the individual attendant identification number (Telephone Number) available in the self
(local) node only.
2. Precautions
1.

This individual attendant identification number is available in the self (local) node only. If the individual
attendant identification number for the Fusion network is required, use the ALGNN command.

2.

The system data assignment (ASYDL, SYS1, INDEX513 Data 01hex) is needed to provide the Local
Data Memory (LDM).

3.

Before assigning this command, the ANPDL/ASPAL commands are required for the numbering plan of
Telephone Number.

4.

A unique Telephone Number (TELN) should be given within a User Group Number (UGN).

3. Data Entry Instructions

UGN
1 = User Group Number 1 (Fixed)

USER GROUP NUMBER
(UGN)

TELN
Assign Telephone Number (Unique TELN
should be given within a UGN)

TELEPHONE STATION NUMBER
(TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

REMARKS

1
1
1
1

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 431
Issue 1

ALGNL : Assignment of Telephone Number Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
USER GROUP NUMBER
(UGN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 432
Issue 1

TELEPHONE STATION NUMBER
(TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ALGSL : Allocation of Telephone Station Data for LDM

ALGSL: Allocation of Telephone Station Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the data pertaining to the relationship between Telephone Station Number (TELN) and
the physical station.
2. Precautions
1.

This Telephone Number can be used in the self (local) node only. Use the ALGSN command if the
Telephone Number for the Fusion network is required.

2.

The TYPE parameter designates the programming method of the physical station. (The result is the same
whichever method is selected.) When TYPE = 1 (LENS) is selected, the physical station which
accommodates the Telephone Station Number (TELN) is specified by the LENS. When TYPE = 2 (STN)
is selected, the physical station number (STN) is used.

3.

The system data assignment (ASYDL, SYS1, INDEX513 Data 01 Hex) is needed to provide the Local
Data Memory (LDM).

4.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. If data
in this command is common for all tenants (ASYDL command, SYS 1, INDEX 800, bit0 = 1), assign TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 433
Issue 1

ALGSL : Allocation of Telephone Station Data for LDM

3. Data Entry Instructions
♦ TYPE = 1 (LENS is used to specify the Telephone station number.)
TYPE
1 = LENS is used to specify the Telephone station number
2 = STN is used to specify the Telephone station number

TYPE

USER GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

1
1
1

1
1
1

TELEPHONE STATION NUMBER
(TELN) MAX. 16 DIGITS

UGN
1 = User Group Number 1 (Fixed)

LENS
LENS of the physical station

LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(LENS)

LSTN
Telephone station number assigned by the
ALGNL command

♦ TYPE = 2 (STN is used to specify the Telephone station number.)
TYPE
1 = LENS is used to specify the Telephone station number
2 = STN is used to specify the Telephone station number

TYPE

2
2

USER GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE STATION NUMBER
(TELN) MAX. 16 DIGITS

STN
Station number of the
physical station

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

1
1

TN
Tenant number of the physical station
UGN
1 = User Group Number 1 (Fixed)
TELN
Telephone station number assigned by the ALGNL

CHAPTER 4
Page 434
Issue 1

NDA-24298

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

ALGSL : Allocation of Telephone Station Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
(a) TYPE = 1 (LENS is used to specify the physical station number.)

TYPE

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)

NDA-24298

LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(LENS)

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 435
Issue 1

ALGSL : Allocation of Telephone Station Data for LDM

(b) TYPE = 2 (STN is used to specify the physical station number.)

TYPE

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CHAPTER 4
Page 436
Issue 1

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)

NDA-24298

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

REMARKS

AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm

AKYD: Assignment of Key Data for Dterm
1. General
This command assigns the following key data corresponding to each line/feature button on a Dterm.
•

Line Key Data

•

Function Key Data

•

Intercom Key Data

•

DSS Key Data

2. Precautions
1.

The Dterm Series III (16-button type) and Dterm Series E have the default key data. (Refer to Precautions
6.) If the default data is to be used, assignment in AKYD is not necessary. Table 4-10 shows the specification pertaining to data assignment for the Dterm.
Table 4-10 Data Assignment for the Dterm
TYPE OF Dterm
8-button type
Series III

Series E

2.

Note:

LINE/FEATURE BUTTON NUMBER OF BUTTONS
KYN = 1-8
8

16-button type

KYN = 1-16

16

24-button type

KYN = 1-24

24

8-button type

KYN = 1-8

8

16-button type

KYN = 1-16

16

32-button type

See Figure 4-7

32

Before assigning the key data for a Dterm using this command, be sure to assign the station data of the
Dterm using the ASDT command (TN, STN, TEC = 12 (Dterm)). The station number assigned by the
ASDT command is referred to as “MY LINE”.
This “MY LINE” corresponds to the physical port associated with the LENS of a ELC card.

3.

By assigning another station line to a feature button using this command, an incoming call terminated to a
station line other than My Line can be answered or can be transferred to elsewhere as in the case of the My
Line. A station line other than My Line is referred to as a “Sub Line.” A “Sub Line” can be assigned not
only to a Dterm but to any conventional telephone. In addition, the station data for My Line and Sub Line
must be assigned by the ASDT command before the key data is assigned. When the Sub Line and the My
Line belong to different tenants, use the ATNR command and clear the “Tenant-to-Tenant Restriction.”

4.

A Multi-Line key (the key for My Line and Sub Line) on the Dterm can be assigned as Prime Line. If the
Prime Line is not assigned, the My Line serves as the Prime Line. When the user goes off-hook, the Prime
Line is automatically selected on the Dterm.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 437
Issue 1

AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm

5.

A virtual line can be assigned as a Sub Line of the Dterm. The virtual line can be used the same way as the
My Line for outgoing calls and other service operations.

Note:

Virtual Line --- A virtual LENS exists only in memory, but does not exist physically. Data can be assigned
but no hardware is required:

Example: LENS = 000311. The virtual LENS is assigned by the ASDT command in the same way as an ordinary

line. (The telephone class is TEC = 18: Virtual Line)
6.

If the station user accepts the default settings, the data assignment of this command is not required. The
default data for each line/feature button is shown in Table 4-11.
Table 4-11 Default Data for Each Line/Feature Button
KEY
NO.

KEY
NO.

DEFAULT DATA

DEFAULT DATA

1

CALL PICKUP

9

PRIME LINE

2

CALL FORWARDING - BUSY LINE

10

SPEED CALLING ONE-TOUCH

3

CALL FORWARDING - ALL CALLS
CALL FORWARDING - DON’T ANSWER

11

SPEED CALLING ONE-TOUCH

4

EXECUTIVE RIGHT OF WAY

12

SPEED CALLING ONE-TOUCH

5

VOICE CALL

13

SPEED CALLING ONE-TOUCH

6

MESSAGE REMINDER

14

SPEED CALLING ONE-TOUCH

7

SAVE AND REPEAT

15

SPEED CALLING ONE-TOUCH

8

LAST NUMBER CALL

16

SPEED CALLING - SYSTEM

7.

The ability to assign Sub Line appearances across module groups is available when ASYD command
SYS1, INDEX321, bit0 = 1 is assigned. Stations can appear on Dterm which accommodated the different
module group within the same IMG.

8.

When assigning the line/feature buttons as function keys, take the following precautions:
(a) My Line key must be programmed.
(b) Not used line/feature buttons should be assigned as KYI = 0 (Not used)
(c) The following function keys are basically fixed:
FKY = 13: CONF (Three - Way Calling)
FKY = 18: TRANSFER (Call Transfer - All Calls)
FKY = 20: HOLD (Non - Exclusive Hold/Exclusive Hold)
FKY = 28: ANSWER
FKY = 51: MIC
FKY = 52: SPEAKER
FKY = 57: RECALL

CHAPTER 4
Page 438
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm

9.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.

10. There is no default key data provided for Dterm (8-button type). The key data for all the line/feature
buttons must be programmed. When assigning the key data of the line/feature button, take the following
precautions:
(a) My Line Key must be assigned in KYN = 1-8, and KYN = 9-16 should be assigned KYI = 0 (Not
used).
(b) The following function keys are basically fixed:
FKY = 13:CONF (Three-Way Calling)
FKY = 18:TRANSFER (Call Transfer-All Calls)
FKY =20: HOLD (Non-Exclusive Hold/Exclusive Hold)
FKY = 28:ANSWER
FKY = 51:MIC
FKY = 52:SPEAKER
FKY = 57:RECALL
(c) Not used line/feature buttons should be assigned KYI = 0 (Not used).
11. There is no default key data provided for Dterm (24-button type/32-button type). The key data for all of the
line/feature buttons must be programmed. When assigning the key data of the line/feature button, take the
following precautions:
(a) My Line Key must be assigned in KYN = 1-24, and KYN = 25-40 should be assigned KYI = 0 (Not
used).
My Line in KYN = 17-24 cannot be assigned without assigning any Line Key or any Function Key in
KYN = 1-16.
(b) The following function keys are basically fixed.
FKY = 13:CONF (Three-Way Calling)
FKY = 18:TRANSFER (Call Transfer-All Calls)
FKY = 20:HOLD (Non-Exclusive Hold/Exclusive Hold)
FKY = 28:ANSWER
FKY = 51:MIC
FKY = 52:SPEAKER
FKY = 57:RECALL
(c) Not used line/feature buttons should be assigned KYI = 0 (Not used).
NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 439
Issue 1

AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm

12. When using 16 ELCJ (SR 3295, PROG-B or later), the FKY = 49: Speed Calling-One Touch can be
assigned to a maximum of 16 Key Numbers (KYNS).
Note 1: Speed Calling-One Touch data can be saved by the BOSD command.
Note 2: Assign the data to the Key Numbers (KYN) in the consecutive order.

13. For Call Forwarding-Busy Line and Call Forwarding-Don’t Answer, refer to ASYD SYS1 Index5
(separate/common access for C.F.-Busy Line and C.F.-Don’t Answer). If common access codes are
assigned, only one key is required to activate the features. If separate access codes are assigned, separate
function keys must be assigned.
14.  The FKY = 55: One-Touch changeover (PAGE) should be assigned when registering
destination numbers greater than 20 as one-touch speed calling codes.


Note:

The FKY = 55: One-Touch changeover (PAGE) should be assigned when registering
destination numbers greater than 16 as one-touch speed calling codes.

Each one-touch button is assigned a 2-page memory (Page 0 and Page 1). One destination number can be
assigned on a page basis. When originating an outgoing call, the page of one-touch button can be
designated by this function key.

15. In conjunction with intercom service, take the following precautions:
(a) Before assigning the Intercom Key Data using this command, assign the Intercom Group Data using
the command AICD/ADIM.
(b) When providing the Intercom service, assign “The response priority when the SPEAKER button is
pressed or the station goes off-hook” in the parameter PRI. When not providing the Intercom service,
assign PRI = 0.
16. When this command is used, the ELC card must be reinitialized (MB switch UP-DOWN).
17. A maximum of 8 soft keys can be assigned via the function key (FKY=122).
Note:

6 soft keys available at the maximum when page scroll key soft key is displayed on the LCD.

18. Soft key data to be assigned via the function key (FKY=122) is not available for having the different
function per each condition on the Dterm.
19. The same function data can not be assigned to both function key and soft key.
20. Expanded Multiple Line Operation - Dterm [E-26] service is available only when “KD = 0 (Line)” is
entered. This service is not available when “KD = 1 (Intercom)” or “KD = 2 (DSS Key)” is assigned.

CHAPTER 4
Page 440
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

20

21

22

23

24

19

Line/Feature
Buttons

MIC O

1

2
ABC

3
DEF

4
GHI

5
JKL

6
MNO

FNC

7
PQRS

8
TUV

9
WXYD

CNF

0
OPER

#

TRF

ANS

HOLD

RECALL

LINE
/SPD

SPKR

1

7

2

8

3

9

4

10

5

11

6

12

Figure 4-3 Dterm Series III (24-Button Type)

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

010

011

012

013

014

015

016

2
ABC

3
DEF

RECALL

4
GHI

5
JKL

6
MNO

FNC

7
PQRS

8
TUV

9
WXYD

CNF

0
OPER

#

LINE
/SPD

TRF

ANS

SPKR

Line/Feature
Buttons

MIC O

1

HOLD

Figure 4-4 Dterm Series III (16-Button Type)
NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 441
Issue 1

AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

2
ABC

3
DEF

RECALL

4
GHI

5
JKL

6
MNO

FNC

7
PQRS

8
TUV

9
WXYD

CNF

0
OPER

#

LINE
/SPD

TRF

ANS

SPKR

MIC O

1

HOLD

Figure 4-5 Dterm Series III (8-Button Type)

CHAPTER 4
Page 442
Issue 1

NDA-24298

Line/Feature
Buttons

AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Key No.

4
Feature

6
Recall

1
Conf

0

#

7

5

3

8

Hold

Transfer

Answer

Speaker

2
Redial

FLEX KEY

Figure 4-6 Dterm Series E (8-Button Type without LCD)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Key No.

4
Feature

6
Recall

1
Conf

0

#

7

5

3

8

Hold

Transfer

Answer

Speaker

2
Redial

FLEX KEY

Figure 4-7 Dterm Series E (8-Button Type with LCD)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 443
Issue 1

AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm

1

Key No.

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

4
Feature

6
Recall

1
Conf

0

#

7

5

3

8

Hold

Transfer

Answer

Speaker

2
Redial

FLEX KEY

Figure 4-8 Dterm Series E (16-Button Type)

Note

1

2

3

4

5

6

4
Feature

6
Recall

7

8

9

0

#

1
Conf

2
Redial

7

5

3

8

Hold

Transfer

Answer

Speaker

FLEX KEY

Note:

These keys can be used as either Line/Trunk/Feature key or DSS key (See Figure 4-10).
Figure 4-9 Dterm Series E (32-Button Type)

CHAPTER 4
Page 444
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm

(1)

EXIT

HELP

KEY NUMBER appearance
1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

5
11
17
23
25
27
29
31

6
12
18
24
26
28
30
32

Line / Trunk / Feature Key
Dss Key

(3)

(2)
EXIT

HELP

EXIT

KEY NUMBER appearance
1
7
13
19

2
8
14
20

3
9
15
21

4
10
16
22

5
11
17
23
25
27
29
31

HELP

KEY NUMBER appearance

6
12
18
24
26
28
30
32

1
7
13
19

2
8
14
20

3
9
15
21

4
10
16
22

5
11
17
23
25
27
29
31

6
12
18
24
26
28
30
32

The Key arrangement designated by the ADKS command.
(1)
Line/Trunk key, Feature key X 16 + DSS key X 16
(2)
Line/Trunk key, Feature key X 24 + DSS key X 8
(3)
Line/Trunk key, Feature key X 32

Note:

When the Add-On Module is used, a maximum number of assignable Line/Feature keys is 16 even if
Pattern (2) or (3) is adopted.
Figure 4-10 Key Number Appearance of Dterm Series E

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 445
Issue 1

AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm

3. Data Entry Instructions
PRI
L: As per Preference pattern when
PRI LINE PREFERENCE
the SPEAKER button is pressed.
1
3
2
D: Dial Intercom Line (Ringing
L
0
Station)
D
L
1
A: Automatic Intercom Line
A
L
2
(Ringing Station)
M
L
3
M: Manual Intercom Line
A
L
M
4
(Signaling Station)

S
OFF-HOOK suppression
0=NO

1=Yes

MY LINE

SPK
This data is only available in
the case of LN PRE=Customize.
0 = Prime Line Preference
1 = Idle Line Preference
2 = Incoming Line Preference
3 = Ringing Line Preference

TENANT NUMBER STATION NUMBER
(TN)
(STN)

PRIME LINE
PRIORITY
OF
TENANT STATION
ANSWERING
NUMBER NUMBER
CALL
(PL TN)
(PL STN)
(PRI)
0~4

ALLOW OG MESSAGE
FROM
WAITING
LINE
PRIME
DATA
PREFERENCE
LINE
DISPLAY
(LN PRE)
(S)
SELECTION
0/1
0/1
(MWD)
0/1

LINE
PREFERENCE
FOR SPEAKER
BUTTON
(SPK)
0~3

ANS
This data is only available in case
of LN PRE=Customize.
0 = Prime Line Preference
1 = Incoming Line Preference
2 = Ringing Line Preference

ORG
This data is only available in case of
LN PRE=1.
0 = Prime Line Preference
1 = Idle Line Preference

LINE
PREFERENCE
FOR ANSWER
BUTTON
(ANS)
0~2

LINE
PREFERENCE
FOR
OUT GOING
BUTTON
(ORG)
0/1

TYPE OF
DTERM
(TP)
0~3

LN PRE

MWD
0 = MW data display on the top line
1 = MW data display on the bottom line

0 = Prime Line pickup
1 = Customize (Line
Preference data are to
be set for the other
buttons)

TP

The data assigned to the parameter "TP" may
differ depending on the parameter "KYI", or
DATA
"KYI2".
Dterm Series III
Dterm Series E
Note 1: When no data is assigned to KYN2,
8-button or 16-button type
8-button or 16-button type
0
the system recognizes as TP=0.
24-button type or 16-button type
32-button type (with Add on Module)
1
Note 2: (1) When no data is assigned to
with Add on Module
KYN=17 or later/KYN2, the sys2
tem recognizes as TP=0.
8/16-button
type
+
FLEX
keys
8/16-button type + FLEX keys
Note 1
(2) When data is assigned to KYN=17
24-button type + FLEX keys or
32-button type (with Add on Module)
3
or later and no data is assigned to
Note 2 16-button type with Add on Module + FLEX Keys
KYN2, the system recognizes as
+ FLEX keys
TP=1.
MEANING

CHAPTER 4
Page 446
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm

• For the Line/Feature keys

FKY
See the Table 4-12.

KEY
NUMBER
(KYN)

SERVICE
CONDITION
(KYI)
0-2

KD
0 = Line
1 = Intercom
2 = DSS Key

FEATURE KEY
CODE
(FKY)

ICM
0 = Automatic
1 = Manual
2 = Dial

G-ID
Enter unique number
for each Intercom group
within the range from 1
to 50.

MULTI LINE

KIND
OF LINE
(KD)
0-2

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

RING
INFORMATION FOR
EACH LINE (RG)

INTERCOM
KIND OF GROUP ID
INCOM
NUMBER
(ICM)
(G-ID)
0-2
1-50

1
2

KYI
Enter the type of keys.
0 = Key is not used
1 = Function Key
2 = Multi-Line

RG
See the Table 4-13 for RG data 0-7.

• For the Flex keys

KYI 2
Enter the type of keys.
0 = Key is not used 1 = Function Key

KEY
NUMBER
(KYN)

FKY 2
See the Table 4-12.

SERVICE CONDITION
FEATURE KEY CODE for
for FLEX KEYS
FLEX KEYS
(KYI 2)
(FKY2)
0/1

1
2

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 447
Issue 1

AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm

Table 4-12 FKY

*
*

*
*
*

* * *
*

* * * *

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

FKY
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102-112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121

*

Data Transfer (DTX)
Message Waiting Lamp (MW)
OAI Key Code 1

10
11

*

31
32
33
34

9

FKY(1-320)
Service name
OAI Key Code 2
OAI Key Code 3
OAI Key Code 4
OAI Key Code 5
OAI Key Code 6
OAI Key Code 7
OAI Key Code 8
OAI Key Code 9
OAI Key Code 10
OAI Key Code 11
OAI Key Code 12
OAI Key Code 13
UCD Call Waiting Lamp
(In case Business Application)/END
(END)/(In case Hotel Application)
/OAI Key Code 14
Privacy Release
48
Speed Calling - One Touch
49
Do Not Disturb
50
Microphone
51
Speaker
52
53-54
PAGE
55
OFF/ON HOOK FOR HEADSET
56
Recall
57
58
Release Key
59
Manual Signaling Key
60
61-82
Retain Conference
83
Serial Call
84
Internal Zone Paging
85
86
Wake Up Set (Note 1)
87
Wake Up Reset
88
89
Do Not Disturb Set (Note 2)
FKY
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47

*

21
22
23-25
26
27
28
29
30

Service name
Call Forwarding-Busy Line
Call Forwarding-All Calls
Executive Right of Way
Call Waiting
Call Back
Message Reminder
Save and Repeat
Last number call
Boss-Secretary-Message
Waiting Lamp Control; Set
Call Hold
Boss-Secretary-Message
Waiting Lamp Control; Cancel
Call Pickup-Group
Three-way Calling
Voice Call
Speed Calling-System
Function
CAS SHF
Call Transfer - All Calls
UCD Busy Out
Non-Exclusive
Hold/Exclusive Hold (Hold)
Flash Button
Call Forwarding-Don't Answer
Speed Calling-Station
Originate (ORG)
Answer (ANS)
Data (DATA)
Display/Auto (DSPY/AUTO)

* *

FKY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132-320

Service name
Do Not Disturb Reset
Room Cut Off Set (Note 3)
Room Cut Off Reset
Message Waiting Set (Note 4)
Message Waiting Reset
Check In
Check Out
Status
Audit
Enter
Clear Enter
END
Call ID change display
Call pickup expand
Ringer mute
Call Return
Next page of software keys
(Scroll key)
Previous page of software keys
(Back Scroll Key)
Soft Key Assignment
Off Hook Ringing (OFR)
Mute (MUTE)
Head Set (HSET)
PS key
Boss Move
Call Block
Call Trace
Disconnect Key
-

This service is activated without releasing service restriction by ASFC. (Whether the service is restricted or not, this feature is activated.)
Note 1: For Guest Dterm in the Hotel application, this FKY is used for the WU status lamp.
Note 2: For Guest Dterm in the Hotel application, this FKY is used for the DND status lamp.
Note 3: For Guest Dterm in the Hotel application, this FKY is used for the RC status lamp.
Note 4: For Guest Dterm in the Hotel application, this FKY is used for the MW status lamp.

CHAPTER 4
Page 448
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm

Table 4-13 RG
RINGING
RG (0-7)

DELAY TIME
DAY

NIGHT

0

NO (No Ringing)

No Ringing

1

YES (Ringing)

No Ringing

0 sec.

2

NO (No Ringing)

Ringing

0 sec.

3

Not used

Not used

4

YES (Ringing)

Ringing

30 sec.

5

YES (Ringing)

Ringing

20 sec.

6

YES (Ringing)

Ringing

10 sec.

4. Data Sheet
(a) When KD = 0/1 (for key assignment of Line key/Intercom key)
MY LINE
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION NUMBER
(STN)

PRIME LINE
ALLOW MESSAGE
PRIORITY
LINE
OG
WAITING
OF
LINE
PREFERENCE
FROM
DATA
ANSWERING TENANT STATION
PRIME
DISPLAY PREFERENCE FOR SPEAKER
CALL
(LN PRE)
BUTTON
NUMBER NUMBER
LINE SELECTION
(PRI)
0/1
(SPK)
(PL TN) (PL STN)
(S)
(MWD)
0-4
0-3
0/1
0/1

LINE
PREFERENCE
FOR ANSWER
BUTTON
(ANS)
0-2

MULTI LINE
KEY
NUMBER
(KYN)

SERVICE
CONDITION
(KYI)
0–2

FEATURE
KEY CODE
(FKY)
1-320

KIND OF
LINE
(KD)
0-2

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

LINE
PREFERENCE
TYPE OF
FOR
DTERM
OUTGOING
(TP)
BUTTON
0-3
(ORG)
0/1

INTERCOM
RING
INFORMATION
FOR
EACH LINE
(RG)
0-7

KIND OF
INCOM
(ICM)
0-2

GROUP
ID
NUMBER
(G-ID)
1-50

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 449
Issue 1

AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm

MY LINE
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION NUMBER
(STN)

PRIME LINE
ALLOW MESSAGE
PRIORITY
LINE
OG
WAITING
OF
LINE
PREFERENCE
FROM
DATA
ANSWERING TENANT STATION
PRIME
DISPLAY PREFERENCE FOR SPEAKER
CALL
(LN PRE)
BUTTON
NUMBER NUMBER
LINE SELECTION
(PRI)
0/1
(SPK)
(PL TN) (PL STN)
(S)
(MWD)
0-4
0-3
0/1
0/1

LINE
PREFERENCE
FOR ANSWER
BUTTON
(ANS)
0-2

MULTI LINE
KEY
NUMBER
(KYN)

SERVICE
CONDITION
(KYI)
0–2

FEATURE
KEY CODE
(FKY)
1-320

KIND OF
LINE
(KD)
0-2

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

CHAPTER 4
Page 450
Issue 1

NDA-24298

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

LINE
PREFERENCE
TYPE OF
FOR
DTERM
OUTGOING
(TP)
BUTTON
0-3
(ORG)
0/1

INTERCOM
RING
INFORMATION
FOR
EACH LINE
(RG)
0-7

KIND OF
INCOM
(ICM)
0-2

GROUP
ID
NUMBER
(G-ID)
1-50

AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm

MULTI LINE
KEY
NUMBER
(KYN)

SERVICE
CONDITION
(KYI)
0–2

FEATURE
KEY CODE
(FKY)
1-320

KIND OF
LINE
(KD)
0-2

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

INTERCOM
RING
INFORMATION
FOR
EACH LINE
(RG)
0-7

KIND OF
INCOM
(ICM)
0-2

GROUP
ID
NUMBER
(G-ID)
1-50

27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
Note 1: When KYI = None, it is not necessary to assign any data.
Note 2: When KYI = FUNCTION, assign data for FKY only.
Note 3: When KYI = Multi-Line, assign data for multiple telephone only.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 451
Issue 1

AKYD : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm

(b) When KD = 2 (for key assignment of DSS Console).

KEY NUMBER

TENANT NUMBER
(TN)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

CHAPTER 4
Page 452
Issue 1

NDA-24298

STATION NUMBER
(STN)

AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number

AKYD_T: Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number
1. General
This command assigns the Line Key, Function Key, Intercom Key, and DSS Key data corresponding to each
line/feature button on a Dterm. The station data of AKYD command can be assigned by using Telephone
Number.
2. Precautions
1.

Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the
ALGSL command is not available in this command.

2.

In case logging in to a LN, only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged-in
node can be used in this command. Also, when logging in to the NCN, the data memory of the whole
nodes in the network is to be written.

3.

Prior to this command, Telephone Numbers must be allocated by using the ALGSN command. Only the
Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the ALGSL
command is not available in this command.

4.

The Dterm series III (16-button type) and Dterm series E have the default key data. (Refer to Precautions 8.)
If the default data is to be used, assignment in AKYD/AKYD_T is not necessary. The table below shows
the specification pertaining to data assignment for the D term.
Table 4-14 Data Assignment for the Dterm
TYPE OF Dterm

Series III

Series E

5.

Note:

6.

LINE/FEATURE BUTTON NUMBER OF BUTTONS

8-button type

KYN = 1-8

8

16-button type

KYN = 1-16

16

24-button type

KYN = 1-24

24

8-button type

KYN = 1-8

8

16-button type

KYN = 1-16

16

32-button type

See Figure 4-7

32

Before assigning the key data for a Dterm using this command, be sure to assign the station data of the
Dterm using the ASDT command (TN, STN, TEC = 12 (Dterm)). The station number assigned by the
ASDT command is referred to as “MY LINE”. Note
This “MY LINE” corresponds to the physical port associated with the LENS of a ELC card.
By assigning another station line to a feature button using this command, an incoming call terminated to a
station line other than My Line can be answered or can be transferred to elsewhere as in the case of the My
Line. A station line other than My Line is referred to as a “Sub Line.” A “Sub Line” can be assigned not
only to a Dterm but to any conventional telephone. In addition, the station data for My Line and Sub Line
must be assigned by the ASDT command before the key data is assigned. When the Sub Line and the My
Line belong to different tenants, use the ATNR command and clear the “Tenant-to-Tenant Restriction.”

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 453
Issue 1

AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number

7.

A Multi-Line key (the key for My Line and Sub Line) on the Dterm can be assigned as Prime Line. If the
Prime Line is not assigned, the My Line serves as the Prime Line. When the user goes off-hook, the Prime
Line is automatically selected on the Dterm.

8.

A virtual line can be assigned as a Sub Line of the Dterm. The virtual line can be used the same way as the
My Line for outgoing calls and other service operations. Note

Note:

Virtual Line --- A virtual LENS exists only in memory, but does not exist physically. Data can be assigned
but no hardware is required.

Example: LENS = 000311. The virtual LENS is assigned by the ASDT command in the same way as an ordinary

line. (The telephone class is TEC = 18: Virtual Line)
9.

If the station user accepts the default settings, the data assignment of this command is not required. The
default data for each line/feature button is shown below.
Table 4-15 Default Data for Each Line/Feature Button
KEY
NO.

KEY
NO.

DEFAULT DATA

DEFAULT DATA

1

CALL PICKUP

9

PRIME LINE

2

CALL FORWARDING - BUSY LINE

10

SPEED CALLING ONE-TOUCH

3

CALL FORWARDING - ALL CALLS
CALL FORWARDING - DON’T ANSWER

11

SPEED CALLING ONE-TOUCH

4

EXECUTIVE RIGHT OF WAY

12

SPEED CALLING ONE-TOUCH

5

VOICE CALL

13

SPEED CALLING ONE-TOUCH

6

MESSAGE REMINDER

14

SPEED CALLING ONE-TOUCH

7

SAVE AND REPEAT

15

SPEED CALLING ONE-TOUCH

8

LAST NUMBER CALL

16

SPEED CALLING - SYSTEM

10. The ability to assign Sub Line appearances across module groups is available when ASYD command
SYS1, INDEX321, bit0 = 1 is assigned. Stations can appear on Dterm which accommodated the different
module group within the same IMG.
11. When assigning the line/feature buttons as function keys, take the following precautions:
(a) My Line key must be programmed.
(b) Not used line/feature buttons should be assigned as KYI = 0 (Not used)
(c) The following function keys are basically fixed:
FKY = 13:
FKY = 18:
FKY = 20:
FKY = 28:
FKY = 51:
FKY = 52:
FKY = 57:
CHAPTER 4
Page 454
Issue 1

CONF (Three - Way Calling)
TRANSFER (Call Transfer - All Calls)
HOLD (Non - Exclusive Hold/Exclusive Hold)
ANSWER
MIC
SPEAKER
RECALL
NDA-24298

AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number

12. The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.
13. There is no default key data provided for Dterm (8-button type). The key data for all the line/feature
buttons must be programmed. When assigning the key data of the line/feature button, take the following
precautions:
(a) My Line Key must be assigned in KYN = 1-8, and KYN = 9-16 should be assigned KYI = 0 (Not
used).
(b) The following function keys are basically fixed:
FKY = 13:
FKY = 18:
FKY = 20:
FKY = 28:
FKY = 51:
FKY = 52:
FKY = 57:

CONF (Three-Way Calling)
TRANSFER (Call Transfer-All Calls)
HOLD (Non-Exclusive Hold/Exclusive Hold)
ANSWER
MIC
SPEAKER
RECALL

(c) Not used line/feature buttons should be assigned KYI = 0 (Not used).
14. There is no default key data provided for Dterm (24-button type/32-button type). The key data for all of the
line/feature buttons must be programmed. When assigning the key data of the line/feature button, take the
following precautions:
(a) My Line Key must be assigned in KYN = 1-24, and KYN = 25-40 should be assigned KYI = 0 (Not
used).
My Line in KYN = 17-24 cannot be assigned without assigning any Line Key or any Function Key in
KYN = 1-16.
(b) The following function keys are basically fixed.
FKY = 13:
FKY = 18:
FKY = 20:
FKY = 28:
FKY = 51:
FKY = 52:
FKY = 57:

CONF (Three-Way Calling)
TRANSFER (Call Transfer-All Calls)
HOLD (Non-Exclusive Hold/Exclusive Hold)
ANSWER
MIC
SPEAKER
RECALL

(c) Not used line/feature buttons should be assigned KYI = 0 (Not used).
15. When using 16 ELCJ (SR 3295, PROG-B or later), the FKY = 49: Speed Calling-One Touch can be
assigned to a maximum of 16 Key Numbers (KYNS).
Note 1: Speed Calling-One Touch data can be saved by the BOSD command.
Note 2: Assign the data to the Key Numbers (KYN) in the consecutive order.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 455
Issue 1

AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number

16. For Call Forwarding-Busy Line and Call Forwarding-Don’t Answer, refer to ASYD SYS1 Index5
(separate/common access for C.F.-Busy Line and C.F.-Don’t Answer). If common access codes are
assigned, only one key is required to activate the features. If separate access codes are assigned, separate
function keys must be assigned.
17.  The FKY = 55: One-Touch changeover (PAGE) should be assigned when registering
destination numbers greater than 20 as one-touch speed calling codes.


Note:

The FKY = 55: One-Touch changeover (PAGE) should be assigned when registering
destination numbers greater than 16 as one-touch speed calling codes.

Each one-touch button is assigned a 2-page memory (Page 0 and Page 1). One destination number can be
assigned on a page basis. When originating an outgoing call, the page of one-touch button can be
designated by this function key.

18. In conjunction with intercom service, take the following precautions:
(a) Before assigning the Intercom Key Data using this command, assign the Intercom Group Data using
the command AICD/ADIM.
(b) When providing the Intercom service, assign “The response priority when the SPEAKER button is
pressed or the station goes off-hook” in the parameter PRI. When not providing the Intercom service,
assign PRI = 0.
19. When this command is used, the ELC card must be reinitialized (MB switch UP-DOWN).
20. A maximum of 8 soft keys can be assigned via the function key (FKY=122).
Note:

6 soft keys available at the maximum when page scroll key soft key is displayed on the LCD.

21. Soft key data to be assigned via the function key (FKY=122) is not available for having the different
function per each condition on the Dterm.
22. The same function data can not be assigned to both function key and soft key.
23. Expanded Multiple Line Operation - Dterm [E-26] service is available only when “KD = 0 (Line)” is
entered. This service is not available when “KD = 1 (Intercom)” or “KD = 2 (DSS Key)” is assigned.

CHAPTER 4
Page 456
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number

3. Data Entry Instructions

PRI
0
1
2
3
4

PRI
L: As per Preference pattern when
the SPEAKER button is pressed.
D: Dial Intercom Line
(Ringing Station)
A: Automatic Intercom Line
(Ringing Station)
M: Manual Intercom Line
(Signaling Station)

LINE PREFERENCE
1
3
2
L
D
L
A
L
M
L
A
L
M

ANS
This data is only available in case of LN PRE=1.
0 = Prime Line Preference
1 = Incoming Line Preference
2 = Ringing Line Preference

MY LINE
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)

PRIORITY OF
ANSWERING
CALL
(PRI)
0-4

ALLOW OG
FROM
PRIME
LINE
(S)
0/1

PRIME LINE
USER GROUP
NUMBER
(PL UGN)

MESSAGE
WAITING DATA
DISPLAY
SELECTION
(MWD)
0/1

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(PL TELN)

LINE
PREFERENCE
FOR SPEAKER
BUTTON
(SPK)
0-3

LINE
PREFERENCE
(LN PRE)
0/1

S
OFF-HOOK suppression
0=No
1=Yes

TP
MEANING
0
1

Dterm Series III

Dterm Series E

8-button or 16-button type

8-button or 16-button type

24-button type or 16-button type

32-button type (with Add on Module)

with Add on Module

2
Note 1
3
Note 2

8/16-button type + FLEX keys

8/16-button type + FLEX keys

24-button type + FLEX keys or

32-button type (with Add on Module)

16-button type with Add on Module

+ FLEX Keys

+ FLEX keys

LINE
PREFERENCE
FOR ANSWER
BUTTON
(ANS)
0-2

LN PRE
0 = Prime Line pickup
1 = Customize (Line
Preference data are to
be set for the other
buttons)

MWD
0 = MW data display on the top line
1 = MW data display on the bottom line

DATA

ORG
This data is only available in case of
LN PRE=1.
0 = Prime Line Preference
1 = Idle Line Preference

LINE
PREFERENCE
FOR
OUT GOING
BUTTON
(ORG)
0/1

TYPE OF
DTERM
(TP)
0-3

SPK
This data is only available in case of LN PRE =1
0 = Prime Line Preference
1 = Idle Line Preference
2 = Incoming Line Preference
3 = Ringing Line Preference

The data assigned to the parameter “TP” may
differ depending on the parameter “KYI”, or
“KYI2”. See the below.
Note 1: When no data is assigned to KYN2,
the system recognizes as TP=0.
Note 2: (1) When no data is assigned to
KYN=17 or later/KYN2, the system recognizes as TP=0.
(2) When data is assigned to KYN=17
or later and no data is assigned to
KYN2, the system recognizes as
TP=1.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 457
Issue 1

AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number

Note:

The existing data can be readout by pressing "Get” button after UGN and TELN data is entered.

•

For the Line/Feature keys

FKY
See the Table on the next
page.

KD
0 = Line
1 = Intercom
2 = DSS Key

G-ID
Enter unique number for each Intercom
group within the range from 1 to 50.

MULTILINE
SERVICE
FEATURE
KIND
KEY
USER
CONDITION
KEY
CODE
OF
LINE
NUMBER
GROUP TELEPHONE NUMBER
(KYI)
(FKY)
(KD)
(KYN)
(ML TELN)
NUMBER
0-2
1-320
0-2
(ML UGN)

INTERCOM
RING
INFORMATION FOR
EACH
LINE
(RG)
0-7

KIND OF
INTERCOM
(ICM)
0-2

1
2

KYI
Enter the type of keys.
0 = Key is not used
1 = Function Key
2 = Multi-Line

•

RG
See the Table on the next
page.

For the Flex keys

KEY
NUMBER
(KYN 2)

SERVICE
CONDITION FOR
FLEX KEYS
(KYI 2)
0/1

FEATURE KEY
CODE FOR FLEX
KEYS
(FKY)

1
2

KYI 2
Enter the type of keys.
0 = Key is not used

CHAPTER 4
Page 458
Issue 1

1 = Function Key

NDA-24298

ICM
0 = Automatic
1 = Manual
2 = Dial

GROUP
ID
NUMBER
(G-ID)
1-50

AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number

Table 4-16 FKY

*

* * * *

21
22
23-25
26
27
28
29
30

FKY
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102-112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120

*

FKY(1-320)
Service name
Data Transfer (DTX)
Message Waiting Lamp (MW)
UCD Call Waiting Lamp
(In case Business Application)/End
(END)/(In case Hotel Application)
Privacy Release
Speed Calling - One Touch
Do Not Disturb
Microphone
Speaker
PAGE
OFF/ON HOOK FOR HEADSET
Recall
Release Key
Manual Signaling Key
Retain Conference
Serial Call
Internal Zone Paging
Wake Up Set (Note 1)
Wake Up Reset
Do Not Disturb Set (Note 2)
Do Not Disturb Reset
Room Cut Off Set (Note 3)
Room Cut Off Reset
Message Waiting Set (Note 4)

*

*

*

*

48
49
50
51
52
53-54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61-82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93

*

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

FKY
31
32
33
34-46
47

*

* * *

10
11

Service name
Call Forwarding-Busy Line
Call Forwarding-All Calls
Executive Right of Way
Call Waiting
Call Back
Message Reminder
Save and Repeat
Last number call
Boss-Secretary-Message
Waiting Lamp Control; Set
Call Hold
Boss-Secretary-Message
Waiting Lamp Control; Cancel
Call Pickup-Group
Three-way Calling
Voice Call
Speed Calling-System
Function
CAS SHF
Call Transfer - All Calls
UCD Busy Out
Non-Exclusive
Hold/Exclusive Hold (Hold)
Flash Button
Call Forwarding-Don’t Answer
Speed Calling-Station
Originate (ORG)
Answer (ANS)
Data (DATA)
Display/Auto (DSPY/AUTO)

*

* *

FKY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132-320

Service name
Message Waiting Reset
Check In
Check Out
Status
Audit
Enter
Clear Enter
END
Call ID change display
Call pickup expand
Ringer mute
Call Return
Next page of software keys
(Scroll key)
Previous page of software keys
(Back Scroll Key)
Soft Key Assignment
Off Hook Ringing (OFR)
Mute (MUTE)
Head Set (HSET)
PS key
Boss Move
Call Block
Call Trace
Disconnect Key
-

This service is activated without releasing service restriction by ASFC. (Whether the service is restricted or not, this feature is activated.)
Note 1:
Note 2:
Note 3:
Note 4:

For Guest Dterm in the Hotel application, this FKY is used for the WU status lamp.
For Guest Dterm in the Hotel application, this FKY is used for the DND status lamp.
For Guest Dterm in the Hotel application, this FKY is used for the RC status lamp.
For Guest Dterm in the Hotel application, this FKY is used for the MW status lamp.
Table 4-17 RG
RINGING
RG (0-7)

DELAY TIME
DAY

NIGHT

0

NO (No Ringing)

No Ringing

1

YES (Ringing)

No Ringing

0 sec.

2

NO (No Ringing)

Ringing

0 sec.

3

Not used

Not used

4

YES (Ringing)

Ringing

30 sec.

5

YES (Ringing)

Ringing

20 sec.

6

YES (Ringing)

Ringing

10 sec.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 459
Issue 1

AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number

4. Data Sheet
(a) When KD = 0/1 (for Key assignment of Line key/Intercom key)
MY LINE
USER GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)
PRIORITY OF
ANSWERING
CALL
(PRI)
0-4

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)

PRIME LINE
USER GROUP
NUMBER
(PL UGN)

ALLOW
MESSAGE
OG
WAITING DATA DISFROM
PLAY
PRIME
SELECTION
LINE
(MWD)
(S)
0/1
0/1

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(PL TELN)

LINE
PREFERENCE
(LN PRE)
0/1

LINE
PREFERENCE
FOR SPEAKER
BUTTON
(SPK)
0-3

LINE
PREFERENCE
FOR ANSWER
BUTTON
(ANS)
0-2

MULTI LINE
KEY
NUMBER
(KYN)

SERVICE
CONDITION
(KYI)
0–2

FEATURE
KEY CODE
(FKY)
1-320

KIND OF
LINE
(KD)
0-2

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(ML UGN)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

CHAPTER 4
Page 460
Issue 1

NDA-24298

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(ML TELN)

LINE
PREFERENCE
FOR OUT GOING
BUTTON
(ORG)
0/1

TYPE OF
DTERM
(TP)
0-3

INTERCOM
RING
GROUP
INFORMATION KIND OF
ID
FOR
INTERCOM
NUMBER
(ICM)
EACH LINE
(G-ID)
0-2
(RG)
1-50
0-7

AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number

MULTI LINE
KEY
NUMBER
(KYN)

SERVICE
CONDITION
(KYI)
0–2

FEATURE
KEY CODE
(FKY)
1-320

KIND OF
LINE
(KD)
0-2

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(ML UGN)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(ML TELN)

INTERCOM
RING
GROUP
INFORMATION KIND OF
ID
FOR
INTERCOM
NUMBER
EACH LINE
(ICM)
(G-ID)
(RG)
0-2
1-50
0-7

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
Note 1: When KYI = None, it is not necessary to assign any data.
Note 2: When KYI = FUNCTION, assign data for FKY only.
Note 3: When KYI = Multi-Line, assign data for multiple telephone only.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 461
Issue 1

AKYD_T : Assignment of Key Data for Dterm – Telephone Number

(b) When KD = 2 (for key assignment of DSS Console).

KEY NUMBER

USER GROUP NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

CHAPTER 4
Page 462
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AFDD : Assignment of Function Display Data

AFDD: Assignment of Function Display Data
1. General
This command assigns the characters of soft key indication on a Dterm Series E.
When this command is not assigned, the default (which shows on FKY parameter description on this command)
is displayed.

24 digits

23456789
11:20
MIC

AM

WED

16

APR

DND

1997
>>>

Soft key
Soft key indication

Figure 4-11 Soft Key Indication

2. Precautions
1.

The LCD is 24 digits wide, and there are four soft keys. A maximum of 6 characters can be assigned for
each soft key indication.

2.

After the system initialization is performed, the soft key cannot be used for a minute.

3.

The new LCD display programmed via this command will change after one minute passes.

4.

When the station to be programmed is busy, the LCD display will not change until the station is released.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 463
Issue 1

AFDD : Assignment of Function Display Data

3. Data Entry Instructions
DISP
The soft key indication is
displayed when DISP has assigned
by the AFDD command.

FUNCTION KEY DATA

DISP

REMARKS

(FKY) 1-320

26

FKY(1-320) Note: The default characters are shown in the "Default display".
FKY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23-24
25
26
27-47
48
49
50
51
52-54
55
56
57-59
60
61-82
83

Service name
Call Forwarding-Busy Line
Call Forwarding-All Calls
Executive Right of Way
Call Waiting
Call Back
Save and Repeat
Boss-Secretary-Message
Waiting Lamp Control; Set
Call Hold
Boss-Secretary-Message
Waiting Lamp Control; Cancel
Call Pickup-Group
Three-way Calling
Voice Call
Speed Calling-System
CAS SHF
UCD Busy Out
Flash Button
Call Forwarding-Don't Answer
Speed Calling-Station
Privacy Release
Do Not Disturb
Microphone
PAGE
OFF/ON Hook for Headset
Manual Signaling Key
Retain Conference

Default display
FDB
FDA
E_OVR
CW
CB
S&R
MW SET
C_HOLD
MWOFF
PICK
CONF
VOICE
S-SPD
CAS
UCDBO
FLASH
FDN
G_SPD
P-RLS
DND
MIC
BPAGE
SIG
CKEEP

FKY
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102-112
113
114
115
116
117
118-119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132~320

Service name
Serial Call
Internal Zone Paging
Wake Up Set
Wake Up Reset
Do Not Disturb Set
Do Not Disturb Reset
Room Cut Off Set
Room Cut Off Reset
Message Waiting Set
Message Waiting Reset
Check In
Check Out
Status
Audit
Enter
Clear Enter
END
Call ID change display
Call pickup expand
Ringer mute
Next page of soft keys
(Scroll key)
Previous page of soft keys
(Back Scroll key)
Off Hook Ringing
MUTE
Head Set Note 1
PS Key
Boss
Call Block
Call Trace
Disconnect
-

Default display
SCALL
IZP
WUS
WUR
DDS
DDR
RCS
RCR
MWS
MWR
C/I
C/O
STS
AUD
ENT
E
END
IDCHG
GPICK
RMUTE
>>>
<<<
OHR
MUTE
HSET
PS
B_MV
IDRST
RPT
DISC
-

Note 1: When assigning the Head Set Key, enter the related data to all the Status Numbers (SN).

CHAPTER 4
Page 464
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AFDD : Assignment of Function Display Data

4. Data Sheet
FUNCTION
KEY
CODE
(FKY)

DISPLAY
MESSAGE
ON LCD
(DISP)

REMARKS

FUNCTION
KEY
CODE
(FKY)

NDA-24298

DISPLAY
MESSAGE
ON LCD
(DISP)

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 465
Issue 1

ADSL : Assignment of Dterm Soft Key on LCD

ADSL: Assignment of Dterm Soft Key on LCD
1. General
This command creates an additional soft key pattern for D term Series E.
2. Precautions
1.

Four soft keys appear on a Dterm Series E, and each soft key has four pages. This allows each soft key to
have four different functions, and a station user may turn the soft key pages over simply by pressing the
page scroll key, which may be indicated by >>>.

2.

The soft key allows different functions to be assigned depending on the call status of the Dterm Series E
station.

3.

This command creates the maximum of 16 customized key patterns.

Note:

4.

15 patterns at the maximum (SKP=0 is not used).
Soft Key Number (SKN) is the guide number to assign the function data (FKY) onto each soft key of all
the pages. SKN within a soft key pattern (SKP) is illustrated in Figure 4-12.

23456789
11:20
MIC

AM

WED

16

APR

DND

1997
>>>

SOFTWARE KEY PATTERN
(SKP)
SN = 0 (Idle)
PAGE 0

SKN 0

SKN 1

SKN 2

SKN 3

PAGE 1

SKN 4

SKN 5

SKN 6

SKN 7

PAGE 2

SKN 8

SKN 9

SKN 10

SKN 11

PAGE 3

SKN 12

SKN 13
•
•
•
•

SKN 14

SKN 15

SN = 6 (Trunk busy, BT connection)
PAGE 0

SKN 0

SKN 1

SKN 2

SKN 3

PAGE 1

SKN 4

SKN 5

SKN 6

SKN 7

PAGE 2

SKN 8

SKN 9

SKN 10

SKN 11

PAGE 3

SKN 12

SKN 13

SKN 14

SKN 15

Note 1: Available only for the Station to which Busy Service is applied.
Note 2: Available for software Release 9 or later.

Figure 4-12 Soft Key Pattern

CHAPTER 4
Page 466
Issue 1

NDA-24298

SN= 0
(Idle)
SN= 1
(Originating, DT connection)
SN= 2
(Originating, RBT connection)
SN= 3
Note 1
(Called station busy, BT connection)
SN= 4
(Communication in progress)
SN= 5
(Consultation Hold, Controlling Station)
SN= 6
Note 1
(Trunk busy, BT connection)
SN= 7 Not used
SN= 8
Note 2
(Consultation Hold when Called Station
is Busy - Controlling Station)
SN= 9
Note 2
(3-Party Conference call)
SN= 10-14 Not used
SN= 15
(others)

ADSL : Assignment of Dterm Soft Key on LCD

5.

After system initialization is performed, the soft key cannot be used for a minute.

6.

When the soft key data is set on a system basis, SKP = 0 is assigned by this command.

7.

The priority order for displaying the data in the function key area (the third line or the lowest line) is as
follows.

Priority
order

4

Displayed Data

Description

1

Services set to the function key data

The application service that is set to the function key

2

Services set to the function key data

Only when the station is idle/originating and the service set to the function key

3

Soft key assigned via
function key

When the soft key data is in the middle of being set via the function key (FKY=122)

(a)

Soft key data used on a
station basis

The soft key data assigned via the ADSL (SKP=0) and ADKS command.

(b)

Soft key used on a system
The soft key data is assigned via the ADSL (SKP=0).
basis

(c)

Default soft key data by
ROM data

Default soft key data (a) or (b) data shown above is not programmed.

8.

The LCD display is not changed for a minute, after if the soft key data is assigned to all stations in a
system using this command or the characters for the LCD display are changed using the AFDD command.

9.

When the soft key data is programmed for the busy station, the LCD display does not change until the
station becomes idle.

10. The same function data (FKY) can not be assigned to both soft key and function key.
11. The created soft key pattern, which is assigned at SKP=0, is applied to a Dterm Series E by designating the
programmed SKP number in ADKS. As for the key pattern data in SKP=0, ADKS is not necessary. If
SKP=0 is designated in ADKS, default key pattern data (refer to Table 4-12) is applied to the Dterm.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 467
Issue 1

ADSL : Assignment of Dterm Soft Key on LCD

3. Data Entry Instructions

SKP
Assign arbitrary
number within 0
through 15.
0=soft key pattern
shared in a system
1-15=soft key
pattern alloted
to each station.

SN
0 = Idle
1 = Originating (DT connection)
2 = Originating (RBT connection)
3 = Called station busy (BT connection) Note 1
4 = Communication in progress (Converse)
5 = Consultation Hold (Controlling Station)
6 = Trunk busy (BT connection)
Note 1
7 = Not used
8 = Consultation Hold when Called Station
is Busy (Controlling Station)
Note 2
9 = 3-Party Conference call
10-14 = Not used
15 = others

SKN
Soft key number (SKN)
appears on the MAT.

DISP
The soft key indication is
displayed when DISP has assigned
by the AFDD command.

SOFT KEY PATTERN

STATUS NUMBER

SKN

FUNCTION KEY DATA

(SKP) 0-15

(SN) 0-15

0-15

(FKY) 1-320

2

1
2
3

26

1

DISP

FKY(1-320) Note: The default characters are shown in the "Default display".
FKY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23-25
26
27-47
48
49
50
51
52-54
55
56
57-59
60
61-82
83
84

Service name
Call Forwarding-Busy Line
Call Forwarding-All Calls
Executive Right of Way
Call Waiting
Call Back
Save and Repeat
Boss-Secretary-Message
Waiting Lamp Control; Set
Call Hold
Boss-Secretary-Message
Waiting Lamp Control; Cancel
Call Pickup-Group
Three-way Calling
Voice Call
Speed Calling-System
CAS SHF
UCD Busy Out
Flash Button
Call Forwarding-Don't Answer
Speed Calling-Station
Privacy Release
Do Not Disturb
Microphone
PAGE
OFF/ON Hook for Headset
Manual Signaling Key
Retain Conference
Serial Call

Default display
FDB
FDA
E_OVR
CW
CB
S&R
MW SET
C_HOLD
MWOFF
PICK
CONF
VOICE
S-SPD
CAS
UCDBO
FLASH
FDN
G_SPD
P-RLS
DND
MIC
BPAGE
SIG
CKEEP
SCALL

FKY
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102-112
113
114
115
116
117
118-119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132~320

Service name
Internal Zone Paging
Wake Up Set
Wake Up Reset
Do Not Disturb Set
Do Not Disturb Reset
Room Cut Off Set
Room Cut Off Reset
Message Waiting Set
Message Waiting Reset
Check In
Check Out
Status
Audit
Enter
Clear Enter
END
Call ID change display
Call pickup expand
Ringer mute
Next page of soft keys
(Scroll key)
Previous page of soft keys
(Back Scroll key)
Off Hook Ringing
MUTE
Head Set Note 1
PS Key
Boss Move
Call Block
Call Trace
Disconnect
-

Default display
IZP
WUS
WUR
DDS
DDR
RCS
RCR
MWS
MWR
C/I
C/O
STS
AUD
ENT
E
END
IDCHG
GPICK
RMUTE
>>>
<<<
OHR
MUTE
HSET
PS
B_MV
IDRST
RPT
DISC
-

Note 1: When assigning the Head Set Key, enter the related data to all the Status Numbers (SN).
Note 1: Available only for the Station to which Busy Service is applied.
Note 2: Available for the software Release 9 or later.

CHAPTER 4
Page 468
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ADSL : Assignment of Dterm Soft Key on LCD

4. Data Sheet
SOFT KEY
PATTERN
(SKP)

STATUS
NUMBER
(SN)

SKN

FUNCTION
KEY DATA
(FKY)

DISP

REMARKS

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 469
Issue 1

ADKS : Assignment of Dterm Key Status Data

ADKS: Assignment of Dterm Key Status Data
1. General
This command assigns the soft key pattern (which is assigned by the ADSL command) onto a Dterm Series E.
Additionally, Line/Feature button and DSS key arrangement on the Dterm Series E can be specified.
2. Precautions
1.

Four soft keys appear on a Dterm Series E as shown in Figure 4-13. The function of the soft key varies
depending on the status and current functions involved which are displayed on the bottom line of LCD.

Soft keys

NEC

Help

Exit

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

#

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

Feature

Recall

Conf

Redial
Hold

Transfer Answer Speaker

Figure 4-13 Dterm Series E Key Arrangement

2.

Four different pages are prepared on the soft key for one status, and a station user can go into the next page
by pressing >>> soft key. (Instead of >>> key, the page scroll key can be programmed on a Line/Feature
button of Dterm Series E.)

3.

The character appearance on each soft key function can be modified by the AFDD command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 470
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ADKS : Assignment of Dterm Key Status Data

4.

The default key pattern (SKP = 0) of the soft keys are listed in the table below. When data 1 through 15 is
assigned in the SKP parameter, the ADSL command must be assigned to specify the soft key pattern
(SKP).
Table 4-18 Default Key Pattern
STATUS

PAGE
0

Idle

PG=0
MIC

DND

0

MIC

PICK

1

FDN

PG=1
>>>

MIC

DND

>>>

MIC

PICK

FDB

>>>

FDB

MIC

VOICE

>>>

MIC

VOICE

0

MIC

CB

>>>

MIC

CB

1

S&R

1
2
3

Originating
(DT connection)

FDA

FDA

FDN

CW

S&R

2
3
0

Originating
(RBT connection)

1
2
3

Called station busy
(BT connection)

CW

2
3
0

Communication
in progress
(Converse)

MIC

DND

>>>

MIC

DND

MIC

CONF

>>>

MIC

CONF

>>>

MIC

1
2
3
0

Consultation Hold
(SPDT connection)

1
2
3
0

Trunk busy
(BT connection)

MIC

1
2
3

Consultation Hold
when Called
Station is BusyControlling
Station

0

MIC

CB

FLASH

MIC

CB

FLASH

1
2
3

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 471
Issue 1

ADKS : Assignment of Dterm Key Status Data

Table 4-18 Default Key Pattern (Continued)
STATUS

PAGE
0

3-Party
Conference

PG=0

PG=1

MIC

>>>

MIC

MIC

>>>

MIC

1
2
3
0

Others

1
2
3

CHAPTER 4
Page 472
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ADKS : Assignment of Dterm Key Status Data

5.

Three different kinds of Line/Feature buttons and DSS key arrangements can be specified by LKP
parameter.

LKP=1 (16 Line/Feature buttons + 16DSS keys)

EXIT

HELP
Line/Feature buttons number

1
5
9
13

2
6
10
14

3
7
11
15

4
8
12
16

5
11
17
23
25
27
29
31

6
12
18
24
26
28
30
32

LKP=2 (24 Line/Feature buttons + 8DSS keys)

EXIT

HELP
Line/Feature buttons number

1
7
13
19

2
8
14
20

3
9
15
21

4
10
16
22

5
11
17
23
25
27
29
31

6
12
18
24
26
28
30
32

LKP=3 (32 Line/Feature buttons)

EXIT

HELP
Line/Feature buttons number

1
7
13
19

2
8
14
20

3
9
15
21

4
10
16
22

5
11
17
23
25
27
29
31

6
12
18
24
26
28
30
32

Note : Line/Feature button function is assigned
by the AKYD command.

Figure 4-14 Line/Feature Button and DSS Key Arrangement on Dterm Series E

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 473
Issue 1

ADKS : Assignment of Dterm Key Status Data

3. Data Entry Instructions
PG
Page change key allocation (Refer to [Precaution])
0 = Page change key appears on a soft key(>>>)
1 = Page change key disappears on a soft key.

SKP
0 = Default pattern as shown on [Precaution (4)]
1-15 = SKP assigned by the ADSL command

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)
1

STATION NUMBER
(STN)
2

5

6

4

SOFT KEY
PATTERN DATA
(SKP)
5

0

KEY PATTERN DATA
(LKP)

LCD PAGE
(PG)

1

0

LKP
Select a Line/Feature button and DSS key arrangement
1 = 16 Line/Feature buttons + 16 DSS keys
2 = 24 Line/Feature buttons + 8 DSS keys
3 = 32 Line/Feature

CHAPTER 4
Page 474
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ADKS : Assignment of Dterm Key Status Data

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION NUMBER
(STA)

SOFT KEY
PATTERN DATA
(SKP)

NDA-24298

LINE KEY PATTERN DATA
(LKP)

LCD PAGE
(PG)

CHAPTER 4
Page 475
Issue 1

ADRTL : Assignment of Dterm Display Route Data for LDM

ADRTL: Assignment of Dterm Display Route Data for LDM
1. General
This command changes the display of trunk class information on the Dterm instead of the Trunk Class (TCL)
designation of the ARTD command.
2. Precautions
1.

The data assigned in this command affects the stand alone-node and Local Node (LN).

2.

When this data is assigned to Local Data Memory (LDM) in the Fusion Network, if Network Data
Memory (NDM) has Display Route Data designated by the ADRTN commands, NDM data overrides
LDM data.

3.

The data assigned by this command is not available for ISDN stations and PS.

4.

When a call terminated from the trunk COC number has been assigned by the ACOC command, the
following is displayed on the D term as to “TYPE” parameter;
•

TYPE = 1 (4 characters) is entered, both COC number assigned by the ACOC command and 4character trunk class assigned at “DISP” parameter is displayed.

•

TYPE = 2 (8 characters) is entered, only the 8-character trunk class assigned at “DISP” parameter is
displayed.

3. Data Entry Instructions
RT
Assign Physical Route number at the non-Fusion
node.
Note: For Fusion node, assign Logical Route number
using the ADRTN command.

Route
Number
(RT)

Character
Display Type
(TYPE)
1, 2

DISP
The characters displayed on the Dterm.

Display for Trunk Class on Dterm
(DISP)

TYPE
The maximum number of characters
1 = 4 (4 bytes ASCII characters)
2 = 8 (8 bytes ASCII characters)

CHAPTER 4
Page 476
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ADRTL : Assignment of Dterm Display Route Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

CHARACTER
DISPLAY TYPE
(TYPE)
1, 2

DISPLAY FOR TRUNK CLASS ON Dterm
(DISP)

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 477
Issue 1

ADRTN : Assignment of Dterm Display Route Data for NDM

ADRTN: Assignment of Dterm Display Route Data for NDM
1. General
This command changes the display of trunk class information on the Dterm instead of the Trunk Class (TCL)
designation of the ARTD command.
This data is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN).
2. Precautions
1.

The Route Class information is displayed on all D terms of all nodes in the Fusion Network.

2.

The data assigned by this command has priority over the data assigned by the ADRTL command.

3.

This data is not available for ISDN stations and PS.

4.

When a call terminated from the trunk COC number has been assigned by ACOC command, the following
is displayed on the Dterm as to “TYPE” parameter;
•

TYPE = 1 (4 characters) is entered, both COC number assigned by ACOC command and 4-character
trunk class assigned at “DISP” parameter is displayed.

•

TYPE = 2 (8 characters) is entered, only the 8-character trunk class assigned at “DISP” parameter is
displayed.

3. Data Entry Instructions
LGRT
Assign Logical Route number at NCN in the Fusion
Network.

Logical Route
Number
(LGRT)
1-899

Character
Display Type
(TYPE)
1, 2

DISP
The characters displayed on the Dterm.

Display for Trunk Class on Dterm
(DISP)

TYPE
The maximum number of characters
1 = 4 (4 bytes ASCII characters)
2 = 8 (8 bytes ASCII characters)

CHAPTER 4
Page 478
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ADRTN : Assignment of Dterm Display Route Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
LOGICAL ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

CHARACTER
DISPLAY TYPE
(TYPE)
1, 2

DISPLAY FOR TRUNK CLASS ON Dterm
(DISP)

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 479
Issue 1

AICD : Assignment of Intercom Data

AICD: Assignment of Intercom Data
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Automatic/Annual Intercom service feature.
2. Precautions
1.

Up to 16 stations may be assigned to one Intercom group.

2.

Only Dterm(s) can have the Automatic/Manual Intercom service feature applied.

3.

A maximum number of Intercom groups within a Module Group (MG) is 50 groups, and each group is
given a unique Group ID Number (G-ID).

4.

Prior to this command, ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX59, bit7=1 (Automatic/Manual Intercom is in
service) is required.

5.

After the appropriate data has been assigned by this command, assign the AKYD command as follows:
KYI = 2, KD = 1, ICM = 0 (Automatic Intercom key)
KYI = 2, KD = 1, ICM = 1 (Manual Intercom key)
If the SIG key is required for Manual Intercom service feature, KYI = 1,FKY = 60 (Manual Signaling key).

6.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

7.

When you delete an Intercom member station away from the intercom group, you must first delete the
data assigned by the AKYD command. Then you may delete the data assigned by this (AICD) command.

8.

An Intercom member can override another Intercom station in a two-party Intercom connection. This kind
of overriding is referred to as INTERCOM BRIDGE.

CHAPTER 4
Page 480
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AICD : Assignment of Intercom Data

3. Data Entry Instructions
MG No.
Enter the Module Group number of
the Intercom group.

A/M
0 = Automatic Intercom
1 = Manual Intercom

TN
Enter the Tenant Number of the
Intercom group.

BRIDGE
AUTO/
MODULE GROUP
CALL
MANUAL
ID
GROUP
TENANT
NUMBER NUMBER SIGNALING RESTRIC- NUMBER No.
TION
(A/M)
(G-ID)
(MG No.)
(TN)
(BCR)
0/1
1-50
0/1

INTERCOM
STATION NUMBER
(ICM STN)

SIGNALLING
STATION
NUMBER
(SIG STN)

1
2
3

G-ID
Enter a unique number for each Intercom
group with a range from 1 to 50.

BCR
0 = Restricted
1 = Allowed

SIG STN
Enter the Intercom member stations
which can receive an Intercom call.

ICM STN
Enter the Intercom member stations
which can originate an Intercom call.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 481
Issue 1

AICD : Assignment of Intercom Data

4. Data Sheet
MODULE
GROUP
NUMBER
(MG No.)

GROUP
ID
NUMBER
(G-ID)
1-50

AUTO/MANUAL
SIGNALING
(A/M)
0/1

BRIDGE
CALL
RESTRICTION
(BCR)
0/1

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

NO.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

CHAPTER 4
Page 482
Issue 1

NDA-24298

INTERCOM
STATION
NUMBER
(ICMSTN)

SIGNALING
STATION
NUMBER
(SIGSTN)

AICD_T : Assignment of Intercom Data – Telephone Number

AICD_T : Assignment of Intercom Data – Telephone Number
1. General
This command is used to assign the data related to the Automatic/Manual Intercom service feature. The station
data of AICD command can be assigned by using Telephone Number instead.
2. Precautions
1.

Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the
ALGSL command is not available in this command.

2.

In case logging in to a LN, only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged-in
node can be used in this command. Also, when logging in to the NCN, the data memory of the whole
nodes in the network can be written.

3.

Up to 16 stations may be assigned to one Intercom group.

4.

Only Dterm(s) can have the Automatic/Manual Intercom service feature applied.

5.

A maximum number of Intercom groups within a Module Group (MG) is 50 groups, and each group is
given a unique Group ID Number (G-ID).

6.

Prior to this command, ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX59, bit7=1 (Automatic/Manual Intercom is in
service) is required.

7.

After the appropriate data has been assigned by this command, assign the AKYD command as follows:
KYI=2, KD=1, ICM=0 (Automatic Intercom key)
KYI=2, KD=1, ICM=1 (Manual Intercom key)
If the SIG key is required for Manual Intercom service feature, KYI=1, FKY=60 (Manual Signaling key).

8.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 8.

9.

When you delete an Intercom member station away from the intercom group, you must first delete the
data assigned by the AKYD command. Then you may delete the data assigned by this (AICD_N)
command.

10. An Intercom member can override another Intercom station in a two-party Intercom connection. This kind
of overriding is referred to as INTERCOM BRIDGE.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 483
Issue 1

AICD_T : Assignment of Intercom Data – Telephone Number

3. Data Entry Instructions

MG No.
Enter the Module Group
number of the Intercom group.

A/M
• Automatic Intercom
• Manual Intercom

G-ID
Enter a unique number for
each Intercom group within a
range from 1 to 50.

MODULE
GROUP
NUMBER
(MG No.)
00-07

ICMCT

GROUP
ID
NUMBER
(G-ID)
1-50

AUTO/MANUAL
SIGNALING
(A/M)

BCR
• Restricted
• Allowed

BRIDGE
CALL
RESTRICTION
(BCR)

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF INTERCOM
STATION
(ICM TELN)
Max. 16 digits

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CNT
The number of Intercom
Stations.

CNT

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF SIGNALLING
STATION
(SIG TELN)
Max. 16 digits

1
2

ICM TELN
Enter the Telephone Number of the
Intercom member stations which can
originate an Intercom call. Note 2

SIG TELN
Enter the Telephone Number of the
Intercom member stations which can
receive an Intercom call. Note 2

Note 1: The existing data can be readout by pressing “Get” button after MG No. and G-ID data is entered.
Note 2: When the existing Intercom Station is assigned only by Station Number, UGN data is not displayed on the

list. Allocate the Telephone Numbers to all the Intercom stations.

CHAPTER 4
Page 484
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AICD_T : Assignment of Intercom Data – Telephone Number

4. Data Sheet
MODULE
GROUP
NUMBER
(MG No.)
00-07

ICMCT

GROUP
ID
NUMBER
(G-ID)
1-50

AUTO/MANUAL
SIGNALING
(A/M)

BRIDGE
CALL
RESTRICTION
(BCR)

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF INTERCOM
STATION
(ICM TELN)
Max. 16 digits

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CNT

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF SIGNALLING
STATION
(SIG TELN)
Max. 16 digits

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
MG No.
00-07

ICMCT

G-ID
1-50

A/M

BCR

ICM TELN
Max. 16 digits

TN

CNT

UGN

SIG TELN
Max. 16 digits

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 485
Issue 1

ADIM : Assignment of Dial Intercom Data

ADIM: Assignment of Dial Intercom Data
1. General
This command assigns Dial Intercom service related data.
2. Precautions
1.

To provide Dial Intercom Service, it is necessary to assign the following data in advance:
ASYD command, SYS1, Index 59, b7 = 1

2.

The number of Dterm stations that can be accommodated in a Dial Intercom Group and also the number of
digits for Call Number (Dial Intercom STN) are determined by parameter N (Dial Intercom Digit
Number).

3.

When N = 0 is entered, a maximum of 10 Intercom Station Numbers can be assigned.
When N = 1 is entered, a maximum of 64 Intercom Station Numbers can be assigned.

4.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

5.

Enter “My Line” Station Number of D term in the ICMSTN (Dial Intercom Station Number) parameter.

6.

Compose a Dial Intercom Group with Dterm stations of the same Tenant Number (TN) under the same
Module Group (MG).

7.

From 1 to 50 Dial Intercom Groups can be composed on each Module Group (MG) basis.

8.

An Intercom member can override another Intercom station in a two-party Intercom connection. This kind
of overriding is referred to as INTERCOM BRIDGE.

3. Data Entry Instructions
N
0 = one digit (0-9)
1 = two digits (00-63)

MODULE
GROUP
NUMBER
(MG No.)

ICMCT

0
1

CHAPTER 4
Page 486
Issue 1

GROUP
ID
NUMBER
(G-ID)
1-50

BCR
0 = Restricted
1 = Allowed

DIAL INTERCOM
DIGIT
NUMBER
(N)
0/1

INTERCOM STATION
NUMBER (ICM STN)

ICMCT

BRIDGE
CALL
RESTRICTION (BCR)
0/1

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

INTERCOM STATION
NUMBER (ICM STN)

5
6

NDA-24298

REMARKS

REMARKS

ADIM : Assignment of Dial Intercom Data

4. Data Sheet
(a) Dial Intercom Digit Number: One digit (N = 0)
MODULE
GROUP
NUMBER
(MG No.)

GROUP
ID
NUMBER
(G-ID)
1-50

0
NUMBER
OF
INTERCOM
STN
(ICMCT)

INTERCOM
STATION
NUMBER (ICM STN)

NUMBER
OF
INTERCOM
STN
(ICMCT)

5

1

6

2

7

3

8

4

9
GROUP
ID
NUMBER
(G-ID)
1-50

INTERCOM STATION
NUMBER (ICM STN)

BRIDGE
CALL
RESTRICTION
(BCR)
0/1

DIAL INTERCOM
DIGIT NUMBER
(N=0)
ONE DIGIT

0
NUMBER
OF
INTERCOM
STN

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

REMARKS

0

0

MODULE
GROUP
NUMBER
(MG No.)

BRIDGE
CALL
RESTRICTION
(BCR)
0/1

DIAL INTERCOM
DIGIT NUMBER
(N=0)
ONE DIGIT

REMARKS

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

REMARKS

0
INTERCOM STATION
NUMBER
(ICM STN)

NUMBER
OF
INTERCOM
STN

0

5

1

6

2

7

3

8

4

9

INTERCOM STATION
NUMBER
(ICM STN)

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 487
Issue 1

ADIM : Assignment of Dial Intercom Data

(b) Dial Intercom Digits Number: Two digits (N = 1)
MODULE
GROUP
NUMBER
(MG No.)

GROUP
ID
NUMBER
(G-ID)
1-50

DIAL INTERCOM
DIGIT
NUMBER
(N)
0/1

BRIDGE
CALL
RESTRICTION
(BCR)
0/1

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

REMARKS

1
NUMBER OF
INTERCOM
STN
(ICM CT)

INTERCOM STATION
NUMBER (ICM STN)

NUMBER OF
INTERCOM
STN
(ICM CT)

00

32

01

33

02

34

03

35

04

36

05

37

06

38

07

39

08

40

09

41

10

42

11

43

12

44

13

45

14

46

15

47

16

48

17

49

18

50

19

51

20

52

21

53

22

54

23

55

24

56

25

57

26

58

27

59

28

60

29

61

30

62

31

63

CHAPTER 4
Page 488
Issue 1

NDA-24298

INTERCOM STATION
NUMBER
(ICM STN)

REMARKS

ADIM_T : Assignment of Dial Intercom Data – Telephone Number

ADIM_T : Assignment of Dial Intercom Data – Telephone Number
1. General
This command is used to assign Dial Intercom service related data. The station data of ADIM command can be
assigned by using Telephone Number instead.
2. Precautions
1.

Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the
ALGSL command is not available in this command.

2.

In case logging in to a LN, only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged-in
node can be used in this command. Also, when logging in to the NCN, the data memory of the whole
nodes in the network can be written.

3.

To provide Dial Intercom Service, it is necessary to assign the following data in advance:
ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 59, b7=1

4.

The number of Dterm stations that can be accommodated in a Dial Intercom Group and also the number of
digit for Call Number (Dial Intercom STN) are determined by parameter N (Dial Intercom Digit Number).

5.

When N=0 is entered, a maximum of 10 Intercom Station Numbers can be assigned.
When N=1 is entered, a maximum of 64 Intercom Station Numbers can be assigned.

6.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 8.

7.

Enter “My Line” Station Number of D term in the ICMSTN (Dial Intercom Station Number) parameter.

8.

Compose a Dial Intercom Group with Dterm stations of the same Tenant Number (TN) under the same
Module Group (MG).

9.

From 1 to 50 Dial Intercom Groups can be composed on each Module Group (MG) basis.

10. An Intercom member can override another Intercom station in a two-party Intercom connection. This kind
of overriding is referred to as INTERCOM BRIDGE.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 489
Issue 1

ADIM_T : Assignment of Dial Intercom Data – Telephone Number

3. Data Entry Instructions

N
• One digit (0-9) Dial Intercom STN
• Two digits (00-63) Dial Intercom STN

MODULE
GROUP
NUMBER
(MG No.)
00-07

NUMBER
OF
INTERCOM
STATION
(ICMCT)

GROUP
ID
NUMBER
(G-ID)
1-50

DIAL
INTERCOM
DIGIT
NUMBER
(N)

BCR
• Restricted
• Allowed

BRIDGE
CALL
RESTRICTION
(BCR)

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

NUMBER
OF
INTERCOM
STATION
(ICMCT)

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF
INTERCOM STATION
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

0
1
2

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF
INTERCOM STATION
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

5
6
7

ICM TELN
Enter the Telephone Number of each
Intercom station.

Note:

The existing data can be readout by pressing “Get” button after UGN and TELN data is entered.

CHAPTER 4
Page 490
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ADIM_T : Assignment of Dial Intercom Data – Telephone Number

4. Data Sheet
(a) Dial Intercom Digit Number: N = One digit (0-9) Dial Intercom STN
MODULE
GROUP
NUMBER
(MG No.)
00-07
NUMBER
OF
INTERCOM
STATION
(ICMCT)

GROUP ID
NUMBER
(G-ID)
1-50

DIAL
INTERCOM
DIGIT
NUMBER
(N)

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF
INTERCOM STATION
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

BRIDGE CALL
RESTRICTION
(BCR)

NUMBER
OF
INTERCOM
STATION
(ICMCT)

0

5

1

6

2

7

3

8

4

9

MODULE
GROUP
NUMBER
(MG No.)
00-07
NUMBER
OF
INTERCOM
STATION
(ICMCT)

GROUP ID NUMBER
(G-ID)
1-50

DIAL
INTERCOM
DIGIT
NUMBER
(N)

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF
INTERCOM STATION
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

BRIDGE CALL
RESTRICTION
(BCR)

NUMBER
OF
INTERCOM
STATION
(ICMCT)

0

5

1

6

2

7

3

8

4

9

NDA-24298

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

INTERCOM TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

INTERCOM
TELN NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

CHAPTER 4
Page 491
Issue 1

ADIM_T : Assignment of Dial Intercom Data – Telephone Number

(b) Dial Intercom Digits Number: N = Two digits (00-63) Dial Intercom STN
MODULE
GROUP
NUMBER
(MG No.)
00-07
NUMBER
OF
INTERCOM
STATION
(ICMCT)
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

CHAPTER 4
Page 492
Issue 1

GROUP ID NUMBER
(G-ID)
1-50

DIAL
INTERCOM
DIGIT
NUMBER
(N)

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF
INTERCOM STATION
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

BRIDGE CALL
RESTRICTION
(BCR)

NUMBER
OF
INTERCOM
STATION
(ICMCT)
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63

NDA-24298

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER OF
INTERCOM STATION
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

AIZP : Assignment of Internal Zone Paging Data

AIZP: Assignment of Internal Zone Paging Data
1. General
This command assigns Internal Zone Paging group data. If the designated group number has already been
assigned, the current data is displayed. If new data is to be assigned, the old data must be deleted before entering
new data.
2. Precautions
1.

Each Internal Zone Paging group must be composed of Dterm station (TEC = 12).

2.

A maximum of 24 stations can be assigned to one Internal Zone Paging group.

3.

A maximum of 99 groups can be assigned to one tenant.

4.

One Dterm station can be assigned to multiple Internal Zone Paging groups.

5.

Regardless of the tenant data table development, any Dterm station in the system can be assigned to an
Internal Zone Paging group.

3. Data Entry Instructions

IZPG
Enter the group number with a range from 1 to 99.

IZPSTN
Enter the station number.

TENANT NUMBER
(TN)

INTERNAL ZONE
PAGING TENANT
NUMBER (IZP TN)

INTERNAL ZONE
PAGING GROUP
(IZPG) 1-99

NUMBER OF
STATIONS (CNT)

INTERNAL ZONE
PAGING STATION
NUMBER (IZP STN)
MAXIMUM 5 DIGITS

1
2
3

IZPTN
Enter TN number of Internal Zone Paging station.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 493
Issue 1

AIZP : Assignment of Internal Zone Paging Data

4. Data Entry Instructions

TENANT NUMBER
(TN)

INTERNAL ZONE
PAGING GROUP
(IZPG)
1-99

NUMBER OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

CHAPTER 4
Page 494
Issue 1

NDA-24298

INTERNAL ZONE
PAGING TENANT
NUMBER
(IZP TN)

INTERNAL ZONE
PAGING STATION
NUMBER
(IZP STN)
MAXIMUM 5 DIGITS

AIZPN : Assignment of Internal Zone Paging Data for NDM

AIZPN: Assignment of Internal Zone Paging Data for NDM
1. General
This command is used to assign Internal Zone Paging group data in Fusion Network. The data assigned by this
command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the
NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

Each Internal Zone Paging group must be composed of Dterm station (TEC=12).

2.

A maximum of 255 Internal Zone Paging groups can be assigned in one Fusion Network.

3.

A maximum of 24 stations can be assigned to one Internal Zone Paging group.

4.

One Dterm station can be assigned to multiple Internal Zone Paging group.

5.

It is not available to arrange the member stations of an Internal Zone Paging group stretching over
multiple Nodes.

3. Data Entry Instructions

NIZPG
Enter the Internal Zone Paging group
code in the Fusion Network with a range
from 1 to 255. Note

NETWORK
INTERNAL
ZONE PAGING
GROUP ID
(NIZPG)
1-255

UGN

TELN
Enter the Telephone Number of the
member stations within Internal
Zone Paging Group.

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

REMARKS

1
1

UGN
Fixed to “1.”

Note:

The number of digit for Internal Zone Paging group ID is determined by the ASYDL/N SYS1, INDEX804,
b3 0/1: 2 digits/3 digits.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 495
Issue 1

AIZPN : Assignment of Internal Zone Paging Data for NDM

4.

Data Sheet
NETWORK
INTERNAL
ZONE PAGING
GROUP ID
(NIZPG)
1-255

CHAPTER 4
Page 496
Issue 1

UGN

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AHLS : Assignment of Hot Line Station

AHLS: Assignment of Hot Line Station
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Hot Line service feature.
2. Precautions
1.

Prior to assigning this command, the Hot Line station should be given the TEC = 14 (Hot Line class) by
the ASDT/AAST command. Additionally, TEC = 13 (Data Terminal via Dterm) and TEC = 18 (Virtual
Line Appearance) can also be applied to the Hot Line service.

2.

If you want to delete the station which applied Hot Line service, delete the Hot Line data using the AHLS
command prior to deleting the station number by the ASDT/AAST command.

3.

When the Hot Line destination is the outside party, assign the Abbreviation Digit Code (ADC) of the
speed calling number using the ASPD command.

3. Data Entry Instructions
CON TN / STN
Enter CON TN/STN data when
TYPE = 1.

TYPE
1 = Station
2 = Outside party (ADC)
3 = Trunk Line

HOTLINE
TENANT
NUMBER
(HOT TN)

HOTLINE
STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

CONNECTION DESTINATION
DESTINATION
TYPE
STATION'S STATION NUMBER
(TYPE)
TENANT
(STN)
1-3
NUMBER
(CON TN)

HOT TN
Enter the tenant number of the
Hot Line station.

CON RT / TK
Enter CON RT/TK data when
TYPE = 3 (Trunk Line).

SPEED
CALLING
CODE (ADC)
MAX. 4
DIGITS

OPPOSITE
PARTY'S
ROUTE
NUMBER
(CON RT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

ADC
Enter ADC when TYPE = 2 (Outside party).
The ADC should be assigned by the ASPD command.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 497
Issue 1

AHLS : Assignment of Hot Line Station

4. Data Sheet
(a) Connection Type: Station (Type = 1)
HOTLINE
TENANT
NUMBER
(HOT TN)

HOTLINE
STATION NUMBER
(STN)

TYPE

DESTINATION
STATION’S
TENANT
NUMBER
(CON TN)

1

CHAPTER 4
Page 498
Issue 1

NDA-24298

DESTINATION
STATION NUMBER
(STN)

REMARKS

AHLS : Assignment of Hot Line Station

(b) Connection Type: Abbreviated Digit Code (ADC) (Type = 2)

HOTLINE
TENANT
NUMBER
(HOT TN)

HOTLINE
STATION NUMBER
(STN)

TYPE

DESTINATION
STATION’S
TENANT
NUMBER
(CON TN)

SPEED CALLING
CODE
(ADC)
MAX. 4 DIGITS

REMARKS

2

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 499
Issue 1

AHLS : Assignment of Hot Line Station

(c) Connection Type: Trunk Line Appearance (Type = 3)

HOTLINE
TENANT
NUMBER
(HOT TN)

HOTLINE
STATION NUMBER
(STN)

TYPE

DESTINATION
STATION’S
ROUTE
NUMBER
(CON RT)

3

CHAPTER 4
Page 500
Issue 1

NDA-24298

OPPOSITE
PARTY’S
TRUNK NUMBER
(TK)

REMARKS

AHLSN : Assignment of Hot Line Station for NDM

AHLSN: Assignment of Hot Line Station for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Hot Line service feature. The data assigned by this command is
written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each
Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

Prior to assigning this command, the Hot Line station should be given the TEC = 14 (Hot Line class) using
the ASDT command. Additionally, TEC = 13 (Data Terminal via Dterm) and TEC = 18 (Virtual Line
Appearance) can also apply the Hot Line service.

2.

If you want to delete the station that applied Hot Line service, delete the Hot Line data using this
command prior to deleting the station number using the ASDT command.

3.

When the Hot Line destination is the outside party, assign the Abbreviation Digit Code (ADC) of the
speed calling number using the ASPD command.

3. Data Entry Instructions
TYPE
1 = Station
2 = Outside Party (ADC)
3 = Trunk Line

HOTLINE
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(HOT UGN)

HOTLINE
TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(HOT TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

CON UGN
Enter CON UGN dates when TYPE = 1/2

DESTINATION
CONNECTION
STATION’S
TYPE
USRE GROUP
(TYPE)
NUMBER
1-3
(CON UGN)

DESTINATION
TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(CON TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

CON LGRT/TK
Enter CON LGRT/TK data when
TYPE = 3 (Trunk Line)

SPEED
CALLING
CODE
(ADC)
MAX.
4 DIGITS

OPPOSITE
PARTY’S
TRUNK
LOGICAL
NUMBER
ROUTE
(CON TK)
NUMBER
(CON LGRT)

1
1

HOT UGN
Fixed “1”.

CON TELN
When TYPE = 1, enter the connected
party’s telephone number.

NDA-24298

ADC
Enter ADC when TYPE = 2 (Outside party). The ADC
should be assigned by the ASPD command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 501
Issue 1

AHLSN : Assignment of Hot Line Station for NDM

4. Data Sheet
(a) Connection Type: Station (Type = 1)

HOTLINE
USER GROUP
NUMBER
(HOT UGN)

HOTLINE
TELEPHONE NUMBER
(HOT TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

TYPE

DESTINATION
STATION’S
USER GROUP
NUMBER
(CON UGN)

1

CHAPTER 4
Page 502
Issue 1

NDA-24298

DESTINATION
TELEPHONE NUMBER
(CON TELN)

AHLSN : Assignment of Hot Line Station for NDM

(b) Connection Type: Abbreviated Digit Code (ADC) (Type = 2)

HOTLINE
USER GROUP
NUMBER
(HOT UGN)

HOTLINE
TELEPHONE NUMBER
(HOT TELN)

TYPE

DESTINATION’S
USER GROUP
NUMBER
(CON UGN)

SPEED CALLING
CODE (ADC)
MAX. 4 DIGITS

REMARKS

2

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 503
Issue 1

AHLSN : Assignment of Hot Line Station for NDM

(c) Connection Type: Trunk Line Appearance (Type = 3)

HOTLINE
USER GROUP
NUMBER
(HOT UGN)

HOTLINE
TELEPHONE NUMBER
(HOT TELN)

TYPE

3

CHAPTER 4
Page 504
Issue 1

NDA-24298

DESTINATION
STATION’S
LOGICAL ROUTE
NUMBER
(CON LGRT)

OPPOSITE
PARTY’S
TRUNK NUMBER
(TK)

ADA1_T : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 1 – Telephone Number

ADA1_T : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 1 – Telephone Number
1. General
This command is used to assign and delete Attribute Data 1 for each terminal (DTE). Attribute Data 1 is stored
as the office data of the switching unit, and is rarely modified in normal operation. Attribute Data 2, on the other
hand, is stored on the data terminal side and is modified in the course of operation. The station data can be
assigned by using Telephone Number.
2. Precautions
1.

Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the
ALGSL command is not available in this command.

2.

In case logging in to a LN, only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged-in
node can be used in this command. Also, when logging in to the NCN, the data memory of the whole
nodes in the network can be written.

3.

This data can be set for the following TEC (Telephone Equipment Class):
TEC = 13 (DTE via Dterm)
Refer to ASDT/AAST command.

3. Data Entry Instructions
See the data sheet in Section 4.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 505
Issue 1

ADA1_T : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 1 – Telephone Number

4. Data Sheet
User Group Number (UGN)
CDN
Telephone Number (TELN) Max. 16 digits

1

2

Media (1-15)
1=Voice
MEDIA 3=FAX
5=Teletex
7-15=Not used

CNTP

2=Data
4=Telex
6=Image

Connection Protocol (0-15)
0=ICS Protocol
1=X.20
2=X.21
3=V.24 200 Series
4=X.20 bis
5=X.21 bis
6-15=Not used

TCP

Transmission Control Protocol (0-255)
0=Free Wheeling
1=Synchronous Non Protocol
3=X.75
2=X.25
4=IBM2780
5=IBM3740
6=IBM3770
7=IBM3780
8=IBM BSC Polled (3270 Terminal)
9=IBM BSC Polling (3270 HOST)
10=IMB SDLC Polled (3270 Terminal)
11=IMB SDLC Polling (3270 HOST)
12=Teletex
13=Telex
14=FAX G3 MH
15=FAX G3 MR
16=FAX G4 MH
17=FAX G4 MR
18-255=Not used

4

FCY

Facility (0-3)
0=Bothway
1=Outgoing
2=Incoming
3=Not used

5

PRI

Priority (0/1)
0=Outgoing

6

RST

Restriction (0/1)
0=Connection is restricted
1=Connection is not restricted

7

SRP

Send Receive Priority (0/1)
0=Data Receive Priority for Called Party
1=Data Send Priority for Called Party

8

CI

3

Note:

1=Incoming

CI Signal Control (0/1)(1 digit fix)
0=CI Signal Interval Control
1=CI Signal Continuous Control

The existing data can be readout by pressing “Get” button after UGN and TELN is entered.

CHAPTER 4
Page 506
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ADA2 : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 2

ADA2: Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 2
1. General
This command assigns the Attribute Data for the data communication service feature of the Data Adapter (DA)
with the Dterm and/or the Data Module (DM).
2. Precautions
When the designated station is not a DTE (DA/DM), the Attribute Data cannot be assigned and an error code
will result.
3. Data Entry Instructions
See data sheet in Section 4.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 507
Issue 1

ADA2 : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 2

4. Data Sheet

TENANT NUMBER (TN)
CDN
FUNCTION

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

1

DTR (ER) CONTROL (DTR)
0 = Check
1 = No Check

2

AUTO ANSWER (AUTO)
0 = Manual Answer
1 = Auto Answer

3

MODEM No. FOR
ORIGINATING (MDM1)
0 = No MODEM
1-8 = MODEM Number

4

MODEM No.FOR
INCOMING (MDM2)
0 = No MODEM
1-8 = MODEM Number

5

BIT SPEED RATE(SPD)
0 = 50 bps
1 = 75 bps
2 = 110 bps 3 = 150 bps
4 = 200 bps 5 = 300 bps
6 = 600 bps 7 = 1200 bps
8 = 2400 bps
9 = 4800 bps
10 = 9600 bps
11 = 19.2 K bps
12 = 48 K bps (SYNC)
13 = 56 K bps (SYNC)
14 = 64 K bps (SYNC)
15-31=Not used

6

PARITY ADDITION (PRTY)
0 = No Parity
1 = Parity

7

ASYNCHRONOUS (ASYC)
0 = Asynchronous
1 = Synchronous

8

HALF/FULL DUPLEX (HDX)
0 = Full Duplex
1 = Half Duplex

9

STOP BIT(STOP)
0 = 1 bit
1 = 2 bit

CHAPTER 4
Page 508
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ADA2 : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 2

TENANT NUMBER (TN)
CDN
FUNCTION

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

10

APPLICATION CODE (CODE)
0 = No Character
1 = ASCII (7-bit) Even Parity
2 = ASCII (7-bit) Odd Parity
3 = ASCII (7-bit) Parity is “0”
4 = ASCII (7-bit) Parity is “1”
5 = JIS (7-bit) Even Parity
6 = JIS (7-bit) Odd Parity
7 = JIS (8-bit)
8 = EBCDIC (8-bit)
9 = IA#5 (7-bit)
10 = ITA#2 (5-bit)
11 = EBCD
12-15=Not used

11

PROFILE NUMBER (PRFN)
0-63

12

HOT LINE TERMINAL (HL)
0 = No Hotline 1 = Hotline

13

HOT LINE ORIGINATE (HTL)
0 = DTR (ER) Signal On
1 = Normal Origination

14

KIND OF RA(RA)
0 = PROTIMS
1 = PROTIMS
2 = DMI Mode 2
3 = PROTIMS
4 = V. 110
5 = V. 120
6 = X. 30
7-15= Not used
Note:

In the case of PROTIMS, assign
“0.”

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 509
Issue 1

ADA2_T : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 2 – Telephone Number

ADA2_T : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 2 – Telephone Number
1. General
This command is used to assign the Attribute Data for the data communication service feature of the data adapter
(DA) with the Dterm and/or the data module (DM). The station data of ADA2 command can be assigned by using
Telephone Number instead.
2. Precautions
1.

Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the
ALGSL command is not available in this command.

2.

In case logging in to a LN, only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged-in
node can be used in this command. Also, when logging in to the NCN, the data memory of the whole
nodes in the network can be written.

3.

When the designated station is not a DTE (DA/DM), the Attribute Data cannot be assigned and error code
will result.

3. Data Entry Instructions
See data sheet in Section 4.

CHAPTER 4
Page 510
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ADA2_T : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 2 – Telephone Number

4. Data Sheet
User Group Number (UGN)
CDN
Telephone Number (TELN) Max. 16 digits
DTR (ER) Control (0/1)
0=Check
1=No Check

1

DTR

2

AUTO

3

Outgoing MODEM Number (0-8)
MDM1 0=No MODEM
1-8=MODEM Number

4

Incoming MODEM Number (0-8)
MDM2 0=No MODEM
1-8=MODEM Number

5

SPD

Bit Speed Rate (0-31)
0=50 bps
1=75 bps
2=110 bps
3=150 bps
4=200 bps
5=300 bps
6=600 bps
7=1200 bps
8=2400 bps
9=4800 bps
10=9600 bps
11=19.2 Kbps
12=48.0 Kbps 13=56.0 Kbps
14=64 Kbps
15-31=Not used

6

PRTY

Parity Addition (0/1)
0=No Parity
1=Parity

7

ASYC

Asynchronous (0/1)
0=Asynchronous 1=Synchronous

8

HDX

Half/Full Duplex (0/1)
0=Full Duplex 1=Half Duplex

9

STOP

Stop Bit (0/1)
0=1 bit

CODE

Application Code (0-15)
0=No Character
1=ASCII (7-bit) Even Parity
2=ASCII (7-bit) Odd Parity
3=ASCII (7-bit) Parity is “0”
4=ASCII (7-bit) Parity is “1”
5=JIS (7-bit) Even Parity
6=JIS (7-bit) Odd Parity
7=JIS (8-bit)
8=EBCDIC (8-bit)
9=IA #5 (7-bit) 10=ITA #2 (5-bit)
11=EBCD
12-15=Not used

10

Note:

Auto Answer (0/1)
0=Manual Answer
1=Auto Answer

1=2 bit

The existing data can be readout by pressing “Get” button after UGN and TELN is entered.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 511
Issue 1

ADA2_T : Assignment of DTE Attribute Data 2 – Telephone Number

User Group Number (UGN)
CDN
Telephone Number (TELN) Max. 16 digits
11

PRFN Profile Number (0-63)

12

HL

Hot Line Terminal (0/1)
0=No Hot Line
1=Hot Line

13

HLT

Hot Line Originate (0/1)
0=DTR (ER) Signal ON
1=Normal Originate Operation

14

RA

Kind of RA (0-15)
0=PROTIMS
1=PROTIMS
2=DMI Mode2
3=PROTIMS
4=V. 110
5=V. 120
6=X. 30
7-15=Not used
Note:

CHAPTER 4
Page 512
Issue 1

In case of “PROTIMS”,
assign “0”.

NDA-24298

AFCD : Assignment of Fixed Connection-Nailed Down Connection-Data

AFCD: Assignment of Fixed Connection-Nailed Down Connection-Data
1. General
This command assigns (connect link), deletes (release link), and displays the data (linked LENS) pertaining to
Fixed Connections (Nailed Down Connections).
2. Precautions
1.

The Nailed Down connections available among the following circuit cards/terminals.
Single Line station

(Line circuit)

Dterm

(ELC/DLC)

Trunk

(DTI, etc.)

Conference Trunk

(CFT)

Digital Signaling Trunk (DST)
MODEM Trunk

(MDMT)

Data Module

(DTL)

2.

The status of the link is supervised periodically by the system. If the link is not in a “Nailed Down
Connection,” the link is forcibly released and reconnected.

3.

The port specified by the LENS-A parameter and LENS-B parameter are “Nailed Down,” with respect to
the EAD-A parameter and EAD-B parameter.

4.

The EAD-A parameter and EAD-B parameter should be entered by the hexadecimal value as explained in
Table 4-19.
Table 4-19 EAD-A and EAD-B Parameters
KIND OF
TERMINAL

BIT No.
b0
b1

TRUNK

CONTENTS

Note 1

PAD CONTROL
b2 b1 b0

b2 b1 b0

b2

0
0
0
0

1
1
1
1

b3

0/1: Note 2

b4-b7

Not used

0
0
1
1

0 : by dip sw
1 : 2dB
0 : 4dB
1 : 11/12 dB

REMARKS

0
0
1
1

0 : 11/15 dB
1:
0:
1 : PAD OFF

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 513
Issue 1

AFCD : Assignment of Fixed Connection-Nailed Down Connection-Data

Table 4-19 EAD-A and EAD-B Parameters (Continued)
KIND OF
TERMINAL

LINE

BIT No.

CONTENTS

b0

0/1 : Reverse OFF/ON

b1

0/1 : PAD OFF/ON

b2

REMARKS

Not used

b3
b4-b7

Note 1: When DTI is used for Data Communication, Pad Data must be “7” (binary 111).
Note 2: When bit stealing (signaling bit) is used in DTI, signaling bit (CD RS bit) is lost.

0/1 = -/To inhibit stealing bit (signaling bit) per channel in DTI
3. Data Entry Instructions
EAD-A
Enter the value as shown in Table 4-15

LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(LENS-A)

MG

U

G

LV

EQUIPMENT
ADDITIONAL
DATA
(EAD-A)
00-31

LENS-A
LENS of the Nailed Down target

CHAPTER 4
Page 514
Issue 1

EAD-B
Enter the value as shown in Table 4-15

LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(LENS-B)

MG

U

G

LV

EQUIPMENT
ADDITIONAL
DATA
(EAD-B)
00-31

LENS-B
LENS of the Nailed Down target

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AFCD : Assignment of Fixed Connection-Nailed Down Connection-Data

4. Data Sheet
LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER (SIDE A)
(LENS-A)
MG

U

G

LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(SIDE B)
(LENS-B)

EQUIPMENT
ADDITIONAL
DATA
(EAD-A)
LV

MG

U

NDA-24298

G

EQUIPMENT
ADDITIONAL
DATA
(EAD-B)

REMARKS

LV

CHAPTER 4
Page 515
Issue 1

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

ARTD: Assignment of Route Class Data
1. General
This command assigns the Route Class Data.
2. Precautions
1.

The ARTD command should be assigned for all external trunk routes and the dummy route for LCR/
LCRS.

2.

The applicable number of the external trunk route is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1,
INDEX65.

3.

The standard route class data is shown in the example. (which is listed after the parameter descriptions)

4.

Parameters TCMN through MT are effective only when 4 (MF) is assigned to parameter ONSG or INSG.
For all other trunk routes, assign “0” to all of these data.

3. Data Entry Instructions
See data sheet in Section 4.

CHAPTER 4
Page 516
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

4. Data Sheet
RT
REMARKS
FUNCTION

1

2

3

4

5

OSGS

Signal Interface for Outgoing
0 = CCIS No.7
1 = RingDown
2 = Second Dial Tone
3 = Not used
4 = Sender (Immediate Start) Note
5 = Not used
6 = Sender (Delay Dial Start)
7 = Sender (Wink start)
8-15= Not used

ONSG

Signal Selection for Outgoing
0 = Not used
1 = DP, 10 pps, 33% Make
2 = PB, 60msec. Interruption or CCIS No.7
3 = DP/PB
4 = MF
5 = DP, 20 pps, 33% Make
6 = Not used
7 = DP, 20 pps, 50% Make
8 = PB, 120 msec. Interruption
9 = DP, 10 pps, 40% Make
10 = MFC
11-15= Not used

ISGS

Signal Interface for Incoming
0 = CCIS No.7
1 = Ring Down
2 = Second Dial Tone
3 = Not used
4 = Sender (Immediate Start)
5 = Not used
6 = Sender (Delay Dial Start)
7 = Sender (Wink Start)
8-15= Not used

INSG

Signal Selection for Incoming
0 = Not used
1 = DP, 10 pps, 33% Make
2 = PB, 60msec. Interruption or CCIS No.7
3 = DP/PB
4 = MF
5 = DP, 20 pps, 33% Make
6 = Not used
7 = DP, 20 pps, 50% Make
8 = PB, 120 msec. Interruption
9 = DP, 10 pps, 40% Make
10 = MFC
11-15= Not used

TF

Type of Trunk Function
0 = Not used
1 = Outgoing Trunk (OGT)
2 = Incoming Trunk (ICT)
3 = Bothway Trunk (BWT)

NDA-24298

Note

Note:

The select
signal in
ONSG should
be “DP.”

Note:

The select
signal in
INSG should
be “DP.”

CHAPTER 4
Page 517
Issue 1

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

b3

b2

b1

b0
0/1: -/Incoming Call (SMDR is required)

0/1: SMDR is required for toll and local outgoing calls/SMDR is required only for toll
outgoing calls.

0:

Metering pulses are necessary. Hexadecimal

1:

assignment is “01.”

2:
3:

Example:
b3

b2

b1

b0

0

0

0

1

8

4

2

b0=bit 0
b1=bit 1...

1

The following explains what hexadecimal data “1” means for SMDR2:
• For incoming calls SMDR is required because Bit 0 is assigned as one (1).
• SMDR is required for toll and local outgoing calls because Bit 1 is assigned as zero (0).
• Metering pulses are detected by the system; therefore Bit 2 is zero (0) and Bit 3 is zero (0).

Figure 4-15 SMDR2

CHAPTER 4
Page 518
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

RT
REMARKS
FUNCTION

1

2

3

4

5

OSGS

Signal Interface for Outgoing
0 = CCIS No.7
1 = RingDown
2 = Second Dial Tone
3 = Not used
4 = Sender (Immediate Start) Note
5 = Not used
6 = Sender (Delay Dial Start)
7 = Sender (Wink start)
8-15= Not used

ONSG

Signal Interface for Outgoing
0 = Not used
1 = DP, 10 pps, 33% Make
2 = PB, 60msec. Interruption or CCIS No.7
3 = DP/PB
4 = MF
5 = DP, 20 pps, 33% Make
6 = Not used
7 = DP, 20 pps, 50% Make
8 = PB, 120 msec. Interruption
9 = DP, 10 pps, 40% Make
10 = MFC
11-15= Not used

ISGS

Signal Interface for Incoming
0 = CCIS No.7
1 = Ring Down
2 = Second Dial Tone
3 = Not used
4 = Sender (Immediate Start)
5 = Not used
6 = Sender (Delay Dial Start)
7 = Sender (Wink Start)
8-15= Not used

INSG

Signal Selection for Incoming
0 = Not used
1 = DP, 10 pps, 33% Make
2 = PB, 60msec. Interruption or CCIS No.7
3 = DP/PB
4 = MF
5 = DP, 20 pps, 33% Make
6 = Not used
7 = DP, 20 pps, 50% Make
8 = PB, 120 msec. Interruption
9 = DP, 10 pps, 40% Make
10 = MFC
11-15= Not used

TF

Type of Trunk Function
0 = Not used
1 = Outgoing Trunk (OGT)
2 = Incoming Trunk (ICT)
3 = Bothway Trunk (BWT)

NDA-24298

Note

Note:

The select
signal in
ONSG should
be “DP.”

Note:

The select
signal in
INSG should
be “DP.”

CHAPTER 4
Page 519
Issue 1

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

RT
REMARKS
FUNCTION

6

TCL

Trunk Class
Specify the kind of trunk
1 = DDD Line
2 =
3 = WATS Line
4 = Tie Line/Announcement Trunk
5 = CCSA
6 =
7 = CAS Line
8 =
9 = Code Call Trunk
10 =
11 = General Paging
12 = Radio Paging Trunk
13 - 31=

FX

Toll Terminal
Paging
Dictation Trunk
Not used

L/T

Line/Trunk Identification
0 = Not used (Line)

8

RLP

Trunk Release Pattern
0 = Calling Party Release (Outgoing only)
1 = Not used
2 = First Party Release (either station or trunk side)
3 = Not used

9

TQ

Outgoing Trunk Queuing
0 = Out of Service

7

1 = Trunk

1

1

1

1

1 Always assign data “1.”

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

1 = In Service

10 SMDR

Detailed Billing Information
0 = SMDR Out of Service
1 = SMDR In Service (ORT required for receiving all
dialed digits)

11 TD

Tool Denial Battery Reversal

12 DR

Distinctive Ringing Pattern
This parameter designates whether distinctive ringing will
be provided for an incoming call.
0 = Distinctive Ringing is not required
(ASYD, SYS 3, Index 3, Bit 0=0)
1 = Distinctive Ringing is required
(ASYD, SYS 3, Index 3, Bit 0=1)

13 AC

Flexible Routing Pattern Designation
When outgoing route selection pattern number is to be
determined by the AFRS command, “1” is to be assigned if
the Access Code is included in the Number Pattern Code
(NPC)
0 = When flexible routing is executed, numbers are
translated excluding the Access Code
1 = When the flexible routing is executed, numbers are
translated including the Access Code.

This data is valid for
dummy routes. Assign
data “1” for the dummy
route.

14 TNT

Tenant Number Check
0 = Tenant number check is not required in trunk
selection.

Always assign data “0.”

CHAPTER 4
Page 520
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

RT
REMARKS
FUNCTION

15 LSG

Line Signal
0 = Loop
1 = Ground Start
C.O. Line
2 = CDH
3 = Caller ID (Loop)
4 = Loop
5 = E&M
Tie Line
6 = DX
7 = 24V4
8 = Loop DID
9 - 11 = Not used
12 = Speech Line (for CCIS No. 7 or Bch of ISDN)
13 = Signal Line (for CCIS No. 7 or Dch of ISDN)
14-15 = Not used
See Figure 4-15 and
Table 4-20.

16 SMDR2 Detailed Billing Information
17 H/M

Hotel Service in CCIS No. 7
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

18 MC

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

20 D

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

21 MSB

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

22 MSW

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

19 ANI

23 TR

E911 - ANI Service
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

0 = –
1 = ICPT transfer by group-II signals used.

For MPC signaling.

Table 4-20 SMDR2
CONTENTS/INPUT

b0

b1

0-Detailed billing is not required for incoming
calls.

0

×

1-Detailed billing is required for incoming
calls.
0-Detailed billing is required for toll and local
outgoing calls.
1-Detailed billing is required only for toll
outgoing calls.

1

2

×
×

×

3

4

×
×

×

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

×
×

×
×

5

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

0b2,3

×

1-Metering pulses are used.

×

23-

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 521
Issue 1

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

RT

REMARKS

FUNCTION
24

OC

0 = 1 = Originating Category Information is used

25

R/L

Attendant-Identification of Incoming Trunk Display.
0 = TN, RT, TK display
1 = C.O. Line Number display

26

RVSD

Trunk Reversal Identification
This data is necessary when a specific Trunk route provides
battery reversal for answer super-vision.
0 = Battery Reversal System
1 = Third Wire System

27

TL

Tone Level

28

ANS

Answer signal from Trunk side.
0 = No answer signal is given.
1 = Answer signal is given.

29

30

31

0

TELP

Time Elapse Indication Service
0 = Out of Service

PAD

This data determines Pad control on the ODT/DTI circuit
card.
TLT (EMT)
DTI
0 = Depending on setting.
–
7 = Pad Off(0db)
Pad Off(0db)

OGRL

Release timing for outgoing trunk connection.
0 = 608 msec.
1 = 224 msec.
2 = 288 msec.
3 = 352 msec.
4 = 416 msec.
5 = 480 msec.
6 = 544 msec.
7 = 608 msec.
8 = 672 msec.
9 = 736 msec.
10 = 800 msec.
11 = 864 msec.
12 = 928 msec.
13 = 992 msec.
14 = 1056 msec.
15 = 1120 msec.

CHAPTER 4
Page 522
Issue 1

For MFC signaling
(Brazil and Mexico)

1 = In Service

NDA-24298

0

0

0

Always assign data “0."

TELP (Time Elapse
Indication) is a warning
tone sent to the caller
after a predetermined
period of time has
elapsed (usually three
minutes).
Pad=1-6: Actual PAD
value depends on PAD
ROM on the ODT/DTI
circuit card. (See the
NEAX2400 IPX Circuit
Card Manual)
•
•

Normally assign
data “0”
For ISDN, see Table
4-21. (Examples of
Route Class
Settings)

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

RT

REMARKS

FUNCTION

32

ICRL

•

Release timing for incoming trunk connections.
0 = 288 msec.
Note
1 = 224 msec.
2 = 288 msec.
3 = 352 msec.
4 = 416 msec.
5 = 480 msec.
6 = 544 msec.
7 = 608 msec.
8 = 672 msec.
9 = 736 msec.
10 = 800 msec.
11 = 864 msec.
12 = 928 msec.
13 = 992 msec.
14 = 1056 msec.
15 = 1120 msec.

•

Normally assign
data “0."
For ISDN, see Table
4-21 (Example of
Route Class
Settings).

Note:

160 msec. in
case of Loop
Dialing Trunk.

HD

Trunk Hold Timing.
0 = 10 sec.
2 = 4 sec.
4 = 8 sec.
6 = 12 sec.
8 = 16 sec.
10 = 20 sec.
12 = 24 sec.
14 = 28 sec.

GUARD

Ground Timer
Outgoing inhibit timing after trunk release.
0 = 3072 msec.
1 = 512 msec.
2 = 1024 msec.
3 = 1536 msec.
4 = 2048 msec.
5 = 2560 msec.
6 = 3072 msec.
7 = 3584 msec.
8 = 4096 msec.
9 = 4608 msec.
10 = 5120 msec.
11 = 5632 msec.
12 = 6144 msec.
13 = 6656 msec.
14 = 7168 msec.
15 = 7680 msec.

35

WINK

Width of a Wink Signal
0 = 160 msec.
2 = 96 msec.
4 = 160 msec.
6 = 224 msec.
8 = 288 msec.
10 = 352 msec.
12 = 416 msec.
14 = 480 msec.

36

VAD

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

37

CLD

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

38

FA

33

34

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

1 =
3 =
5 =
7 =
9 =
11 =
13 =
15 =

2 sec.
6 sec.
10 sec.
14 sec.
18 sec.
22 sec.
26 sec.
30 sec.

Normally assign data
“0."

•
•

64 msec.
128 msec.
192 msec.
265 msec.
320 msec.
384 msec.
448 msec.
512 msec.

Normally assign
data “0."
For ISDN, see Table
4-21. (Example of
Route Class
Settings).

Normally assign data
“0."

Forced Account/Forced Authorization Code
0 = Check is not required
1 = Check is required (For Remote Access to System)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 523
Issue 1

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

RT

REMARKS

FUNCTION
39

BC

C.O Line Idle Balance Condition.
0 = Not balanced
1 = Balanced

40

TCM

Travel Class Mark
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

41

TDMQ

Tandem Off Hook OG Queuing
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

42

TRSC

Trunk Restriction class
0 = Out of Service

1-15 = In Service

43

BT

Inter-office Busy Service
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

44

PRV

Line Trunk Privacy
0 = Privacy Out of Service
1 = Privacy In Service For Busy Verification, Call
Waiting, Executive Right of Way, Paging, Dictation,
Data Communication, etc.).

45

A/D

Analog/Digital Line Data
0 = Analog

1 = Digital

46

CW

Call Waiting Service
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

47

TPQ

Priority OG Queuing
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

48

BL

Detection of Blocking Signal
0 = No detection

1 = Detection

49

TRKS

Trunk Selection Sequence
0 = Select from the trunk which becomes idle first.
1 = Select from the trunk which becomes idle last.

Assign this data
reversing to the mate
office data. (Especially,
for CCIS)

50

DPLY

Number Display of Dterm between offices
0 = Not given
1 = Given

For CCIS voice route and
ISDN Bch route.

51

ACD

0 = Out of Service

1 =

52

2W/4W

2 Wires/4 Wires
0 = 2 Wires

1 = 4 Wires

53

FAAT

Authorization Code for ATT
0 = Depends on RSC of ATT
1 = Authorization Code always required.

54

GW

Gateway Option
0 = Out of Service
2-15 = Not used

55

TCMA

CHAPTER 4
Page 524
Issue 1

For Australia only

See AEFR command.

1 =

–

For CCIS voice route,
assign data “1."

Assign data “1” only for
digital T1 routes or Bch
of ISDN routes.

Always assign data “0”
even ACD application.

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

Data Signaling Trunk

NDA-24298

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

RT

REMARKS

FUNCTION
56

SMDR3

Detailed billing for outgoing in tandem connection.
0 = Required
1 = Not required

57

HDT

Heterogeneous Data Trunk
0 = Not Heterogeneous Data Trunk
1 = Heterogeneous Data Trunk

58

CD

Consecutive Dialing
0 = Out of Service

59

CCH

Common Channel Handler
0 = CCH is not mounted (normal setting)
1 = CCH is mounted (ISDN or CCIS line )

60

TC/EC

61

IRE

Inter-rearranging signal
1 = Supervisory

62

SCR

Step Call Restriction for Tie Line Call
0 = Step call is restricted.
1 = Step call is not restricted.

63

LYER1

Layer 1 (For ISDN)
0 = 23B+D

64

NET

User/Net Identification (For ISDN)
0 = User Side (normal setting)
1 = Network side

INT

Interface Specification (For ISDN)
0 = No.7
1 = N-ISDN2
2 = Australia
3 = INS 1500(NTT)
4 = ITU (CCITT), ETSI
5 = AT&T(#4/#5 ESS) 6 = INS 64 (NTT)
7 = NT DMS 100/DMS 250
8 = Not used
9 = TTC Q931 a protocol Tie Line (JAPAN)
10 = Q-sig, (ETS 300 172)/IS-11572
11 = Seamless

66

DC

Dialed Number Confirmation (For ISDN)
0 = Sub Addressing
1-15 = DID Addressing Note

67

HKS

Hooking Service
0 = Out of Service

65

Assign this for the
incoming route (ICRT),
if necessary.

1 = In Service
Always assign data “0”
even ISDN/CCIS.

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."
When assigning this
data, always enter zero
(0).

1 = 30B+D

0= µ law country
1= A law country
Normally assign data
“0."

Note:

Other than 0=
Number of
Main Address
Digits to be
translated.

1 = In Service

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 525
Issue 1

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

RT

REMARKS

FUNCTION

68

SCF

Split Call Forwarding
The call is forwarded to the desired destination assigned at
0 = Split C. F. - All Calls (SSC, SID = 8), Split C. F. Busy Line (SSC, SID = 10), Split C. F. - Don’t Answer (SSC, SID = 12)
1 = C. F. - All Calls (SSCA, SIDA = 86), C. F. - Busy
Line (SSCA, SIDA = 87), C. F. - Don’t Answer (SS
CA, SIDA = 88)

69

SMDR4

Detailed billing for incoming in tandem connection.
0 = Required
1 = Not required

Assign this for the
outgoing route (OGRT)
if necessary.

70

TCMN

Number of digits of TCM (S Code)
0 = No digit
2 = 2 digits

Use this when ONSG/
INSG = 4 (MF).

71

TCMC

TCM and KP Sending Sequence
0 = KP-ST
2 = TCM KP-ST

MFSP

Sending Speed
Tone ON Tone
0 = 68 msec.
1 = 56 msec.
2 = 68 msec.
3 = 68 msec.
4 = 48 msec.
5 = 52 msec.
6-15 = Not used
(In case of MFC)
0 = 24.0 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.

72

CHAPTER 4
Page 526
Issue 1

1 = 1 digit
3 = Not used
1 = KP TCM-ST
3 = KP (TCM)-ST

This data is valid when
ASYD, SYS,INDEX 79,
b2 = 1.

Use this when ONSG/
INSG = 4 (MF).
Note:

OFF Digit/sec.
68 msec. 7.5
56 msec. (CCITT No.5)
32 msec. 10
36 msec. 10
48 msec. 10
52 msec. 10

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

5.5 sec.
8.5 sec.
11.5 sec.
14.5 sec.
17.5 sec.
22.0 sec.
26.0 sec.
30.0 sec.

NDA-24298

Note

Use this when
ONSG/INSG =
4.

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

RT

REMARKS

FUNCTION

73

KPST

Duration of KP sending
0 = 48 msec.
2 = 64 msec.
4 = 80 msec.
6 = 96 msec.
8 = 112 msec.
10 = 128 msec.
12 = 144 msec.
14 = 160 msec.
(In case of MFC)
0 = 12.0 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

56 msec.
72 msec.
88 msec.
104 msec.
120 msec.
136 msec.
152 msec.
168 msec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

5.5 sec.
8.5 sec.
11.5 sec.
14.5 sec.
17.5 sec.
22.0 sec.
26.0 sec.
30.0 sec.

1
6
8
13
15

=
=
=
=
=

56 msec.
96 msec.
112 msec.
152 msec.
168 msec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

5.5 sec.
8.5 sec.
11.5 sec.
14.5 sec.
17.5 sec.
22.0 sec.
26.0 sec.
30.0 sec.

Note

When the monitor signal
is Reverse and the data is
set to “0,” KP sending is
stopped by reserve signal
monitor at the related
distant office.

Note:

Use this when
ONSG/INSG =
4.(MF)

Note:

Use this when
ONSG/INSG =
4.(MF)

KPPT

Pause after KP sending
0 = 48 msec.
5 = 88 msec.
7 = 104 msec.
12 = 144 msec.
14 = 160 msec.
(In case of MFC)
0 = 12.0 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.

75

STC

Stop Code
0-11 = Not used
12 = MF
13 = Not used
14 = DTMF
15 = MF (for MF signaling)

Use this when ONSG/
INSG = 4.(MF)

76

MC 2

MP Start Cause
0 = As per ST

1 = Not used

This data must always be
set to “0."

77

MT

MF Frequency
0 = DTMF (4×4)

1 = MF (2 out of 6)

Use this when ONSG/
INSG = 4.(MF)

TONE

TONE Designation for TRK Call Termination
0 = DT
1-15= Not used

74

78

NDA-24298

Note

This data is effective
when 2 (Second Dial
Tone) is set in ARTD,
ISGS = 3.

CHAPTER 4
Page 527
Issue 1

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

RT

REMARKS

FUNCTION

79

80

PPTM

MPTM

CHAPTER 4
Page 528
Issue 1

Sender Prepares
0 = Standard
2 = 800 msec.
4 = 1200 msec.
6 = 1600 msec.
8 = 2000 msec.
10 = 2400 msec.
12 = 2800 msec.
14 = 3200 msec.
(In case of MFC)
0 = 24.0 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.

Note

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

600 msec.
1000 msec.
1400 msec.
1800 msec.
2200 msec.
2600 msec.
3000 msec.
3400 msec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

5.5 sec.
8.5 sec.
11.5 sec.
14.5 sec.
17.5 sec.
22.0 sec.
26.0 sec.
30.0 sec.

Sender Minimum Pause
0 = 10 PPS/600 msec., 20 PPS/450 msec.
1 = 600 msec.
2 = 800 msec.
3 = 1000 msec.
4 = 1200 msec.
5 = 1400 msec.
6 = 1600 msec.
7 = 1800 msec.
8 = 2000 msec.
9 = 2200 msec.
10 = 2400 msec.
11 = 2600 msec.
12 = 2800 msec.
13 = 3000 msec.
14 = 3200 msec.
15 = 3400 msec.
(In case of MFC)
0 = 12.0 sec.
1 = 5.5 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
3 = 8.5 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
5 = 11.5 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
7 = 14.5 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
9 = 17.5 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
11 = 22.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
13 = 26.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.
15 = 30.0 sec.

NDA-24298

Note

Note:

Depends on
the data in
SYS1, Index
131 of ASYD.

Note:

Possible to use
when adjusting
the interdict
timer in DP
line.

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

RT

REMARKS

FUNCTION

81

LPTM

Sender Inter-Digit Pause Index
0 = DP/1 sec., PB/0.5sec.
2 = 800 msec.
4 = 1200 msec.
6 = 1600 msec.
8 = 2000 msec.
10 = 2400 msec.
12 = 2800 msec.
14 = 3200 msec.
(In case of MFC)
0 = 12.0 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.

Note:
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

600 msec.
1000 msec.
1400 msec.
1800 msec.
Note
2200 msec.
2600 msec.
3000 msec.
3400 msec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

5.5 sec.
8.5 sec.
11.5 sec.
14.5 sec.
17.5 sec.
22.0 sec.
26.0 sec.
30.0 sec.

Possible to use
when adjusting
the duration of
Pause in the
case of Speed
Calling System
or Adding
digits.

82

RSAX

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

83

CST

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

84

CSEG

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

85

CSEU

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

86

CSEL

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

87

CMP

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

88

TALK

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

89

FOT

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

90

RST

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

91

TOCI

Trunk Override Calling
0 = Override Inhibited (Calling side).
1 = Tie Line Override Service is provided (Calling side).

92

TOCD

Trunk Override Called
0 = Override Inhibited (Called side).
1 = Tie Line Override Service is provided (Called side).

93

ODGD

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

94

RLS

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

95

GWD

Gate Way Data Service
0 = Out of Service
2-15 = Not used

96

H1

ISDN H1 Switching
0 = –

97

DT

0

0

0

0

1 = Gate Way System

1 = In Service

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 529
Issue 1

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

RT

REMARKS

FUNCTION
ISDN transmitting information
0 = Out of Service
1 = 16-Digit Caller Number Service, Attribute
Information Notification Service, and Calling SubAddress Transfer Service
2-15= Not used

98

CI

99

OID

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

100

TKS

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."
PAD value can also be
set by switch setting on
the 8TLT (Long Line
Telephone = TELT) card.

Pad Control Data 2
0-7 = For Pad value, See the NEAX2400 IPX Circuit Card
Manual.

101

PAD2

102

TRM

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

103

TRPX

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

104

LDR

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

105

TSC

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

106

SATS

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

107

RVPX

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

108

DQ

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

109

SLOV

Slumber Time Override Service
0 = Out of Service

110

SDTO

System message automatic output when Connection
Acknowledge signal has not been received.
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

111

ADVPRA

ISDN PRI Failure Routing Service
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

112

IND

Inter-office Name Display
0 = Out of Service

113

UUI

Information notification between the users
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

114

DCH

115

CMRT

116

1 = In Service

This data is valid for
dummy routes.

1 = In Service

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

PREF

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

117

DFS

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

118

BOB

119

HO1CH

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

CHAPTER 4
Page 530
Issue 1

Common use of Route Numbers of ISDN trunks
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

Broad Band
0 = 64K

1 = N × 64K

NDA-24298

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

RT

REMARKS

FUNCTION
120

IFR

Indonesia Compulsion Cut Service
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

121

CONV

SMDR Called Number Conversation
0 = Conversation Number
1 = In Service

122

OPRT

Originally Trunk Information
0 = Out of Service

CNI

Calling Number Identification Format
0 = No ANI
1 = Feature Group D Format
2 = Not used
3 = Not used

123

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

1 = In Service

Table 4-21 provides examples of standard route class settings.
Table 4-21 Examples of Route Class Settings
KIND OF TRUNK ROUTE
PARAMETER

FUNCTION

ANALOG
C.O
BWT

ACIS
TIE
LINE
(E&M)

DID LINE

CCIS LINE

ISDN LINE (PRI)

VOICE

DATA

B-CH

D-CH

DUMMY
ROUTE

1

OSGS

2

7

0

0

0

0

0

0

2

ONSG

3

3

0

2

2

2

2

0

3

ISGS

1

7

7

0

0

0

0

0

4

INSG

3

3

3

2

2

2

2

0

5

TF

3

3

2

3

0

3

0

0

6

TCL

1

4

5

4

4

4

4

4

7

L/T

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

8

RLP

2

2

2

2

0

2

2

0

9

TQ

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

10

SMDR

1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

11

TD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

12

DR

1

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

13

AC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

14

TNT

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

15

LSG

0

5

8

12

13

12

13

0

16

SMDR2

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

17

H/M

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

18

MC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

19

ANI

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 531
Issue 1

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

Table 4-21 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued)
KIND OF TRUNK ROUTE
PARAMETER
ANALOG
C.O
BWT

ACIS
TIE
LINE
(E&M)

DID LINE

D

0

0

21

MSB

0

22

MSW

0

23

TR

24

FUNCTION

CCIS LINE

ISDN LINE (PRI)

DUMMY
ROUTE

VOICE

DATA

B-CH

D-CH

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

OC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

25

R/L

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

26

RVSD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

27

TL

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

28

ANS

0

1

1

1

0

1

1

0

29

TELP

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

30

PAD

0

0

0

4

7

4

7

0

31

OGRL

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

32

ICRL

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

33

HD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

34

GUARD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

35

WINK

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

36

VAD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

37

CLD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

38

FA

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

39

BC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

40

TCM

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

41

TDMQ

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

42

TRSC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

43

BT

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

44

PRV

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

45

A/D

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

46

CW

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

47

TPQ

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

48

BL

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

49

TRKS

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

50

DPLY

0

0

0

1

0

1

0

0

51

ACD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

52

2W/4W

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

53

FAAT

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

54

GW

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

55

TCMA

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

56

SMDR3

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

20

CHAPTER 4
Page 532
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

Table 4-21 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued)
KIND OF TRUNK ROUTE
PARAMETER

FUNCTION

57

HDT

ANALOG
C.O
BWT

ACIS
TIE
LINE
(E&M)

DID LINE

0

0

CCIS LINE

ISDN LINE (PRI)

DUMMY
ROUTE

VOICE

DATA

B-CH

D-CH

0

0

0

0

0

0

58

CD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

59

CCH

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

60

TC/EC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

61

IRE

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

62

SCR

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

63

LYER1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

64

NET

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

65

INT

0

0

0

0

0

0

66

DC

0

0

0

0

0

0

67

HKS

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

68

SCF

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

69

SMDR4

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

70

TCMN

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

71

TCMC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

72

MFSP

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

73

KPST

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

74

KPPT

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

75

STC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

76

MC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

77

MT

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

78

TONE

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

79

PPTM

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

80

MPTM

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

81

LPTM

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

82

RSAX

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

83

CST

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

84

CSEG

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

85

CSEU

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

86

CSEL

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

87

CMP

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

88

TALK

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

89

FOT

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

90

RST

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

91

TOCI

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

92

TOCD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 533
Issue 1

ARTD : Assignment of Route Class Data

Table 4-21 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued)
KIND OF TRUNK ROUTE
PARAMETER

FUNCTION

93

ODGD

ANALOG
C.O
BWT

ACIS
TIE
LINE
(E&M)

DID LINE

0

0

0

CCIS LINE

ISDN LINE (PRI)

VOICE

DATA

B-CH

D-CH

0

0

0

0

DUMMY
ROUTE

0

94

RLS

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

95

GWD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

96

H1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

97

DT

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

98

CI

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

99

OID

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

100

TKS

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

101

PAD2

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

102

TRM

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

103

TRPX

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

104

LDR

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

105

TSC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

106

SATS

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

107

RVPX

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

108

DQ

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

109

SLOV

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

110

SDTO

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

111

ADVPRA

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

112

IND

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

113

UUI

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

114

DCH

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

115

CMRT

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

116

PREF

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

117

DFS

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

118

BOB

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

119

HO1CH

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

120

IFR

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

121

CONV

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

122

OPRT

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

123

CN1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

CHAPTER 4
Page 534
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

ARTDN: Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM
1. General
Using this command, all logical route data of all Local Node (LN) may be displayed and changed at the Network
Control Node in the Fusion network.
2. Precautions
1.

The ARTDN command should be assigned for all logical trunk routes and the logical dummy route for
LCR/LCRS.

2.

The Logical Route Class data assigned by this command is also allocated to Route Class data (ARTD). If
the Logical Route Class data is deleted by using this command, however, the Route Class data is not to be
deleted. Therefore, use ARTD command to invalidate the Route Class data.

3.

The standard route class data is shown in the example, which is listed after the parameter descriptions.

4.

Parameters TCMN through MT are effective only when 4 (MF) is assigned to parameter ONSG or INSG.
For all other logical trunk routes, assign “0” to all of these data.

3. Data Entry Instructions
See data sheet in Section 4.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 535
Issue 1

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet

LGRT
1-899

REMARKS

FUNCTION

1

2

3

4

5

OSGS

Signal Interface for Outgoing
0 = CCIS No.7
1 = RingDown
2 = Second Dial Tone
3 = Not used
4 = Sender (Immediate Start)
Note
5 = Not used
6 = Sender (Delay Dial Start)
7 = Sender (Wink start)
8-15= Not used

ONSG

Signal Selection for Outgoing
0 = Not used
1 = DP, 10 pps, 33% Make
2 = PB, 60 msec. Interruption or CCIS No.7
3 = DP/PB
4 = MF
5 = DP, 20 pps, 33% Make
6 = Not used
7 = DP, 20 pps, 50% Make
8 = PB, 120 msec. Interruption
9 = DP, 10 pps, 40% Make
10 = MFC
11-15=Not used

ISGS

Signal Interface for Incoming
0 = CCIS No.7
2 = Second Dial Tone
4 = Sender (Immediate Start)
5 = Not used
6 = Sender (Delay Dial Start)
7 = Sender (Wink Start)

1 = Ring Down
3 = Not used
Note

8-15= Not used

INSG

Signal Selection for Incoming
0 = Not used 1= DP, 10 pps, 33% Make
2 = PB, 60 msec. Interruption or CCIS No.7
3 = DP/PB
4 = MF
5 = DP, 20 pps, 33% Make
6 = Not used
7 = DP, 20 pps, 50% Make
8 = PB, 120 msec. Interruption
9 = DP, 10 pps, 40% Make
10 = MFC
11-15=Not used

TF

Type of Trunk Function
0 = Not used
1 = Outgoing Trunk (OGT)
2 = Incoming Trunk (ICT)
3 = Bothway Trunk (BWT)

CHAPTER 4
Page 536
Issue 1

NDA-24298

Note:

The select
signal in
ONSG should
be “DP.”

Note:

The select
signal in
INSG should
be “DP.”

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

LGRT
1-899

REMARKS

FUNCTION

6

TCL

Trunk Class
Specify the kind of trunk
1 = DDD Line
2
3 = WATS Line
4 = Tie Line/Announcement Trunk
5 = CCSA
6
7 = CAS Line
8
9 = Code Call Trunk
10
11 = General Paging Trunk
12 = Radio Paging Trunk
13 - 31

= FX

= Toll Terminal
= Paging
= Dictation Trunk
= Not used

L/T

Line/Trunk Identification
0 = Not used (Line)

8

RLP

Trunk Release Pattern
0 = Calling Party Release (Outgoing only)
1 = Not used
2 = First Party Release (either station or trunk side)
3 = Not used

9

TQ

Outgoing Trunk Queuing
0 = Out of Service

7

1 = Trunk

1

1

1

1

1 Always assign data “1.”

Normally assign data
“2.”

1 = In Service

10 SMDR

Detailed Billing Information
0 = SMDR Out of Service
1 = SMDR In Service (ORT required for receiving all dialed
digits

11 TD

Toll Denial Battery Reversal

12 DR

Distinctive Ringing Pattern
This parameter designates whether distinctive ringing will
be provided for an incoming call.
0 = Distinctive Ringing is not required
(ASYD, SYS 3, Index 3, Bit 0=0)
1 = Distinctive Ringing is required
(ASYD, SYS 3, Index 3, Bit 0=1)

13 AC

Flexible Routing Pattern Designation
When outgoing route selection pattern number is to be
determined by the AFRS command, “1” is to be assigned if
the Access Code is included in the Number Pattern Code
(NPC).
0 = When flexible routing is executed, numbers are translated
excluding the Access Code
1 = When flexible routing is executed, numbers are translated
including the Access Code

This data is valid for
dummy routes. Assign
data “1” for the dummy
route.

14 TNT

Tenant Number Check
0 = Tenant number check is not required in trunk selection.

Always assign data “0.”

0

NDA-24298

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

CHAPTER 4
Page 537
Issue 1

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

LGRT
1-899

REMARKS

FUNCTION

15 LSG

Line Signal
0 = Loop
1 = Ground Start
C.O. Line
2 = CDH
3 = Caller ID (Loop)
4 = Loop
5 = E&M
Tie Line
6 = DX
7 = 24V4
8 = Loop DID
9 - 11 = Not used
12 = Speech Line (for CCIS No. 7 or Bch of ISDN)
13 = Signal Line (for CCIS No. 7 or Dch of ISDN)
14 = Not used
15
= Not used

16 SMDR2

Detailed Billing Information

17 H/M

Hotel Service in CCIS No. 7
0 = Out of Service

See Figure 4-16 and
Table 4-22.
1 = In Service

18 MC

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

20 D

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

21 MSB

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

22 MSW

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

19 ANI

23 TR

CHAPTER 4
Page 538
Issue 1

E911 - ANI Service
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

0 = –
1 = ICPT transfer by group-II signals used.

NDA-24298

For MFC signaling

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

b3

b2

b1

b0
0/1: -/Incoming Call (SMDR is required)

0/1: SMDR is required for toll and local outgoing calls/SMDR is required only for toll
outgoing calls.

0:

Metering pulses are necessary. Hexadecimal

1:

assignment is “01.”

2:
3:

Example:
b3

b2

b1

b0

0

0

0

1

8

4

2

b0=bit 0
b1=bit 1...

1

The following explains what hexadecimal data “1” means for SMDR2:
• For incoming calls SMDR is required because Bit 0 is assigned as one (1).
• SMDR is required for toll and local outgoing calls because Bit 1 is assigned as zero (0).
• Metering pulses are detected by the system; therefore Bit 2 is zero (0) and Bit 3 is zero (0).

Figure 4-16

SMDR2 (ARTDN)

Table 4-22 SMDR2 (ARTDN)
CONTENTS/INPUT

b0

b1

0-Detailed billing is not required for incoming calls.

0

×

1-Detailed billing is required only for toll outgoing
calls.

2

×

3

×
×

1-Detailed billing is required for incoming calls.
0-Detailed billing is required for toll and local
outgoing calls.

1

4

×
×

×

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

×
×

×
×

5

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

0b2, 3

×

1-Metering pulses are used.

×

23-

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 539
Issue 1

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

LGRT
1-899

REMARKS

FUNCTION

24

OC

0 = 1 = Originating Category Information is used

25

R/L

Attendant-Identification of Incoming Trunk Display.
0 = TN, RT, TK display
1 = C.O. Line Number display

26

RVSD

Trunk Reversal Identification
This data is necessary when a specific Trunk route provides
battery reversal for answer supervision.
0 = Battery Reversal System
1 = Third Wire System

27

TL

Tone Level

28

ANS

Answer signal from Trunk side.
0 = No answer signal is given.
1 = Answer signal is given.

29

30

31

0

TELP

Time Elapse Indication Service
0 = Out of Service

PAD

This data determines Pad control on the ODT/DTI circuit
card.
TLT (EMT)
DTI
0 = Depending on setting.
–
7 = Pad Off(0db)
Pad Off(0db)

OGRL

Release timing for outgoing trunk connection.
0 = 608 msec.
1 = 224 msec.
2 = 288 msec.
3 = 352 msec.
4 = 416 msec.
5 = 480 msec.
6 = 544 msec.
7 = 608 msec.
8 = 672 msec.
9 = 736 msec.
10 = 800 msec.
11 = 864 msec.
12 = 928 msec.
13 = 992 msec.
14 = 1056 msec.
15 = 1120 msec.

CHAPTER 4
Page 540
Issue 1

For MFC signaling
(Brazil and Mexico)

1 = In Service

NDA-24298

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

Time Elapse Indication
(TELP) is a warning tone
sent to the caller after a
predetermined period of
time has elapsed (usually
three minutes).
Pad=1-6: Actual PAD
value depends on PAD
ROM on the ODT/DTI
circuit card. (See the IPX
NEAX2400 Circuit Card
Manual.)
•
•

Normally assign
data “0”
For ISDN, see Table
4-23. (Examples of
Route Class
Settings)

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

LGRT
1-899

REMARKS

FUNCTION

•

32

ICRL

HD

33

GUARD

34

WINK

35

Release timing for incoming trunk connections.
0 = 288 msec.
Note 1 = 224 msec.
2 = 288 msec.
3 = 352 msec.
4 = 416 msec.
5 = 480 msec.
6 = 544 msec.
7 = 608 msec.
8 = 672 msec.
9 = 736 msec.
10 = 800 msec.
11 = 864 msec.
12 = 928 msec.
13 = 992 msec.
14 = 1056 msec.
15 = 1120 msec.
Trunk Hold Timing.
0 = 10 sec.
2 = 4 sec.
4 = 8 sec.
6 = 12 sec.
8 = 16 sec.
10 = 20 sec.
12 = 24 sec.
14 = 28 sec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

•

Note:

2 sec.
6 sec.
10 sec.
14 sec.
18 sec.
22 sec.
26 sec.
30 sec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

160 msec. in
case of Loop
Dialing Trunk.

Normally assign data
“0”.

•

Ground Timer
Outgoing inhibit timing after trunk release.
0 = 3072 msec.
1 = 512 msec.
2 = 1024 msec.
3 = 1536 msec.
4 = 2048 msec.
5 = 2560 msec.
6 = 3072 msec.
7 = 3584 msec.
8 = 4096 msec.
9 = 4608 msec.
10 = 5120 msec.
11 = 5632 msec.
12 = 6144 msec.
13 = 6656 msec.
14 = 7168 msec.
15 = 7680 msec.
Width of a Wink Signal
0 = 160 msec.
2 = 96 msec.
4 = 160 msec.
6 = 224 msec.
8 = 288 msec.
10 = 352 msec.
12 = 416 msec.
14 = 480 msec.

Normally assign
data “0”.
For ISDN, see Table
4-23 (Example of
Route Class Settings).

•

64 msec.
128 msec.
192 msec.
265 msec.
320 msec.
384 msec.
448 msec.
512 msec.

Normally assign
data “0."
For ISDN, see Table
4-25 (Example of
Route Class
Settings).

Normally assign data
“0."

36

VAD

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

37

CLD

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

38

FA

Forced Account/Forced Authorization Code
0 = Check is not required
1 = Check is required (For Remote Access to System)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 541
Issue 1

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

LGRT
1-899

REMARKS

FUNCTION

39

BC

C.O Line Idle Balance Condition.
0 = Not balanced
1 = Balanced

40

TCM

Travel Class Mark
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

41

TDMQ

Tandem Off Hook OG Queuing
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

42

TRSC

Trunk Restriction class
0 = Out of Service

1-15= In Service

43

BT

Inter-office Busy Service
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

44

PRV

Line Trunk Privacy
0 = Privacy Out of Service
1 = Privacy In Service For Busy Verification, Call Waiting, Executive Right of Way, Paging, Dictation, Data
Communication, etc.).

45

A/D

Analog/Digital Line Data
0 = Analog

1 = Digital

46

CW

Call Waiting Service
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

47

TPQ

Priority OG Queuing
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

48

BL

Detection of Blocking Signal
0 = No detection

1 = Detection

49

TRKS

Trunk Selection Sequence
0 = Select from the trunk which becomes idle first.
1 = Select from the trunk which becomes idle last.

Assign this data reversing
to the mate office data.
(Especially, for CCIS)

50

DPLY

Number Display of Dterm between offices
0 = Not given
1 = Given

For CCIS voice route and
ISDN Bch route.

51

ACD

0 = Out of Service

1 =

52

2W/4W

2 Wires/4 Wires
0 = 2 Wires

1 = 4 Wires

53

FAAT

Authorization Code for ATT
0 = Depends on RSC of ATT
1 = Authorization Code always required.

54

GW

Gateway Option
0 = Out of Service
2-15 = Not used

55

TCMA

CHAPTER 4
Page 542
Issue 1

For Australia only

See AEFR command.

–

For CCIS voice route,
assign data “1."

Assign data “1” only for
digital T1 routes or Bch
of ISDN routes.

Always assign data “0”
even ACD application.

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

1 = Data Signaling Trunk

NDA-24298

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

LGRT
1-899

REMARKS

FUNCTION

Assign this for the
incoming route (ICRT),
if necessary.

56

SMDR3

Detailed billing for outgoing in tandem connection.
0 = Required
1 = Not required

57

HDT

Heterogeneous Data Trunk
0 = Not Heterogeneous Data Trunk
1 = Heterogeneous Data Trunk

58

CD

Consecutive Dialing
0 = Out of Service

59

CCH

Common Channel Handler
0 = CCH is not mounted (normal setting)
1 = CCH is mounted (ISDN or CCIS line )

60

TC/EC

61

IRE

Inter-rearranging signal
1 = Supervisory

62

SCR

Step Call Restriction for Tie Line Call
0 = Step call is restricted.
1 = Step call is not restricted.

63

LYER1

Layer 1 (For ISDN)
0 = 23 B+D 1 = 30 B+D

0= µ law country
1= A law country

64

NET

User/Net Identification (For ISDN)
0 = User Side (normal setting)
1 = Network side

Normally assign data
“0."

INT

Interface Specification (For ISDN)
0 = No.7
1 = N-ISDN2
2 = Australia
3 = INS 1500 (NTT)
4 = ITU (CCITT), ETSI
5 = AT&T (#4/#5 ESS) 6 = INS 6 4 (NTT)
7 = NT DMS 100/DMS 250
8 = Not used
9 = TTC Q931 a protocol Tie Line (JAPAN)
10 = Q-sig, (ETS 300 172)/IS-11572
11 = Seamless

DC

Dialed Number Confirmation (For ISDN)
0 = Sub Addressing
1-15 = DID Addressing

65

1 = In Service
Always assign data “0”
even ISDN/CCIS.

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."
When assigning this
data, always enter zero
(0).

Note:
66

67

HKS

Hooking Service
0 = Out of Service

Note

Other than 0=
Number of
Main Address
Digits to be
translated.

1 = In Service

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 543
Issue 1

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

LGRT
1-899

REMARKS

FUNCTION

68

SCF

Split Call Forwarding
The call is forwarded to the desired destination assigned at
0 = Split C. F. - All Calls (SSC, SID = 8), Split C. F. Busy Line (SSC, SID = 10), Split C. F. - Don’t
Answer (SSC, SID = 12)
1 = C. F. - All Calls (SSCA, SIDA = 86), C. F. - Busy
Line (SSCA, SID = 87), C. F. - Don’t Answer (SS
CA, SIDA = 88)

69

SMDR4

Detailed billing for incoming in tandem connection.
0 = Required
1 = Not required

Assign this for the
outgoing route (OGRT)
if necessary.

70

TCMN

Number of digits of TCM (S Code)
0 = No digit
1 = 1 digit
2 = 2 digits
3 = Not used

Use this when ONSG/
INSG = 4 (MF).

71

TCMC

TCM and KP Sending Sequence
0 = KP-ST
1 = KP TCM-ST
2 = TCM KP-ST
3 = KP (TCM)-ST

Use this when ONSG/
INSG = 4 (MF).

MFSP

Sending Speed
Tone ON Tone
0= 68 msec.
1= 56 msec.
2= 68 msec.
3= 68 msec.
4= 48 msec.
5= 52 msec.
6-15= Not used
(In case of MFC)
0 = 24.0 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.

72

CHAPTER 4
Page 544
Issue 1

This data is valid when
ASYDN, SYS,INDEX
79, b2 = 1.

Note:
OFF Digit/sec.
68 msec. 7.5
56 msec. (CCITT No.5)
32 msec. 10
36 msec. 10
48 msec. 10
52 msec. 10

1=
3=
5=
7=
9 =
11 =
13 =
15 =

5.5 sec.
8.5 sec.
11.5 sec.
14.5 sec.
17.5 sec.
22.0 sec.
26.0 sec.
30.0 sec.

NDA-24298

Note

Use this when
ONSG/INSG =
4.

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

LGRT
1-899

REMARKS

FUNCTION

73

74

KPST

KPPT

STC
75

76
77

78

MC
MT

TONE

Duration of KP sending
0 = 48 msec.
2 = 64 msec.
4 = 80 msec.
6 = 96 msec.
8 = 112 msec.
10 = 128 msec.
12 = 144 msec.
14 = 160 msec.
(In case of MFC)
0 = 12.0 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.
Pause after KP sending
0 = 48 msec.
5 = 88 msec.
7 = 104 msec.
12 = 144 msec.
14 = 160 msec.
(In case of MFC)
0 = 12.0 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

56 msec.
72 msec.
88 msec.
104 msec.
120 msec.
136 msec.
152 msec.
168 msec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

5.5 sec.
8.5 sec.
11.5 sec.
14.5 sec.
17.5 sec.
22.0 sec.
26.0 sec.
30.0 sec.

1
6
8
13
15

=
=
=
=
=

1=
3=
5 =
7 =
9=
11 =
13 =
15 =

56 msec.
96 msec.
112 msec.
152 msec.
168 msec.

Note

When the monitor signal
is Reverse and the data is
set to “0,” KP sending is
stopped by reserve signal
monitor at the related
distant office.

Note:

Use this when
ONSG/INSG =
4.(MF)

Note:

Use this when
ONSG/INSG =
4.(MF)

Note

5.5 sec.
8.5 sec.
11.5 sec.
14.5 sec.
17.5 sec.
22.0 sec.
26.0 sec.
30.0 sec.

Stop Code
0-11= Not used
12 = MF
13= Not used
14 = DTMF
15= MF (for MF signaling)

Use this when ONSG/
INSG = 4. (MF)

MP Start Cause
0 = As per ST

1 = Not used

Always set data “0."

MF Frequency
0 = DTMF (4×4)

1 = MF (2 out of 6)

TONE Designation for TRK Call Termination
0 = DT
1-15= Not used

NDA-24298

Use this when ONSG/
INSG = 4.(MF)
This data is effective
when 2 (Second Dial
Tone) is set in ARTDN,
ISGS = 3.

CHAPTER 4
Page 545
Issue 1

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

LGRT
1-899

REMARKS

FUNCTION

79

80

PPTM

MPTM

CHAPTER 4
Page 546
Issue 1

Sender Prepares
0 = Standard
2 = 800 msec.
4 = 1200 msec.
6 = 1600 msec.
8 = 2000 msec.
10 = 2400 msec.
12 = 2800 msec.
14 = 3200 msec.
(In case of MFC)
0 = 24.0 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

600 msec.
1000 msec.
1400 msec.
1800 msec.
2200 msec.
2600 msec.
3000 msec.
3400 msec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

5.5 sec.
8.5 sec.
11.5 sec.
14.5 sec.
17.5 sec.
22.0 sec.
26.0 sec.
30.0 sec.

Sender Minimum Pause
0 = 10 PPS/600 msec., 20 PPS/450 msec.
1 = 600 msec.
2 = 800 msec.
3 = 1000 msec.
4 = 1200 msec.
5 = 1400 msec.
6 = 1600 msec.
7 = 1800 msec.
8 = 2000 msec. Note
9 = 2200 msec.
10 = 2400 msec.
11 = 2600 msec.
12 = 2800 msec.
13 = 3000 msec.
14 = 3200 msec.
15 = 3400 msec.
(In case of MFC)
0 = 12.0 sec.
1 = 5.5 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
3 = 8.5 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
5 = 11.5 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
7 = 14.5 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
9 = 17.5 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
11 = 22.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
13 = 26.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.
15 = 30.0 sec.

NDA-24298

Note:

Possible to use
when adjusting
the interdict
timer in DP
line.

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

LGRT
1-899

REMARKS

FUNCTION

81

LPTM

Sender Inter-Digit Pause Index
0 = DP/1 sec., PB/0.5sec.
2 = 800 msec.
4 = 1200 msec.
6 = 1600 msec.
8 = 2000 msec.
10 = 2400 msec.
12 = 2800 msec.
14 = 3200 msec.
(In case of MFC)
0 = 12.0 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.

Note:
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

600 msec.
1000 msec.
1400 msec.
1800 msec.
Note
2200 msec.
2600 msec.
3000 msec.
3400 msec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

5.5 sec.
8.5 sec.
11.5 sec.
14.5 sec.
17.5 sec.
22.0 sec.
26.0 sec.
30.0 sec.

Possible to use
when adjusting
the duration of
Pause in the
case of Speed
Calling System
or Adding
digits.

82

RSAX

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

83

CST

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

84

CSEG

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

85

CSEU

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

86

CSEL

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

87

CMP

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

88

TALK

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

89

FOT

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

90

RST

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

91

TOCI

Trunk Override Calling
0 = Override Inhibited (Calling side).
1 = Tie Line Override Service is provided (Calling side).

92

TOCD

Trunk Override Called
0 = Override Inhibited (Called side).
1 = Tie Line Override Service is provided (Called side).

93

ODGD

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

94

RLS

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

95

GWD

Gate Way Data Service
0= Out of Service
2-15= Not used

96

H1

ISDN H1 Switching
0 = –

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0."

97

DT

0

0

0

0

1 = Gate Way System

1 = In Service

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 547
Issue 1

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

LGRT
1-899

REMARKS

FUNCTION

ISDN transmitting information
0 = Out of Service
1 = 16-Digit Caller Number Service, Attribute Information Notification Service, and Calling Sub-Address
Transfer Service
2-15= Not used

98

CI

99

OID

0

0

0

0 Always assign data“0.”

100

TKS

0

0

0

0 Always assign data“0.”
PAD value can also be
set by switch setting on
the 8TLT (Long Line
Telephone = TELT) card.

Pad Control Data 2
0-7 = For Pad value, See the NEAX2400 IPX Circuit Card
Manual.

101

PAD2

102

TRM

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

103

TRPX

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

104

LDR

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

105

TSC

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

106

SATS

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

107

RVPX

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

108

DQ

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

109

SLOV

Slumber Time Override Service
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

0

0

0

0

110

SDTO

System message automatic output when Connection Acknowledge signal has not been received.
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

111

ADVPRA

ISDN PRI Failure Routing Service
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

112

IND

Inter-office Name Display
0 = Out of Service

113

UUI

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

114

DCH

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

115

CMRT

116

PREF

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

117

DFS

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

118

BOB

0

0

0

0

119

HO1CH

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

120

IFR

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

CHAPTER 4
Page 548
Issue 1

This data is valid for
dummy routes.

1 = In Service

Common use of Route Numbers of ISDN trunks
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

Broad Band
0 = 64K

1 = N × 64K

Indonesia Compulsion Cut Service
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

NDA-24298

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

LGRT
1-899

REMARKS

FUNCTION

121

CONV

SMDR Called Number Conversation
0 = Conversation Number
1 = In Service

122

OPRT

Originally Trunk Information
0 = Out of Service

CNI

Calling Number Identification Format
0 = No ANI
1 = Feature Group D Format
2 = Not used
3 = Not used

123

1 = In Service

Table 4-23 provides examples of standard route class settings.
Table 4-23 Examples of Route Class Settings
KIND OF LOGICAL TRUNK ROUTE
PARAMETER

FUNCTION

ANALOG
C.O
BWT

ACIS
TIE
LINE
(E&M)

DID LINE

CCIS LINE

ISDN LINE (PRI)

VOICE

DATA

B-CH

D-CH

DUMMY
ROUTE

1

OSGS

2

7

0

0

0

0

0

0

2

ONSG

3

3

0

2

2

2

2

0

3

ISGS

1

7

7

0

0

0

0

0

4

INSG

3

3

3

2

2

2

2

0

5

TF

3

3

2

3

0

3

0

0

6

TCL

1

4

5

4

4

4

4

4

7

L/T

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

8

RLP

2

2

2

2

0

2

2

0

9

TQ

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

10

SMDR

1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

11

TD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

12

DR

1

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

13

AC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

14

TNT

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

15

LSG

0

5

8

12

13

12

13

0

16

SMDR2

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

17

H/M

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

18

MC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

19

ANI

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

20

D

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

21

MSB

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

22

MSW

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 549
Issue 1

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

Table 4-23 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued)
KIND OF LOGICAL TRUNK ROUTE
PARAMETER
ANALOG
C.O
BWT

ACIS
TIE
LINE
(E&M)

DID LINE

TR

0

0

24

OC

0

25

R/L

0

26

RVSD

27

FUNCTION

CCIS LINE

ISDN LINE (PRI)

DUMMY
ROUTE

VOICE

DATA

B-CH

D-CH

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

TL

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

28

ANS

0

1

1

1

0

1

1

0

29

TELP

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

30

PAD

0

0

0

4

7

4

7

0

31

OGRL

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

32

ICRL

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

33

HD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

34

GUARD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

35

WINK

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

36

VAD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

37

CLD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

38

FA

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

39

BC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

40

TCM

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

41

TDMQ

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

42

TRSC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

43

BT

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

44

PRV

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

45

A/D

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

46

CW

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

47

TPQ

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

48

BL

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

49

TRKS

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

50

DPLY

0

0

0

1

0

1

0

0

51

ACD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

52

2W/4W

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

53

FAAT

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

54

GW

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

55

TCMA

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

56

SMDR3

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

57

HDT

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

58

CD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

59

CCH

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

23

CHAPTER 4
Page 550
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

Table 4-23 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued)
KIND OF LOGICAL TRUNK ROUTE
PARAMETER
ANALOG
C.O
BWT

ACIS
TIE
LINE
(E&M)

DID LINE

TC/EC

0

0

61

IRE

0

62

SCR

0

63

LYER1

64

FUNCTION

CCIS LINE

ISDN LINE (PRI)

DUMMY
ROUTE

VOICE

DATA

B-CH

D-CH

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

NET

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

65

INT

0

0

0

0

0

0

66

DC

0

0

0

0

0

0

67

HKS

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

68

SCF

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

69

SMDR4

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

70

TCMN

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

71

TCMC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

72

MFSP

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

73

KPST

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

74

KPPT

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

75

STC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

76

MC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

60

77

MT

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

78

TONE

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

79

PPTM

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

80

MPTM

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

81

LPTM

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

82

RSAX

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

83

CST

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

84

CSEG

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

85

CSEU

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

86

CSEL

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

87

CMP

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

88

TALK

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

89

FOT

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

90

RST

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

91

TOCI

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

92

TOCD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

93

ODGD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

94

RLS

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

95

GWD

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

96

H1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 551
Issue 1

ARTDN : Assignment of Route Class Data for NDM

Table 4-23 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued)
KIND OF LOGICAL TRUNK ROUTE
PARAMETER
ANALOG
C.O
BWT

ACIS
TIE
LINE
(E&M)

DID LINE

DT

0

0

98

CI

0

99

OID

0

100

TKS

101

PAD2

FUNCTION

97

CCIS LINE

ISDN LINE (PRI)

DUMMY
ROUTE

VOICE

DATA

B-CH

D-CH

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

102

TRM

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

103

TRPX

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

104

LDR

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

105

TSC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

106

SATS

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

107

RVPX

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

108

DQ

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

109

SLOV

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

110

SDTO

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

111

ADVPRA

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

112

IND

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

113

UUI

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

114

DCH

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

115

CMRT

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

116

PREF

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

117

DFS

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

118

BOB

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

119

HO1CH

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

120

IFR

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

121

CONV

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

122

OPRT

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

123

CN1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

CHAPTER 4
Page 552
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

ALRNN: Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM
1. General
As the functions of ALRTN, ARTD and ARTDN commands are combined into this command, it can be used
to allocate the Logical Route number and to assign/delete Route Class data at the same time. The data assigned
by this command is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating
the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

This command can be used only when logging in to NCN.

2.

When Route Class Data is assigned to NDM, the data is also assigned to FPC designated node.

3.

In case of data deletion by this command, Route Class Data of both NDM and FPC designated node are
deleted.
As the DM data set by ARTD command is also deleted in this process, when you want to delete the
allocated Logical Route Number only, use ALRTN command.

3. Data Entry Instructions
See data sheet in Section 4.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 553
Issue 1

ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899
FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253

REMARKS

ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255

1

2

3

4

5

OSGS

Signal Interface for Outgoing
0 = CCIS No.7
1 = RingDown
2 = Second Dial Tone
3 = Not used
4 = Sender (Immediate Start)
Note
5 = Not used
6 = Sender (Delay Dial Start)
7 = Sender (Wink start)
8-15= Not used

ONSG

Signal Selection for Outgoing
0 = Not used
1 = DP, 10 pps, 33% Make
2 = PB, 60msec. Interruption or CCIS No.7
3 = DP/PB
4 = MF
5 = DP, 20 pps, 33% Make
6 = Not used
7 = DP, 20 pps, 50% Make
8 = PB, 120 msec. Interruption
9 = DP, 10 pps, 40% Make
10 = MFC
11-15=Not used

ISGS

Signal Interface for Incoming
0 = CCIS No.7
2 = Second Dial Tone
4 = Sender (Immediate Start)
5 = Not used
6 = Sender (Delay Dial Start)
7 = Sender (Wink Start)

1 = Ring Down
3 = Not used
Note

8-15= Not used

INSG

Signal Selection for Incoming
0 = Not used 1= DP, 10 pps, 33% Make
2 = PB, 60msec. Interruption or CCIS No.7
3 = DP/PB
4 = MF
5 = DP, 20 pps, 33% Make
6 = Not used
7 = DP, 20 pps, 50% Make
8 = PB, 120 msec. Interruption
9 = DP, 10 pps, 40% Make
10 = MFC
11-15=Not used

TF

Type of Trunk Function
0 = Not used
1 = Outgoing Trunk (OGT)
2 = Incoming Trunk (ICT)
3 = Bothway Trunk (BWT)

CHAPTER 4
Page 554
Issue 1

NDA-24298

Note:

The select
signal in
ONSG should
be “DP.”

Note:

The select
signal in
INSG should
be “DP.”

ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899
FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253

REMARKS

ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255

6

TCL

Trunk Class
Specify the kind of trunk
1 = DDD Line
2
3 = WATS Line
4 = Tie Line/Announcement Trunk
5 = CCSA
6
7 = CAS Line
8
9 = Code Call Trunk
10
11 = General Paging Trunk
12 = Radio Paging Trunk
13 - 31

= FX

= Toll Terminal
= Paging
= Dictation Trunk
= Not used

L/T

Line/Trunk Identification
0 = Not used (Line)

8

RLP

Trunk Release Pattern
0 = Calling Party Release (Outgoing only)
1 = Not used
2 = First Party Release (either station or trunk side)
3 = Not used

9

TQ

Outgoing Trunk Queuing
0 = Out of Service

7

1 = Trunk

1

1

1

1

1 Always assign data “1.”

Normally assign data
“2”

1 = In Service

10 SMDR

Detailed Billing Information
0 = SMDR Out of Service
1 = SMDR In Service (ORT required for receiving all dialed
digits

11 TD

Toll Denial Battery Reversal

12 DR

Distinctive Ringing Pattern
This parameter designates whether distinctive ringing will
be provided for an incoming call.
0 = Distinctive Ringing is not required
(ASYD, SYS 3, Index 3, Bit 0=0)
1 = Distinctive Ringing is required
(ASYD, SYS 3, Index 3, Bit 0=1)

13 AC

Flexible Routing Pattern Designation
When outgoing route selection pattern number is to be
determined by the AFRS command, “1” is to be assigned if
the Access Code is included in the Number Pattern Code
(NPC).
0 = When flexible routing is executed, numbers are translated
excluding the Access Code
1 = When flexible routing is executed, numbers are translated
including the Access Code

14 TNT

Tenant Number Check
0 = Tenant number check is not required in trunk selection.

0

NDA-24298

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

This data is valid for
dummy routes. Assign
data “1” for the dummy
route.

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

CHAPTER 4
Page 555
Issue 1

ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899
FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253

REMARKS

ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255

15 LSG

Line Signal
0 = Loop
1 = Ground Start
C.O. Line
2 = CCH
3 = Caller ID (Loop)
4 = Loop
5 = E&M
Tie Line
6 = DX
7 = 24V4
8 = Loop DID
9 - 11 = Not used
12 = Speech Line (for CCIS No. 7 or Bch of ISDN)
13 = Signal Line (for CCIS No. 7 or Dch of ISDN)
14 = Not used
15 = Not used

16 SMDR2

Detailed Billing Information

17 H/M

Hotel Service in CCIS No. 7
0 = Out of Service

See Figure 4-17 and
Table 4-24.
1 = In Service

18 MC

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

20 D

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

21 MSB

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

22 MSW

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

19 ANI

23 TR

CHAPTER 4
Page 556
Issue 1

E911 - ANI Service
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

0 = –
1 = ICPT transfer by group-II signals used.

NDA-24298

For MFC signaling

ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

b3

b2

b1

b0
0/1: -/Incoming Call (SMDR is required)

0/1: SMDR is required for toll and local outgoing calls/SMDR is required only for toll
outgoing calls.

0:

Metering pulses are necessary. Hexadecimal

1:

assignment is “01.”

2:
3:

Example:
b3

b2

b1

b0

0

0

0

1

8

4

2

b0=bit 0
b1=bit 1...

1

The following explains what hexadecimal data “1” means for SMDR2:
• For incoming calls SMDR is required because Bit 0 is assigned as one (1).
• SMDR is required for toll and local outgoing calls because Bit 1 is assigned as zero (0).
• Metering pulses are detected by the system; therefore Bit 2 is zero (0) and Bit 3 is zero (0).

Figure 4-17

SMDR2 (ALRNN)

Table 4-24 SMDR2 (ALRNN)
CONTENTS/INPUT

b0

b1

0-Detailed billing is not required for incoming calls.

0

×

1-Detailed billing is required only for toll outgoing
calls.

2

×

3

×
×

1-Detailed billing is required for incoming calls.
0-Detailed billing is required for toll and local
outgoing calls.

1

4

×
×

×

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

×
×

×
×

5

×

×

×

×

×

×

×

0b2, 3

×

1-Metering pulses are used.

×

23-

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 557
Issue 1

ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899
FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253

REMARKS

ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255

24

OC

0 = 1 = Originating Category Information is used

25

R/L

Attendant-Identification of Incoming Trunk Display.
0 = TN, RT, TK display
1 = C.O. Line Number display

26

RVSD

Trunk Reversal Identification
This data is necessary when a specific Trunk route provides
battery reversal for answer supervision.
0 = Battery Reversal System
1 = Third Wire System

27

TL

Tone Level

28

ANS

Answer signal from Trunk side.
0 = No answer signal is given.
1 = Answer signal is given.

29

30

31

0

TELP

Time Elapse Indication Service
0 = Out of Service

PAD

This data determines Pad control on the ODT/DTI circuit
card.
TLT (EMT)
DTI
0 = Depending on setting.
–
7 = Pad Off(0db)
Pad Off(0db)

OGRL

Release timing for outgoing trunk connection.
0 = 608 msec.
1 = 224 msec.
2 = 288 msec.
3 = 352 msec.
4 = 416 msec.
5 = 480 msec.
6 = 544 msec.
7 = 608 msec.
8 = 672 msec.
9 = 736 msec.
10 = 800 msec.
11 = 864 msec.
12 = 928 msec.
13 = 992 msec.
14 = 1056 msec.
15 = 1120 msec.

CHAPTER 4
Page 558
Issue 1

For MFC signaling
(Brazil and Mexico)

1 = In Service

NDA-24298

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

Time Elapse Indication
(TELP) is a warning tone
sent to the caller after a
predetermined period of
time has elapsed (usually
three minutes).
Pad=1-6: Actual PAD
value depends on PAD
ROM on the ODT/DTI
circuit card. (See the IPX
NEAX2400 Circuit Card
Manual.)
•
•

Normally assign
data “0”.
For ISDN, see Table
4-25. (Examples of
Route Class
Settings)

ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899
FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253

REMARKS

ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255

•

32

ICRL

Release timing for incoming trunk connections.
0 = 288 msec.
Note 1 = 224 msec.
2 = 288 msec.
3 = 352 msec.
4 = 416 msec.
5 = 480 msec.
6 = 544 msec.
7 = 608 msec.
8 = 672 msec.
9 = 736 msec.
10 = 800 msec.
11 = 864 msec.
12 = 928 msec.
13 = 992 msec.
14 = 1056 msec.
15 = 1120 msec.

•

Normally assign
data “0”.
For ISDN, see Table
4-25 (Example of
Route Class
Settings).

Note:

160 msec. in
case of Loop
Dialing Trunk.

HD

Trunk Hold Timing.
0 = 10 sec.
2 = 4 sec.
4 = 8 sec.
6 = 12 sec.
8 = 16 sec.
10 = 20 sec.
12 = 24 sec.
14 = 28 sec.

GUARD

Ground Timer
Outgoing inhibit timing after trunk release.
0 = 3072 msec.
1 = 512 msec.
2 = 1024 msec.
3 = 1536 msec.
4 = 2048 msec.
5 = 2560 msec.
6 = 3072 msec.
7 = 3584 msec.
8 = 4096 msec.
9 = 4608 msec.
10 = 5120 msec.
11 = 5632 msec.
12 = 6144 msec.
13 = 6656 msec.
14 = 7168 msec.
15 = 7680 msec.

35

WINK

Width of a Wink Signal
0 = 160 msec.
2 = 96 msec.
4 = 160 msec.
6 = 224 msec.
8 = 288 msec.
10 = 352 msec.
12 = 416 msec.
14 = 480 msec.

36

VAD

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

37

CLD

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

38

FA

Forced Account/Forced Authorization Code
0 = Check is not required
1 = Check is required (For Remote Access to System)

39

BC

C.O Line Idle Balance Condition.
0 = Not balanced
1 = Balanced

33

34

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

2 sec.
6 sec.
10 sec.
14 sec.
18 sec.
22 sec.
26 sec.
30 sec.

Normally assign data
“0”.

•
•

64 msec.
128 msec.
192 msec.
265 msec.
320 msec.
384 msec.
448 msec.
512 msec.

NDA-24298

Normally assign
data “0.”
For ISDN, see Table
4-25 (Example of
Route Class
Settings).

Normally assign data
“0.”

For Australia only

CHAPTER 4
Page 559
Issue 1

ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899
FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253

REMARKS

ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255

40

TCM

Travel Class Mark
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

41

TDMQ

Tandem Off Hook OG Queuing
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

42

TRSC

Trunk Restriction class
0 = Out of Service

1-15= In Service

43

BT

Inter-office Busy Service
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

44

PRV

Line Trunk Privacy
0 = Privacy Out of Service
1 = Privacy In Service For Busy Verification, Call Waiting, Executive Right of Way, Paging, Dictation, Data
Communication, etc.).

45

A/D

Analog/Digital Line Data
0 = Analog

1 = Digital

46

CW

Call Waiting Service
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

47

TPQ

Priority OG Queuing
0 = Out of Service

1 = In Service

BL

Detection of Blocking Signal
0 = No detection

1 = Detection

49

TRKS

Trunk Selection Sequence
0 = Select from the trunk which becomes idle first.
1 = Select from the trunk which becomes idle last.

Assign this data
reversing to the mate
office data. (Especially,
for CCIS)

50

DPLY

Number Display of Dterm between offices
0 = Not given
1 = Given

For CCIS voice route and
ISDN Bch route.

51

ACD

0 = Out of Service

1 =

52

2W/4W

2 Wires/4 Wires
0 = 2 Wires

1 = 4 Wires

53

FAAT

Authorization Code for ATT
0 = Depends on RSC of ATT
1 = Authorization Code always required.

54

GW

Gateway Option
0 = Out of Service
2-15 = Not used

55

TCMA

56

SMDR3

48

CHAPTER 4
Page 560
Issue 1

See AEFR command.

–

For CCIS voice route,
assign data “1.”

Assign data “1” only for
digital T1 routes or Bch
of ISDN routes.

Always assign data “0”
even ACD application.

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

1 = Data Signaling Trunk

Detailed billing for outgoing in tandem connection.
0 = Required
1 = Not required

NDA-24298

Assign this for the incoming route (ICRT), if
necessary.

ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899
FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253

REMARKS

ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255

57

HDT

Heterogeneous Data Trunk
0 = Not Heterogeneous Data Trunk
1 = Heterogeneous Data Trunk

58

CD

Consecutive Dialing
0 = Out of Service

59

CCH

Common Channel Handler
0 = CCH is not mounted (normal setting)
1 = CCH is mounted (ISDN or CCIS line)

60

TC/EC

61

IRE

Inter-rearranging signal
1 = Supervisory

62

SCR

Step Call Restriction for Tie Line Call
0 = Step call is restricted.
1 = Step call is not restricted.

63

LYER1

Layer 1 (For ISDN)
0 = 23 B+D 1 = 30 B+D

0= µ law country
1= A law country

64

NET

User/Net Identification (For ISDN)
0 = User Side (normal setting)
1 = Network side

Normally assign data
“0.”

INT

Interface Specification (For ISDN)
0 = No.7
1 = N-ISDN2
2 = Australia
3 = INS 1500 (NTT)
4 = ITU (CCITT), ETSI
5 = AT&T (#4/#5 ESS) 6 = INS 6 4 (NTT)
7 = NT DMS 100/DMS 250
8 = Not used
9 = TTC Q931 a protocol Tie Line (JAPAN)
10 = Q-sig, (ETS 300 172)/IS-11572

DC

Dialed Number Confirmation (For ISDN)
0 = Sub Addressing
1-15 = DID Addressing

65

1 = In Service
Always assign data “0”
even ISDN/CCIS.

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”
When assigning this data,
zero (0) should always be
entered.

Note:
66

Note

Other than 0=
Number of
Main Address
Digits to be
translated.

67

HKS

Hooking Service
0 = Out of Service

68

SCF

Split Call Forwarding
0 = Follow station forwarding (CF)
1 = Follow trunk forwarding (Split CF)

This data is valid when
ASYDN, SYS,INDEX
79, b2 = 1.

69

SMDR4

Detailed billing for incoming in tandem connection.
0 = Required
1 = Not required

Assign this for the
outgoing route (OGRT) if
necessary.

70

TCMN

Number of digits of TCM (S Code)
0 = No digit
1 = 1 digit
2 = 2 digits
3 = Not used

Use this when ONSG/
INSG = 4 (MF).

1 = In Service

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 561
Issue 1

ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899
FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253

REMARKS

ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255

71

72

73

TCMC

TCM and KP Sending Sequence
0 = KP-ST
1 = KP TCM-ST
2 = TCM KP-ST
3 = KP (TCM)-ST

MFSP

Sending Speed
Tone ON Tone
0= 68 msec.
1= 56 msec.
2= 68 msec.
3= 68 msec.
4= 48 msec.
5= 52 msec.
6-15= Not used
(In case of MFC)
0 = 24.0 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.

KPST

CHAPTER 4
Page 562
Issue 1

Duration of KP sending
0 = 48 msec.
2 = 64 msec.
4 = 80 msec.
6 = 96 msec.
8 = 112 msec.
10 = 128 msec.
12 = 144 msec.
14 = 160 msec.
(In case of MFC)
0 = 12.0 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.

Use this when ONSG/
INSG = 4 (MF).
Note:

OFF Digit/sec.
68 msec. 7.5
56 msec. (CCITT No.5)
32 msec. 10
36 msec. 10
48 msec. 10
52 msec. 10

1=
3=
5 =
7 =
9 =
11 =
13 =
15 =

5.5 sec.
8.5 sec.
11.5 sec.
14.5 sec.
17.5 sec.
22.0 sec.
26.0 sec.
30.0 sec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

56 msec.
72 msec.
88 msec.
104 msec.
120 msec.
136 msec.
152 msec.
168 msec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

5.5 sec.
8.5 sec.
11.5 sec.
14.5 sec.
17.5 sec.
22.0 sec.
26.0 sec.
30.0 sec.

NDA-24298

Note

Use this when
ONSG/INSG =
4.

Note

When the monitor signal
is Reverse and the data is
set to “0,” KP sending is
stopped by reserve signal
monitor at the related distant office.

Note:

Use this when
ONSG/INSG =
4.(MF)

ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899
FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253

REMARKS

ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255

Note:

Use this when
ONSG/INSG =
4.(MF)

KPPT

Pause after KP sending
0 = 48 msec.
5 = 88 msec.
7 = 104 msec.
12 = 144 msec.
14 = 160 msec.
(In case of MFC)
0 = 12.0 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.

75

STC

Stop Code
0-11= Not used
12 = MF
13= Not used
14 = DTMF
15= MF (for MF signaling)

Use this when ONSG/
INSG = 4. (MF)

76

MC

MP Start Cause
0 = As per ST

1 = Not used

Always set data “0.”

77

MT

MF Frequency
0 = DTMF (4×4)

1 = MF (2 out of 6)

TONE

TONE Designation for TRK Call Termination
0 = DT
1-15= Not used

PPTM

Sender Prepares
0 = Standard
2 = 800 msec.
4 = 1200 msec.
6 = 1600 msec.
8 = 2000 msec.
10 = 2400 msec.
12 = 2800 msec.
14 = 3200 msec.
(In case of MFC)
0 = 24.0 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.

74

78

79

1
6
8
13
15

=
=
=
=
=

1=
3 =
5 =
7 =
9 =
11 =
13 =
15 =

56 msec.
96 msec.
112 msec.
152 msec.
168 msec.

Note

5.5 sec.
8.5 sec.
11.5 sec.
14.5 sec.
17.5 sec.
22.0 sec.
26.0 sec.
30.0 sec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

600 msec.
1000 msec.
1400 msec.
1800 msec.
2200 msec.
2600 msec.
3000 msec.
3400 msec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

5.5 sec.
8.5 sec.
11.5 sec.
14.5 sec.
17.5 sec.
22.0 sec.
26.0 sec.
30.0 sec.

NDA-24298

Use this when ONSG/
INSG = 4.(MF)
This data is effective
when 2 (Second Dial
Tone) is set in ARTDN,
ISGS = 3.

CHAPTER 4
Page 563
Issue 1

ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899
FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253

REMARKS

ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255

80

81

Note:

Possible to use
when adjusting the interdict timer in
DP line.

MPTM

Sender Minimum Pause
0 = 10 PPS/600 msec., 20 PPS/450 msec.
1 = 600 msec.
2 = 800 msec.
3 = 1000 msec.
4 = 1200 msec.
5 = 1400 msec.
6 = 1600 msec.
7 = 1800 msec.
8 = 2000 msec. Note
9 = 2200 msec.
10 = 2400 msec.
11 = 2600 msec.
12 = 2800 msec.
13 = 3000 msec.
14 = 3200 msec.
15 = 3400 msec.
(In case of MFC)
0 = 12.0 sec.
1 = 5.5 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
3 = 8.5 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
5 = 11.5 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
7 = 14.5 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
9 = 17.5 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
11 = 22.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
13 = 26.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.
15 = 30.0 sec.

Note:

Possible to use
when adjusting
the duration of
Pause in the
case of Speed
Calling System
or Adding
digits.

LPTM

Sender Inter-Digit Pause Index
0 = DP/1 sec., PB/0.5sec.
2 = 800 msec.
4 = 1200 msec.
6 = 1600 msec.
8 = 2000 msec.
10 = 2400 msec.
12 = 2800 msec.
14 = 3200 msec.
(In case of MFC)
0 = 12.0 sec.
2 = 7.0 sec.
4 = 10.0 sec.
6 = 13.0 sec.
8 = 16.0 sec.
10 = 20.0 sec.
12 = 24.0 sec.
14 = 28.0 sec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

600 msec.
1000 msec.
1400 msec.
1800 msec.
Note
2200 msec.
2600 msec.
3000 msec.
3400 msec.

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

5.5 sec.
8.5 sec.
11.5 sec.
14.5 sec.
17.5 sec.
22.0 sec.
26.0 sec.
30.0 sec.

82

RSAX

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

83

CST

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

84

CSEG

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

85

CSEU

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

86

CSEL

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

87

CMP

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

88

TALK

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

89

FOT

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

90

RST

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

CHAPTER 4
Page 564
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899
FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253

REMARKS

ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255

91

TOCI

Trunk Override Calling
0 = Override Inhibited (Calling side).
1 = Tie Line Override Service is provided (Calling side).

92

TOCD

Trunk Override Called
0 = Override Inhibited (Called side).
1 = Tie Line Override Service is provided (Called side).

93

ODGD

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

94

RLS

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

95

GWD

Gate Way Data Service
0= Out of Service
2-15= Not used

96

H1

ISDN H1 Switching
0 = –

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

97

DT

0

0

0

0

1 = Gate Way System

1 = In Service

ISDN transmitting information
0 = Out of Service
1 = 16-Digit Caller Number Service, Attribute Information Notification Service, and Calling Sub-Address
Transfer Service
2-15= Not used

98

CI

99

OID

0

0

0

0 Always assign data“0.”

100

TKS

0

0

0

0 Always assign data“0.”
PAD value can also be set
by switch setting on the
8TLT (Long Line
Telephone = TELT) card.

Pad Control Data 2
0-7 = For Pad value, See the NEAX2400 IPX Circuit Card
Manual.

101

PAD2

102

TRM

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

103

TRPX

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

104

LDR

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

105

TSC

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

106

SATS

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

107

RVPX

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

108

DQ

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

109

SLOV

Slumber Time Override Service
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

0

0

0

0

110

SDTO

System message automatic output when Connection Acknowledge signal has not been received.
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

111

ADVPRA

ISDN PRI Failure Routing Service
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

112

IND

Inter-office Name Display
0 = Out of Service

113

UUI

This data is valid for
dummy routes.

1 = In Service
0
NDA-24298

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”
CHAPTER 4
Page 565
Issue 1

ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

LOGICAL ROUTE (LGRT) 1-899
FUSION POINT CODE (FPC) 1-253

REMARKS

ROUTE NUMBER (RT) 1-255

114

DCH

115

CMRT

116

PREF

117

DFS

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

0

0

0

0 Always assign data “0.”

Common use of Route Numbers of ISDN trunks
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

Broad Band
0 = 64K

118

BOB

119

HO1CH

120

IFR

Indonesia Compulsion Cut Service
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

121

CONV

SMDR Called Number Conversation
0 = Conversation Number
1 = In Service

122

OPRT

Originally Trunk Information
0 = Out of Service

CNI

Calling Number Identification Format
0 = No ANI
1 = Feature Group D Format
2 = Not used
3 = Not used

123

0

1 = N × 64K

1 = In Service

Table 4-25 provides examples of standard route class settings.
Table 4-25 Examples of Route Class Settings
KIND OF LOGICAL TRUNK ROUTE
PARAMETER

FUNCTION

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

OSGS
ONSG
ISGS
INSG
TF
TCL
L/T
RLP
TQ
SMDR
TD
DR
AC
TNT

CHAPTER 4
Page 566
Issue 1

ANALOG
C.O
BWT

ACIS
TIE
LINE
(E&M)

DID LINE

2
3
1
3
3
1
1
2
0
1
0
1
0
0

7
3
7
3
3
4
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
7
3
2
5
1
2
0
0
0
1
0
0

CCIS LINE

ISDN LINE (PRI)

VOICE

DATA

B-CH

D-CH

0
2
0
2
3
4
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
2
0
2
0
4
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
2
0
2
3
4
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
2
0
2
0
4
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
0

NDA-24298

DUMMY
ROUTE

0
0
0
0
0
4
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0

ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

Table 4-25 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued)
KIND OF LOGICAL TRUNK ROUTE
PARAMETER

FUNCTION

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

LSG
SMDR2
H/M
MC
ANI
D
MSB
MSW
TR
OC
R/L
RVSD
TL
ANS
TELP
PAD
OGRL
ICRL
HD
GUARD
WINK
VAD
CLD
FA
BC
TCM
TDMQ
TRSC
BT
PRV
A/D
CW
TPQ
BL
TRKS
DPLY
ACD
2W/4W

ANALOG
C.O
BWT

ACIS
TIE
LINE
(E&M)

DID LINE

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

CCIS LINE

ISDN LINE (PRI)

VOICE

DATA

B-CH

D-CH

12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0

13
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
4
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0

13
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
7
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

NDA-24298

DUMMY
ROUTE

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

CHAPTER 4
Page 567
Issue 1

ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

Table 4-25 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued)
KIND OF LOGICAL TRUNK ROUTE
PARAMETER

FUNCTION

53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90

FAAT
GW
TCMA
SMDR3
HDT
CD
CCH
TC/EC
IRE
SCR
LYER1
NET
INT
DC
HKS
SCF
SMDR4
TCMN
TCMC
MFSP
KPST
KPPT
STC
MC
MT
TONE
PPTM
MPTM
LPTM
RSAX
CST
CSEG
CSEU
CSEL
CMP
TALK
FOT
RST

CHAPTER 4
Page 568
Issue 1

ANALOG
C.O
BWT

ACIS
TIE
LINE
(E&M)

DID LINE

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

CCIS LINE

ISDN LINE (PRI)

VOICE

DATA

B-CH

D-CH

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

NDA-24298

DUMMY
ROUTE

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

ALRNN : Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM

Table 4-25 Examples of Route Class Settings (Continued)
KIND OF LOGICAL TRUNK ROUTE
PARAMETER

FUNCTION

91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123

TOCI
TOCD
ODGD
RLS
GWD
H1
DT
CI
OID
TKS
PAD2
TRM
TRPX
LDR
TSC
SATS
RVPX
DQ
SLOV
SDTO
ADVPRA
IND
UUI
DCH
CMRT
PREF
DFS
BOB
HO1CH
IFR
CONV
OPRT
CN1

ANALOG
C.O
BWT

ACIS
TIE
LINE
(E&M)

DID LINE

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

CCIS LINE

ISDN LINE (PRI)

VOICE

DATA

B-CH

D-CH

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

NDA-24298

DUMMY
ROUTE

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

CHAPTER 4
Page 569
Issue 1

ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data

ATRK: Assignment of Trunk Data
1. General
This command assigns the trunk data as the LENS, Trunk Route number (RT) and Trunk number (TK).
2. Precautions
1.

The trunk route (RT) is composed of the trunks (TK). The trunk is categorized into two kinds; the external
trunk and the internal trunk.
(a) The External trunk is an interface to a different node.
(b) The Internal trunk is a common device which is accessed by a station or an external trunk.

2.

The attribute data configuring the external trunk route should be assigned by the ARTD command in
advance.

3.

The applicable number of external trunk routes (quantity) is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1,
INDEX65.

4.

When trunk data has been assigned by this command, the trunk is in the “Make Busy” state. The MBTK
command is used for the Make Busy control.

5.

The maximum number of Attendant Console is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX9.

6.

When an Attendant Console is assigned, the following must also be entered:
(a) RSC: enter “0” normally
(b) SFC: enter “0” normally
(c) TN: tenant number which is handled by theATT.

Note 1: When less than 10 tenants, press the Enter key to jump to WRT? field.
Note 2: The first Tenant Number entered in TN parameter becomes the tenant number of the Attendant Console.

7.

When you enter the LENS, you should consider the port appearance of the trunk circuit card, which is
shown in Figure 4-19 through Figure 4-27. The Group number (G) of LENS and the PCM highway
running are illustrated in Figure 4-18.

CHAPTER 4
Page 570
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
23 / 22 / 21 / 20

19 / 18 / 17 / 16

15 / 14 / 13 / 12

11 / 10

29 / 28

HW
14

HW
10

HW HW HW
11 12 13

31 / 30

HW9

9/8

7/6

5/4

3/2

Figure 4-18

HW8

27 / 26

HW7

1/0

HW HW HW
3
5
4

MUX / TSW#1

MUX / TSW#0

23 / 22 / 21 / 20

HW2

31 / 30

29 / 28

27 / 26

(25)

(24)
HW6

HW1

19 / 18 / 17 / 16

HW0

15 / 14 / 13 / 12

11 / 10

9/8

7/6

5/4

3/2

1/0

PWR

PWR

LENS Group number

HW15

Group Number of LENS

8.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

9.

When deleting Attendant Console data, flip the SW00 of the ATI card into the Make Busy state before
executing this command

10. When deleting the CIC trunk of CCIS, a warning message may be displayed. This message means that the
CIC trunk is busy or the line concerned is not connected. Before deleting the CIC trunk, confirm the line
status by means of the DCON command.
11. When the trunk data assigned by this command has been deleted, the data assigned by the ACSI/AMAT
command is also cleared.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 571
Issue 1

ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data

Group
n+3

Group
n+2

Odd
Number
Group

Even
Number
Group

LV7

Bch30

6

Bch29

5

Bch28

4

Bch27

3

Bch26

2

Bch25

1

Bch24

LV0

Bch23

LV7

Bch22

6

Bch21

5

Bch20

4

Bch19

3

Bch18

2

Bch17

1

Bch16

Level

Slot n-1

LV7

Bch15

Bch30

LV7

Bch15

6

Bch14

Bch29

6

Bch14

5

Bch13

Bch28

5

Bch13

4

Bch12

Bch27

4

Bch12

3

Bch11

Bch26

3

Bch11

2

Bch10

Bch25

2

Bch10

1

Bch9

Bch24

1

Bch9

LV0

Bch8

Bch23

LV0

Bch8

LV7

Bch7

Bch22

LV7

Bch7

6

Bch6

Bch21

6

Bch6

5

Bch5

Bch20

5

Bch5

4

Bch4

Bch19

4

Bch4

3

Bch3

Bch18

3

Bch3

2

Bch2

Bch17

2

Bch2

1

Bch1

Bch16

1

Bch1

LV0

Group
n+1

Group
n

LV0

IN CASE OF 16 PORT/SLOT

IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT

Slot n and n-1 must be in the same highway.
Figure 4-19

CHAPTER 4
Page 572
Issue 1

The DTI
mounted slot

The DTI
mounted
slot n

LV0

Note:

Level

ATRK for DTI (T1)

NDA-24298

ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data

When a signal trunk uses TS 31.

Group
n+3

Group
n+2

Level

Odd
Number
Group

Even
Number
Group

The CCT
mounted
slot n

Slot n-1

Level

The CCT
mounted slot

LV7

Voice30

6

Voice29

5

Voice28

4

Voice27

3

Voice26

2

Voice25

1

Voice24

LV0

Voice23

LV7

Voice22

6

Voice21

5

Voice20

4

Voice19

3

Voice18

2

Voice17

1

Voice16

LV0

Signal

LV7

Voice15

Voice30

LV7

Voice15

6

Voice14

Voice29

6

Voice14

5

Voice13

Voice28

5

Voice13

4

Voice12

Voice27

4

Voice12

3

Voice11

Voice26

3

Voice11

2

Voice10

Voice25

2

Voice10

1

Voice9

Voice24

1

Voice9

LV0

Voice8

Voice23

LV0

Voice8

LV7

Voice7

Voice22

LV7

Voice7

6

Voice6

Voice21

6

Voice6

5

Voice5

Voice20

5

Voice5

4

Voice4

Voice19

4

Voice4

3

Voice3

Voice18

3

Voice3

2

Voice2

Voice17

2

Voice2

1

Voice1

Voice16

1

Voice1

CCH

Signal

LV0

Group
n+1

Group
n

LV0

IN CASE OF 16 PORT/SLOT

IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT

Note 1: Both Signal1 and Signal2 should be assigned as a Signal route.
Note 2: Slot n and n-1 must be in the same highway.
Figure 4-20

ATRK for CCT (T1)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 573
Issue 1

ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data

Group
n+3

Group
n+2

Odd
Number
Group

Even
Number
Group

The PRT
mounted slot

LV7

Bch30

6

Bch29

5

Bch28

4

Bch27

3

Bch26

2

Bch25

1

Bch24

LV0

Bch23

LV7

Bch22

6

Bch21

5

Bch20

4

Bch19

3

Bch18

2

Bch17

1

Bch16

Level

Slot n-1

The PRT
mounted
slot n

LV0

Dch1

LV7

Bch15

Bch30

LV7

Bch15

6

Bch14

Bch29

6

Bch14

5

Bch13

Bch28

5

Bch13

4

Bch12

Bch27

4

Bch12

3

Bch11

Bch26

3

Bch11

2

Bch10

Bch25

2

Bch10

1

Bch9

Bch24

1

Bch9

LV0

Bch8

Bch23

LV0

Bch8

LV7

Bch7

Bch22

LV7

Bch7

6

Bch6

Bch21

6

Bch6

5

Bch5

Bch20

5

Bch5

4

Bch4

Bch19

4

Bch4

3

Bch3

Bch18

3

Bch3

2

Bch2

Bch17

2

Bch2

1

Bch1

Bch16

1

Bch1

LV0

Dch2

Dch1

LV0

Dch2

Group
n+1

Group
n

IN CASE OF 16 PORT/SLOT

IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT

Note 1: Both Dch1 and Dch2 should be assigned as a Dch route.
Note 2: Slot n and n-1 must be in the same highway.
Figure 4-21

CHAPTER 4
Page 574
Issue 1

Level

ATRK for PRT (23B+D)

NDA-24298

ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data

Level

Group
n+3

Group
n+2

Level

Odd
Number
Group

Even
Number
Group

Slot n-1

The COT
mounted
slot n

The COT
mounted slot

LV7

CKT#15

6

CKT#14

5

CKT#13

4

CKT#12

3

CKT#11

2

CKT#10

1

CKT#9

LV0

CKT#8

LV7

CKT#7

6

CKT#6

5

CKT#5

4

CKT#4

3

CKT#3

2

CKT#2

1

CKT#1

LV0

CKT#0

LV7

CKT#15

LV7

6

CKT#14

6

5

CKT#13

4

CKT#12

3

CKT#11

2

CKT#10

1

CKT#9

1

LV0

CKT#8

LV0

LV7

CKT#7

LV7

6

CKT#6

6

5

CKT#5

4

CKT#4

3

CKT#3

2

CKT#2

1

CKT#1

1

LV0

CKT#0

LV0

5
Group
n+1

4
3
2

5
Group
n

4
3
2

IN CASE OF 16 PORT/SLOT

IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT

Figure 4-22

ATRK for 16 COT

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 575
Issue 1

ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data

Group
n+3

Level

The 8COT
mounted slot

LV7

CKT#7

6

CKT#6

5

CKT#5

4

CKT#4

3

CKT#3

2

CKT#2

1

CKT#1

LV0

CKT#0

LV7
6
5
Group
n+2

Level

Odd
Number
Group

Even
Number
Group

Slot n-1

3
2

The 8COT
mounted
slot n

1
LV0

LV7

CKT#7

LV7

6

CKT#6

6

5

CKT#5

4

CKT#4

3

CKT#3

2

CKT#2

1

CKT#1

1

LV0

CKT#0

LV0

5
Group
n+1

4
3
2

LV7

LV7

6

6

5

5

4

Group
n

3
2

4
3
2

1

1

LV0

LV0

IN CASE OF 16 PORT/SLOT

IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT

Figure 4-23

CHAPTER 4
Page 576
Issue 1

4

ATRK for 8 COT

NDA-24298

ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data

Group
n+3

Group
n+2

Level

Odd
Number
Group

Even
Number
Group

Slot n-1

The RST
mounted
slot n

The RST
mounted slot

LV7

SND#7

6

SND#6

5

SND#5

4

SND#4

3

REG#7

2

REG#6

1

REG#5

LV0

REG#4

LV7

SND#3

6

SND#2

5

SND#1

4

SND#0

3

REG#3

2

REG#2

1

REG#1

LV0

REG#0

LV7

SND#7

LV7

6

SND#6

6

5

SND#5

4

SND#4

3

REG#7

2

REG#6

1

REG#5

1

LV0

REG#4

LV0

LV7

SND#3

LV7

6

SND#2

6

5

SND#1

5

4

SND#0

3

REG#3

2

REG#2

2

1

REG#1

1

LV0

REG#0

LV0

5
Group
n+1

4
3
2

Group
n

IN CASE OF 16 PORT/SLOT

Note:

Level

4
3

IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT

REG#0-REG#7 can be assigned as ORT (RT902), IRT (RT903) or PBR for Automated Attendant service
(RT906).
SND#0 - SND#7 is assigned for SND (RT905).
Figure 4-24

ATRK for RST

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 577
Issue 1

ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data

Level

SLOT12

Level

LV7

LV7

6

6
5

5
Group
23

4

Group
23

3

1

LV0

LV0

LV7

LV7

6

6

5

5

4

Group
22

3

3
2
1

LV0

LV0

LV7

LV7

6

6
5
Group
21

4
3

4
3
2

2
1

1

LV0

LV0

LV7

LV7

6

6
5

5
4

Group
20

3
1
LV0

4
3
2

2
CKT#1
CKT#0

1
LV0

IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT

CKT#1
CKT#0

IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT

Figure 4-25

CHAPTER 4
Page 578
Issue 1

4

1

5

Group
20

3

1

2

Group
21

4
2

2

Group
22

SLOT23

ATRK for ATI

NDA-24298

ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data

Level

The 4DAT
mounted slot

LV7
6
5
Group
n+3

4
3

CKT#3

2

CKT#2

1

CKT#1

LV0

CKT#0

LV7
6
5
Group
n+2

Level

Slot n-1

Even
Number
Group

3
2

The 4DAT
mounted
slot n

1
LV0

LV7

LV7

6

6

5
Odd
Number
Group

4

5

4

Group
n+1

4

3

CKT#3

2

CKT#2

1

CKT#1

1

LV0

CKT#0

LV0

3
2

LV7

LV7

6

6

5

5

4

Group
n

3
2

4
3
2

1

1

LV0

LV0

IN CASE OF 16 PORT/SLOT

IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT

Figure 4-26

ATRK for 4DAT

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 579
Issue 1

ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data

Level
LV7
6
5
roup
23

CFT#7

4
3
2

CFT#6

1
LV0
LV7

CFT#5

6
5
roup
22

4

CFT#4

3
2
1

CFT#3

LV0
LV7
6

CFT#2

5
roup
21

4
3

CFT#1

2
1
LV0

CFT#0

LV7
6
5
roup
20

4
3
2
1
LV0
32 PORT/SLOT of Odd number unit.

Figure 4-27

CHAPTER 4
Page 580
Issue 1

ATRK for CFT (3-Party Conference)

NDA-24298

ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data

3. Data Entry Instructions
•

Internal Trunk Route / External Trunk Route (RT number except 901)
RT
Enter the external trunk route number assigned by the ARTD command, or the internal trunk route number as
listed below:
901 = ATT
902 = ORT
903 = IRT
904 = MFR
905 = SND
906 = PBR for Automated Attendant Service
907 = AMP
909 = DCFT
913 = DCFT for ATT
915 = Night ATT
916 = MFCR
917 = MFCS
919 = DLINT (for Hotel); MODEM (for Business)
920-926 = MODEM Pooling Trunk
929 = DST
930 = RCT
933 = CRT
934-936 = Not used
937 = MODEM Sender
938 = DLMX
939-947 = Not used

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(LENS) 6 DIGITS

MG

U

G

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

REMARKS

LV

1-255
9XX

TK
Enter unique trunk number with a range from 1 to 255.

◆

TN
The TN Parameter is appended when the external
trunk route number is entered in RT parameter.

Attendant Console (RT=901)

TK
Enter a unique number as the
Attendant Console number

LENS
MG: 00-31, Unit :0-3, Group: 20 ,
Level: 0 and/or 1 for ATT

SERVICE
ROUTE
ROUTE
TRUNK LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER
RESTRICTION FEATURE
NUMBER NUMBER
(LENS) 6 DIGITS
CLASS
CLASS
(RT)
(TK)
MG
U
G
LV
(SFC)
(RSC)
0-15
0-15

901

RT
RT = 901 for ATT.

2

SFC
SFC = 0 should be assigned for ATT.

TENANT
CNT
1-10

REMARKS

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

1
2
3

0

RSC
RSC = 0 should be assigned for ATT.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 581
Issue 1

ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data

DLMX (RT = 938)

RT
Enter “RT = 938” for DLMX.

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)
1-255

LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(LENS) 6 DIGITS

MG

U

TK
Enter unique trunk number to the assigned
Route Number with a range from 1 to 255.

G

REMARKS

LV

LENS
Enter the mounting location of each trunk.
MG:
00-07
Unit:
0-3
Group: 1, 5, 9 (No.0 system)
3, 7, 11 (No.1 system) Note
Level: 7
Note: A pair of DLMX card No. 0/No. 1 system
must be mounted in the same Highway
Block (HW).

CHAPTER 4
Page 582
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data

4. Data Sheet
(a) External Trunk Data

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(LENS)
6 DIGITS
MG

U

G

NDA-24298

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

REMARKS

LV

CHAPTER 4
Page 583
Issue 1

ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data

(b) Attendant Console Data (RT = 901)

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)
Note

LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(LENS) 6 DIGITS

MG

901

Note:

U

G

LV

SERVICE
FEATURE
CLASS
(SFC)
0 - 15

TENANT

(CNT)
1 - 10

2

0

1

2

0

2

2

0

3

2

0

4

2

0

5

2

0

6

2

0

7

2

0

8

2

0

9

2

0

10

Trunk No. refers to ATT No.

CHAPTER 4
Page 584
Issue 1

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
CLASS
(RSC)
0 - 15

NDA-24298

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ATRK : Assignment of Trunk Data

(c) Internal Trunk Data
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)
9XX

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(LENS)
6 DIGITS
MG

U

G

NDA-24298

REMARKS
LV

CHAPTER 4
Page 585
Issue 1

ARTKN : Assignment of Route Trunk Data for NDM

ARTKN: Assignment of Route Trunk Data for NDM
1. General
As the functions of ALRTN and ATRK commands are combined into this command, it is used to allocate both
the Logical Route Number and the Trunk number (TK) at the same time. The data assigned by this command is
written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each
Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

This command can be used only logging in to NCN.

2.

When the Logical Route data is deleted by this command, ATRK data of FPC designated Node is also
deleted. When you want to delete the allocated Logical Route data only, use ALRTN command.

3.

To delete the ATRK data is failed, only the deletion of allocated Logical Route is activated.

3. Data Entry Instructions
LGRT
LGRT is the unique number allocated to each
external trunk route in the Fusion network.

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

FUSION
POINT CODE
(FPC)
1-253

FPC
Assign FPC of each node to
which the external trunk
route belongs.

CHAPTER 4
Page 586
Issue 1

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

TN
The TN parameter is appended when the external
trunk route number is entered in RT parameter.

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(LENS)

MG

RT
Assign all external routes
in the Fusion network.

NDA-24298

U

G

LV

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

TK
Enter unique trunk number
with a range from 1 to 255.

ARTKN : Assignment of Route Trunk Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

FUSION
POINT CODE
(FPC)
1-253

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

NDA-24298

LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(LENS)
MG

U

G

LV

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 587
Issue 1

AMAT : Assignment of Master Attendant Data

AMAT: Assignment of Master Attendant Data
1. General
When more than one Attendant Console has been installed for one tenant, this command assigns a Master
Console for controlling the Day/Night function of all the Attendant Consoles on a tenant basis.
2. Precautions
1.

This assignment is necessary when Day/Night changeover is controlled by a Master Console (the ASYD
command, SYS 2, INDEX 2, bit2=1 & bit3=0).

2.

If this Master Console is placed in the Night mode, all incoming calls will be directed to TAS or a Night
Connection Fixed station.

3.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

4.

The maximum number of Attendant Consoles (Attendant Consoles) should be assigned by the ASYD
command, SYS 1, INDEX 9.

3. Data Entry Instructions
MODE
Enter the desired Attendant Console to be operated as a master.
1 = Attendant Console which is assigned as RT = 901(ATT) by the ATRK command. (MATN)
2 = Attendant Console which is assigned as RT = 915 (NATT) by the ATRK command. (NATN)

(MODE)
1/2

TENANT NUMBER
(TN)

ATTENDANT NUMBER (ATN)
1-16

ATN
Enter desired Attendant Console number assigned by the ATRK command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 588
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AMAT : Assignment of Master Attendant Data

4. Data Sheet
MODE
1/2

TENANT NUMBER
(TN)

ATTENDANT NUMBER
(ATN)
1-16

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 589
Issue 1

ASAT : Assignment of Specific Attendant Number Data

ASAT: Assignment of Specific Attendant Number Data
1. General
This command assigns a specific Attendant Number that allows a station user to access the desired operator.
2. Precautions
1.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. If
data for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 92, bit3=1), assign TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

2.

The specific Attendant Number cannot be a station number or LDN already being used.

3.

The maximum number of Attendant Consoles should be assigned by the ASYD command, SYS 1,
INDEX 9.

3. Data Entry Instructions

TN
Enter the tenant number which
affects the special attendant number

TENANT NUMBER
(TN)

1

ACC
Enter the special attendant number
according to the station numbering plan.

ACCESS CODE (ACC)
MAXIMUM 5 DIGITS

6

0

0

ATTENDANT NUMBER
(ATN)

1

1

ATN
Enter the ATN which corresponds to the TK parameter assigned by the ATRK command

CHAPTER 4
Page 590
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ASAT : Assignment of Specific Attendant Number Data

4. Data Sheet
TENANT NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM 5 DIGITS

ATTENDANT NUMBER
(ATN)

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 591
Issue 1

ASATN : Assignment of Specific Attendant Number Data for NDM

ASATN: Assignment of Specific Attendant Number Data for NDM
1. General
This command assigns a specific Attendant Number that allows a station user to access the desired operator. The
data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node
(NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

The specific attendant number cannot be a station number or LDN already being used.

2.

The maximum number of Attendant Consoles should be assigned by the ASYD command, SYS 1,
INDEX 9.

3.

The telephone number for specifying the attendant console must be assigned by the ALGNN command
prior to this command.

3. Data Entry Instructions

UGN
Fixed to “1.”

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM 16 DIGITS

ACC
Enter the telephone number for special
attendant number assigned by the
ALGNN command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 592
Issue 1

ATN
Enter the ATN that corresponds to the
TK parameter for the attendant
console assigned by the ATRK
command.

FPC
Enter the PC of the node containing the specified
attendant console.

NDA-24298

FUSION
POINT
CODE
(FPC)
1-253

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ATTENDANT
NUMBER
(ATN)

TN
Enter the tenant number that
affects the special number.

ASATN : Assignment of Specific Attendant Number Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

ACCESS CODE (ACC)
MAXIMUM 16 DIGITS

FUSION
POINT CODE
(FPC)
1-253

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ATTENDANT
NUMBER
(ATN)

1

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 593
Issue 1

ATGL : Assignment of Trunk Group Busy Lamp Data

ATGL: Assignment of Trunk Group Busy Lamp Data
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Trunk Group Busy Lamp which is accommodated on the Attendant
Console.
2. Precautions
1.

The maximum number of Attendant Consoles should be assigned by the ASYD command, SYS 1,
INDEX 9.

2.

The Trunk Group Busy Lamp is lit when the trunk routes specified by the RT parameter of this command
are engaged.

3.

The number of Trunk Group Busy Lamps to be applied (available TGN data range) is designated by the
ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX15, bit0-3.

3. Data Entry Instructions
ATN
Attendant Console number assigned by
the ATRK command.

ATTENDANT
NUMBER
(ATN)

TRUNK
GROUP
(TGN)
1-10

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

RT
Enter the route number composed of the
TGN.

CHAPTER 4
Page 594
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARK

ATGL : Assignment of Trunk Group Busy Lamp Data

4. Data Sheet
ATTENDANT
NUMBER
(ATN)

TRUNK GROUP
NUMBER
(TGN)
1-10

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 595
Issue 1

ATGLL : Assignment of Trunk Group Busy Lamp Data for LDM

ATGLL : Assignment of Trunk Group Busy Lamp Data for LDM
1. General
This command is used to readout/assign/delete the controlling data of Trunk Group Busy Lamp which is
accommodated on the Attendant Console. This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM).
2. Precautions
1.

The number of Attendant Consoles should be assigned by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX9.

2.

The Trunk Group Busy Lamp lit when the trunk routes specified by the LGRT parameter of this command
are engaged.

3.

The number of Trunk Group Busy Lamps to be applied (capable TGN data range) is assigned by the
ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX15, bit0-3.

3. Data Entry Instructions
ATN
Enter the Attendant Console Number assigned
by the ATRK command.

ATTTENDANT
NUMBER
(ATN)
1-30

CHAPTER 4
Page 596
Issue 1

TRUNK GROUP
BUSY LAMP
NUMBER
(TGN)
1-10

DATA
0 = Not registration
1= Registration

LOGICAL ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

LGRT DATA
(DATA)
0/1

TGN

LGRT

Enter the Trunk Group Busy Lamp
Number on the Attendant Console.

Enter the logical route number
composed the Trunk Group (TGN).

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ATGLL : Assignment of Trunk Group Busy Lamp Data for LDM

4.

Data Sheet

ATTENDANT
NUMBER
(ATN)

TRUNK GROUP
BUSY LAMP
NUMBER
(TGN)
1-10

LOGICAL ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

LGRT DATA
(DATA)
0/1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 597
Issue 1

AAKP : Assignment of ATT Key Position

AAKP: Assignment of ATT Key Position
1. General
This command sets the functions of the top row of Incoming Call Identification (ICI) keys for answering
incoming calls at the Attendant Console.
2. Precautions
1.

This command can be executed under one of following conditions:
(a) The ATI circuit card is not mounted.
(b) The ATT has been made busy using the MB switch on the ATI circuit card.
(c) The DAY/NIGHT key on theATT is set to the NIGHT position.

2.

When the location of keys has been changed, the number of waiting call display (ASYD, SYS2, INDEX 8
and INDEX 9) is invalid for the ICI key (Off Hook Alarm Priority Call) programmed by this command.

3.

The Attendant Console number (ATN) is the number assigned at the TK parameter of the ATRK
command.

4.

The maximum number of Attendant Consoles should be assigned by the ASYD command, SYS 1,
INDEX 9.

5.

The location of the keys that can be set by this command is shown in Figure 4-28.

CHAPTER 4
Page 598
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AAKP : Assignment of ATT Key Position

•

Desk Console

Alarm

Position
Available

Position
Busy

Night

Night

Position
Busy

L6
1

2

Cancel

3

Vol

L5

In this illustration, the function indicated in each ( ) is the default function, which becomes valid
if no other function has been set by this command, or if the function set has been deleted.
Therefore, when the default function indicated in ( ) is to be used, data entry is not necessary.
5 (Busy)

6 (TIE)

1 (TF)

4 (NANS)

2 (EMG/SCB)

3 (CAS/ICPT)

Figure 4-28 ATT Key Position (Desk Console - Business)

•

Hotel Attendant Console

(NANS) (BUSY)
4

KEY NUMBER
(ICP)

LT

(TIE)

5

6

HWC

DD

RCL

LDN

3
(TF)
1

GST

(HP)

ADM

2

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 599
Issue 1

AAKP : Assignment of ATT Key Position

•

Hotel Desk Console

Alarm

Position
Available

LDN

TIE

Busy

6

5

HP

DD

2

0

HWC

ADM

NANS

Recall

4
GST

LT

TF

Position
Busy

Night

PAGE

REC

Start

Mute

1
ICPT

3

3. Data Entry Instructions

1 = CAS Line
3 = Priority Call 1
5 = Priority Call 3

ATTENDANT CONSOLE
NUMBER
(ATN)
1

KEY
NUMBER
(KYN)
1-6
1
2

FUNC
2 = Off-Hook Alarm
4 = Priority Call 2
6-16 = Not used

FUNCTION CODE
(FUNC)
1-16
1

ATN
Enter the attendant console number.
The number corresponds to the trunk number assigned
by the ATRK command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 600
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AAKP : Assignment of ATT Key Position

4. Data Sheet
ATTENDANT
NUMBER
(ATN)

KEY
NUMBER
(KYN)
1-6

FUNCTION CODE
(FUNC)
1-16

ATTENDANT
NUMBER
(ATN)

KEY
NUMBER
(KYN)
1-6

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

NDA-24298

FUNCTION CODE
(FUNC)
1-16

CHAPTER 4
Page 601
Issue 1

ACOC : Assignment of Central Office Code

ACOC: Assignment of Central Office Code
1. General
This command assigns the C.O. line code and tie line code corresponding to particular trunks.
2. Precautions
1.

The Central Office Code (COC) assigned by this command is displayed on ATTCON and also the Dterm
instead of the trunk number.

2.

The COC assigned by this command is used to specify a trunk by the Individual Trunk Access service
feature.

3.

This command affects the trunk route assigned R/L = 1 by the ARTD command.

4.

The Listed Directory Number (LDN) can be assigned as COC, and is convenient to identify the trunk.

3. Data Entry Instructions
DC
Enter 4 digits of COC

ROUTE NUMBER
(RT)

CHAPTER 4
Page 602
Issue 1

TRUNK NUMBER
(TK)

NDA-24298

DIGIT CODE
(DC)

REMARKS

ACOC : Assignment of Central Office Code

4. Data Sheet
ROUTE NUMBER
(RT)

TRUNK NUMBER
(TK)

DIGIT CODE
(DC)
4 DIGITS

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 603
Issue 1

ACOC_LR : Assignment of Central Office Code – Logical Route Number

ACOC_LR: Assignment of Central Office Code – Logical Route Number
1. General
This command is used to assign C.O. line code and tie line code corresponding to particular trunks. Route
Number of the ACOC command can be assigned by using Logical Route.
2. Precautions
1.

Prior to this command, logical route data must be allocated by using the ALRTN command.

2.

Only when logging in to the NCN (Network Control Node), this command can be used to assign the
logical route data of self-Node and the other Nodes in the Fusion Network. If logging in to a LN (Local
Node), data setting only for the self-node is available. (Error message is indicated if you try to write the
data of other Node.)

3.

The Central Office Code (COC) assigned by this command is displayed on ATTCON and also Dterm
instead of the trunk number.

4.

The COC assigned by this command is used to specify a trunk by the Individual Trunk Access service
feature.

5.

This command affects the trunk route assigned the R/L = 1 by the ARTD command.

6.

The Listed Directory Number (LDN) can be assigned as COC, and is convenient to identify the trunk.

3. Data Entry Instructions
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

FUSION
POINT CODE
(FPC)
1-253

EXTERNAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)
1-255

DIGIT CODE
(DC)
MAX. 4 DIGITS
[0-9, *, #]

REMARKS

DC
Enter 4 digits of Central Office Code.

CHAPTER 4
Page 604
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ACOC_LR : Assignment of Central Office Code – Logical Route Number

4. Data Sheet
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

FUSION
POINT CODE
(FPC)
1-253

EXTERNAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

NDA-24298

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)
1-255

DIGIT CODE
(DC)
MAX. 4 DIGITS
[0-9, *, #]

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 605
Issue 1

ACID : Assignment of Caller ID Data

ACID: Assignment of Caller ID Data
1. General
This command assigns calling number data for the following services:
•

Call Block

•

Distinctive Ringing - Caller ID

•

Representation Name

2. Precautions
1.

A maximum of 28 calling numbers can be assigned to a single station.

3. Data Entry Instructions

When TYPE=1 (Transfer, Incoming Permission denial) is assigned
INPUT TYPE
(TYPE)
1
TN

SERVICE
KIND 1
(SRV1)

STATION NUMBER
(STN)
MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS
CALL
FORWARDING
INDEX
(CFI)
1-3

TENANT NUMBER FOR STATION NUMBER FOR
CALL FORWARDING
CALL FORWARDING
(CFI-STN)
(CFI-TN)

SRV1
1 = C.F. - All Calls
2 = C.F. - Busy Line
3 = C.F. - Don't Answer
4 = Incoming Permission
5 = Call Block
6 = Distinctive Ringing - Caller ID

CHAPTER 4
Page 606
Issue 1

CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28
ABBREVIATED DIGIT
CODE FOR C.F.
(ADC) 4 DIGITS

CFI-TN/CFI-STN
These parameters appear when CFI = 2.
CFI
1 = Attendant Console
2 = Station
3 = Outside

NDA-24298

RINGER
PATTERN
(RGP)
0/1/5/6/7

RGP
This parameter appears
when SRV1 = 6.

ADC
This parameter appears when CFI = 3.

ACID : Assignment of Caller ID Data

When TYPE=2 (Dial-in, C.O. connect restriction) is assigned
INPUT TYPE
(TYPE)
2
RT

DAY/NIGHT
(D/N)
D/N

SERVICE
KIND 2
(SRV2)
1/2

CALL
CONNECTING
INDEX
(CFI)
1-3

SRV2
1 = Dial in
2 = C.O. connection restriction

CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28
TENANT NUMBER FOR STATION NUMBER FOR
CALL CONNECTING
CALL CONNECTING
(CFI-STN)
(CFI-TN)

ABBREVIATED DIGIT
CODE FOR CALL
CONNECTING
(ADC) 4 DIGITS

CFI-TN/CFI-STN
These parameters appear when CFI = 2.

RINGER
PATTERN
(RGP)
0/1/5/6/7

RGP
This parameter appears
when SRV1 = 6.

ADC
This parameter appears when CFI = 3.

CFI
1 = Attendant Console
2 = Station
3 = Outside

When TYPE=3 (Representation Name) is assigned
INPUT TYPE
(TYPE)
3

SERVICE
KIND 3
(SRV3)

CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28
REPRESENTATION NAME
(NAME)
24 DIGITS AT MAXIMUM

1

SRV3
1 = Representation Name
NAME
Enter the desired name against the calling number (CID).

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 607
Issue 1

ACID : Assignment of Caller ID Data

(a) When TYPE = 1 (Transfer, Incoming Permission denial) is assigned

TN

STATION NUMBER
(STN)
MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS

SERVICE
KIND 1
(SRV1)

CALL FORWARDING
INDEX
(CFI)
1-3

TN

STATION NUMBER
(STN)
MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS

SERVICE
KIND 1
(SRV1)

CALL FORWARDING
INDEX
(CFI) 1-3

TN

STATION NUMBER
(STN)
MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS

SERVICE
KIND 1
(SRV1)

CALL FORWARDING
INDEX
(CFI) 1-3

TN

STATION NUMBER
(STN)
MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS

SERVICE
KIND 1
(SRV1)

CALL FORWARDING
INDEX
(CFI) 1-3

TN

STATION NUMBER
(STN)
MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS

SERVICE
KIND 1
(SRV1)

CALL FORWARDING
INDEX
(CFI) 1-3

CHAPTER 4
Page 608
Issue 1

CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28

TENANT NUMBER
FOR CALL
FORWARDING
(CFI-TN)

STATION NUMBER
FOR CALL
FORWARDING
(CFI-STN)

ABBREVIATED DIGIT
CODE FOR C.F.
(ADC) 4 digits

RINGER PATTERN
(RGP)
0/1/5/6/7

CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28

TENANT NUMBER
FOR CALL
FORWARDING
(CFI-TN)

STATION NUMBER
FOR CALL
FORWARDING
(CFI-STN)

ABBREVIATED DIGIT
CODE FOR C.F.
(ADC) 4 DIGITS

RINGER PATTERN
(RGP)
0/1/5/6/7

CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28

TENANT NUMBER
FOR CALL
FORWARDING
(CFI-TN)

STATION NUMBER
FOR CALL
FORWARDING
(CFI-STN)

ABBREVIATED DIGIT
CODE FOR C.F.
(ADC) 4 DIGITS

RINGER PATTERN
(RGP)
0/1/5/6/7

CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28

TENANT NUMBER
FOR CALL
FORWARDING
(CFI-TN)

STATION NUMBER
FOR CALL
FORWARDING
(CFI-STN)

ABBREVIATED DIGIT
CODE FOR C.F.
(ADC) 4 DIGITS

RINGER PATTERN
(RGP)
0/1/5/6/7

CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28

TENANT NUMBER
FOR CALL
FORWARDING
(CFI-TN)

STATION NUMBER
FOR CALL
FORWARDING
(CFI-STN)

NDA-24298

ABBREVIATED DIGIT
CODE FOR C.F.
(ADC) 4 DIGITS

RINGER PATTERN
(RGP)
0/1/5/6/7

ACID : Assignment of Caller ID Data

(b) When TYPE = 2 (Dial-in, C.O. connect restriction) is assigned

RT

DAY/NIGHT
(D/N)
D/N

SERVICE
KIND 2
(SRV2) 1/2

CALL CONNECTING
INDEX
(CFI)
1-3

RT

DAY/NIGHT
(D/N)
D/N

SERVICE
KIND 2
(SRV2) 1/2

CALL CONNECTING
INDEX
(CFI)
1-3

RT

DAY/NIGHT
(D/N)
D/N

SERVICE
KIND 2
(SRV2) 1/2

CALL CONNECTING
INDEX
(CFI)
1-3

RT

DAY/NIGHT
(D/N)
D/N

SERVICE
KIND 2
(SRV2) 1/2

CALL CONNECTING
INDEX
(CFI)
1-3

RT

DAY/NIGHT
(D/N)
D/N

SERVICE
KIND 2
(SRV2) 1/2

CALL CONNECTING
INDEX
(CFI)
1-3

CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28

TENANT NUMBER
FOR CALL
CONNECTING
(CFI-TN)

STATION NUMBER
FOR CALL
CONNECTING
(CFI-STN)

ABBREVIATED DIGIT
CODE FOR CALL
CONNECTING
(ADC) 4 DIGITS

RINGER PATTERN
(RGP)
0/1/5/6/7

CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28

TENANT NUMBER
FOR CALL
CONNECTING
(CFI-TN)

STATION NUMBER
FOR CALL
CONNECTING
(CFI-STN)

ABBREVIATED DIGIT
CODE FOR CALL
CONNECTING
(ADC) 4 DIGITS

RINGER PATTERN
(RGP)
0/1/5/6/7

CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28

TENANT NUMBER
FOR CALL
CONNECTING
(CFI-TN)

STATION NUMBER
FOR CALL
CONNECTING
(CFI-STN)

ABBREVIATED DIGIT
CODE FOR CALL
CONNECTING
(ADC) 4 DIGITS

RINGER PATTERN
(RGP)
0/1/5/6/7

CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28

TENANT NUMBER
FOR CALL
CONNECTING
(CFI-TN)

STATION NUMBER
FOR CALL
CONNECTING
(CFI-STN)

ABBREVIATED DIGIT
CODE FOR CALL
CONNECTING
(ADC) 4 DIGITS

RINGER PATTERN
(RGP)
0/1/5/6/7

CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28

TENANT NUMBER
FOR CALL
CONNECTING
(CFI-TN)

STATION NUMBER
FOR CALL
CONNECTING
(CFI-STN)

NDA-24298

ABBREVIATED DIGIT
CODE FOR CALL
CONNECTING
(ADC) 4 DIGITS

RINGER PATTERN
(RGP)
0/1/5/6/7

CHAPTER 4
Page 609
Issue 1

ACID : Assignment of Caller ID Data

(c) When TYPE = 3 (Representation Name) is assigned

SERVICE
KIND 3
(SRV3)

CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28

REPRESENTATION NAME
(NAME)
24 DIGITS AT MAXIMUM

1
CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28
SERVICE
KIND 3
(SRV3)

REPRESENTATION NAME
(NAME)
24 DIGITS AT MAXIMUM

1
CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28
SERVICE
KIND 3
(SRV3)

REPRESENTATION NAME
(NAME)
24 DIGITS AT MAXIMUM

1
CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28
SERVICE
KIND 3
(SRV3)

REPRESENTATION NAME
(NAME)
24 DIGITS AT MAXIMUM

1
CALLER ID
(CID)
1-28
SERVICE
KIND 3
(SRV3)

REPRESENTATION NAME
(NAME)
24 DIGITS AT MAXIMUM

1

CHAPTER 4
Page 610
Issue 1

NDA-24298

APAD : Assignment of PAD Data

APAD: Assignment of PAD Data
1. General
This command assigns PAD control data for tandem connections, and trunk-to-station connections.
2. Precautions
When KIND = 2 (station) is designated, assign the dummy data to the parameter OGPAD.
3. Data Entry Instructions
KIND
The kinds of connections entered
in this parameter are as follows:
1 = Tandem Connection
2 = Station
3 = Outgoing (Not used)
4 = Incoming (Not used)

KIND
OF
CONNEC
-TION
(KIND)
1-4
1
2

INCOMING
ROUTE
NUMBER
(ICRT)
9

0

1

DC
The assignment of this parameter
is required only when KIND = 3
(Outgoing) is designated.
This data should be assigned by
the AMND command.

OUTGOING
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGRT)

1
1

SFC
This parameter is not required for the
parameter KIND = 1 (Tandem Connection).

Note 1: Switch setting varies depending on the
trunk circuit card. Refer to “Circuit
Card Manual.”

INCOM- OUTGOING
ING
PAD
PAD
DATA
DATA
(ICPAD) (OGPAD)
1-15
1-15

DIGIT CODE
(DC)
MAXIMUM 24 DIGITS

SFC
0-15

0
1

ICPAD/OGPAD
0 = No APAD Setting
1-14 = Note1
15 = PAD OFF (0dB)

4

81

ICPAD
ICPAD is not required when
assigning KIND as 3 (Outgoing).
OGPAD
The parameter OGPAD is not required
when assigning KIND as 4 (Incoming).

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 611
Issue 1

APAD : Assignment of PAD Data

4. Data Sheet
KIND OF
CONNECTION
(KIND)
1-4

CHAPTER 4
Page 612
Issue 1

INCOMING
ROUTE
NUMBER
(ICRT)

OUTGOING
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGRT)

SFC
0-15

DIGITS CODE
(DC)
MAXIMUM 24 DIGITS

NDA-24298

INCOMING
PAD DATA
(ICPAD)
1-15

OUTGOING
PAD DATA
REMARKS
(OGPAD)
1-15

APADN : Assignment of PAD Data for NDM

APADN: Assignment of PAD Data for NDM
1. General
This command assigns PAD control data for tandem connections and trunk to station connections in an FCCS
network. The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network
Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
When KIND = S (Station) is designated, assign the dummy data to the parameter “OGPAD”.
3. Data Entry Instructions

KIND
The kinds of connection entering
in this parameter are as follows.
T=Tandem Connection
S=Station

KIND OF
CONNECTION
(KIND)
T/S

INCOMING
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(ICLGRT)
1-899

SFC
This parameter is not required when
KIND=T (Tandem Connection) is
assigned.

OUTGOING
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGLGRT)
1-899

ICLGRT
Enter the Logical Route Number of Incoming
Route. When KIND=S (Station) is assigned,
this parameter is not required.

SERVICE
FEATURE
CLASS
(SFC)
0-15

ICPAD/OGPAD
0=No APADN Setting
1-14=Note
15=PAD OFF (0dB)
Note: Switch setting varies depending on the
trunk circuit card. Refer to “Circuit
Card Manual”.

INCOMING
PAD DATA
(ICPAD)
1-15

OUTGOING
PAD DATA
(OGPAD)
1-15

OGLGRT
Enter the Logical Route Number
of Outgoing Route.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 613
Issue 1

APADN : Assignment of PAD Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
OUTGOING
INCOMING
KIND OF
LOGICAL ROUTE LOGICAL ROUTE
CONNECTION
NUMBER
NUMBER
(KIND)
(OGLGRT)
(ICLGRT)
T/S
1-899
1-899

CHAPTER 4
Page 614
Issue 1

NDA-24298

SERVICE
FEATURE
CLASS
(SFC)
0-15

INCOMING
PAD DATA
(ICPAD)
1-15

OUTGOING
PAD DATA
(OGPAD)
1-15

AAED : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data

AAED: Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data
1. General
This command assigns the trunk information related to Announcement Equipment on a tenant basis. For the
Hotel system, it is also possible to assign Language Class when Language Service of Property Management
System (PMS) is provided.
2. Precautions
1.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. If
data for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 93, bit7=1), assign TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

2.

EQP parameter designates the kind of service feature provided by the announcement trunk.
In the Hotel system, the relationship between the EQP number and the kind of service feature can be
arranged by the AHSY command.

3.

Parameter LANG appears in the Hotel system to provide “Language Service” (SYS1, INDEX 161, b2 = 1
in the ASYD command.)

4.

The data “0 (Common)” of the LANG parameter means that the guest will listen the Common message
from the announcement equipment if the guest does not register the language information through PMS.

5.

The R parameter specifies whether the Ring Back Tone (RBT) is provided prior to sending the message or
not.

6.

When a trunk incoming call is connected to the announcement, whether the answer signal is sent out or
not is specified by the A parameter.

7.

When data “0 (Single connection)” is assigned in the M parameter, the trunk number assignment (TK)
may not be required. The alternative trunk routing within a route is automatically executed.

8.

When the announcement equipment is to be used as a general announcement trunk, data “0” must be
assigned for parameters C, R, A and M.

9.

The route number (RT) and trunk number (TK) of the announcement trunk are assigned by the ATRK
command.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 615
Issue 1

AAED : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data

3. Data Entry Instructions
LANG
0 = Common 1 = Japanese
2 = English
3 = German
4 = French
5 = Spanish
6 = Chinese 7 = Russian
8-15=Spare
Note: LANG is available
for the Hotel application.

RT

C
0 = 30 seconds, and then disconnects
1 = The connection is held until the calling party released

R
0 = Send RBT
1 = Do not send RBT

Enter DAT route number assigned
by the ATRK command.

A
0 = Answer Signal is not sent
1 = Answer Signal is sent

ANSWER
MULTIPLE
TENANT ANNOUNCEMENT KIND OF DURATION OF SENDING
SIGNAL
CONNECTION ROUTE TRUNK
RBT
NUMBER
EQUIPMENT
LANGUAGE CONNECTION
SENDING
NUMBER NUMBER
(M)
(C)
(R)
(TN)
NUMBER
(LANG)
(A)
(RT)
(TK)
0/1
0/1
0/1
(EQP)0-127
0-15
0/1

EQP
Enter EQP as the service feature provided by DAT.
0 = Dead Level Number
Note: The EQP for Hotel system can
1 = Unused Number
be changed by the AHSY command.
2 = Remote Access to PBX
The default EQP (service name)
3 = May be used for other purposes
is listed here.
4 = Outgoing Trunk Busy Announcement
5-6 = May be used for other purposes
7 = Route Restriction Announcement
8-14 = May be used for other purposes
15 = Alert Service(for Hotel system)
Note
16 = Timed Reminder Set Message (for Business system)/
Service Set-up Message (for Hotel system) Note
17 = Service Set-up Failure Message (for Hotel system) Note
18 = Timed Reminder Cancel Message (for Business system)/
Note
Service Cancel Message (for Hotel Massage)
19 = Service Cancel Failure Message (for Hotel system) Note
20 = Room Cut-Off Announcement (for Hotel system) Note
21 = Do Not Disturb Announcement (for Hotel system) Note
22 = Timed Reminder/Wake Up Call Message for Announcement Trunk
23-31 = Group Announcement (for Hotel system) Note
32 = Delay Announcement-Attendant (for U.S.A./Canada only)
33 = Not Used
34 = Automated Attendant (1st Announcement)
35 = Automated Attendant (2nd Announcement)
36 = Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 1)
37 = Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 2)
38 = Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 3)
39 = Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 4)
40 = Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 5)
41 = Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 6)
42 = Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 7)
43-48 = Not Used
49-53 = Delay Announcement Attendant(1st Announcement)
54-58 = Delay Announcement Attendant (2nd Announcement)
59-121 = Not Used
122-125 = Multiple Announcememnt
126-127 = Not used

CHAPTER 4
Page 616
Issue 1

NDA-24298

M
0=Single connection
1=Multiple connection

TK
TK parameter appears
if M=1 is entered.

AAED : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

Note:

ANNOUNCEMENT
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(EQP)
0-127

KIND OF
LANGUAGE
(LANG)
0-15
Note

DURATION
OF
CONNECTION
(C)
0/1

SENDING
RBT
(R)
0/1

ANSWER
SIGNAL
SENDING
(A)
0/1

MULTIPLE
CONNECTION
(M)
0/1

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

REMARKS

Parameter LANG is available for the Hotel System.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 617
Issue 1

AAEDL : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for LDM

AAEDL: Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the connected trunk data and the condition related to Announcement Equipment.
2. Precautions
The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8. If data in
this command is common for all tenants (ASYDL command, SYS1, INDEX800 bit7=1), assign TN parameter
as data “1” for all tenants.

CHAPTER 4
Page 618
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AAEDL : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for LDM

3. Data Entry Instructions
C
0=30 seconds, and then disconnects
1=The connection is held until the calling party released

R
0=Send RBT
1=Do not send RBT

LGRT
Enter logical route number.

A
0=Answer Signal is not sent
1=Answer Signal is sent

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ANNOUNCEMENT
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(EQP)0-127

DURATION OF
CONNECTION
(C)
0/1

SENDING
RBT
(R)
0/1

ANSWER
MULTIPLE
SIGNAL
CONNECTION
SENDING
(M)
(A)
0/1
0/1

EQP
Enter EQP as the service feature provided by DAT.
0=Dead Level Number
Note: The EQP for Hotel system is
1=Unused Number
changeable by the AHSY command,
2=Remote Access to PBX
though the default EQP (service name)
3=May be used for other purposes
are listed here.
4=Outgoing Trunk Busy Announcement
5-6=May be used for other purposes
7=Route Restriction Announcement
8-14=May be used for other purposes
15=Alert Service(for Hotel system) Note
16=Timed Reminder Set Message (for Business system)/
Service Set-up Message (for Hotel system) Note
17=Service Set-up Failure Message (for Hotel system) Note
18=Timed Reminder Cancel Message (for Business system)/
Service Cancel Message (for Hotel Massage) Note
19=Service Cancel Failure Message (for Hotel system) Note
20=Room Cut-Off Announcement (for Hotel system) Note
21=Do Not Disturb Announcement (for Hotel system) Note
22=Timed Reminder/Wake Up Call Message for Announcement Trunk
23-31=Group Announcement (for Hotel system) Note
32=Delay Announcement-Attendant (for U.S.A./Canada only)
33=Not Used
34=Automated Attendant (1st Announcement)
35=Automated Attendant (2nd Announcement)
36=Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 1)
37=Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 2)
38=Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 3)
39=Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 4)
40=Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 5)
41=Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 6)
42=Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 7)
43-48=Not Used
49-53=Delay Announcement Attendant (1st Announcement)
54-58=Delay Announcement Attendant (2nd Announcement)
59-121=Not Used
122-125=Multiple Announcement
126-127=Not used

NDA-24298

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

M
0=Single connection
1=Multiple connection

TK
Enter TK data.
Note: This parameter
appears if M=1
is entered.

CHAPTER 4
Page 619
Issue 1

AAEDL : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 620
Issue 1

ANNOUNCEMENT
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(EQP)
0-127

DURATION
OF
CONNECTION
(C)
0/1

SENDING
RBT
(R)
0/1

ANSWER
SIGNAL
SENDING
(A)
0/1

NDA-24298

MULTIPLE
CONNECTION
(M)
0/1

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

REMARKS

AAEDN : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for NDM

AAEDN: Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the connected trunk data and the condition related to Announcement Equipment. The
data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node
(NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYDN command, SYS1, INDEX8. If data in
this command is common for all tenants (ASYDN command, SYS1, INDEX800 bit7=1), assign TN parameter
as data “1” for all tenants.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 621
Issue 1

AAEDN : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for NDM

3. Data Entry Instructions
C
0=30 seconds, and then disconnects
1=The connection is held until the calling party released

R
0=Send RBT
1=Do not send RBT

LGRT
Enter logical route number.

A
0=Answer Signal is not sent
1=Answer Signal is sent

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ANNOUNCEMENT
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(EQP)0-127

DURATION OF
CONNECTION
(C)
0/1

SENDING
RBT
(R)
0/1

ANSWER
MULTIPLE
SIGNAL
CONNECTION
SENDING
(M)
(A)
0/1
0/1

EQP
Enter EQP as the service feature provided by DAT.
0=Dead Level Number
Note: The EQP for Hotel system is
1=Unused Number
changeable by the AHSY command,
2=Remote Access to PBX
though the default EQP (service name)
3=May be used for other purposes
are listed here.
4=Outgoing Trunk Busy Announcement
5-6=May be used for other purposes
7=Route Restriction Announcement
8-14=May by used for other purposes
15=Alert Service(for Hotel system) Note
16=Timed Reminder Set Message (for Business system)/
Service Set-up Message (for Hotel system) Note
17=Service Set-up Failure Message (for Hotel system) Note
18=Timed Reminder Cancel Message (for Business system)/
Service Cancel Message (for Hotel Massage) Note
19=Service Cancel Failure Message (for Hotel system) Note
20=Room Cut-Off Announcement (for Hotel system) Note
21=Do Not Disturb Announcement (for Hotel system) Note
22=Timed Reminder/Wake Up Call Message for Announcement Trunk
23-31=Group Announcement (for Hotel system) Note
32=Delay Announcement-Attendant (for U.S.A./Canada only)
33=Not Used
34=Automated Attendant (1st Announcement)
35=Automated Attendant (2nd Announcement)
36=Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 1)
37=Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 2)
38=Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 3)
39=Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 4)
40=Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 5)
41=Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 6)
42=Slumber Time-Do Not Disturb (for Slumber Time Group 7)
43-48=Not Used
49-53=Delay Announcement Attendant (1st Announcement)
54-58=Delay Announcement Attendant (2nd Announcement)
59-121=Not Used
122-125=Multiple Announcement
126-127=Not used

CHAPTER 4
Page 622
Issue 1

NDA-24298

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

M
0=Single connection
1=Multiple connection

TK
Enter TK data.
Note: This parameter
appears if M=1
is entered.

AAEDN : Assignment of Announcement Equipment Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ANNOUNCEMENT
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(EQP)
0-127

DURATION
OF
CONNECTION
(C)
0/1

SENDING
RBT
(R)
0/1

ANSWER
SIGNAL
SENDING
(A)
0/1

NDA-24298

MULTIPLE
CONNECTION
(M)
0/1

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 623
Issue 1

AHMS : Assignment of Music on Hold Data

AHMS: Assignment of Music on Hold Data
1. General
This command is used when a trunk provides Extended Hold Music. With this feature, the system supplies the
DAT card (only the first port of DAT) involved in Hold Music to a trunk route specified on this command. Since
the Extended Hold Music affects a trunk only, a station user may hear the ordinary Hold Music.
2. Precautions
1.

A DAT card is required for the Extended Hold Music feature, and DAT should be mounted in the slot
specified by the HMSC parameter of this command.
Other trunk circuit cards cannot be mounted in the LENS described in the HMSC parameter. However, any
line circuit card can be mounted there.

2.

The system data should be assigned as ASYD, SYS 1, INDEX 42, bit 3 = 1 (Extended Hold Music).
When assigned this system data, the trunk busy lamp of the DAT card is turned on.

3.

The DAT card accommodation should be assigned by the ATRK command.

4.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

CHAPTER 4
Page 624
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AHMS : Assignment of Music on Hold Data

3. Data Entry Instructions
HMSC
Music on Hold Data
HMSC LENS of DAT
0
000050

TYPE
1 = Extended Hold Music
2 = Sound Source LENS (Not used in USA)

KIND
1 = Tenant Numbering of Hold Station (Not used in USA)
2 = Route Number of Held Trunk
3 = Tenant number of hold station and route numbering of
held trunk. (Not used in USA)

OPERATION
TYPE
(TYPE)
1/2

OPERATION
KIND
(KIND)
1-3

1

2

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

MUSIC ON
ROUTE
HOLD DATA
NUMBER
(HMSC)
(RT)
0-15
1

1
2
3

000070
000090
000110

4
5
6

000130
000150
000170

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

000190
001050
001070
001090
001110
001130
001150
001170
001190

LINE
EXTENSION HOLD
EQUIPMENT
STATION DATA
NUMBER
(STA)
(LENS)
0/1

0

RT
Trunk route number which provides
the Extended Hold Music.
TYPE/KIND
The parameters TYPE and KIND determine whether
the other parameters are displayed or not.

NDA-24298

STA
0 = Specified Music on Hold is not
sent to station
1 = Specified Music on Hold is sent
to station

CHAPTER 4
Page 625
Issue 1

AHMS : Assignment of Music on Hold Data

4. Data Sheet
OPERATION
TYPE
(TYPE)
1/2

CHAPTER 4
Page 626
Issue 1

OPERATION
KIND
(KIND)
1-3

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

MUSIC ON HOLD
DATA
(HMSC)
0-15

NDA-24298

EXTENSION HOLD
STATION DATA
(STA)
0/1

LINE
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(LENS)

ADPC : Assignment of Determinate Point Code Data

ADPC: Assignment of Determinate Point Code Data
1. General
This command assigns the determinate Point Code (PC) for CCIS and/or the ISDN interface.
Note:

In this command, Determinate Point Code is synonymous with Destination Point Code; the terms are used
interchangeably.

2. Precautions
1.

A unique PC must be given to a node in the CCIS network. The Originating Point Code (OPC) is
designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX180 and 181.

2.

The PC is the decimal value from 1 to 16383.
[1-16367 (For CCIS), 1-16383 (For ISDN)]

3.

An arbitrary PC may be assigned for the ISDN interface, unless the PC is duplicated in the CCIS network.

4.

The PC assigned by this command should correspond to the one assigned by the ACIC1/ACIC2
command.

3. Data Entry Instructions

RT
For CCIS, assign the route number of voice route.
For ISDN, assign route numbers of both B-channel route and D-channel route.

ROUTE NUMBER
(RT)

DETERMINATE POINT
CODE (PC) 1-16383

REMARKS

PC
PC (Point Code) for the direct facing office (node) in the CCIS network.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 627
Issue 1

ADPC : Assignment of Determinate Point Code Data

4. Data Sheet
ROUTE NUMBER
(RT)

CHAPTER 4
Page 628
Issue 1

DETERMINATE POINT CODE
(PC)
1 - 16383

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ADPCL : Assignment of Determinate Point Code Data for LDM

ADPCL: Assignment of Determinate Point Code Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the determinate Point Code (PC) for CCIS and/or the ISDN interface. This data is written
in Local Data Memory (LDM).
Note:

In this command, Determinate Point Code is synonymous with Destination Point Code; the terms are used
interchangeably.

2. Precautions
3.

A unique PC must be given to a node in the CCIS network. The OPC (Originating Point Code) is designated
by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX180 and 181.

4.

The PC is the decimal value from 1 to 16383.
[1-16367 (For CCIS), 1-16383 (For ISDN)]

5.

An arbitrary PC may be assigned for the ISDN interface, unless the PC is duplicated in the CCIS network.

6.

The PC assigned by this command should correspond to the one assigned by the ACIC1/ACIC2 command.

3. Data Entry Instructions
LRGT
For CCIS, assign the Logical route number of voice route.
For ISDN, assign Logical route numbers of both B-channel route and
D-channel route.

LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER
(LGRT) 1-899

DETERMINATE POINT
CODE (PC) 1-16383

REMARKS

PC
For CCIS, enter the PC of destination node.
For ISDN, enter the PC which is not used in CCIS network.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 629
Issue 1

ADPCL : Assignment of Determinate Point Code Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT)
1-899

CHAPTER 4
Page 630
Issue 1

DETERMINATE POINT
CODE (PC) 1 - 16383

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ACSC : Assignment of CSC Data

ACSC: Assignment of CSC Data
1. General
This command assigns the Common Channel Handler (CCH)/D-Channel Handler (DCH) location of the
Common Channel Signaling Controller Group (CSCG).
2. Precautions
1.

The CSCG represents the Point Code (PC) and the Circuit Identification Code (CICs) that correspond to
the B-channels (voice channels) of the CCIS interface as assigned by the ACIC2 command. On the other
hand, the CSCG represents the PC of the ISDN interface as assigned by the ACIC1 command.

2.

The CSCG parameter accepts a range from 2 to 255 except 128 and 129.

3.

The even number CSCG and its consecutive odd number CSCG are a CSCG pair. (Ex. CSCG2 and
CSCG3 are the CSCG pair.)

4.

In the case of CCIS, the CCH circuit entered in the CCH parameters within a CSCG pair share their work
load. When CCH of GROUP0 has a heavy load, GROUP1’s CCH takes over the job. When all of the
CCHs within the even number CCHs load becomes high, its consecutive odd number CSCG’s CCHs share
their work load.

5.

When it is an ISDN interface, the location of the DCH should be assigned in the CCH parameter of the
even number CSCG within the CSCG pair. The first group of the PRT/DTI card is used for the location of
the B-channel in the CCH parameter of the odd number CSCG.

6.

The Common Channel Handler circuit handles the CICs means of B-channels. Table 4-26 shows the
relationship between GROUP and CICs.
Table 4-26 Relationships Between GROUP and CICs

7.

GROUP

CIC

GROUP 0

CIC8, CIC16, CIC24 ·························· CIC992

GROUP 1

CIC1, CIC9, CIC17, CIC25 ··············· CIC993

GROUP 2

CIC2, CIC10, CIC18, CIC26 ············· CIC994

GROUP 3

CIC3, CIC11, CIC19, CIC27 ············· CIC995

GROUP 4

CIC4, CIC12, CIC20, CIC28 ············· CIC996

GROUP 5

CIC5, CIC13, CIC21, CIC29 ············· CIC997

GROUP 6

CIC6, CIC14, CIC22, CIC30 ············· CIC998

GROUP 7

CIC7, CIC15, CIC23, CIC31 ············· CIC999

The D-channel (signal channel) location should be entered in the CCH parameter as illustrated in Figure
4-29 through Figure 4-31, CCT, PRT, CCH/DCH respectively.
When it is a CCT card, the Signal2 group is the location that should be entered in the CCH parameter of
even and odd number CSCG.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 631
Issue 1

ACSC : Assignment of CSC Data

When it is PRT card, the Dch2 group is the location that should be entered in the CCH parameter of even
number CSCG, and the same location should also be entered in the CCH parameter of its consecutive odd
number CSCG.
The CCH card and/or DCH card required two circuits of Common Channel Handler on a card, thus the
CCH/DCH0 and CCH/DCH1 are the locations to enter in the CCH parameter.

Level

Group
n+3

Group
n+2

Level

Odd
Number
Group

Even
Number
Group

Slot n-1

The CCT
mounted
slot n

LV7

Voice30

6

Voice29

5

Voice28

4

Voice27

3

Voice26

2

Voice25

1

Voice24

LV0

Voice23

LV7

Voice22

6

Voice21

5

Voice20

4

Voice19

3

Voice18

2

Voice17

1

Voice16

LV0

Signal

LV7

Voice15

Voice30

LV7

Voice15

6

Voice14

Voice29

6

Voice14

5

Voice13

Voice28

5

Voice13

4

Voice12

Voice27

4

Voice12

3

Voice11

Voice26

3

Voice11

2

Voice10

Voice25

2

Voice10

1

Voice9

Voice24

1

Voice9

LV0

Voice8

Voice23

LV0

Voice8

LV7

Voice7

Voice22

LV7

Voice7

6

Voice6

Voice21

6

Voice6

5

Voice5

Voice20

5

Voice5

4

Voice4

Voice19

4

Voice4

3

Voice3

Voice18

3

Voice3

2

Voice2

Voice17

2

Voice2

1

Voice1

Voice16

1

Voice1

CCH

Signal

LV0

Group
n+1

Group
n

IN CASE OF 16 PORT/SLOT

Note 1: Both Signal1 and Signal2 should be assigned as a Signal route.
Note 2: Slot n and n-1 must be in the same highway.

Figure 4-29 ACSC for CCT (E1)

CHAPTER 4
Page 632
Issue 1

The CCT
mounted slot

NDA-24298

LV0

CCH

IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT

ACSC : Assignment of CSC Data

Group
n+3

Group
n+2

Odd
Number
Group

Even
Number
Group

Level

Slot n-1

The PRT
mounted
slot n

LV7

Bch15

6

Level

The PRT
mounted slot

LV7

Bch30

6

Bch29

5

Bch28

4

Bch27

3

Bch26

2

Bch25

1

Bch24

LV0

Bch23

LV7

Bch22

6

Bch21

5

Bch20

4

Bch19

3

Bch18

2

Bch17

1

Bch16

LV0

Dch1

Bch30

LV7

Bch15

Bch14

Bch29

6

Bch14

5

Bch13

Bch28

5

Bch13

4

Bch12

Bch27

4

Bch12

3

Bch11

Bch26

3

Bch11

2

Bch10

Bch25

2

Bch10

1

Bch9

Bch24

1

Bch9

LV0

Bch8

Bch23

LV0

Bch8

LV7

Bch7

Bch22

LV7

Bch7

6

Bch6

Bch21

6

Bch6

5

Bch5

Bch20

5

Bch5

4

Bch4

Bch19

4

Bch4

3

Bch3

Bch18

3

Bch3

2

Bch2

Bch17

2

Bch2

1

Bch1

Bch16

1

Bch1

LV0

Dch2

Dch1

LV0

Dch2

Group
n+1

Group
n

IN CASE OF 16 PORT/SLOT

IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT

Note 1: Both Dch1 and Dch2 should be assigned as a Dch route.
Note 2: Slot n and n-1 must be in the same highway.

Figure 4-30 ACSC for PRT (30B+D)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 633
Issue 1

ACSC : Assignment of CSC Data

Level

The CCH/DCH
mounted slot

LV7
6
5
Group
n+3

4
ACSC

3
2
1
LV0

CCH/DCH1

LV7
6
5
Group
n+2

Level

Slot n-1

1
LV0

LV7

LV7

6

6

ACSC

3

Group
n+1

2

3
1

CCH/DCH1

LV0

LV7

LV7

6

6

5

5

4

ACSC

3

Group
n

2
LV0

4
3
2

1

1
CCH/DCH0

IN CASE OF 16 PORT/SLOT

LV0
IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT

Figure 4-31 ACSC for CCH/DCH

CHAPTER 4
Page 634
Issue 1

4
2

1

Even
Number
Group

CCH/DCH0

5

4

LV0

ACSC

3
2

The CCH/DCH
mounted
slot n

5
Odd
Number
Group

4

NDA-24298

ACSC : Assignment of CSC Data

3. Data Entry Instructions

CCH

CSCG
Enter any even number and its
consecutive odd number from 2-255
(except 128/129).

CSC GROUP
NUMBER
(CSCG)
2

CIC GROUP
NUMBER
(GROUP)
0
1
2

· For CCIS, enter the signal channel location of the CCT/CCH
· For ISDN, the following data should be assigned to this parameter.
Even number CSCG: D-Channel location
Odd number CSCG: The first group of B-Channel location

COMMON CHANNEL
SIGNALLING
CONTROLLER (CCH)
MG
U
G
0
0
0
0

NDA-24298

REMARKS
4

CHAPTER 4
Page 635
Issue 1

ACSC : Assignment of CSC Data

4. Data Sheet
(a) Even number CSCG

CSC GROUP
NUMBER
(CSCG)
2-254

CIC GROUP
NUMBER
(GROUP)

COMMON CHANNEL
SIGNALLING
CONTROLLER
(CCH)
MG

U

REMARKS
G

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
(b) Odd number CSCG

CSC GROUP
NUMBER
(CSCG)
3-255

CIC GROUP
NUMBER
(GROUP)

COMMON CHANNEL
SIGNALLING
CONTROLLER
(CCH)
MG

U

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

CHAPTER 4
Page 636
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS
G

ACSCL : Assignment of CSC Data for LDM

ACSCL: Assignment of CSC Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the Common Channel Handler (CCH) location of the Common Channel Signaling
Controller Group (CSCG). This data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM).
2. Precautions
1.

The CSCG represents the Point Code (PC) and the Circuit Identification Code (CIC) which correspond to
the B-channels (voice channels) of the CCIS interface as assigned by the ACIC2 command.

2.

The CSCG parameter accepts with a range from 2 to 255 (except 128 and 129).

3.

The even number CSCG and its consecutive odd number CSCG are a CSCG pair. (Ex. CSCG2 and
CSCG3 are the CSCG pair.)

4.

In the case of CCIS, the CCH circuit entered in the CCH parameters within a CSCG pair share their work
load. When CCH of GROUP0 has a heavy load, GROUP1’s CCH takes over the job. When all of the
CCHs within the even number CCHs load becomes high, its consecutive odd number CSCG’s CCHs share
their work load.

5.

The CCH circuit handles the CICs (B-channels). Table 4-27 shows the relationship between GROUP and
CICs.
Table 4-27 Relationships Between GROUP and CICs (ACSCL)

6.

GROUP

CIC

GROUP 0
GROUP 1
GROUP 2
GROUP 3
GROUP 4
GROUP 5
GROUP 6
GROUP 7

CIC8, CIC16, CIC24 ·························· CIC992
CIC1, CIC9, CIC17, CIC25 ··············· CIC993
CIC2, CIC10, CIC18, CIC26 ············· CIC994
CIC3, CIC11, CIC19, CIC27 ············· CIC995
CIC4, CIC12, CIC20, CIC28 ············· CIC996
CIC5, CIC13, CIC21, CIC29 ············· CIC997
CIC6, CIC14, CIC22, CIC30 ············· CIC998
CIC7, CIC15, CIC23, CIC31 ············· CIC999

The D-channel (signal channel) location should be entered in the CCH parameter as illustrated in Figure
4-32 and Figure 4-33, CCT, CCH respectively.
When it is a CCT card, the “Signal2” involved group is the location that should be entered in the CCH
parameter of even and odd number CSCG.
The CCH card equipped two circuits of Common Channel Handler on a card, thus the “CCH0” and
“CCH1” are the locations to enter in the CCH parameter.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 637
Issue 1

ACSCL : Assignment of CSC Data for LDM

Level

Group
n+3

Group
n+2

Level

Odd
Number
Group

Even
Number
Group

Slot n-1

The CCT
mounted
slot n

Voice30

6

Voice29

5

Voice28

4

Voice27

3

Voice26

2

Voice25

1

Voice24

LV0

Voice23

LV7

Voice22

6

Voice21

5

Voice20

4

Voice19

3

Voice18

2

Voice17

1

Voice16

LV0

Signal

Voice15

Voice30

LV7

Voice15

6

Voice14

Voice29

6

Voice14

5

Voice13

Voice28

5

Voice13

4

Voice12

Voice27

4

Voice12

3

Voice11

Voice26

3

Voice11

2

Voice10

Voice25

2

Voice10

1

Voice9

Voice24

1

Voice9

LV0

Voice8

Voice23

LV0

Voice8

LV7

Voice7

Voice22

LV7

Voice7

6

Voice6

Voice21

6

Voice6

5

Voice5

Voice20

5

Voice5

4

Voice4

Voice19

4

Voice4

3

Voice3

Voice18

3

Voice3

2

Voice2

Voice17

2

Voice2

1

Voice1

Voice16

1

Voice1

CCH

Signal

Group
n+1

Group
n

IN CASE OF 16 PORT/SLOT

Slot n and n-1 must be in the same highway.
Figure 4-32 ACSCL for CCT (E1)

CHAPTER 4
Page 638
Issue 1

LV7

LV7

LV0

Note:

The CCT
mounted slot

NDA-24298

LV0

CCH

IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT

ACSCL : Assignment of CSC Data for LDM

Level

The CCH
mounted slot

LV7
6
5
Group
n+3

4
ACSCL

3
2
1
LV0

CCH1

LV7
6
5
Group
n+2

Level

Slot n-1

1
LV0

LV7

LV7

6

6

ACSCL

3

Group
n+1

2

4
3
2

1

Even
Number
Group

1

CCH1

LV0

LV7

LV7

6

6

5

5

4

ACSCL

3

Group
n

2

4
3
2

1
LV0

CCH0

5

4

LV0

ACSCL

3
2

The CCH
mounted
slot n

5
Odd
Number
Group

4

1

CCH0

LV0

IN CASE OF 16 PORT/SLOT

IN CASE OF 32 PORT/SLOT

Figure 4-33 ACSCL for CCH

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 639
Issue 1

ACSCL : Assignment of CSC Data for LDM

3. Data Entry Instructions
CSCG
Enter any even number and its
consecutive odd number within 2-255
(128 and 129 is not used).

CSC GROUP
NUMBER
(CSCG)

CIC GROUP
NUMBER
(GROUP)

130

0
1
2

CHAPTER 4
Page 640
Issue 1

CCH
For CCIS, enter the signal channel location of the CCT/CCH

FUSION
POINT CODE
(FPC)
1-253

COMMON CHANNEL
SIGNALLING
CONTROLLER (CCH)
MG
U
G
0
0
0
0

NDA-24298

REMARKS
4

ACSCL : Assignment of CSC Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
(a) Even number CSCG
CSC GROUP
NUMBER
(CSCG)
130-254

CIC GROUP
NUMBER
(GROUP)

FUSION
POINT CODE
(FPC)
1-253

COMMON CHANNEL SIGNALLING
CONTROLLER (CCH)

FUSION
POINT CODE
(FPC)
1-253

COMMON CHANNEL
SIGNALLING
CONTROLLER (CCH)

MG

U

REMARKS

G

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
(b) Odd number CSCG
CSC GROUP
NUMBER
(CSCG)
131-255

CIC GROUP
NUMBER
(GROUP)

MG

U

REMARKS

G

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 641
Issue 1

ACIC1 : Assignment of CIC Code Data 1

ACIC1: Assignment of CIC Code Data 1
1. General
This command is used for CCIS and/or ISDN data programming, and is assigned in the Common Channel
Signaling Controller Group (CSCG) for a determinate Point Code (PC).
Note:

In this command, Determinate Point Code is synonymous with Destination Point Code; the terms are used
interchangeably.

2. Precautions
1.

ACIC2 command assignment is also required for CCIS, and the PC parameter is an intermediate of those
two commands.

2.

ACIC2 command is not required for ISDN.

3.

The PC parameter should correspond to the data assigned by the ADPC command.

4.

The CSCG parameter should correspond to the one assigned by the ACSC command.

5.

When this command is used for CCIS, all Point Codes (PC) within the network (except the Originating
Point Code) should be assigned.

3. Data Entry Instructions
PC
Determinate Point Code assigned by
the ADPC command and the final
destination's Point Code in CCIS
network.

DETERMINATE POINT CODE (PC)
1-16383

CSCG
Assign any even number ranging from 2 to 254,
however, the exception is 128.

COMMON CHANNEL SIGNALING CONTROLLER
GROUP NUMBER (CSCG) 2-255

1

CHAPTER 4
Page 642
Issue 1

130

NDA-24298

ACIC1 : Assignment of CIC Code Data 1

4. Data Sheet
DETERMINATE POINT CODE
(PC)

COMMON CHANNEL SIGNALING
CONTROLLER GROUP NUMBER
(CSCG)

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 643
Issue 1

ACIC2 : Assignment of CIC Code Data 2

ACIC2: Assignment of CIC Code Data 2
1. General
This command is used for CCIS data programming, and is assigned the Circuit Identification Code (CIC) and
LENS (of the speech channel of the CCIS link) for the PC.
Note:

In this command, Determinate Point Code is synonymous with Destination Point Code; the terms are used
interchangeably.

2. Precautions
1.

A unique CIC number should be given for each speech channel (which is assigned by the ATRK
command) of the CCIS link.

2.

The CIC number assigned by this command must correspond to the one assigned in the direct facing node
in the CCIS network.

3.

The ACIC2 command is not required for ISDN interface.

3. Data Entry Instructions

CIC
Assign unique CIC for all speech channel.

PC
Determinate Point Code assigned
by the ADPC/ACIC1 command.

DETERMINATE POINT
CODE (PC)
1-16383

CIRCUIT
IDENTIFICATION
CODE
(CIC) 1-255

1

1

0

0

0

0

LENS
Assign LENS of speech channel.

CHAPTER 4
Page 644
Issue 1

REMARKS

LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(LENS)

NDA-24298

2

0

ACIC2 : Assignment of CIC Code Data 2

4. Data Sheet
DETERMINATE
POINT
CODE
(PC)

CIRCUIT
IDENTIFICATION CODE
(CIC)

LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(LENS)

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 645
Issue 1

ARTI : Assignment of Trunk Application Data

ARTI: Assignment of Trunk Application Data
1. General
This command assigns Trunk Application Data.
2. Precautions
1.

The ARTD command should be assigned for the external trunk route.

2.

The applicable number of the external trunk route is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1,
INDEX65.

3. Data Entry Instructions
See data sheet in Section 4.
4. Data Sheet

ROUTE NUMBER

CDN
TRUNK DATA

1

RST

Assignment of Restart
0 = Restart Send per Individual Channel
1 = Not used
2 = Not used
3 = Restart not Send

2

HMT

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

TRCRST

Call Restriction by Information transfer rate in Bearer
Capability Information Element
0 = No restriction
1 = Data call restriction (Unrestricted digital,
Restricted digital and Video data calls are
restricted.)
2 = Speech call restriction (Speech, 3.1 kHz audio and
7 kHz audio calls are restricted.)
3-15= Not used

TRSRST

Call Restriction by Information transfer rate in Bearer
Capability Information Element
0 = No restriction
1 = 384 Kbps (H0) call is restricted
2 = 1536 Kbps (H11)/1920 Kbps (H12) call is
restricted.
3 = 384 Kbps and 1536 (H11)/1920 Kbps (H12) calls
are restricted.
4-15= Not used

T309LNK

Assignment of Timer T309 for Data Link Failure
0 = Layer 2 Alarm with T309 for Data Link Failure
1 = Layer 2 Alarm [Temporary] with T309 is enabled
2 = Layer 2 Alarm [Permanent] with T309 is enabled
3 = Not used

3

4

5

CHAPTER 4
Page 646
Issue 1

NDA-24298

0

0

0

0

ARTI : Assignment of Trunk Application Data

ROUTE NUMBER

CDN
TRUNK DATA

6

T309CON

Assignment of Timer T309 for Layer 1 Failure
0 = Layer 1 Alarm with T309 is disabled
1 = Layer 1 Alarm [Temporary] with T309 is enabled
2 = Layer 1 Alarm [Permanent] with T309 is enabled
3 = Not used
Call Restriction by user rate in Low Layer Capability
Information Element
0= No restriction
1-31= Call which includes this user rate value is
restricted.

7

LLCRST

8

VCM

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

9

OVRT

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

10

POOL

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

11

DTRT

Deletion of ALL 1 alarm signal (DTI Layer 1 alarm)
0 = Not used
1 = Deletion of ALL 1 alarm signal as a Layer 1 alarm

12

TMPRT

Temporary Route Information over CCIS
0 = Not used
1 = In CCIS, the route information can be transferred by
the call control messages. Moreover, the call
restriction can be checked referring to this route
information.

13

CODEC

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

14

PASS

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

IRL

Clear call when DTI alarm is detected
0 = Not used
1 = Clear call when DTI alarm is detected

Note:

15

Note:

User rate value is based on ITU-T Q-931.

Note

This data should be set when there is no
Dch in the physical DTI.

MTC

Assignment of Timer T309 Value.
Restoration timer (TC×MTC) sec.
0-15 = TC×MTC (Restart timer value)

17

TC

Timer T309 Counter Value
0 = Not used
1 = 64 msec.
2 = Not used
3 = 2 sec.
4 = 30 sec.
5 = 5 min.
6 = 1 sec.
7 = Not used

18

TS

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

19

CDCSPD

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

16

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 647
Issue 1

ARTI : Assignment of Trunk Application Data

ROUTE NUMBER

CDN
TRUNK DATA

20

21

DVRST

RSCT

Call restriction while Tie Line is backed up on ISDN.
0 = No restriction
1 = Speech call restriction (Speech. 3.1 kHz audio, 7
kHz audio calls are restricted)
2 = Data call restriction (Unrestricted digital, restricted
digital and Video data are restricted.)
3 = Both Speech and Data calls are restricted.
Call restricted by Temporary Route Information
0 = No restriction
1 = Restriction
Note:

22

ROCG

Outgoing Call Account by Temporary Route Information
0 = Not used
1 = Effective
Note:

23

RICG

This data is effective when TMPRT = 1.

This data is effective when TMPRT = 1.

Incoming Call Account by Temporary Route Information
0 = Not used
1 = Effective
Note:

This data is effective when TMPRT = 1.

24

STSENQ

Status Inquiry Message Send
0 = Out of service
1 = In service

25

MMNPASS

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

26

DLTK

(Japan only)
When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

27

CALN

(Japan only)
When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

28

NETINT

(Japan only)
When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

29

INBAND

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

RETMSG

(Australia only)
Return Massage for Connect ISDN LINE with Analog
Trunk
0 = CALL PROC. + ALERT
1 = CALL PROC. + ALERT or CALL PROC. +
PROGRESS

ANI

Timing to demand ANI Information
0 = There is no ANI demand at Incoming call
1 = After receiving 1st digit
2 = After receiving 2nd digit
3 = After receiving 3rd digit
4 = After receiving 4th digit
5 = After receiving 5th digit
6 = After receiving 6th digit
7 = After receiving 7th digit

30

31

CHAPTER 4
Page 648
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ARTI : Assignment of Trunk Application Data

ROUTE NUMBER

CDN
TRUNK DATA
(Australia only)
Additional Service Selection
bit 0 = Advice of Charge (AOC)
0 = Valid
1 = Invalid

32

SRV

bit 1= Malicious Call Trace (MCT)/Malicious Call Identification (MCID)
0 = Valid
1 = Invalid
bit2-bit6 = Not used
bit7 = For TON and/or NPI
0 = Invalid
1 = Valid
Note:

33

TON

Type of Number
0 = Unknown
1 = International Number
2 = National Number
3 = Network Special Number
4 = Subscriber Number
6 = Abbreviated Number
7 = Reserved for Extension
Note:

34

NPI

Input this data by a decimal.

5 = Not used

This data is effective when ARTD, INT = 4 and
SRV bit7 = 1 is assigned.

Numbering Plan Identification
0 = Unknown
1 = ISDN/Telephony Numbering Plan
2 = Not used
3 = Data Numbering Plan
4 = Telex Numbering Plan
5-7 = Not used
8 = National Standard Numbering Plan
9 = Private Numbering Plan
10-14 = Not used
15 = Reserved for Extension
Others = Not used
Note:

This data is effective when ARTD, INT = 4 and
SRV bit7 = 1 is assigned.

35

L/T

Local/Toll (Russia only)
When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

36

ECCIS

Event Based CCIS (E-CCIS)
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

NDA-24298

0

0

0

0

CHAPTER 4
Page 649
Issue 1

ARTI : Assignment of Trunk Application Data

ROUTE NUMBER

CDN
TRUNK DATA

37

ECCISTM

Release timer for E-CCIS Line
0 = 3 minutes (Default setting)
1 = 15 Seconds
2 = 30 Seconds
3 = 1 minute
4 = 2 minutes
5 = 5 minutes
6 = 10 minutes
7 = 30 minutes
8 = 30 minutes
9 = 1 hour
10-13 = Not used
14 = Immediately after call completion
15 = Not released

38

ECCISOB

OG Billing for E-CCIS Line
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

39

ECCISIB

IC Billing for E-CCIS Line
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

40

SPMET

Account Pulse Watch Control
Not used

41

IDRT

ID Code Specification
Not used

42

ECCISTD

Addressing Information used in E-CCIS
0 = Called DID Number
1 = Called Sub Address

43

MFCG2

MFC Outgoing Call GII
0 = Priority
1 = Non Priority

44

OPCC

Optimal Call Control
0 = In Service
1 = Out of Service

45

ICTCON

ICT Control
0 = Send ALERT
1 = Send CONN
When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

46

VRD

Voice Recognize Dial
When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

47

INTD

Interface Detail
0 = Q-SIG
1 = IS-11572

48

JECCIS

Common Use with E-CCIS RT
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

CHAPTER 4
Page 650
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ARTI : Assignment of Trunk Application Data

ROUTE NUMBER

CDN
TRUNK DATA

ECCIS2

E-CCIS System
0 = Out of Service
1 = Common Channel System
2 = Not used
3 = Not used

50

IPINT

(Japan only)
Public PCS Protocol
0-5 = Not used
6 = IP Protocol (2B + D)
7 = Public PCS Protocol (2B + D)
8-15 = Not used

51

IPTRK

IP Trunk
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

52

CTCF

Call Transfer/Forwarding Q.SIG
Supplementary Service
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

53

RERT

Rerouting Function
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

54

DCANS

Answer when DC Dialing
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

55

RND

Trunk Select Data in Round Robin Formula
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

56

CLBK

49

Kind of Collect Call Blocking Signal (for Brazil only)
0 = GB-7

1 = GB-3

User Information for Layer 1 Protocol
57

UALAW

0 = Transparent
1 = µ-law output
2 = A-law output
3 = Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 651
Issue 1

ARTIN : Assignment of Trunk Application Data for NDM

ARTIN: Assignment of Trunk Application Data for NDM
1. General
This command assigns and deletes trunk application data in Fusion Network. The data assigned by this
command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the
NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

This command can be used only when logging in to NCN (Network Control Node).

2.

The data assigned by this command is also allocated to the Trunk Application data for physical route
(ARTI). If the Trunk Application data is deleted by using this command, however, the data for physical
route is not to be deleted. Therefore, use the ARTI command to invalidate the Trunk Application Data for
physical route.

3. Data Entry Instructions
See data sheet in Section 4.

CHAPTER 4
Page 652
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ARTIN : Assignment of Trunk Application Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (1-899)

CDN
TRUNK DATA

1

RST

Assignment of Restart
0 = Restart Send per Individual Channel
1 = Not used
2 = Not used
3 = Restart not Send

2

HMT

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

3

TRCRST

Call Restriction by Information transfer rate in
Bearer Capability Information Element
0 = No restriction
1 = Data call restriction (Unrestricted digital, Restricted digital and Video data calls are restricted.)
2 = Speech call restriction (Speech, 3.1 kHz
audio and 7 kHz audio calls are restricted.)
3-15 = Not used

4

TRSRST

Call Restriction by Information transfer rate in
Bearer Capability Information Element
0 = No restriction
1 = 384 Kbps (H0) call is restricted
2 = 1536 Kbps (H11)/1920 Kbps (H12) call is
restricted.
3 = 384 Kbps and 1536 (H11)/1920 Kbps (H12)
calls are restricted.
4-15 = Not used

5

T309LNK

Assignment of Timer T309 for Data Link
Failure
0 = Layer 2 Alarm with T309 for Data Link
Failure
1 = Layer 2 Alarm [Temporary] with T309 is
enabled
2 = Layer 2 Alarm [Permanent] with T309 is enabled
3 = Not used

6

T309CON

Assignment of Timer T309 for Layer 1 Failure
0 = Layer 1 Alarm with T309 is disabled
1 = Layer 1 Alarm [Temporary] with T309 is
enabled
2 = Layer 1 Alarm [Permanent] with T309 is enabled
3 = Not used

NDA-24298

0

0

0

0

CHAPTER 4
Page 653
Issue 1

ARTIN : Assignment of Trunk Application Data for NDM

LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (1-899)

CDN
TRUNK DATA

7

LLCRST

Call Restriction by user rate in Low Layer
Capability Information Element
0 = No restriction
1-31 = Call which includes this user rate value is
restricted. Note
Note:

User rate value is based on
ITU-T Q-931.

8

VCM

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

9

OVRT

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

10

POOL

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

11

DTRT

Deletion of ALL 1 alarm signal (DTI Layer 1
alarm)
0 = Not used
1 = Deletion of ALL 1 alarm signal as a Layer 1
alarm

12

TMPRT

Temporary Route Information over CCIS
0 = Not used
1 = In CCIS, the route information can be
transferred by the call control messages.
Moreover, the call restriction can be
checked referring to this route information.

13

CODEC

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

14

PASS

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

15

IRL

Clear call when DTI alarm is detected
0 = Not used
1 = Clear call when DTI alarm is detected.
Note: This data should be set when

there is no Dch in the
physical DTI.
16

MTC

Assignment of Timer T309 Value.
Restoration timer (TC×MTC) sec.
0-15 = TC×MTC (Restart timer value)

17

TC

Timer T309 Counter Value
0 = Not used
1 = 64 msec.
2 = Not used
3 = 2 sec.
4 = 30 sec.
5 = 5 min.
6 = 1 sec.
7 = Not used

18

TS

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

19

CDCSPD

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

CHAPTER 4
Page 654
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ARTIN : Assignment of Trunk Application Data for NDM

LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (1-899)

CDN
TRUNK DATA

20

DVRST

Call restriction while Tie Line is backed up on
ISDN.
0 = No restriction
1 = Speech call restriction (Speech. 3.1 kHz
audio, 7 kHz audio calls are restricted)
2 = Data call restriction (Unrestricted digital,
restricted digital andVideo data are
restricted.)
3 = Both Speech and Data calls are restricted.

21

RSCT

Call restricted by Temporary Route Information
0 = No restriction
1 = Restriction
Note:

22

ROCG

Outgoing Call Account by Temporary Route
Information
0 = Not used
1 = Effective
Note:

23

RICG

This data is effective when
TMPRT = 1.

Incoming Call Account by Temporary Route
Information
0 = Not used
1 = Effective
Note:

24

This data is effective when
TMPRT = 1.

This data is effective when
TMPRT = 1.

STSENQ

Status Inquiry Message Send
0 = Out of service
1 = In service

25

MMNPASS

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

26

DLTK

(Japan only)
When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

27

CALN

(Japan only)
When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

28

NETINT

(Japan only)
When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

29

INBAND

When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

0

0

0

0

30

RETMSG

(Australia only)
Return Massage for Connect ISDN LINE with
Analog Trunk
0 = CALL PROC. + ALERT
1 = CALL PROC. + ALERT or CALL PROC.
+ PROGRESS

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 655
Issue 1

ARTIN : Assignment of Trunk Application Data for NDM

LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (1-899)

CDN
TRUNK DATA

31

ANI

Timing to demand ANI Information
0 = There is no ANI demand at Incoming call
1 = After receiving 1st digit
2 = After receiving 2nd digit
3 = After receiving 3rd digit
4 = After receiving 4th digit
5 = After receiving 5th digit
6 = After receiving 6th digit
7 = After receiving 7th digit

32

SRV

(Australia only)
Additional Service Selection
bit 0 = Advice of Charge (AOC)
0 = Valid
1 = Invalid
bit 1 = Malicious Call Trace (MCT)/Malicious
Call Identification (MCID)
0 = Valid
1 = Invalid
bit2-bit6 = Not used
bit7 = For TON and/or NPI
0 = Invalid
1= Valid
Note: Input this data by a decimal.

33

TON

Type of Number
0 = Unknown
1 = International Number
2 = National Number
3 = Network Special Number
4 = Subscriber Number
5 = Not used
6 = Abbreviated Number
7 = Reserved for Extension
Note:

34

NPI

Numbering Plan Identification
0 = Unknown
1 = ISDN/Telephony Numbering Plan
2 = Not used
3 = Data Numbering Plan
4 = Telex Numbering Plan
5-7 = Not used
8 = National Standard Numbering Plan
9 = Private Numbering Plan
10-14 = Not used
15 = Reserved for Extension
Others = Not used
Note:

CHAPTER 4
Page 656
Issue 1

This data is effective when
ARTD, INT = 4 and SRV bit7
= 1 is assigned.

This data is effective when
ARTD, INT = 4 and SRV bit7
= 1 is assigned.
NDA-24298

ARTIN : Assignment of Trunk Application Data for NDM

LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (1-899)

CDN
TRUNK DATA

35

L/T

Local/Toll (Russia only)
When assigning this data, always enter zero (0).

36

ECCIS

37

ECCISTM

38

ECCISOB

Event Based CCIS (E-CCIS)
0 = Invalid
1 = Valid
Release timer for E-CCIS Line
0: 3 minutes (Default)
1: 15 seconds
2: 30 seconds
3: 1 minute
4: 2 minutes
5: 5 minutes
6: 10 minutes
7: 15 minutes
8: 30 minutes
9: 1 hour
10-13: Not used
14: Immediately after call completion (for
Speech Channel)/1 minute (for Single Channel)
15: Not released
OG Billing for E-CCIS Line
0 = Not required
1 = Required

39

ECCISIB

IC Billing for E-CCIS Line
0 = Not required
1 = Required

40

SPMET

Account Pulse Watch Control
Not used

41

IDRT

ID Code Specification
Not used

42

ECCISTD

Addressing Information used in
E-CCIS
0 = Called DID number
1 = Called Sub Address

43

MFCG2

44

OPCC

45

ICTCON

MFC Outgoing Call GII (Calling Party
Category)
0 = Subscriber with Priority
1 = Subscriber without Priority
Optimal Call Control
0 = In Service
1 = Out of Service
ICT Control
0 = Send ALERT
1 = Send CONN
When assigning this data, zero (0) should
always be entered.

46

VRD

Voice Recognize Dial
When assigning this data, zero (0) should
always be entered.

NDA-24298

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

CHAPTER 4
Page 657
Issue 1

ARTIN : Assignment of Trunk Application Data for NDM

LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (1-899)

CDN
TRUNK DATA

47

INTD

48

JECCIS

49

ECCIS2

50

IPINT

51

IPTK

52

CTCF

53

RERT

54

DCANS

55

RND

56

CLBK

CHAPTER 4
Page 658
Issue 1

Interface Detail
0 = Q-SIG
1 = IS-11572
Common Use with E-CCIS RT
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service
E-CCIS System
0 = Out of Service
1 = Common Channel System
2 = Not used
3 = Not used
(Japan only)
Public PCS Protocol
0-5 = Not used
6 = IP Protocol (2B+D)
7 = Public PCS Protocol (2B+D)
8-15 = Not used
IP Trunk
0 = Out of Service1 = In Service
Call Transfer/Forwarding Q.SIG
Supplementary Service
0 = Out of service
1 = In Service
Rerouting Function
0 = Out of service
1 = In Service
Answer when DC Dialing
0 = Out of service
1 = In Service
Trunk Select Data in Round Robin
Formula
0 = Out of service
1 = In Service
Kind of Collect Call Blocking Signal (for Brazil
only)
0 = GB-7
1 = GB-3

NDA-24298

ASHP : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot

ASHP: Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Station Hunting - Pilot service feature.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is also used to modify and delete the Station Hunting - Pilot service feature related data.

2.

The maximum number of member stations within a Hunting Group is 100.

3.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

4.

The Pilot station number is assigned in the STN parameter.

5.

Press ESC to skip forward to the SECRETARY parameter when all the desired member stations have been
entered.

6.

Enter space (blank) in the SECRETARY parameter if a secretary station is not required.

7.

The Phantom station number (which is assigned by the APHN command) cannot be assigned for the pilot
station number of the Station Hunting - Pilot.

3. Data Entry Instructions

SECRETARY
Enter the secretary station number if required.

TENANT
NUMBER (TN)
1-63

STATION NUMBER SECRETARY STATION NUMBER
(SECRETARY)
(STN)

STATION NUMBER (STN)
NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2
3
4
5
Note:

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

27
28
29
30

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

52
53
54
55

STN

77
78
79
80

Enter the Station Number to be assigned in “EDIT STN” box on the display.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 659
Issue 1

ASHP : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot

4. Data Sheet
TENANT NUMBER
(TN)

PILOT STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

SECRETARY STATION NUMBER
(SECRETARY)

STATION NUMBER (STN)
NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2

27

52

77

3

28

53

78

4

29

54

79

5

30

55

80

6

31

56

81

7

32

57

82

8

33

58

83

9

34

59

84

10

35

60

85

11

36

61

86

12

37

62

87

13

38

63

88

14

39

64

89

15

40

65

90

16

41

66

91

17

42

67

92

18

43

68

93

19

44

69

94

20

45

70

95

21

46

71

96

22

47

72

97

23

48

73

98

24

49

74

99

25

50

75

100

26

51

76

CHAPTER 4
Page 660
Issue 1

NDA-24298

STN

ASHPL : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot for LDM

ASHPL: Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Station Hunting - Pilot. With this command, Station Hunting
Group - Pilot can be assigned by using Telephone Number.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is also used to modify and delete the Station Hunting - Pilot service feature related data.

2.

The maximum number of member stations within a Hunting Group is 100.

3.

There is no limitation on the number of Pilot groups in a system.

4.

The Pilot station number is assigned in the TELN parameter.

5.

The data assigned at this command is invalid in Fusion Network.

3. Data Entry Instructions

SECRETARY TELN
Enter the secretary telephone number
if required.

UGN
Fixed to 1.

USER GROUP
NUMBER (UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

SECRETARY TELEPHONE
NUMBER (SECRETARY TELN)
Max. 16 digits

1
STATION NUMBER (STN)
NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2
3
4
5

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

27
28
29
30

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

52
53
54
55

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELN

77
78
79
80

TELN CNT 2-100
Telephone Number of the member stations.

Note:

Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in “EDIT TELN” box on the display.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 661
Issue 1

ASHPL : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot for LDM

4. Data Sheet
USER GROUP NUMBER
(UGN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

SECRETARY TELEPHONE NUMBER
(SECRETARY TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2

27

52

77

3

28

53

78

4

29

54

79

5

30

55

80

6

31

56

81

7

32

57

82

8

33

58

83

9

34

59

84

10

35

60

85

11

36

61

86

12

37

62

87

13

38

63

88

14

39

64

89

15

40

65

90

16

41

66

91

17

42

67

92

18

43

68

93

19

44

69

94

20

45

70

95

21

46

71

96

22

47

72

97

23

48

73

98

24

49

74

99

25

50

75

100

26

51

76

CHAPTER 4
Page 662
Issue 1

NDA-24298

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

ASHPN : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot for NDM

ASHPN: Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Station Hunting - Pilot for Fusion Service. The data assigned by
this command is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating NDM
at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

This command is also used to modify and delete the Station Hunting - Pilot service feature related data.

2.

The maximum number of member stations within a Hunting Group is 100.

3.

The Pilot station number is assigned in the TELN parameter.

3. Data Entry Instructions

UGN
Fixed to 1

SECRETARY TELN
Enter the secretary station number if required.

SECRETARY TELEPHONE
NUMBER (SECRETARY TELN)
Max.16 digits

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max.16 digits

USER GROUP
NUMBER (UGN)

1
STATION NUMBER (STN)
NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2
3
4
5

Note:

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

27
28
29
30

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

52
53
54
55

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELN

77
78
79
80

Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in “EDIT TELN” box on the display.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 663
Issue 1

ASHPN : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Pilot for NDM

4. Data Sheet
USER GROUP NUMBER
(UGN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2

27

52

77

3

28

53

78

4

29

54

79

5

30

55

80

6

31

56

81

7

32

57

82

8

33

58

83

9

34

59

84

10

35

60

85

11

36

61

86

12

37

62

87

13

38

63

88

14

39

64

89

15

40

65

90

16

41

66

91

17

42

67

92

18

43

68

93

19

44

69

94

20

45

70

95

21

46

71

96

22

47

72

97

23

48

73

98

24

49

74

99

25

50

75

100

26

51

76

CHAPTER 4
Page 664
Issue 1

NDA-24298

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

ASHC : Assignment of Station Hunting Group - Circular

ASHC: Assignment of Station Hunting Group - Circular
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Station Hunting - Circular service feature.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is also used to modify and delete the Station Hunting - Circular service feature related
data.

2.

The maximum number of member stations within a Hunting Group is 100.

3.

When assigning the Circular Hunting member station data, the data entered in the STN text box must be
reentered as CNT 1 text box.

Example: When the station numbers 300, 301, and 302 are the members of the Station Hunting - Circular group,

assign the data as follows:
STN
CNT 1
CNT 2
CNT 3

=
=
=
=

300
300
301
302

4.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

5.

Press ESC to skip forward to the SECRETARY parameter when all the desired member stations have been
entered.

6.

Enter space (blank) in the SECRETARY parameter if a secretary station is not required.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 665
Issue 1

ASHC : Assignment of Station Hunting Group - Circular

3. Data Entry Instructions

SECRETARY
Enter the secretary station number if required.

TENANT
NUMBER (TN)
1-63

STATION NUMBER SECRETARY STATION NUMBER
(SECRET STN)
(STN)
Max. 5 digits
Max. 5 digits

1

400

500
STATION NUMBER (STN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

1
2
3
4

400
401
402
403

26
27
28
29

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

51
52
53
54

CNT 1
Enter the station number specified in STN parameter
CNT 2 - 100
Enter the member station number

Note:

Enter the Station Number to be assigned in “EDIT STN” box on the display.

CHAPTER 4
Page 666
Issue 1

NDA-24298

76
77
78
79

STN

ASHC : Assignment of Station Hunting Group - Circular

4. Data Sheet
TENANT NUMBER
(TN)

STATION NUMBER
(STN)
MAXIMUM 5 DIGITS

SECRETARY STATION NUMBER
(SECRETARY)

STATION NUMBER (STN)
NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

1

26

51

76

2

27

52

77

3

28

53

78

4

29

54

79

5

30

55

80

6

31

56

81

7

32

57

82

8

33

58

83

9

34

59

84

10

35

60

85

11

36

61

86

12

37

62

87

13

38

63

88

14

39

64

89

15

40

65

90

16

41

66

91

17

42

67

92

18

43

68

93

19

44

69

94

20

45

70

95

21

46

71

96

22

47

72

97

23

48

73

98

24

49

74

99

25

50

75

100

NDA-24298

STN

CHAPTER 4
Page 667
Issue 1

ASHCL : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Circular for LDM

ASHCL: Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Circular for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Station Hunting - Circular service feature. With this command,
Station Hunting Group - Circular can be assigned by using Telephone Number.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is also used to modify and delete the Station Hunting - Circular service feature related
data.

2.

The maximum number of member stations within a Hunting Group is 100.

3.

There is no limitation on the number of Circular groups in a system.

4.

The data assigned at this command is invalid in Fusion Network.

3. Data Entry Instructions
SECRETARY TELN
Enter the secretary telephone number
if required.

UGN
Fixed to 1.

USER GROUP
NUMBER (UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max.16 digits

SECRETARY TELEPHONE
NUMBER (SECRETARY TELN)
Max.16 digits

1
STATION NUMBER (STN)
NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2
3
4
5

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

27
28
29
30

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

52
53
54
55

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

77
78
79
80

TELN CNT 2-100
Telephone Number of the member stations.

Note:

Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in “EDIT TELN” box on the display.

CHAPTER 4
Page 668
Issue 1

NDA-24298

TELN

ASHCL : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-Circular for LDM

4. Data Sheet
USER GROUP NUMBER
(UGN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

SECRETARY TELEPHONE NUMBER
(SECRETARY TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2

27

52

77

3

28

53

78

4

29

54

79

5

30

55

80

6

31

56

81

7

32

57

82

8

33

58

83

9

34

59

84

10

35

60

85

11

36

61

86

12

37

62

87

13

38

63

88

14

39

64

89

15

40

65

90

16

41

66

91

17

42

67

92

18

43

68

93

19

44

69

94

20

45

70

95

21

46

71

96

22

47

72

97

23

48

73

98

24

49

74

99

25

50

75

100

26

51

76

NDA-24298

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 669
Issue 1

ASHCN : Assignment of Station Hunting Group - Circular for NDM

ASHCN: Assignment of Station Hunting Group - Circular for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Station Hunting - Circular for Fusion Service. The data assigned
by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating
the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

This command is also used to modify and delete the Station Hunting - Circular service feature related
data.

2.

The maximum number of member stations within a Hunting Group is 100.

3. Data Entry Instructions

SECRETARY TELN
UGN
Fixed to 1

Enter Telephone Number of the secretary extension
if required.

USER GROUP
NUMBER (UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max.16 digits

1

400

SECRETARY TELEPHONE
NUMBER (SECRETARY TELN)
Max.16 digits

500
STATION NUMBER (STN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

1
2
3
4

400
401
402
403

26
27
28
29

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

51
52
53
54

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

76
77
78
79

CNT 1
Enter the station number specified in TELN parameter

CNT 2 - 100
Enter the Telephone Number of the member station

Note:

Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in “EDIT TELN” box on the display.

CHAPTER 4
Page 670
Issue 1

NDA-24298

TELN

ASHCN : Assignment of Station Hunting Group - Circular for NDM

4. Data Sheet
USER GROUP NUMBER
(UGN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

SECRETARY TELEPHONE
NUMBER (SECRETARY TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

1

26

51

76

2

27

52

77

3

28

53

78

4

29

54

79

5

30

55

80

6

31

56

81

7

32

57

82

8

33

58

83

9

34

59

84

10

35

60

85

11

36

61

86

12

37

62

87

13

38

63

88

14

39

64

89

15

40

65

90

16

41

66

91

17

42

67

92

18

43

68

93

19

44

69

94

20

45

70

95

21

46

71

96

22

47

72

97

23

48

73

98

24

49

74

99

25

50

75

100

NDA-24298

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 671
Issue 1

ASHU : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD

ASHU: Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) service feature.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is also used to modify and delete the UCD service related data.

2.

The maximum number of stations within a UCD group is 100.

3.

The UCD pilot station (controlling station) is assigned at the STN parameter.

4.

Press ESC to skip forward to the WRT? text box when all the desired stations have been entered.

5.

Assign the AUAD command if the Delay Announcement-UCD service feature is required.

6.

Assign the AUCD command if the following peripheral thresholds are required:
(a) The number of calls in UCD queuing that are used for the UCD Peg Count.
(b) The threshold causes the UCD Call Waiting Lamp located on a Dterm to flash.
(c) Denies the MCI call result text if the call terminated to the UCD group.

7.

Assign AUOG command if the Overflow-UCD service feature is required.

8.

When assigning the AUAD/AUCD/AUOG commands, the Tenant Number (TN) and the UCD Pilot
station (controlling station) number (STN) assigned in this command are used to specify the UCD group.

9.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

CHAPTER 4
Page 672
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASHU : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD

3. Data Entry Instructions

STN
Enter UCD pilot (controlling station) number

TENANT
NUMBER (TN)
1-63

STATION NUMBER
(STN)

STATION NUMBER (STN)
NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2
3
4
5

Note:

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

27
28
29
30

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

52
53
54
55

STN

77
78
79
80

Enter the Station Number to be assigned in “EDIT STN” box on the display.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 673
Issue 1

ASHU : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD

4. Data Sheet
TENANT NUMBER
(TN)

STATION NUMBER
(STN)
Note

STATION NUMBER (STN)
NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2

27

52

77

3

28

53

78

4

29

54

79

5

30

55

80

6

31

56

81

7

32

57

82

8

33

58

83

9

34

59

84

10

35

60

85

11

36

61

86

12

37

62

87

13

38

63

88

14

39

64

89

15

40

65

90

16

41

66

91

17

42

67

92

18

43

68

93

19

44

69

94

20

45

70

95

21

46

71

96

22

47

72

97

23

48

73

98

24

49

74

99

25

50

75

100

26

51

76

Note:

Enter first Station Number here. This Station becomes the control station.

CHAPTER 4
Page 674
Issue 1

NDA-24298

STN

ASHUL : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD for LDM

ASHUL: Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) service feature for each Node
by using Telephone Number. The data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM).
2. Precautions
1.

This command is also used to modify and delete the UCD service related data.

2.

The maximum number of stations within a UCD group is 100.

3.

A maximum of 63 UCD groups can be arranged per a Node.

4.

The UCD pilot station (controlling station) is assigned at the TELN parameter.

5.

Press ESC to skip forward to the WRT? text box when all the desired stations have been entered.

6.

Assign the AUADN command if the Delay Announcement-UCD service feature is required.

7.

Assign the AUCDN command if the peripheral threshold listed below is required:
(a) The number of call in UCD queuing which is used for the UCD Peg Count
(b) The threshold of the UCD Call Waiting Lamp (which can be accommodated on a Dterm) starts to
flash
(c) Denial of the MCI call result text of the call terminated to the UCD group

8.

Assign AUOGL command if the Overflow-UCD service feature is required.

9.

When assigning the AUADL/AUCDL/AUOGL commands, the User Group Number (UGN) and the UCD
Pilot station (controlling station) number (TELN) assigned in this command are used to specify the UCD
group.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 675
Issue 1

ASHUL : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD for LDM

3. Data Entry Instructions

UGN
Fixed to 1

TELN
Enter UCD pilot station (controlling station).

USER GROUP
NUMBER (UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max.16 digits

1
TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN)
NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2
3
4
5

Note:

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

52
53
54
55

27
28
29
30

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

77
78
79
80

Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in “EDIT TELN” box on the display.

CHAPTER 4
Page 676
Issue 1

NDA-24298

TELN

ASHUL : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD for LDM

4. Data Sheet
USER GROUP NUMBER
(UGN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2

27

52

77

3

28

53

78

4

29

54

79

5

30

55

80

6

31

56

81

7

32

57

82

8

33

58

83

9

34

59

84

10

35

60

85

11

36

61

86

12

37

62

87

13

38

63

88

14

39

64

89

15

40

65

90

16

41

66

91

17

42

67

92

18

43

68

93

19

44

69

94

20

45

70

95

21

46

71

96

22

47

72

97

23

48

73

98

24

49

74

99

25

50

75

100

26

51

76

NDA-24298

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 677
Issue 1

ASHUN : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD for NDM

ASHUN: Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) for Fusion Service. The data
assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN),
updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

This command is also used to modify and delete the UCD service related data.

2.

The maximum number of stations within a UCD group is 100.

3.

The UCD pilot station (controlling station) is assigned at the TELN parameter.

4.

Press ESC to skip forward to the WRT? text box when all the desired stations have been entered.

5.

Assign the AUADN command if the Delay Announcement-UCD service feature is required.

6.

Assign the AUCDN command if the peripheral threshold listed below is required:
(a) The number of call in UCD queuing which is used for the UCD Peg Count
(b) The threshold of the UCD Call Waiting Lamp (which can be accommodated on a Dterm) starts to
flash
(c) Denial of the MCI call result text of the call terminated to the UCD group

7.

Assign AUOGN command if the Overflow-UCD service feature is required.

8.

When assigning the AUADN/AUCDN/AUOGN commands, the User Group Number (UGN) and the
UCD Pilot station (controlling station) number (TELN) assigned in this command are used to specify the
UCD group.

CHAPTER 4
Page 678
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASHUN : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD for NDM

3. Data Entry Instructions

UGN
Fixed to 1

TELN
Enter UCD pilot station (controlling station).

USER GROUP
NUMBER (UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max.16 digits

1
TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN)
NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2
3
4
5

Note:

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

27
28
29
30

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

52
53
54
55

TELN

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELN

77
78
79
80

Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in “EDIT TELN” box on the display.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 679
Issue 1

ASHUN : Assignment of Station Hunting Group-UCD for NDM

4. Data Sheet
USER GROUP NUMBER
(UGN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2

27

52

77

3

28

53

78

4

29

54

79

5

30

55

80

6

31

56

81

7

32

57

82

8

33

58

83

9

34

59

84

10

35

60

85

11

36

61

86

12

37

62

87

13

38

63

88

14

39

64

89

15

40

65

90

16

41

66

91

17

42

67

92

18

43

68

93

19

44

69

94

20

45

70

95

21

46

71

96

22

47

72

97

23

48

73

98

24

49

74

99

25

50

75

100

26

51

76

CHAPTER 4
Page 680
Issue 1

NDA-24298

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

AUCD : Assignment of UCD Control Data

AUCD: Assignment of UCD Control Data
1. General
This command assigns the miscellaneous data related to the Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) service feature.
2. Precautions
1.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

2.

The UCD member station and UCD pilot (controlling station) station should be assigned by the ASHU
command.

3.

This command can be specified using the following UCD related options:
(a) The number of calls in UCD queuing which is used for the UCD Peg Count
(b) The threshold of the UCD Call Waiting Lamp (which is accommodated on a Dterm) starts to flash
(c) Denial of the MCI call result text of the call terminated to the UCD group

4.

The following data should also be assigned for UCD - Call Waiting lamp flashing:
ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 61, b5 = 1 (Call Waiting Display-UCD in Service)
AKYD command, FKY=47 (UCD Call Waiting Lamp)

5.

After the data assignment, the line circuit card which contains the UCD group stations must be initialized
(turn the MB key ON/OFF).

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 681
Issue 1

AUCD : Assignment of UCD Control Data

3. Data Entry Instructions

TN and STN
TN and STN (UCD pilot station number) parameter should be assigned with respect to the data assigned by the ASHU
command.
QTH ACT
UCD queuing value (used for Peg Count) is:
0 = Invalid (QTH parameter is not assigned)
1 = Valid (QTH parameter is assigned)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

UCD
QUEUING
PEG COUNT
VALUE
(QTH ACT) 0/1

QTH
Enter the number of calls in the UCD queue.
(This value is used for UCD Peg Count.)

CHAPTER 4
Page 682
Issue 1

UCD
QUEUING
PEG COUNT
VALUE
(QTH ) 0-255

MCI
The call record to the UCD group
is transferred to MCI
0 = Valid
1 = Invalid

THRESHOLD
VALUE OF
CALL WAITING
(CWT)
1-255

MCI DATA
TRANSFER
(MCI)
0/1

REMARKS

CWT
Enter the number of calls in the UCD queue.
(This value is used for UCD Call Waiting Lamp on Dterm).

NDA-24298

AUCD : Assignment of UCD Control Data

4. Data Sheet

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

UCD
QUEUING PEG
COUNT VALUE
(QTH ACT)
0/1

UCD
QUEUING PEG
COUNT VALUE
(QTH)
0-255

NDA-24298

THRESHOLD
VALUE OF CALL
WAITING
(CWT)
1-255

MCI DATA
TRANSFER
(MCI)
0/1

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 683
Issue 1

AUCDL : Assignment of UCD Control Data for LDM

AUCDL: Assignment of UCD Control Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the miscellaneous data related to the Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) service feature
for each Node by using Telephone Number. The data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM).
2. Precautions
1.

The UCD member station and UCD pilot (controlling station) station should be assigned by the ASHUL
command.

2.

This command is used to specify the following UCD related options:
(a) The number of calls in UCD queuing which is used for the UCD Peg Count.
(b) The threshold of the UCD Call Waiting Lamp (which is accommodated on a Dterm) starts to flash.
(c) Denial of the MCI call result text of the call terminated to the UCD group.

3.

The following data should also be assigned for UCD - Call Waiting lamp flashing:
ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 61, b5 = 1 (Call Waiting Display-UCD in Service)
AKYD command, FKY = 47 (UCD Call Waiting Lamp)

4.

After the data assignment, the line circuit card which contains the UCD group stations must be initialized
(turn the MB key ON/OFF).

CHAPTER 4
Page 684
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AUCDL : Assignment of UCD Control Data for LDM

3. Data Entry Instructions

UGN and TELN
UGN and TELN (UCD pilot station number) parameters should be assigned with respect to the data assigned by the ASHUL
command.
QTH ACT
UCD queuing value (used for Peg Count) is:
0 = Invalid (QTH parameter is not assigned)
1 = Valid (QTH parameter is assigned)

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)
16 digits maximum

QTH
Enter the number of calls in the UCD queue.
(This value is used for UCD Peg Count.)

UCD
QUEUING
PEG COUNT
VALUE
(QTH ACT) 0/1

MCI
The call record to the UCD group
is transferred to MCI
0 = Valid
1 = Invalid

UCD
QUEUING
PEG COUNT
VALUE
(QTH ) 0-255

THRESHOLD
VALUE OF
CALL WAITING
(CWT)
1-255

MCI DATA
TRANSFER
(MCI)
0/1

CWT
Enter the number of calls in the UCD queue.
(This value is used for UCD Call Waiting Lamp on Dterm)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 685
Issue 1

AUCDL : Assignment of UCD Control Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 686
Issue 1

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
16 digits maximum

UCD QUEUING
PEG COUNT
VALUE
(QTH ACT)
0/1

NDA-24298

UCD QUEUING
PEG COUNT
VALUE
(QTH)
0-255

THRESHOLD
VALUE OF CALL
WAITING
(CWT)
1-255

MCI DATA
TRANSFER
(MCI)
0/1

AUCDN : Assignment of UCD Control Data for NDM

AUCDN: Assignment of UCD Control Data for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the miscellaneous data related to the Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) for Fusion
Service. The data assigned on this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network
Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

The UCD member station and UCD pilot (controlling station) station should be assigned by the ASHUN
command.

2.

This command can be specified using the following UCD related options:
(a) The number of calls in UCD queuing which is used for the UCD Peg Count.
(b) The threshold of the UCD Call Waiting Lamp (which is accommodated on a Dterm) starts to flash.
(c) Denial of the MCI call result text of the call terminated to the UCD group.

3.

The following data should also be assigned for UCD - Call Waiting lamp flashing:
ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 61, b5 = 1 (Call Waiting Display-UCD in Service)
AKYD command, FKY = 47 (UCD Call Waiting Lamp)

4.

After the data assignment, the line circuit card which contains the UCD group stations must be initialized
(turn the MB key ON/OFF).

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 687
Issue 1

AUCDN : Assignment of UCD Control Data for NDM

3. Data Entry Instructions

UGN and TELN
UGN and TELN (UCD pilot station number) parameters should be assigned with respect to the data assigned by the ASHUN
command.
QTH ACT
UCD queuing value (used for Peg Count) is:
0 = Invalid (QTH parameter is not assigned)
1 = Valid (QTH parameter is assigned)

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)
16 digits maximum

QTH
Enter the number of calls in the UCD queue.
(This value is used for UCD Peg Count.)

CHAPTER 4
Page 688
Issue 1

UCD
QUEUING
PEG COUNT
VALUE
(QTH ACT) 0/1

MCI
The call record to the UCD group
is transferred to MCI
0 = Valid
1 = Invalid

UCD
QUEUING
PEG COUNT
VALUE
(QTH ) 0-255

THRESHOLD
VALUE OF
CALL WAITING
(CWT)
1-255

MCI DATA
TRANSFER
(MCI)
0/1

CWT
Enter the number of calls in the UCD queue.
(This value is used for UCD Call Waiting Lamp on Dterm)

NDA-24298

AUCDN : Assignment of UCD Control Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
16 digits maximum

UCD QUEUING
PEG COUNT
VALUE
(QTH ACT)
0/1

NDA-24298

UCD QUEUING
PEG COUNT
VALUE
(QTH)
0-255

THRESHOLD
VALUE OF CALL
WAITING
(CWT)
1-255

MCI DATA
TRANSFER
(MCI)
0/1

CHAPTER 4
Page 689
Issue 1

AUOG : Assignment of UCD Overflow Group

AUOG: Assignment of UCD Overflow Group
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Overflow - UCD service feature.
2. Precautions
1.

The UCD member station and the UCD pilot (controlling station) station should be assigned by the ASHU
command.

2.

The calls terminate to the designated group can overflow (forward) to another UCD group. They overflow
from TN-A, STN-A to TN-B, STN-B.

3.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

3. Data Entry Instructions

TN-A and STN-A
TN-A and STN-A (UCD pilot station number) parameters should be assigned
with respect to the data assigned by the ASHU command.

ORIGINAL UCD GROUP
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN-A)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN-A)

OVERFLOW UCD GROUP
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN-B)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN-B)

TN-B and STN-B
TN-B and STN-B (UCD pilot station number) parameters should be assigned
with respect to the data assigned by the ASHU command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 690
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AUOG : Assignment of UCD Overflow Group

4. Data Sheet
ORIGINAL UCD GROUP
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN-A)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN-A)

OVERFLOW UCD GROUP
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN-B)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN-B)

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 691
Issue 1

AUOGL : Assignment of UCD Overflow Group for LDM

AUOGL: Assignment of UCD Overflow Group for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Overflow - UCD service feature for each Node by using Telephone
Number. The data is written in Local Data Memory (LDM).
2. Precautions
1.

The UCD member station and the UCD pilot (controlling station) station should be assigned by the
ASHUL command.

2.

The calls terminate to the designated group can overflow (forward) to another UCD group. They overflow
from UGN-A, TELN-A to UGN-B, TELN-B.

3. Data Entry Instructions

UGN-A and TELN-A
UGN-A and TELN-A (UCD pilot station number) parameters should be
assigned with respect to the data assigned by the ASHUL command.

ORIGINAL UCD GROUP
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN-A)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN-A)

OVERFLOW UCD GROUP
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN-B)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN-B)

UGN-B and TELN-B
UGN-B and TELN-B (UCD pilot station number) parameters should be assigned
with respect to the data assigned by the ASHUL command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 692
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AUOGL : Assignment of UCD Overflow Group for LDM

4. Data Sheet
ORIGINAL UCD GROUP
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN-A)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN-A)

OVERFLOW UCD GROUP
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN-B)

NDA-24298

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN-B)

CHAPTER 4
Page 693
Issue 1

AUOGN : Assignment of UCD Overflow Group for NDM

AUOGN: Assignment of UCD Overflow Group for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Overflow - UCD for Fusion Service. The data assigned by this
command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the
NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

The UCD member station and the UCD pilot (controlling station) station should be assigned by the
ASHUN command.

2.

The calls terminate to the designated group can overflow (forward) to another UCD group. They overflow
from UGN-A, TELN-A to UGN-B, TELN-B.

3. Data Entry Instructions

UGN-A and TELN-A
UGN-A and TELN-A (UCD pilot station number) parameters should be
assigned with respect to the data assigned by the ASHUN command.

ORIGINAL UCD GROUP
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN-A)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN-A)

OVERFLOW UCD GROUP
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN-B)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN-B)

UGN-B and TELN-B
UGN-B and TELN-B (UCD pilot station number) parameters should be assigned
with respect to the data assigned by the ASHUN command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 694
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AUOGN : Assignment of UCD Overflow Group for NDM

4. Data Sheet
ORIGINAL UCD GROUP
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN-A)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN-A)

OVERFLOW UCD GROUP
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN-B)

NDA-24298

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN-B)

CHAPTER 4
Page 695
Issue 1

AUAD : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data

AUAD: Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Delay Announcement - UCD service feature.
2. Precautions
1.

The UCD member station and UCD pilot (controlling station) station should be assigned by the ASHU
command.

2.

A maximum of eight (8) external announcement machines can be assigned per UCD group.

3.

As to the designation of sharing the UCD Announcement Information (ASYD SYS 1, INDEX 70, bit 6 :
0/1 = Common/per UCD group), be sure to follow as mentioned below;
•

4.

In case the system data (ASYD, SYS 1, INDEX 70, bit 6) shall be modified after the UCD
Announcement Information has already been assigned, first clear all the data assigned by this command
(AUAD), then the new data is to be reassigned.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

CHAPTER 4
Page 696
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AUAD : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data

3. Data Entry Instructions

TN and STN
TN and STN (UCD pilot station number) parameters should be assigned with respect to the TN and
STN data assigned by the ASHU command.
DLYT
Enter the delay timer value in second with a range of 030 seconds. (2 seconds increments)
MSGT
Enter the message timer value in seconds within 0-30 seconds.
(2 seconds increments)
However, this value is not effective if the Route data of
Announcement Trunk is assigned as follows:
ARTD ANS = 1

CONTROLLING
STATION
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

DELAY
TIMER
(DLYT)
0-30

ANNOUNCEMENT
MESSAGE ANNOUNCE- REPLAY
NUMBER OF
TRUNK
INTERVAL ANNOUNCEMENT
MENT
TIMER
(INT)
OUTPUT
(MSGT)
TRUNK
ROUTE
TRUNK
0-30
REPLAY
0-30
(CNT)
NUMBER NUMBER
(RP)
1-8
(RT)
(TK)
0/1

1
2

RP
Announcement replay
0 = Once
1 = Repeat within the time specified by the INT parameter

CNT
The number of external trunks to be connected to
an external announcement machine.

INT
The INT parameter appears when RP = 1.
Enter the replay interval time value in seconds with a range
of 0-30 seconds. (2 seconds increments)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 697
Issue 1

AUAD : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data

4. Data Sheet
CONTROLLING
STATION
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

DELAY
TIMER
(DLYT)
0-30

MESSAGE
TIMER
(MSGT)
0-30

ANNOUNCEMENT
OUTPUT
REPLAY
(RP)
0/1

REPLAY
INTERVAL
(INT)
2-30

NUMBER OF
ANNOUNCEMENT
TRUNK
(CNT)
1-8

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

CHAPTER 4
Page 698
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ANNOUNCEMENT
TRUNK
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

AUADL : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for LDM

AUADL: Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Delay Announcement - UCD service feature for each Node by
using Telephone Number. The data is written in the Local Data Memory (LDM).
2. Precautions
1.

Assign the Telephone Number (LDM) of the UCD member station by using the ASHUL command.

2.

A maximum of eight (8) external announcement machines can be assigned per a UCD group.

3.

As to the designation of sharing the UCD Announcement Information (ASYDL, SYS 1, INDEX 804, bit
4 : 0/1 = per UCD group/Common), be sure to follow the note as mentioned below:
•

In case the system data (ASYDL, SYS 1, INDEX 804, bit 4) shall be modified after the UCD
Announcement Information has already been assigned, first clear all the data assigned by this command
(AUADL), then the new data is to be reassigned.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 699
Issue 1

AUADL : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for LDM

3. Data Entry Instructions

UGN and TELN
UGN is fixed to “1”.
Enter the TELN (LDM) of the UCD pilot station
with respect to the data assigned by the ASHUL
command.

INT
The INT parameter appears when RP = 1.
Enter the replay interval time value in seconds with a range
of 0-30 seconds. (2 seconds increments)

RP
Announcement replay
0 = Once
1 = Repeat within the time specified by the INT parameter

CONTROLLING STATION
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

1

DELAY
TIMER
(DLYT)
0-30

MESSAGE
TIMER
(MSGT)
0-30

ANNOUNCEMENT
OUTPUT
REPLAY
(RP)
0/1

REPLAY
INTERVAL
(INT)
0-30

ANNOUNCEMENT
NUMBER OF
TRUNK
ANNOUNCEMENT
TRUNK
ROUTE
TRUNK
NUMBER
NUMBER
(CNT)
(TK)
(RT)
1-8
1-768

1
2

MSGT
Enter the message timer value in seconds within 0-30
seconds. (2 seconds increments)
However, this value is not effective if the Route data
of Announcement Trunk is assigned as follows:
ARTD ANS = 1

DLYT
Enter the delay timer value in second with a range of 030 seconds. (2 seconds increments)

CHAPTER 4
Page 700
Issue 1

RT
Enter the Route Number of
the Announcement Trunk

CNT
The number of external trunks to be connected to
an external announcement machine.

NDA-24298

AUADL : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
CONTROLLING STATION
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

DELAY
TIMER
(DLYT)
0-30

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
MAX.16 DIGITS

MESSAGE
TIMER
(MSGT)
0-30

ANNOUNCEMENT
OUTPUT
REPLAY
(RP)
0/1

REPLAY
INTERVAL
(INT)
2-30

NUMBER OF
ANNOUNCEMENT
TRUNK
(CNT)
1-8

ANNOUNCEMENT
TRUNK
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)
1-768

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CONTROLLING STATION
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

DELAY
TIMER
(DLYT)
0-30

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
MAX.16 DIGITS

MESSAGE
TIMER
(MSGT)
0-30

ANNOUNCEMENT
OUTPUT
REPLAY
(RP)
0/1

REPLAY
INTERVAL
(INT)
2-30

NUMBER OF
ANNOUNCEMENT
TRUNK
(CNT)
1-8

ANNOUNCEMENT
TRUNK
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 701
Issue 1

AUADN : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for NDM

AUADN: Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Delay Announcement - UCD for Fusion Service. The data assigned
by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating
the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

Assign the Telephone Number (NDM) of the UCD member station by using the ASHUN command.

2.

A maximum of eight (8) external announcement machines can be assigned per a UCD group.

3.

As to the designation of sharing the UCD Announcement Information (ASYDL, SYS 1, INDEX 804, bit
4 : 0/1 = per UCD group/Common), be sure to follow the notes mentioned below:
•

Common in all the UCD groups (b4 = 1 is assigned) means the UCD Announcement Information is
common in each Node.

•

In case the system data (ASYDL, SYS 1, INDEX 804, bit 4) shall be modified after the UCD
Announcement Information has already been assigned, first clear all the data assigned by this command
(AUADN), then the new data is to be reassigned.

CHAPTER 4
Page 702
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AUADN : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for NDM

3. Data Entry Instructions

UGN and TELN
UGN is fixed to “1”.
Enter the TELN (NDM) of the UCD pilot station with respect to the data assigned by the ASHUN
command.
DLYT
Enter the delay timer value in second with a range of 030 seconds. (2 seconds increments)
MSGT
Enter the message timer value in seconds within 0-30 seconds.
(2 seconds increments)
However, this value is not effective if the Route data of
Announcement Trunk is assigned as follows:
ARTDN ANS = 1

CONTROLLING
STATION
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

DELAY
TIMER
(DLYT)
0-30

ANNOUNCEMENT
MESSAGE ANNOUNCE- REPLAY
NUMBER OF
TRUNK
INTERVAL ANNOUNCEMENT
MENT
TIMER
(INT)
OUTPUT
(MSGT)
TRUNK
LOGICAL TRUNK
0-30
REPLAY
0-30
(CNT)
ROUTE NUMBER
(RP)
1-8
(TK)
NUMBER
0/1
(LGRT)

1
2

RP
Announcement replay
0 = Once
1 = Repeat within the time specified
by the INT parameter

CNT
The number of external trunks
to be connected to an external
announcement machine.

INT
The INT parameter appears when RP = 1.
Enter the replay interval time value in seconds with a range
of 0-30 seconds. (2 seconds increments)

LGRT
Enter the Logical Route Number of the
Announcement Trunk. (Announcement Trunk
should be mounted on the same node in which the
UCD pilot station is accommodated.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 703
Issue 1

AUADN : Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
CONTROLLING
STATION
USER
TELEPHONE
GROUP
NUMBER
NUMBER
(TELN)
(UGN)

DELAY
TIMER
(DLYT)
0-30

MESSAGE
TIMER
(MSGT)
0-30

ANNOUNCEMENT
OUTPUT
REPLAY
(RP)
0/1

REPLAY
INTERVAL
(INT)
2-30

NUMBER OF
ANNOUNCEMENT
TRUNK
(CNT)
1-8

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

CHAPTER 4
Page 704
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ANNOUNCEMENT
TRUNK
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

ACPG : Assignment of Call Pickup Group

ACPG: Assignment of Call Pickup Group
1. General
This command assigns call pickup group in the TN and STN.
2. Precautions
1.

The maximum number of member stations within each Call Pickup Group is 100.

2.

The access code of the Call Pickup Group is assigned by the ASPA command SSC, SID = 7.

3.

There is no limitation in a Call Pickup Group within a system.

4.

The station can be assigned to only one Call Pickup Group. An extension can be assigned to only one Call
Pickup Group.

5.

The phantom number assigned by the APHN command cannot be a member station of the Call Pickup
Group.

6.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

3. Data Entry Instructions

STN
Assign a station number

TENANT NUMBER
(TN)
1-63

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2
3

Note:

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

STATION NUMBER
(STN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

27
28

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

52
53

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

77
78

Enter the Station Number to be assigned in “EDIT STN” box on the display.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 705
Issue 1

ACPG : Assignment of Call Pickup Group

4. Data Sheet
TENANT NUMBER (TN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

STATION NUMBER (STN)

NUMBER OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2

27

52

77

3

28

53

78

4

29

54

79

5

30

55

80

6

31

56

81

7

32

57

82

8

33

58

83

9

34

59

84

10

35

60

85

11

36

61

86

12

37

62

87

13

38

63

88

14

39

64

89

15

40

65

90

16

41

66

91

17

42

67

92

18

43

68

93

19

44

69

94

20

45

70

95

21

46

71

96

22

47

72

97

23

48

73

98

24

49

74

99

25

50

75

100

26

51

76

CHAPTER 4
Page 706
Issue 1

NDA-24298

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

ACPGL : Assignment of Call Pickup Group for LDM

ACPGL: Assignment of Call Pickup Group for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the data related to Call Pickup Group - LDM service. With this command, Call Pickup
Group service feature can be assigned by using Telephone Number.
2. Precautions
1.

The maximum number of member stations within each Call Pickup Group is 100.

2.

The access code of the Call Pickup Group is assigned by the ASPAL command SSC, SID=7.

3.

There is no limitation on the number of Call Pickup Group within a system.

4.

One station can be assigned to the member of only one Call Pickup Group.

5.

Either Call Pickup Group for LDM or Call Pickup Group for NDM can be executed in a system. (Both
services can’t coexist in a system.)

6.

The data assigned by this command is invalid in Fusion Network.

3. Data Entry Instructions

TELN
Assign a Telephone Number of the member station.

UGN
Fixed to 1.

USER GROUP NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max.16 digits

1
NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2
3

Note:

NUMBER
TELEPHONE
OF
NUMBER
STATIONS
(TELN)
(CNT)

27
28

NUMBER
TELEPHONE
TELEPHONE
OF
NUMBER
NUMBER
STATIONS
(TELN)
(TELN)
(CNT)

52
53

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

77
78

Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in “EDIT TELN” box on the display.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 707
Issue 1

ACPGL : Assignment of Call Pickup Group for LDM

4. Data Sheet
USER GROUP NUMBER
(UGN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2

27

52

77

3

28

53

78

4

29

54

79

5

30

55

80

6

31

56

81

7

32

57

82

8

33

58

83

9

34

59

84

10

35

60

85

11

36

61

86

12

37

62

87

13

38

63

88

14

39

64

89

15

40

65

90

16

41

66

91

17

42

67

92

18

43

68

93

19

44

69

94

20

45

70

95

21

46

71

96

22

47

72

97

23

48

73

98

24

49

74

99

25

50

75

100

26

51

76

CHAPTER 4
Page 708
Issue 1

NDA-24298

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

ACPGN : Assignment of Call Pickup Group for NDM

ACPGN: Assignment of Call Pickup Group for NDM
1. General
This command assigns Call Pickup Group for Fusion Service in the UGN and TELN. The data assigned by this
command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the
NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

The maximum number of member stations within each Call Pickup Group is 100.

2.

The access code of the Call Pickup Group is assigned by the ASPAN command SSC, SID = 7.

3.

There is no limitation in a Call Pickup Group within a system.

4.

The station can be assigned to only one Call Pickup Group.

5.

Either Call Pickup Group for LDM or Call Pickup Group for NDM can be executed in a system. (Both
services cannot coexist in a system.)

3. Data Entry Instructions

TELN
Assign a Telephone Number of the member station

UGN
Fixed to 1

USER GROUP NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 Digits

1
NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2
3

Note:

NUMBER
TELEPHONE
OF
NUMBER
STATIONS
(TELN)
(CNT)

27
28

NUMBER
TELEPHONE
TELEPHONE
OF
NUMBER
NUMBER
STATIONS
(TELN)
(TELN)
(CNT)

52
53

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

77
78

Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in “EDIT TELN” box on the display.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 709
Issue 1

ACPGN : Assignment of Call Pickup Group for NDM

4. Data Sheet
USER GROUP NUMBER (UGN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2

27

52

77

3

28

53

78

4

29

54

79

5

30

55

80

6

31

56

81

7

32

57

82

8

33

58

83

9

34

59

84

10

35

60

85

11

36

61

86

12

37

62

87

13

38

63

88

14

39

64

89

15

40

65

90

16

41

66

91

17

42

67

92

18

43

68

93

19

44

69

94

20

45

70

95

21

46

71

96

22

47

72

97

23

48

73

98

24

49

74

99

25

50

75

100

26

51

76

CHAPTER 4
Page 710
Issue 1

NDA-24298

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

ACPE : Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group Data

ACPE: Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group Data
1. General
This command assigns the Call Pickup Expand Group data.
2. Precautions
1.

Prior to this command, assignments of station are required by the ACPG command.

2.

A maximum of 100 stations can be assigned in a Call Pickup Expand Group.

3.

There is no limit to the number of Call Pickup Expand Group.

4.

The access code of the Call Pickup Expand Group is assigned by the ASPA command SRV = 3, SIDA =
63.

5.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

3. Data Entry Instructions

STN
A station number of Call Pickup Group member

TENANT NUMBER
(TN)
1-63

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2
3

Note:

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

STATION NUMBER
(STN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

15
16

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

28
29

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

41
42

Enter the Station Number to be assigned in “EDIT STN” box on the display.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 711
Issue 1

ACPE : Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group Data

4. Data Sheet
TENANT NUMBER
(TN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

STATION NUMBER
(STN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2

27

52

77

3

28

53

78

4

29

54

79

5

30

55

80

6

31

56

81

7

32

57

82

8

33

58

83

9

34

59

84

10

35

60

85

11

36

61

86

12

37

62

87

13

38

63

88

14

39

64

89

15

40

65

90

16

41

66

91

17

42

67

92

18

43

68

93

19

44

69

94

20

45

70

95

21

46

71

96

22

47

72

97

23

48

73

98

24

49

74

99

25

50

75

100

26

51

76

CHAPTER 4
Page 712
Issue 1

NDA-24298

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

ACPEL : Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group for LDM

ACPEL: Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the data related to Call Pickup Expand Group - LDM service. With this command, Call
Pickup Expand Group service feature can be assigned by using Telephone Number.
2. Precautions
1.

Prior to this command, assignments of station are required by the ACPGL command.

2.

The maximum number of member stations within each Call Pickup Expand Group is 100.

3.

There is no limitation on the number of Call Pickup Expand Group within a system.

4.

One station can be assigned to the member of only one Call Pickup Group.

5.

Either Call Pickup Expand Group for LDM or Call Pickup Expand Group for NDM can be executed in a
system. (Both services can’t coexist in a system.)

6.

The data assigned by this command is invalid in Fusion Network.

3. Data Entry Instructions

TELN
A Telephone Number of Call Pickup Group member
station.

UGN
Fixed to 1.

USER GROUP NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max.16 digits

1
NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2
3

Note:

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

27
28

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

52
53

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

77
78

Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in “EDIT TELN” box on the display.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 713
Issue 1

ACPEL : Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group for LDM

4. Data Sheet
USER GROUP NUMBER
(UGN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2

27

52

77

3

28

53

78

4

29

54

79

5

30

55

80

6

31

56

81

7

32

57

82

8

33

58

83

9

34

59

84

10

35

60

85

11

36

61

86

12

37

62

87

13

38

63

88

14

39

64

89

15

40

65

90

16

41

66

91

17

42

67

92

18

43

68

93

19

44

69

94

20

45

70

95

21

46

71

96

22

47

72

97

23

48

73

98

24

49

74

99

25

50

75

100

26

51

76

CHAPTER 4
Page 714
Issue 1

NDA-24298

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

ACPEN : Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group Data for NDM

ACPEN: Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group Data for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the Call Pickup Expand Group data for Fusion Service. The data assigned by this
command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the
NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

Prior to this command, assignments of stations are required by the ACPGN command.

2.

A maximum of 100 stations can be assigned in a Call Pickup Expand Group.

3.

There is no limit to the number of Call Pickup Expand Groups.

4.

The access code of the Call Pickup Expand Group is assigned by the ASPAN command SRV = SSCA,
SIDA = 63.

5.

Either Call Pickup Expand Group for LDM or Call Pickup Expand Group for NDM can be executed in a
system. (Both services can’t coexist in a system.)

3. Data Entry Instructions

TELN
A Telephone Number of Call Pickup Group member

UGN
Fixed to 1

USER GROUP NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max.16 digits

1
NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2
3

Note:

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

15
16

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

28
29

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

41
42

Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in “EDIT TELN” box on the display.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 715
Issue 1

ACPEN : Assignment of Call Pickup Expand Group Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
USER GROUP NUMBER
(UGN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NUMBER
OF
STATIONS
(CNT)

2

27

52

77

3

28

53

78

4

29

54

79

5

30

55

80

6

31

56

81

7

32

57

82

8

33

58

83

9

34

59

84

10

35

60

85

11

36

61

86

12

37

62

87

13

38

63

88

14

39

64

89

15

40

65

90

16

41

66

91

17

42

67

92

18

43

68

93

19

44

69

94

20

45

70

95

21

46

71

96

22

47

72

97

23

48

73

98

24

49

74

99

25

50

75

100

26

51

76

CHAPTER 4
Page 716
Issue 1

NDA-24298

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

AISA : Assignment of Individual Calling Entry Area

AISA: Assignment of Individual Calling Entry Area
1. General
This command designates the station type (MST or SLV) and the number of memory blocks to be used for the
Speed Calling Group/Station.
2. Precautions
1.

One (1) Speed Calling - Station memory can be assigned a maximum of 18 digits for the long speed dial
number.

2.

One (1) BLOCK consists of ten (10) Speed Calling - Station memories.

3.

There are one hundred (100) BLOCKs per MG.

4.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

5.

The MST station user can register the speed dial number and also originate a speed dial call.

6.

The SLV station user can originate a speed dial call, but speed dial number registration is not available.
The speed dial number registration is done by the MST station only.

7.

The MST station and slave stations must be in the same MG.

8.

The AISD command allows the maintenance person to register the speed dial number.

9.

When assigning the individual speed calling entry block of the Attendant Console, use the Specific
Attendant Number previously assigned in the ASAT command.

3. Data Entry Instructions

MST/SLV
M = MST
S = SLV

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

MST STATION NUMBER
(STN)

BLOCK
The BLOCK parameter is displayed when MST/SLV = M

STATION
TYPE
M/S)

1

300

1

1

300

2

NIUMBER OF BLOCKS
(BLOCK)
1-10

SLV STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

1
330

STN
The STN parameter is displayed when MST/SLV = S

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 717
Issue 1

AISA : Assignment of Individual Calling Entry Area

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

MASTER STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

STATION
TYPE
M/S

NUMBER OF
BLOCKS
(BLOCK)
1 – 10

STATION
TYPE
M/S

1

CHAPTER 4
Page 718
Issue 1

2

NDA-24298

SLAVE STATION NUMBER
(STN)
(Slave Station Number of the Same Speed
Calling Group)

AISA_T :Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Entry Area – Telephone Number

AISA_T :Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Entry Area – Telephone
Number
1. General
This command is used to designate the station type (MST or SLV) and the number of memory block to be used
for the Speed Calling Group/Station. The station data of AISA command can be assigned by using Telephone
Number instead.
2. Precautions
1.

Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the
ALGSL command is not available in this command.

2.

In case logging in to a LN, only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged-in
node can be used in this command. Also, when logging in to the NCN, the data memory of the whole
nodes in the network is to be written.

3.

One (1) Speed Calling - Station memory can be assigned a maximum of 18 digits for the long speed dial
number.

4.

One (1) BLOCK consists of ten (10) Speed Calling - Station memories.

5.

There are one hundred (100) BLOCKs per MG.

6.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8

7.

The MST station user can register the speed dial number and also originate a speed dial call.

8.

The SLV station user can originate a speed dial call, but speed dial number registration is not available.
The speed dial number registration is done by the MST station only.

9.

The MST station and slave stations must be in the same MG.

10. The AISD/AISD_T command allows the maintenance person to register the speed dial number.
11. Telephone Number of the Specific Attendant Console cannot be used.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 719
Issue 1

AISA_T :Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Entry Area – Telephone Number

3. Data Entry Instructions

TELN (MST/SLV)
Enter the Telephone Number of the Master/Slave station
to which Speed Calling Group data to be assigned.

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

BLOCK
Assign the number of memory block for each station. This
parameter appears when "MST" is selected in Station Type.

STATION
TYPE
(MST/SLV)

MST
SLV

MST/SLV
MST = Master Station
SLV = Slave Station
Note:

NUMBER
OF
BLOCKS
(BLOCK)
1-10

MASTER TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

1

TELN (MST)
Enter the Telephone Number of Master Station
when "SLV" is selected in Station Type.

The existing data can be readout by pressing “Get” button after UGN and TELN data is entered.

CHAPTER 4
Page 720
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AISA_T :Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Entry Area – Telephone Number

4. Data Sheet
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

STATION
TYPE
(MST/SLV)

NDA-24298

NUMBER
OF
BLOCKS
(BLOCK)
1-10

MASTER TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

CHAPTER 4
Page 721
Issue 1

AISD : Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Data

AISD: Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Data
1. General
This command assigns the speed dial number (of the Speed Calling - Station service feature) for a station,
instead of a station user’s registration. This command also allows a maintenance person to monitor present user
settings.
2. Precautions
1.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

2.

The station number (STN) specified on this command should be assigned as a master station (MST) by the
AISA command.

3.

The data range of the SPD parameter on this command varies depending on the number of memory-blocks
assigned by the AISA command. (One memory-block contains ten memories which store ten different
speed dialing numbers)

3. Data Entry Instructions
SPD
When assigning the parameter BLOCK = 1 in the AISA
command, assign any data in the range of 00-09 to this
parameter.
When assigning the parameter BLOCK = 2 in the AISA
command, assign any data in the range of 00-19 to this
parameter.
STN
Assign the station number designated as a
master station (MST/SLV = 1) by the AISA
command.

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

1

CHAPTER 4
Page 722
Issue 1

The dial number to be transmitted by the
system when a station user dial Speed
Calling-Station access code + SPD.

SPEED
CALLING
DIGIT CODE
(SPD)
00-99

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

2 0 0

TEL

0

TELEPHONE NUMBER (TEL)
MAX. 24 DIGITS

1 2 3 4 5

00

NDA-24298

AISD : Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Data

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

SPEED
CALLING DIGIT CODE
(SPD)
00 – 99

NDA-24298

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TEL)
MAX. 18 DIGITS

CHAPTER 4
Page 723
Issue 1

AISD_T : Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Data – Telephone Number

AISD_T : Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Data – Telephone Number
1. General
This command is used to assign the speed dial number (of the Speed Calling - Station service feature) for a
station, instead of a station user’s registration. The station data of AISD command can be assigned by using
Telephone Number.
2. Precautions
1.

Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the
ALGSL command is not available in this command.

2.

In case logging in to a LN, only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged-in
node can be used in this command. Also, when logging in to the NCN, the data memory of the whole
nodes in the network is to be written.

3.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 8.

4.

The Station designated by Telephone Number on this command should be assigned as a master station
(MST) by the AISA/AISA_T command beforehand.

5.

The data range of the SPD parameter on this command varies depending on the number of memory-blocks
assigned by the AISA/AISA_T command. (One memory-block contains ten memories which store ten
different speed dialing numbers.)

CHAPTER 4
Page 724
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AISD_T : Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Data – Telephone Number

3. Data Entry Instructions

TELN
Assign the Telephone Number designated
as a Master Station (Station Type = MST)
by the AISA/AISA_T command.

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

SPD
When assigning the parameter BLOCK=1 in the
AISA/AISA_T command, assign any data in the
range of 00-09 to this parameter.
When assigning the parameter BLOCK=2 in the
AISA/AISA_T command, assign any data in the
range of 00-19 to this parameter.

SPEED
CALLING
DIGIT CODE
(SPD)
00-99

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TEL)
Max. 24digits

TEL
The dial number to be transmitted by the
system when a station user dial Speed
Calling – Station access code + SPD.

Note:

The existing data can be readout by pressing “Get” button after UGN and TELN data is entered.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 725
Issue 1

AISD_T : Assignment of Individual Speed Calling Data – Telephone Number

4. Data Sheet
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 726
Issue 1

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

SPEED
CALLING
DIGIT CODE
(SPD)
00-99

NDA-24298

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TEL)
Max. 24 digits

ASGD : Assignment of Special Group Data

ASGD: Assignment of Special Group Data
1. General
This command assigns the station number belonging to the special group which applies to the following service
features:
Off Hook Alarm
Priority Call
Do Not Disturb
Room Cut Off
2. Precautions
1.

The call destination of the special group is designated by the ASID command.

2.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

3.

Since the GN parameter is intermediate data to the ASID command, enter a unique number for each special group.

3. Data Entry Instructions
F
0 = Off Hook Alarm
1 = Do Not Disturb (Only for Hotel System)
2 = Room Cut Off (Only for Hotel System)
3 = Not used
4 = Priority Call 1
5 = Priority Call 2
6 = Priority Call 3
7 = Not used

STN
Enter the station number
belonging to the special
group.

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

1

STATION NUMBER
(STN)

2

5

6

4

5

FUNCTION
NUMBER
(F)
0-7

GROUP
NUMBER
(GN)
1-7

0

1

NDA-24298

GN
Enter a unique GN for each
special group.

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 727
Issue 1

ASGD : Assignment of Special Group Data

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 728
Issue 1

STATION NUMBER
(STN)

FUNCTION
NUMBER
(F)
0–7

NDA-24298

GROUP
NUMBER
(GN)
1–7

REMARKS

ASGD_T : Assignment of Special Group Data – Telephone Number

ASGD_T : Assignment of Special Group Data – Telephone Number
1. General
This command is used to assign the stations belong to the special group which applies to Off Hook Alarm,
Priority Call, Do Not Disturb, and Room Cut Off services. The station data of ASGD can be assigned by using
Telephone Number.
2. Precautions
1.

Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the
ALGSL command is not available in this command.

2.

In case logging in to a LN, only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged-in
node can be used in this command. Also, when logging in to the NCN, the data memory of the whole
nodes in the network is to be written.

3.

The call destination of the special group is designated by the ASID_T command.

4.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.

5.

Since the GN parameter is intermediate data to the ASID_T command, enter a unique number for each
special group.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 729
Issue 1

ASGD_T : Assignment of Special Group Data – Telephone Number

3. Data Entry Instructions

TELN
Enter the Telephone Number
of the station which belongs to
the special group.

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

F
0=Off Hook Alarm
1=Do Not Disturb (only for Hotel System)
2=Room Cut Off (only for Hotel System)
3=Not used

FUNCTION
NUMBER
(F)
0-7

GROUP
NUMBER
(GN)
1-7

4=Priority Call 1
5=Priority Call 2
6=Priority Call 3
7=Not used

REMARKS

GN
Enter a unique Group Number for
each special group.

Note:

The existing data can be readout by pressing “Get” button after UGN and TELN data is entered.

CHAPTER 4
Page 730
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASGD_T : Assignment of Special Group Data – Telephone Number

4. Data Sheet
SPECIFIC
USER
FUNCTION TERMINATING
TENANT
GROUP
GROUP
NUMBER
NUMBER
NUMBER
NUMBER
(F)
(TN)
(UGN)
(GN)
0-7
1-7
1

SPECIFIC TERMINATING EQUIPMENT

S/A

SPECIAL TELEPHONE NUMBER
(STELN)
Max. 16 digits

REMARKS

S
A

2

S
A

3

S
A

4

S
A

5

S
A

6

S
A

7

S
A

1

S
A

2

S
A

3

S
A

4

S
A

5

S
A

6

S
A

7

S
A

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 731
Issue 1

ASID : Assignment of Special Incoming

ASID: Assignment of Special Incoming
1. General
This command assigns the call destination of the following service features:
Off Hook Alarm
Attendant Night Transfer
Priority Call
Do not Disturb
Room Cut Off
2. Precautions
1.

The applicable stations to achieve the above service features are categorized as Special Group. The
stations belonging to the Special Group are assigned by the ASGD command.

2.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. If
data for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 94, bit7=1), assign TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

3.

Do not enter S/A = A (Attendant Console), when F = 3 (Attendant Night Transfer) is entered.

4.

The GN parameter should correspond to the one assigned by the ASGD command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 732
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASID : Assignment of Special Incoming

3. Data Entry Instructions
F
0 = Off Hook Alarm
1 = Do Not Disturb (for Hotel System)
2 = Room Cut Off (for Hotel System)
3 = Attendant Night Transfer
4 = Priority Call 1
5 = Priority Call 2
6 = Priority Call 3
7 = Not used

S/A
1 = Station
2 = Attendant Console

SPECIFIC TERMINATING EQUIPMENT
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

FUNCTION
NUMBER
(F)
0-7

GROUP
NUMBER
(GN)
1-7

STATION/
ATTCON
(S/A) 1/2

SPECIAL STATION
NUMBER
(SSTN)

REMARKS

1
2

SSTN

GN
Enter GN assigned by the ASGD command

Enter the destination station/Attendant Console number

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 733
Issue 1

ASID : Assignment of Special Incoming

4. Data Sheet

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

FUNCTION
NUMBER
(F)
0–7

GROUP
NUMBER
(GN)
1–7

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

CHAPTER 4
Page 734
Issue 1

SPECIFIC TERMINATING EQUIPMENT
STATION/
ATTCON
S/A

SPECIAL STATION
NUMBER
(SSTN)

S
A
S
A
S
A
S
A
S
A
S
A
S
A
S
A
S
A
S
A
S
A
S
A
S
A
S
A

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ASID_T : Assignment of Special Incoming – Telephone Number

ASID_T : Assignment of Special Incoming – Telephone Number
1. General
This command is used to assign the destination of a call from the station which belongs to the special group,
such as Off Hook Alarm, Attendant Night Transfer, Priority Call, Do Not Disturb, and Room Cut Off services.
The station data of ASID can be assigned by using Telephone Number.
2. Precautions
1.

Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the
ALGSL command is not available in this command.

2.

In case logging in to a LN, only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged-in
node can be used in this command. Also, when logging in to the NCN, the data memory of the whole
nodes in the network is to be written.

3.

The applicable stations to achieve the above service features are categorized as Special Group. The
stations belong to the Special Group are assigned by the ASGD/ASGD_T command.

4.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.

5.

Do not enter S/A=A (Attendant Console), when F=3 (Attendant Night Transfer) is entered.

6.

The GN parameter should correspond to the one assigned by the ASGD/ASGD_T command.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 735
Issue 1

ASID_T : Assignment of Special Incoming – Telephone Number

3. Data Entry Instructions

F
0=Off Hook Alarm
1=Do Not Disturb (only for Hotel System)
2=Room Cut Off (only for Hotel System)
3=Attendant Night Transfer
4=Priority Call 1
5=Priority Call 2
6=Priority Call 3
7=Not used

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

FUNCTION
NUMBER
(F)
0-7

SPECIFIC
TERMINATING
GROUP
NUMBER
(GN)
1-7

S/A
S: Telephone Number (of the station)
A: Attendant Console

SPECIFIC TERMINATING EQUIPMENT
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

S/A

REMARKS

S
A
S

1
2

GN
Enter the Group Number assigned
by the ASGD/ASGD_T command.

Note:

SPECIAL TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(STELN)
Max. 16 digits

STELN
Enter the Telephone Number of the
destination station.

The existing data can be readout by pressing “Get” button after UGN and STELN data is entered.

CHAPTER 4
Page 736
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASID_T : Assignment of Special Incoming – Telephone Number

4. Data Sheet
SPECIFIC
USER
FUNCTION TERMINATING
TENANT
GROUP
GROUP
NUMBER
NUMBER
NUMBER
NUMBER
(F)
(TN)
(UGN)
(GN)
0-7
1-7
1

SPECIFIC TERMINATING EQUIPMENT

S/A

SPECIAL TELEPHONE NUMBER
(STELN)
Max. 16 digits

REMARKS

S
A

2

S
A

3

S
A

4

S
A

5

S
A

6

S
A

7

S
A

1

S
A

2

S
A

3

S
A

4

S
A

5

S
A

6

S
A

7

S
A

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 737
Issue 1

ATTD : Assignment of Trunk Test Data

ATTD: Assignment of Trunk Test Data
1. General
This command assigns, deletes, and displays trunk connection test data.
2. Precautions
It cannot be executed to overwrite the existing data in this command.
3. Data Entry Instructions
When TYPE=1

LGRT
Enter the Logical Route
Number when RT
TYPE=2 is assigned.

TYPE
1 = Trunk Test Parameters
2 = LENS of the LTST circuit card

INFORMATION
TYPE
(TYPE)
1/2

ROUTE
TYPE
(RT TYPE)
1/2

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)
1-255

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

RESPONSE
PATTERN
(RESP)
1-3

RESP
1 = Test Tone (Continuous 1kHz Tone)
2 = Ring Back Tone
3 = Time Over (No Tone) Note

DIAL CODE
(DC)
Max. 24 Digits

1

TYPE
RT TYPE
1 = Route Number
2 = Logical Route Number

Note:

RT
Enter the Route Number
when RT TYPE=1 is
assigned.

Each trunk is automatically tested eight seconds after the previous digits have been sent out. If Test Tone
(TT) or Ring Back Tone (RBT) has been acknowledged, an error is indicated.

CHAPTER 4
Page 738
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ATTD : Assignment of Trunk Test Data

4. Data Sheet
(a) When TYPE=1

INFORMATION
TYPE
(TYPE)
1/2

ROUTE
TYPE
(RT TYPE)
1/2

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)
1-255

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

RESPONSE
PATTERN
(RESP)
1-3

NDA-24298

DIAL CODE
(DC)
Max. 24 Digits

CHAPTER 4
Page 739
Issue 1

ATTD : Assignment of Trunk Test Data

(b) When TYPE=2

INFORMATION
TYPE
(TYPE)
1/2

CHAPTER 4
Page 740
Issue 1

LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(LENS)
MG

U

G

LV

INDIVIDUAL
TRUNK
ACCESS
CODE
(ACC)
Max. 3 Digits

NDA-24298

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)
1-63

STATION NUMBER
(STN)
Max. 6 Digits

ACFS : Assignment of Call Forwarding Station Data

ACFS: Assignment of Call Forwarding Station Data
1. General
This command is used to set the Call Forwarding - All Calls/Busy Line/Don’t Answer, and further the Split Call
Forwarding Services.
2. Precautions
1.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

2.

Parameters RCV can be assigned when ASYD, SYS1, INDEX 79, b2 = 1 (Split Call Forwarding is In
Service), and data “2 (Split Call Forwarding)” is assigned at the TYPE parameter.

3. Data Entry Instructions

SRV

TYPE
1 = Call Forwarding
2 = Split Call Forwarding

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

V = All Calls
B = Busy Line
D = Don't Answer
N = PS Incoming Incomplete

CALL
CALL
RESTRICTED
FORWARDING
FORWARDING
STATION
CALL KIND
KIND
TYPE
NUMBER
(RCV)
(SRV)
(TYPE)
(STN)
T/S
V/B/D/N
1/2

RCV
T = Trunk

CALL
FORWARDING
DESTINATION
NUMBER
(CFD)

REMARKS

CFD

S = Station

CALL FORWARDING DESTINATION NUMBER.
Maximum is 24 digits.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 741
Issue 1

ACFS : Assignment of Call Forwarding Station Data

4. Data Sheet

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 742
Issue 1

CALL
RESTRICTED
CALL
FORWARDING
CALL KIND FORWARDING
TYPE
KIND
(RCV)
(TYPE)
1/2
V/B/D/N
1/2

NDA-24298

CALL FORWARDING
DESTINATION
NUMBER
(CFD)
MAX. 24 DIGITS

ACFS_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Station Data – Telephone Number

ACFS_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Station Data – Telephone Number
1. General
This command is used to set the Call Forwarding - All Calls/Busy Line/Don’t Answer, and further the Split Call
Forwarding Services for each station. The station data of ACFS command can be assigned by using Telephone
Number instead.
2. Precautions
1.

Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the
ALGSL command is not available in this command.
In case logging in to a LN, only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged-in
node can be used in this command. Also, when logging in to the NCN, the data memory of the whole
nodes in the network is to be written.
The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.
The “RCV” parameter can be assigned when ASYD, SYS1, INDEX79, b2=1 (Split Call Forwarding is In
Service), and “Split Call Forwarding” is selected in “TYPE” parameter.

2.

3.
4.

3. Data Entry Instructions
TELN
Enter the Telephone Number of the station
to which this service is to be assigned.

UGN

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

TYPE
Select the type of Call Forwarding.
• Call Forwarding
• Split Call Forwarding

Note:

CFD
Enter the call forwarding destination
number within 24 digits.

KIND OF
CALL
CALL
FORWARDING RECEIVED FORWARDING
CALL
KIND
TYPE
(RCV)
(SRV)
(TYPE)

RCV
When "Type = Split Call
Forwarding" is entered, select
the kind of received call.
• Trunk
• Telephone Number

CALL FORWARDING
DESTINATION
NUMBER
(CFD)
Max. 24 digits

SRV
Select the kind of Call Forwarding.
• All Calls
• Busy Line
• Don't Answer
• PS Incoming Incomplete

The existing data is readout by pressing “Get” button after UGN and TELN is entered.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 743
Issue 1

ACFS_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Station Data – Telephone Number

4. Data Sheet

UGN

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

CHAPTER 4
Page 744
Issue 1

CALL
KIND OF
CALL
FORWARDING RECEIVED FORWARDING
KIND
CALL
TYPE
(SRV)
(RCV)
(TYPE)

NDA-24298

CALL FORWARDING
DESTINATION NUMBER
(CFD)
Max. 24 digits

ACFCL : Assignment of Call Forwarding by SFC for LDM

ACFCL : Assignment of Call Forwarding by SFC for LDM
1. General
This command is used to readout, assign, and delete the data related to Call Forwarding features. The data is
written in the Local Data Memory (LDM).
2. Precautions
1.

2.

Depending on the system data setting by ASYD SYS1, INDEX5 bit0 (Access Code for C.F. – Busy and
C.F. – Don’t Answer is the same or separated) and INDEX79 bit2 (Split Call Forwarding is in service or
not), required parameters differ in this command. See the Data Sheet on the next pages for required
parameters as to each type.
The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.

3. Data Entry Instructions

D/N
D = Day Mode
N = Night Mode

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(D/N)

Note:

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

SFC
Enter the Service Feature Class defined by the ASFC
command. Since SFC=0 is preserved for ATTCON, a station
can use the SFC in the range from 1 to 15.

SERVICE
FEATURE
CLASS
(SFC)
0-15

Maximum 24 digits can be assigned to the
Call Forwarding destination number as to
each feature.

CALL FORWARD ALL
DESTINATION
(CFAD)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CALL FORWARD BUSY
DESTINATION
(CFBD)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CALL FORWARD DO NOT
ANSWER DESTINATION
(CFDD)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CALL FORWARD ALL CALLS
DESTINATION FOR STATIONS
(CFAS)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CALL FORWARD BUSY
DESTINATION FOR STATIONS
(CFBS)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CALL FORWARD DO NOT ANSWER
DESTINATION FOR STATIONS
(CFDS)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CALL FORWARD ALL CALLS
DESTINATION FOR TRUNKS
(CFAT)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CALL FORWARD BUSY
DESTINATION FOR TRUNKS
(CFBT)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CALL FORWARD DO NOT ANSWER
DESTINATION FOR TRUNKS
(CFDT)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

Unnecessary parameters can be skipped owing to the kind of Call Forwarding features.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 745
Issue 1

ACFCL : Assignment of Call Forwarding by SFC for LDM

4. Data Sheet
(a) TYPE = 1 (ASYD SYS1, INDEX5 bit0 = 0 and INDEX79 bit2 = 0 is assigned);
DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(D/N)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

SERVICE
FEATURE
CLASS
(SFC)
0-15

CALL FORWARD ALL DESTINATION
(CFAD)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CALL FORWARD BUSY/
DO NOT ANSWER DESTINATION
(CFBD/CFDD)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

(b) TYPE = 2 (ASYD SYS1, INDEX5 bit0 = 1 and INDEX79 bit2 = 0 is assigned);
DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(D/N)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

SERVICE
FEATURE
CLASS
(SFC)
0-15

CALL FORWARD ALL DESTINATION
(CFAD)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

D/N

TN

TN

TN

CFAD
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CHAPTER 4
Page 746
Issue 1

CFBD
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFDD
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBD
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFDD
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBD
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFDD
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

SFC

CFAD
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

D/N

CALL FORWARD DO NOT ANSWER DESTINATION
(CFDD)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

SFC

CFAD
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

D/N

CALL FORWARD BUSY DESTINATION
(CFBD)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

SFC

NDA-24298

ACFCL : Assignment of Call Forwarding by SFC for LDM

(c) TYPE = 3 (ASYD SYS1, INDEX5 bit0 = 0 and INDEX79 bit2 = 1 is assigned);
DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(D/N)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

SERVICE
FEATURE
CLASS
(SFC)
0-15

CALL FORWARD ALL CALLS DESTINATION FOR
STATIONS
(CFAS)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CALL FORWARD BUSY/DO NOT ANSWER
DESTINATION FOR STATIONS
(CFBS/CFDS)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CALL FORWARD ALL CALLS DESTINATION FOR
TRUNKS
(CFAT)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CALL FORWARD BUSY/DO NOT ANSWER
DESTINATION FOR TRUNKS
(CFBT/CFDT)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

D/N

D/N

D/N

D/N

TN

SFC

CFAS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBS/CFDS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFAT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBT/CFDT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

TN

SFC

CFAS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBS/CFDS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFAT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBT/CFDT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

TN

SFC

CFAS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBS/CFDS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFAT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBT/CFDT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

TN

SFC

CFAS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBS/CFDS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFAT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBT/CFDT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 747
Issue 1

ACFCL : Assignment of Call Forwarding by SFC for LDM

(d) TYPE = 4 (ASYD SYS1, INDEX5 bit0 = 1 and INDEX79 bit2 = 1 is assigned);
DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(D/N)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

SERVICE
FEATURE
CLASS
(SFC)
0-15

CALL FORWARD ALL CALLS
DESTINATION FOR STATIONS
(CFAS)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CALL FORWARD BUSY
DESTINATION FOR STATIONS
(CFBS)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CALL FORWARD DO NOT ANSWER
DESTINATION FOR STATIONS
(CFDS)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CALL FORWARD ALL CALLS
DESTINATION FOR TRUNKS
(CFAT)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CALL FORWARD BUSY
DESTINATION FOR TRUNKS
(CFBT)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CALL FORWARD DO NOT ANSWER
DESTINATION FOR TRUNKS
(CFDT)
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFAS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFDS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFAT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFDT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFAS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFDS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFAT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFDT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFAS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFDS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFAT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFDT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFAS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFDS
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFAT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFBT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CFDT
MAX. 24 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

D/N

TN

D/N

TN

D/N

TN

D/N

TN

CHAPTER 4
Page 748
Issue 1

SFC

SFC

SFC

SFC

NDA-24298

ASLU1 : Assignment of Slumber Time Data 1

ASLU1: Assignment of Slumber Time Data 1
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Slumber Time - Do Not Disturb service feature.
2. Precautions
1.

The call terminating to the slumber group is forwarded to an Attendant Console or an Announcement
trunk (DAT circuit card) with a predetermined slumber time.

2.

The station numbers belonging to the slumber group are assigned by the ASLU1 command.

3.

The slumber time period and the forwarded destination are assigned by the ASLU2 command.

4.

The G parameter on this command is intermediate data to assign the ASLU2 command.

5.

Denial of the Slumber Time - Do Not Disturb service feature can be assigned by the following commands:
(a) ARTD command, SLOV = 1 is assigned for trunk route
or
(b) ASFC command SFI = 107, RES = 1 is assigned for the class of the originating station

3. Data Entry Instructions

G
Enter data in the G parameter. Multiple numbers of STN
can be assigned to a slumber group number.

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION NUMBER
(STN)

SLUMBER GROUP
NUMBER
(G)
1-7

REMARKS

STN
Enter the station number of the
slumber group.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 749
Issue 1

ASLU1 : Assignment of Slumber Time Data 1

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 750
Issue 1

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

SLUMBER GROUP
NUMBER
(G)
1–7

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ASLU1_T : Assignment of Slumber Time Data 1 – Telephone Number

ASLU1_T : Assignment of Slumber Time Data 1 – Telephone Number
1. General
This command is used to assign the data related to the Slumber Time - Do Not Disturb service feature. The station data of ASLU1 command can be assigned by using Telephone Number.
2. Precautions
1.
2.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the
ALGSL command is not available in this command.
In case logging in to a LN, only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged-in
node can be used in this command. Also, when logging in to the NCN, the data memory of the whole
nodes in the network is to be written.
The call terminated to the slumber group is forwarded to an Attendant Console or an Announcement trunk
(DAT circuit card) with a predetermined slumber time.
The Telephone Number of the station belongs to the slumber group is assigned by this command.
The slumber time period and the forwarded destination are assigned by the ASLU2 command.
The “G” parameter on this command is intermediate data to assign the ASLU2 command.
Denial of the Slumber Time - Do Not Disturb service feature can be assigned by either of the following
commands:
(a) ARTD command, SLOV=1 is assigned for trunk route
(b) ASFC command, SFI=107, RES=1 is assigned for the class of the originating station

3. Data Entry Instructions
TELN
Enter the Telephone Number of the
station which belongs to the Slumber
Group.

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

SLUMBER
GROUP
NUMBER
(G)
1-7

REMARKS

G
Assign the Slumber Group Number for the
station designated by "TELN" parameter.
Multiple numbers of station can be assigned
to a slumber group number.
Note:

The existing data can be readout by pressing “Get” button after UGN and TELN data is entered.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 751
Issue 1

ASLU1_T : Assignment of Slumber Time Data 1 – Telephone Number

4. Data Sheet
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 752
Issue 1

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

SLUMBER
GROUP
NUMBER
(G)
1-7

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ASLU2 : Assignment of Slumber Time Data 2

ASLU2: Assignment of Slumber Time Data 2
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Slumber Time - Do Not Disturb service feature.
2. Precautions
1.

The slumber time period and the forwarded destination are assigned by this command. A maximum of
four (4) different time periods can be assigned as the Slumber Time.

2.

The G parameter corresponds to the one assigned by the ASLU1 command. The station numbers
belonging to the slumber group are assigned by the ASLU1 command.

3.

Denial of the Slumber Time - Do Not Disturb service feature can be assigned by the following commands:
(a) ARTD command, SLOV = 1 is assigned for trunk route
or
(b) ASFC command SFI = 107, RES = 1 is assigned for the class of the originating station.

4.

The AAED command should also be assigned if TFR = 2 (DAT card) is assigned.

5.

Time data should be assigned as 24 hours a day (military time).

6.

When making multiple time data assignments for a specific Slumber Time Group, the time data assigned
must not be duplicated.

7.

If the slumber service is required 24 hours a day, enter the same time data into the both parameters, FROM
HOUR/FROM MINUTE and TO HOUR/TO MINUTE.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 753
Issue 1

ASLU2 : Assignment of Slumber Time Data 2

3. Data Entry Instructions

G
Enter the number assigned by the ASLU1
command.

SLUMBER
TIME GROUP
NUMBER
(G)
1-7

CNT
1-4

TRANSFER
KIND
(TFR)
1/2

SLUMBER TIME
Enter the time period for restricting the incoming call.

SLUMBER TIME
START TIME
FROM
HOUR

TFR
1 = Attendant
2 = Announcement

CHAPTER 4
Page 754
Issue 1

NDA-24298

FROM
MINUTE

SLUMBER TIME
END TIME
TO
HOUR

TO MINUTE

ASLU2 : Assignment of Slumber Time Data 2

4. Data Sheet
SLUMBER TIME
GROUP
NUMBER
(G)
1-7

CNT
1-4

TRANSFER KIND
(TFR)
1/2

SLUMBER TIME
START TIME

SLUMBER TIME
END TIME
REMARKS

FROM HOUR

FROM
MINUTE

TO
HOUR

TO
MINUTE

1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 755
Issue 1

ACSA : Assignment of Connection Service Index A

ACSA: Assignment of Connection Service Index A
1. General
This command assigns the call termination for CAS Line and Direct-in Termination (Day Only).
2. Precautions
1.

The ACFR command assignment is also required to assign the trunk incoming call termination service
feature.

2.

CAS data at the Satellite Station
(a) It is necessary to set the Telephone Class (TEC) of the CAS Line to “15” in the ASDT command.
(b) A ring-down incoming call from a C.O. line is terminated to the CAS Line.

3.

When assigning CSIA=3 (Direct-in Termination-outside (Day Only)), the ADC should be assigned by the
ASPD command.

4.

Use the ACSI command instead of this command if Direct-in Termination (Day and Night Mode) or
Direct-in Termination (Night Mode) is required.

5.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

3. Data Entry Instructions

CSIA
1 = CAS Line
2 = Direct-In Termination (Day only)
3 = Direct-In Termination-Outside (Day only)
4-7 = Not used

ADC
This parameter is required only for
CSIA=3.

TERMINATING STATION
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

1
2

CHAPTER 4
Page 756
Issue 1

CONNECTION
TRUNK
SERVICE
NUMBER
INDEX A
(TN)
(CSIA)
1-7

0
0

0
0

1
1

1 or 2
3

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

0

1

ABBREVIATED
DIGIT CODE (ADC)
MAX. 4 DIGITS

STATION NUMBER
(STN)

0

3

1

1

1
0

NDA-24298

0

1

1

ACSA : Assignment of Connection Service Index A

4. Data Sheet

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

CONNECTION
SERVICE INDEX A
(CSIA)
1–7

TERMINATING STATION
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

NDA-24298

STATION NUMBER
(STN)
MAX. 6 DIGITS

ABBREVIATED
DIGIT CODE
(ADC)
4 DIGITS

CHAPTER 4
Page 757
Issue 1

ACSAL : Assignment of Connection Service Index A for LDM

ACSAL: Assignment of Connection Service Index A for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the call termination for CAS Line and Direct-in Termination (Day Only) for the Local
Node (LN) in Fusion network.
2. Precautions
1.

The ACFR command assignment is also required to assign the trunk incoming call termination service
feature.

2.

CAS data at the Satellite Station
(a) It is necessary to set the TEC (Telephone Class) of the CAS Line to “15” in the ASDT command.
(b) A ring-down incoming call from a C.O line is terminated to the CAS Line.

3.

When assigning CSIA = 3 (Direct-in Termination-outside (Day Only)), the ADC should be assigned by
the ASPD command.

4.

Use the ACSIL command instead of this command if Direct-in Termination (Day and Night Mode) or
Direct-in Termination (Night Mode) is required.

3. Data Entry Instructions

CSIA
1 = CAS Line
2 = Direct-In Termination (Day only)
3 = Direct-In Termination-Outside (Day only)
4-7 = Not used

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1
2

CHAPTER 4
Page 758
Issue 1

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

0

0

1

ADC
Enter the abbreviated digits
assigned by the ASPD command.

UGN
Fixed to “1.”

CONNECTION
SERVICE
INDEX A
(CSIA)
1-7

TERMINATING STATION
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

ABBREVIATED
DIGIT CODE
(ADC)
MAX. 4 DIGITS

1 or 2
3

1

NDA-24298

0

0

1

1

ACSAL : Assignment of Connection Service Index A for LDM

4. Data Sheet

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

CONNECTION
SERVICE INDEX
A
(CSIA)
1–7

TERMINATING STATION
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

ABBREVIATED
DIGIT CODE
(ADC)
4 DIGITS

1

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 759
Issue 1

ACSI : Assignment of Connection Service Index Data

ACSI: Assignment of Connection Service Index Data
1. General
This command assigns the call termination for Direct-in Termination (Day and Night), Night Connection and
Remote Access to System.
2. Precautions
1.

The ACFR command assignment is also required to assign the trunk incoming call termination service
feature.

2.

When setting the CSI to “6” (Night Connection-Outside) or “7” (Direct-in Termination-Outside) using
this command, the ADC must be set by the ASPD command.

3.

Use the ACSA command instead of this command if Direct-in Termination (Day mode only) is required.

4.

When the “PFT control by the external key” is required, the following data assignments are needed:
(a) AUNT command, TYPE=2 (PFT)
(b) AEKD command
(c) ANCD command
(d) ACSI command, CSI=4 (Direct-in Termination (Night Mode))

5.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. Enter
the TN in which this command effects.

CHAPTER 4
Page 760
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ACSI : Assignment of Connection Service Index Data

3. Data Entry Instructions

CSIA
1 = Not used
2 = Not used
3 = Direct-In Termination (Day and Night Mode)
4 = Direct-In Termination (Night Mode)
5 = Remote Access to PBX
6 = Night Connection - Outside
7 = Direct-In Termination - Outside (Day and Night Mode)

TERMINATING STATION
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

6
2
2

CONNECTION
TRUNK
SERVICE
NUMBER
INDEX
(TN)
(CSI)
1-7

0
0
0

0
0
0

1
1
1

3 or 4
5
6 or 7

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

0

1

ABBREVIATED
DIGIT CODE (ADC)
4 DIGITS

STATION NUMBER
(STN)

3

1

1

3
0

0

1

1

ADC
The dialed number corresponds to the ADC and is
assigned by the ASPD command.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 761
Issue 1

ACSI : Assignment of Connection Service Index Data

4. Data Sheet

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

CHAPTER 4
Page 762
Issue 1

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

CONNECTION
SERVICE INDEX
(CSI)
1–7

TERMINATING
STATION
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

NDA-24298

STATION NUMBER
(STN)

ABBREVIATED
DIGIT CODE
(ADC)
4 DIGITS

ACSIL : Assignment of Connection Service Index Data for LDM

ACSIL: Assignment of Connection Service Index Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the call termination for Direct-in Termination (Day and Night), Night Connection and
Remote Access to System for the Local Node (LN) in Fusion network.
2. Precautions
1.

The ACFR command assignment is also required to assign the trunk incoming call termination service
feature.

2.

When setting the CSI to “6” (Night Connection-Outside) or “7” (Direct-in Termination-Outside) using
this command, the ADC must be set by the ASPD command.

3.

Use the ACSAL command instead of this command if Direct-in Termination (Day mode only) is required.

4.

When the “PFT control by the external key” is required, the following data assignments are needed:
(a) AUNT command, TYPE = 2 (PFT)
(b) AEKD command
(c) ANCD command
(d) ACSIL command, CSI = 4 (Direct-in Termination (Night Mode))

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 763
Issue 1

ACSIL : Assignment of Connection Service Index Data for LDM

3. Data Entry Instructions

CSI
1 = Not used
2 = Not used
3 = Direct-In Termination (Day and Night Mode)
4 = Direct-In Termination (Night Mode)
5 = Remote Access to PBX
6 = Night Connection-Outside
7 = Direct-In Termination-Outside (Day and Night Mode)

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

6
2
2

NND
Enter the number of digit of
the station applying to the
first digit.

TERMINATING STATION
CONNECTION
TRUNK
USER
SERVICE
NUMBER
GROUP
TELEPHONE NUMBER
INDEX
(TK)
NUMBER
(TELN)
(CSI)
(UGN)
1-7

0
0
0

0 1
0 1
0 1

3 or 4
5
6 or 7

0

1

3

1

1

NUMBER
OF
ABBREVIATED
DIGIT CODE (ADC) NECESSARY
DIGIT
4 DIGITS
(NND)

3
0

0

1

ADC
The dialed number corresponds to the ADC
assigned by the ASPD command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 764
Issue 1

NDA-24298

1

ACSIL : Assignment of Connection Service Index Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

CONNECTION
SERVICE
INDEX
(CSI)
1–7

TERMINATING STATION
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)

NDA-24298

ABBREVIATED
DIGIT CODE
(ADC)
4 DIGITS

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGIT
(NND)

CHAPTER 4
Page 765
Issue 1

ANCD : Assignment of Night Connection Data

ANCD: Assignment of Night Connection Data
1. General
This command is used when the Power Failure Transfer (PFT) circuit card is controlled by the external key.
2. Precautions
1.

When the “PFT control by the external key” is required, the following data assignments are needed:
(a) AUNT command, TYPE = 2 (PFT)
(b) AEKD command
(c) ANCD command
(d) ACSI command, CSI = 4 (Direct-in Termination (Night Mode))

3. Data Entry Instructions

PORT
The port parameter corresponds to the circuit
number of the PFT card.

MG/NCU/PKG
Enter the data assigned by the AUNT command.

MODULE
GROUP
(MG)
00-31

PFT CARD
NUMBER
(NCU PKG)
0-3

PORT NUMBER
OF PFT CARD
(PORT)
0-11

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)
1-255

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

REMARKS

RT/TK
Enter the trunk route number (RT) and the trunk number
(TK) connected to the corresponding circuit number of PFT
card.

CHAPTER 4
Page 766
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ANCD : Assignment of Night Connection Data

4. Data Sheet
MODULE
GROUP
NUMBER
(MG)
00 - 31

PFT
CARD
NUMBER
(NCU
PKG)
0-3

PORT
NUMBER OF
PFT CARD
(PORT)
0 - 11

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)
1-255

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

REMARKS

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 767
Issue 1

ANCD_LR : Assignment of Night Connection Data – Logical Route Number

ANCD_LR: Assignment of Night Connection Data – Logical Route Number
1. General
This command is used when the Power Failure Transfer (PFT) circuit card is controlled by the external key.
Route data of the ANCD command can be assigned by logical route number.
2. Precautions
1.
2.

3.

Prior to this command, logical route data must be allocated by using the ALRTN command.
Only when logging in to the NCN (Network Control Node), this command can be used to assign the
logical route data of self-Node and the other Nodes in the Fusion Network. If logging in to a LN (Local
Node), data setting only for the self-node is available. (Error message is indicated if you try to write the
data of other Node.)
When the “PFT control by the external key” is required, the following data assignments are needed:
(a) AUNT command, TYPE = 2 (PFT)
(b) AEKD command
(c) ANCD/ANCD_LR command
(d) ACSI command, CSI = 4 (Direct-in Termination (Night Mode))

3. Data Entry Instructions

MG
Enter the data of PFT card assigned by the AUNT
command.

FUSION
POINT
CODE
(FPC)
1-253

MODULE
GROUP
NUMBER
(MG)

PFT CARD
NUMBER
(NCU PKG)
0-3

PORT
NUMBER
OF PFT
CARD
(PORT)
0-11

FPC
Enter the FPC of target Node only when logging
in to the NCN (Network Control Node).

LGRT
Enter the logical route number allocated to the
external route number.

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)
1-255

REMARKS

TK
Enter the trunk number connected to the corresponding
circuit number of PFT card.

PORT
The port parameter corresponds to the circuit
number of the PFT card.

CHAPTER 4
Page 768
Issue 1

OUTSIDE
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

NDA-24298

ANCD_LR : Assignment of Night Connection Data – Logical Route Number

4. Data Sheet
FUSION
POINT
CODE
(FPC)
1-253

MODULE
GROUP
NUMBER
(MG)

PFT CARD
NUMBER
(NCU PKG)
0-3

PORT
NUMBER
OF PFT
CARD
(PORT)
0 - 11

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

NDA-24298

OUTSIDE
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)
1-255

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 769
Issue 1

ATAS : Assignment TAS Service Data

ATAS: Assignment TAS Service Data
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Trunk Answer From Any Station (TAS) service feature.
2. Precautions
1.

One tenant can be provided one TAS indicator.

2.

The TAS answer access code is assigned by the ASPA command, SRV = SSC, SID = 16.

3.

The TAS answering capability is assigned by the ASFC command, SFI=13 and the ACFR command,
TSFI = 5.

4.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. If
data for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 93, bit2 = 1), assign
TN parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

3. Data Entry Instructions

TN
Enter the tenant number to be applied to the TAS
service.

TENANT NUMBER
(TN)

MODULE GROUP
NUMBER
(MG)

UNIT
Enter the Unit number of the TAS indicator.

UNIT NUMBER
(UNIT)
0-3

MG
Enter the module Group number the TAS
indicator is mounted.

CHAPTER 4
Page 770
Issue 1

CIRCUIT NUMBER
(CN)
0/1

REMARKS

CN
Enter the circuit number of the TAS indicator .

NDA-24298

ATAS : Assignment TAS Service Data

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

MODULE
GROUP NUMBER
(MG)

MOUNTED UNIT
NUMBER
(UNIT)
0-3

NDA-24298

CIRCUIT
NUMBER
(CN)
0/1

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 771
Issue 1

AEKD : Assignment of External Key Data

AEKD: Assignment of External Key Data
1. General
This command assigns the External Key related data, which allows a maintenance person to change the system
over to the Day/Night mode by means of ON/OFF on the PFT circuit card.
2. Precautions
1.

When the “PFT control by the external key” is required, the following data assignments are needed:
(a) AUNT command, TYPE = 2 (PFT)
(b) AEKD command
(c) ANCD command
(d) ACSI command, CSI = 4 (Direct-in Termination (Night Mode))

2.

A maximum of eight (0-7) external keys can be assigned, corresponding to each PFT circuit card. The
external key can control two PFT circuit cards per MG (16 circuits).

3. Data Entry Instructions

CP
1=–
2 = Day/Night Change
3=–
4=–

MODULE
GROUP
(MG)
0-7

CHAPTER 4
Page 772
Issue 1

CIRCUIT
CARD NO.
(NCU PKG)
0/1

TN
One external key can manage 8 tenants at the
maximum
EXTERNAL
KEY
NUMBER
(CTN)
0-7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

CHANGE
CONTROL
PATTERN
(CP)
1-4

TN
NUMBER OF INPUT TN or RT/TK (CNT)
1st

NDA-24298

2nd

3rd

4th

5th

6th

7th

8th

AEKD : Assignment of External Key Data

4. Data Sheet
MODULE
GROUP
NUMBER
(MG)
0-7

NCU
CARD
NUMBER
(NCU PKG)
0/1

EXTERNAL
KEY
NUMBER
(CTN)
0-7

CHANGE
CONTROL
PATTERN
(CP)
1-4

TENANT NUMBER
(TN)
1ST

2ND

3RD

4TH

5TH

6TH

7TH

8TH

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 773
Issue 1

AAND : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data

AAND: Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data
1. General
This command assigns ANI data for the number of digits of the calling station number and the office code on
each route basis for the Automatic Number Identification (ANI) Service. (For E911 ANI)
2. Precautions
The route number set in parameter RT should have been designated in ARTD, ANI = 1.
3. Data Entry Instructions

AT
0 = STA outgoing
1 = ATT outgoing

CC
0 = Main Central
1 = Satellite Central

KT
0 = OFF

OUTGOING
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

STA/ATT
OUTGOING
(AT)
0/1

EXPANMAIN/
SION
SATELLITE OF STA
CENTRAL NUMBER
(CC)
LENGTH
0/1
(KT)
0/1

CENTRAL
OFFICE
CODE
(COC)
MAX.
5 DIGITS

STA
NUMBER
LENGTH
(STNL)
1-8

CALL
OFFICE
ORIGINACODE
TO BE TOR DIGIT
TO BE
ADDED
(ADD) SKIPPED
(SKIP)
1-10
0-10

These parameters vary depending on
the assignment of the previous
parameter.

CHAPTER 4
Page 774
Issue 1

NDA-24298

1 = ON

OFFICE CODE (DC)
MAX. 10 DIGITS

AAND : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data

4. Data Sheet
(a) When STA/ATT, the Individual Attendant Number, is assigned. Outgoing and Main Central (AT = 0,
CC = 0)

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

Note:

STA
OUTGOING/
ATT
OUTGOING
(AT)

MAIN
CENTRAL/
SATELLITE
CENTRAL
(CC)

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

EXPANSION
OF STA
NUMBER
LENGTHS
(KT)
0/1

STA
NUMBER
LENGTH
(STNL)
1–8
Note

OFFICE
CODE TO
BE
ADDED
(ADD)
1 – 10

CALL
ORIGINATOR
DIGIT TO BE
SKIPPED
(SKIP)
0 – 10

OFFICE CODE
(DC)
MAXIMUM 10 DIGITS

This parameter can be assigned when KT = 1.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 775
Issue 1

AAND : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data

(b) When STA/ATT, the Individual Attendant Number, is assigned. Outgoing and Satellite Central (AT =
0, CC = 1)

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

CHAPTER 4
Page 776
Issue 1

STA
OUTGOING/
ATT
OUTGOING
(AT)

MAIN
CENTRAL/
SATELLITE
CENTRAL
(CC)

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

CENTRAL OFFICE CODE
(COC)
MAXIMUM 5 DIGITS

NDA-24298

OFFICE
CODE TO
BE
ADDED
(ADD)
1 – 10

CALL
ORIGINATOR
DIGIT TO BE
SKIPPED
(SKIP)
0 – 10

OFFICE CODE
(DC)
MAXIMUM 10 DIGITS

AAND : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data

(c) When ATT, the Individual Attendant Number, is not assigned. Outgoing (AT = 1).
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

STA
OUTGOING/ATT
OUTGOING
(AT)

OFFICE CODE
(DC)
MAXIMUM 10 DIGITS

REMARKS

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 777
Issue 1

AAND_LR : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data – Logical Route Number

AAND_LR: Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data – Logical
Route Number
1. General
This command is used to assign ANI data for the number of digits of calling station number and the office code
on each tenant basis for the Automatic Number Identification (ANI) service (for E911 ANI). Route number of
the AAND command can be assigned by using Logical Route.
2. Precautions
1.

Prior to this command, logical route data must be allocated by using the ALRTN command.

2.

Only when logging in to the NCN (Network Control Node), this command can be used to assign the
logical route data of self-Node and the other Nodes in the Fusion Network. If logging in to a LN (Local
Node), data setting only for the self-node is available. (Error message is indicated if you try to write the
data of other Node.)

3.

The Route number of RT parameter should have been designated in ARTD, CDN19 ANI = 1.

3. Data Entry Instructions

AT
• STA outgoing
• ATT outgoing

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

MAIN/
SATELLITE
CENTRAL
(CC)

FUSION POINT
CODE
(FPC)
1-253

EXPANSION
OF STA
NUMBER
LENGTH
(KT)
OFF/ON

CC
• Main Central
• Satellite Central

CHAPTER 4
Page 778
Issue 1

OUTSIDE
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)
1-

DC
Office Code for the number of digits
assigned to parameter ADD.

STA/ATT
OUTGOING
(AT)

CENTRAL OFFICE
CODE
(COC)
MAX. 5 DIGITS

STA
NUMBER
LENGTH
(STNL)
1-8

OFFICE
CODE TO BE
ADDED
(ADD)
1-10

CALL
ORIGINATOR
DIGIT TO BE
SKIPPED
(SKIP)
0-10

These parameters vary depending on the
assignment of the previous parameter.

NDA-24298

OFFICE CODE
(DC)
MAX. 10 DIGITS
[0-9, *, #]

AAND_LR : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data – Logical Route Number

4. Data Sheet
(a) When AT = STA outgoing, CC = Main Central is selected;
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

Note:

FUSION
POINT
CODE
(FPC)
1-253

OUTSIDE
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)
1-

MAIN/
STA/ATT
SATELLITE
OUTGOING
CENTRAL
(AT)
(CC)

EXPANSION
OF STA
NUMBER
LENGTH
(KT)
OFF/ON

STA
NUMBER
LENGTH
(STNL)
1– 8
Note

OFFICE
CODE
TO BE
ADDED
(ADD)
1–10

CALL
ORIGINATOR
DIGIT TO BE
SKIPPED
(SKIP)
0–10

OFFICE CODE
(DC)
MAX. 10 DIGITS
[0-9, *, #]

This parameter can be assigned when “KT = ON.”

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 779
Issue 1

AAND_LR : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data – Logical Route Number

(b) When AT = STA, CC = Satellite Central is selected;
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

FUSION
POINT
CODE
(FPC)
1-253

CHAPTER 4
Page 780
Issue 1

OUTSIDE
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)
1-

STA/ATT
OUTGOING
(AT)

MAIN/
SATELLITE
CENTRAL
(CC)

CENTRAL OFFICE
CODE
(COC)
MAX. 5 DIGITS

NDA-24298

OFFICE
CODE
TO BE
ADDED
(ADD)
1–10

CALL
ORIGINATOR
DIGIT TO BE
SKIPPED
(SKIP)
0–10

OFFICE CODE
(DC)
MAX. 10 DIGITS
[0-9, *, #]

AAND_LR : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Data – Logical Route Number

(c) When AT = ATT outgoing is selected;
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

FUSION
POINT CODE
(FPC)
1-253

OUTSIDE
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)
1-

STA/ATT
OUTGOING
(AT)

NDA-24298

OFFICE CODE
(DC)
MAX. 10 DIGITS
[0-9, *, #]

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 781
Issue 1

AANDE : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Expansion Data

AANDE: Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Expansion Data
1. General
This command assigns ANI data for the number of digits for the calling station number and the office code on
each tenant basis for the Automatic Number Identification Expansion (ANIE) Service. (For E911ANI)
2. Precautions
1.

This data is available when E911 ANI Office Code Expansion is in service (the ASYD command, SYS 1,
INDEX 246, bit5=1).

2.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

3. Data Entry Instructions
SKIP
Enter the number of digits skipped
from the original office code.

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CALL
ORIGINATOR
DIGIT
(SKIP) 0-10

DC
The office code number to be added.

OFFICE CODE
TO BE ADDED
(ADD)
1-10

OFFICE CODE (DC)
MAX.10 DIGITS

ADD
Enter the number of digits added
to the original office code.

CHAPTER 4
Page 782
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AANDE : Assignment of Automatic Number Identification Expansion Data

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CALL
ORIGINATOR
(SKIP)
0 - 10

OFFICE CODE
TO BE ADDED
(ADD)
1 - 10

OFFICE CODE
(DC)
MAX. 10 DIGITS

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 783
Issue 1

AANI : Assignment of ANI Data

AANI: Assignment of ANI Data
1. General
This command assigns Automatic Number Identification (ANI) data sent per tenant by the request from opposite
office.
2. Precautions
1.

Before using this command, ASYD SYS1 INDEX 125 b4 - b7 (Type of MFC Signaling System) should
be assigned.

2.

When ASYD command, SYS 2 INDEX 15, b2 = 1, the following number is sent as ANI data.
(a) Calling party is a station:
Calling party’s station number is sent.
(b) Calling party is an Attendant or tandem connection:
LDN assigned in this command is sent.
If b2 = 0, LDN assigned in this command is sent.

3.

The ANI parameter of ARTD command should be assigned prior to this command.

4.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

3. Data Entry Instructions
TS
This paramenter is not used. (For China only)
Press SPACE key and Enter key in order to skip
this parameter.

LS
If no LS (Local Number) of ANI is required,
enter "*" or "#" in this parameter.
The LS is not included in ANI.

TENANT CALL NUMBER OF TOLL CALL NUMBER OF LOCAL
(TS)
NUMBER
(LS)
MAXIMUM 8 DIGITS
(TN)
MAXIMUM 8 DIGITS

CHAPTER 4
Page 784
Issue 1

NDA-24298

LISTED DIRECTORY
NUMBER (LDN)
MAXIMUM 8 DIGITS

REMARKS

AANI : Assignment of ANI Data

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CALL NUMBER OF TOLL
(TS)
MAXIMUM 8 DIGITS

CALL NUMBER OF LOCAL
(LS)
MAXIMUM 8 DIGITS

NDA-24298

LISTED DIRECTORY
NUMBER
(LDN)
MAXIMUM 8 DIGITS

CHAPTER 4
Page 785
Issue 1

ASPD : Assignment of Speed Calling

ASPD: Assignment of Speed Calling
1. General
This command assigns the speed calling number corresponding to each Abbreviated Digit Code (ADC).
2. Precautions
1.

The speed calling number assigned by this command (the data entered at the DC parameter) is transmitted
when an ADC is dialed following the Speed Calling - System access code.

2.

The following command should be assigned to accomplish the Speed Calling - System service feature:
ASPA command, SSC = 15 ASFC command, SFI = 12

3.

The Speed Calling - System data may also be used in conjunction with the following commands, and the
ADC parameter is an intermediate data to correspond to them:
AABD:

The restriction data of Speed Calling - System

ACFO:

System Call Forwarding data

ACSA:

Ring down trunk incoming call termination (Day mode)

ACSI:

Ring down trunk incoming call termination (Day and Night mode, or Night mode)

AFCP:

Calling Party Recognition Service of ISDN.

AHLS:

Hot Line

ALDN:

LDN diversion of DID call

4.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. If
data for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 93, bit3=1), assign TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

5.

The access code for the designated outgoing trunk route should be included in the speed calling number to
be assigned in the DC parameter.

6.

If a pause is required within the speed calling number, enter “P” between the desired digits in the CD
parameter. The default pause is 3 seconds and can be adjusted using the ASYD command, SYS1,
INDEX131.

7.

When assigning a speed calling number in which certain digits vary, enter “M” where digits are to be
dialed manually. It should be noted that once “M” is entered in any part of telephone number, all digits
following the “M” must be dialed manually.

CHAPTER 4
Page 786
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASPD : Assignment of Speed Calling

3. Data Entry Instructions

ADC
Enter an abbreviated digits code.

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ABBREVIATED
DIGITS (ADC)
MAXIMUM 4 DIGITS

CD
Enter desired speed calling number.

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(CD)
MUXIMUM 24 DIGITS

REMARKS

4. Data Sheet

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ABBREVIATED
DIGIT CODE
(ADC)
MAX. 4 DIGITS

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(CD)
MAXIMUM 24
DIGITS

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 787
Issue 1

AATC : Assignment of Authorization Code Data

AATC: Assignment of Authorization Code Data
1. General
This command assigns the Authorization Code that is used for Authorization Code/Forced Account Code/Pad
Lock, and Remote Access to system features.
2. Precautions
1.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. If
data for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 94, bit3=1), assign TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

2.

When data “1 (Restricted)” is entered in the ACR parameter, the RSC and SFC parameter is specified as
the temporary class. The trunk connection or service feature capability of the temporary class is referred
to by the data of the ARSC command and the ASFC command.

3.

When data “2 (Allowed)” is entered in the ACR parameter, neither the RSC nor SFC parameter appears.
In this case, the trunk connection or service feature is allowed regardless of the ARSC /ASFC data.

4.

A maximum of 10 digits of DC can be entered as the Authorization Code.

5.

Assign data “0” (Separate) in bit 6, INDEX93, SYS1 of the ASYD command to specify the maximum
number of digits for the command AMND.

6.

Check sum (2 digits) for the Authorization Code can be arranged by the data assignment in INDEX 12,
13, and 14 of the ASYD command.

3. Data Entry Instructions

ACR
1 = Restricted
2 = Allowed

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

DIGIT CODE OF ID (DC)
MAXIMUM 10 DIGITS

SERVICE
ROUTE
AUTHORIZATION
RESTRICTION FEATURE
CODE
RESTRICTION CLASS (RSC) CLASS
(SFC)
0-15
(ACR) 1/2
0-15
1
2

These parameters don't need to be entered
when parameter Authorization Code
restriction is 2.

CHAPTER 4
Page 788
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AATC : Assignment of Authorization Code Data

4. Data Sheet
(a) When SFC and RSC are assigned for each Authorization Code (ACR = 1)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

AUTHORIZATION CODE
(DC)
MAXIMUM
10 DIGITS

AUTHORIZATION
CODE
RESTRICTION
(ACR)
1/2

ROUTE
RESTRICTION
CLASS
(RSC)
0 – 15

SERVICE
FEATURE
CLASS
(SFC)
0 – 15

REMARKS

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 789
Issue 1

AATC : Assignment of Authorization Code Data

(b) When SFC and RSC are not assigned for each Authorization Code (ACR = 2)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

AUTHORIZATION CODE
(DC)
MAXIMUM 10 DIGITS

AUTHORIZATION CODE
RESTRICTION
(ACR)
1/2

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

CHAPTER 4
Page 790
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ACFO : Assignment of Call Forwarding Data

ACFO: Assignment of Call Forwarding Data
1. General
This command assigns various call forwarding service data on a tenant basis. The destinations of forwarded calls
can be the attendant console, a station, or an outside party.
2. Precautions
1.

The parameter ADC displays only when designating 4 in the CF parameter. The Abbreviated Digit Codes
(ADC) and the speed dial number are assigned by the ASPD command.

2.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. If
data for this command is common for all tenants (ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 93, bit1=1), assign TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

3. Data Entry Instructions
STN
The STN parameter appears when data is
entered in the CFI parameter.

CFI
1 = Attendant Console
2 = Station

TENANT CALL FORWARDING
NUMBER
SERVICE
(TN)
(CF)
1-4

CALL FORWARDING
DESTINATION
AND STATION NUMBER
(CFI)
1/2

ABBREVIATED DIGIT
CODE
(ADC)
MAX. 4 DIGITS

(STN)

REMARKS

1
2
3
4

CF
1 = C.F. - Busy Line
2 = C.F. - Don't Answer
3 = C.F. - Intercept
4 = Night Connection Outside

ADC
The parameter ADC is displayed when data "4"
is entered in the CF parameter.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 791
Issue 1

ACFO : Assignment of Call Forwarding Data

4. Data Sheet
CALL FORWARDING
DESTINATION
AND STATION NUMBER

CALL FORWARDING
SERVICE

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

TYPE OF C.F. SERVICE

(CF)
1–4

C.F. – Busy Line

1

C.F. – Don’t Answer

2

C.F. – Intercept

3

Night Connection Outside

4

C.F. – Busy Line

1

C.F. – Don’t Answer

2

C.F. – Intercept

3

Night Connection Outside

4

C.F. – Busy Line

1

C.F. – Don’t Answer

2

C.F. – Intercept

3

Night Connection Outside

4

C.F. – Busy Line

1

C.F. – Don’t Answer

2

C.F. – Intercept

3

Night Connection Outside

4

C.F. – Busy Line

1

C.F. – Don’t Answer

2

C.F. – Intercept

3

Night Connection Outside

4

C.F. – Busy Line

1

C.F. – Don’t Answer

2

C.F. – Intercept

3

Night Connection Outside

4

C.F. – Busy Line

1

C.F. – Don’t Answer

2

C.F. – Intercept

3

Night Connection Outside

4

CHAPTER 4
Page 792
Issue 1

(CFI)
1/2

(STN)

NDA-24298

ABBREVIATED DIGIT
CODE
(ADC)
4 DIGITS

REMARKS

ACFO_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Data – Telephone Number

ACFO_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Data – Telephone Number
1. General
This command is used to assign various call forwarding service data on a tenant basis. The destinations of
forwarded calls can be the attendant console, a station, or an outside party. The station data of ACFO command
can be assigned by using Telephone Number instead.
2. Precautions
1.

Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the
ALGSL command is not available in this command.

2.

In case logging in to a LN, only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged-in
node can be used in this command. Also, when logging in to the NCN, the data memory of the whole
nodes in the network is to be written.

3.

The parameter ADC is required only when “Night Connection Outside” is selected in “CF” parameter.
The Abbreviated Digit Codes (ADC) and the speed dial number are assigned by the ASPD command.

4.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX8.

3. Data Entry Instructions

CF
Select the type of call forwarding service.
• Call Forwarding – Busy Line
• Call Forwarding – Don't Answer
• Call Forwarding – Intercept
• Night Connection Outside

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CALL
FORWARDING
SERVICE
(CF)

ADC
Enter the ADC to the forwarded station
when "CF = Night Connection Outside"
is selected.

CALL FORWARDING DESTINATION

(CFI)

(UGN)

CFI
ATT:
Forwarded to Attendant Console
TELN: Forwarded to Station

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

ABBREVIATE
DIGIT CODE
(ADC)
Max. 4 digits

TELN
Enter the Telephone Number of destination
station to which the call is forwarded. This
parameter appears when "TELN" is
selected in "CFI" parameter.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 793
Issue 1

ACFO_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Data – Telephone Number

4. Data Sheet
CALL FORWARDING DESTINATION
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CALL FORWARDING
SERVICE
(CF)

(CFI)

(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

C.F. - Busy Line
C.F. - Don’t Answer
C.F. - Intercept
Night Connection Outside
C.F. - Busy Line
C.F. - Don’t Answer
C.F. - Intercept
Night Connection Outside
C.F. - Busy Line
C.F. - Don’t Answer
C.F. - Intercept
Night Connection Outside
C.F. - Busy Line
C.F. - Don’t Answer
C.F. - Intercept
Night Connection Outside
C.F. - Busy Line
C.F. - Don’t Answer
C.F. - Intercept
Night Connection Outside
C.F. - Busy Line
C.F. - Don’t Answer
C.F. - Intercept
Night Connection Outside
C.F. - Busy Line
C.F. - Don’t Answer
C.F. - Intercept
Night Connection Outside
C.F. - Busy Line
C.F. - Don’t Answer
C.F. - Intercept
Night Connection Outside

CHAPTER 4
Page 794
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ABBREVIATE
DIGIT CODE
(ADC)
Max. 4 digits

ACDN : Assignment of Number of Digits for Consecutive Dialing Data

ACDN: Assignment of Number of Digits for Consecutive Dialing Data
1. General
This command assigns the number of digits to be added to the access code of a distant office that has been
assigned via the AMND command.
2. Precautions
1.

The ARTD command is to be used to assign data “1” in the parameter CD prior to the operation of this
command. It is also necessary to assign the distant office code via the AMND command prior to assigning
the data for ACDN.

2.

As far as tenants are concerned, the same conditions apply as in the AMND command. If the numbering
plan is common for all tenants (ASYD, SYS1, INDEX 93, bit6=1), assign the TN parameter 1 for all
tenants.

3.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

3. Data Entry Instructions
CDN
Enter the number of digits to be transmitted after
the dialed number (Destination number).

TENANT NUMBER
(TN)

DESTINATION CODE
(DC)
MAXIMUM 10 DIGITS

NUMBER OF DIGITS OF
CONSECUTIVE DIALING
(CDN)

REMARKS

DC
Enter the "access code + area/office code" (or its
element) to be specified the necessary digits.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 795
Issue 1

ACDN : Assignment of Number of Digits for Consecutive Dialing Data

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 796
Issue 1

DESTINATION CODE
(DC)
MAX. 10 DIGITS

NUMBER OF DIGITS OF
CONSECUTIVE DIALING
(CDN)
0 – 30

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AARS : Assignment of Alternative Route Service Restriction

AARS: Assignment of Alternative Route Service Restriction
1. General
This command assigns various service connections between the outgoing route and the incoming route when
they are to be restricted, or to assign the existing restrictions when such service connections are to be canceled.
2. Precautions
If the data is not assigned, the specified connections are to be restricted.
3. Data Entry Instructions

RES

0 = Not used

INCOMING ROUTE
NUMBER (ICRT)
1

RSV
1 = AMP Pool

OUTGOING ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGRT)
2

ROUTE SERVICE
(RSV)
0/1
0

NDA-24298

• When RSV = 1 (AMP Pool)
0 = Restriction
1 = OGT
2 = ICT

RESTRICTION
DATA (RES)
0-2

REMARKS

0

CHAPTER 4
Page 797
Issue 1

AARS : Assignment of Alternative Route Service Restriction

4. Data Sheet
INCOMING
ROUTE
NUMBER
(ICRT)

CHAPTER 4
Page 798
Issue 1

OUTGOING ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGRT)

ROUTE SERVICE
(RSV)
0/1

RESTRICTION DATA
(RES)
0–2

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AARSN : Assignment of Alternative Route Service Restriction for NDM

AARSN: Assignment of Alternative Route Service Restriction for NDM
1. General
This command assigns various service connections between the outgoing route and the incoming route when
they are to be restricted, or to assign the existing restrictions when such service connections are to be canceled.
The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control
Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

This command can be used only when logging in to NCN.

2.

If the data is not assigned, the specified connections are to be restricted.

3. Data Entry Instructions

RES
RSV
0 = Not used
1 = AMP Pool

INCOMING
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(IC_LGRT)
1-899

OUTGOING
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OG_LGRT)
1-899

When RSV = 1 (AMP Pool)
0 = Restriction
1 = OGT
2 = ICT

ROUTE
SERVICE
(RSV)
0/1

RESTRICTION
DATA
(RES)
0-2

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 799
Issue 1

AARSN : Assignment of Alternative Route Service Restriction for NDM

4. Data Sheet
INCOMING LOGICAL
ROUTE NUMBER
(IC_LGRT)
1-899

CHAPTER 4
Page 800
Issue 1

OUTGOING LOGICAL
ROUTE NUMBER
(OG-LGRT)
1-899

ROUTE SERVICE
(RSV)
0/1

NDA-24298

RESTRICTION
DATA
(RES)
0-2

REMARKS

ALPE: Assignment of Line Privacy Expansion Data

ALPE:Assignment of Line Privacy Expansion Data
1. General
This command assigns the eight-party Conference Trunk (CFT card), which is seized in Line Privacy Expansion
Service on a per-tenant basis.
2. Precautions
1.

Enter the data “1” at the TN parameter when “1” is entered at the TNF parameter.

2.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

3.

The Station Number entered in the STN parameter must correspond to the one assigned at the first circuit
(No. 0 circuit) of the CFT card.

3. Data Entry Instructions
TNF
0 = Separate
1 = Common

TENANT FLAG
(TNF)
0/1
1

TENANT NUMBER
(TN)
1

STATION NUMBER
(STN)
3

NDA-24298

1

1

REMARKS
2

CHAPTER 4
Page 801
Issue 1

ALPE: Assignment of Line Privacy Expansion Data

4. Data Sheet
TENANT FLAG
(TNF)
0/1

CHAPTER 4
Page 802
Issue 1

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION NUMBER
(STN)
MAX. 6 DIGITS

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ARPC : Assignment of Remote Point Code for Centralized Service

ARPC: Assignment of Remote Point Code for Centralized Service
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Message Center Interface - CCIS service feature.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is used only at the main office of the Message Center Interface - CCIS service feature.

2.

The MCI is installed at the main office of the CCIS network, and the MCI text is transmitted (or received)
to (from) the external VMS when an event treated by the MCI service feature has occurred at the satellite
office.

3. Data Entry Instructions
CSN
1 = Message Center
2-7 = Not used

RPC
Enter the PC of the satellite office.

CENTRALIZED SERVICE NUMBER REMOTE POINT CODE COUNTER
(CNT)
(CSN)
1-32
1-7
1
1
2
3

NDA-24298

REMOTE POINT CODE
(RPC)
1-16383

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 803
Issue 1

ARPC : Assignment of Remote Point Code for Centralized Service

4. Data Sheet
CENTRALIZED SERVICE
NUMBER
(CSN)
1-7

REMOTE POINT CODE
COUNTER
(CNT)
1-32

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

CHAPTER 4
Page 804
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMOTE POINT CODE
(RPC)
1-16383

REMARKS

ARDN : Assignment of Remote Control Day/Night

ARDN: Assignment of Remote Control Day/Night
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Centralized Day/Night Mode Change service feature.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is used only at the Main office which controls the Day/Night mode for the satellite office
via the CCIS link.

2.

When there are multiple satellite offices created by grouping tenant numbers, the mode can be changed on
all the satellite offices or on a per tenant basis.

3.

For the Main office, the related indexes of the ASYD command are as follows:
SYS1, INDEX18, bit6 (Day/Night change of satellite office) 0/1 = Out/In service
SYS1, INDEX75, bit0 (ARSC command Day/Night table) 0/1 = common/separate
SYS1, INDEX75, bit1 (ASFC command Day/Night table) 0/1 = common/separate
SYS1, INDEX75, bit2 (ATNR command Day/Night table) 0/1 = common/separate
SYS1, INDEX75, bit3 (ATDP command Day/Night table) 0/1 = common/separate
SYS1, INDEX75, bit4 (AEFR command Day/Night table) 0/1 = common/separate
For the Satellite office, the related indexes of the ASYD command are as follows:
SYS1, INDEX18, bit7 (Day/Night change is executed by the Main Office) 0/1 = Out/In service
SYS1, INDEX19, bit0-3 (Tenant (TN=1-15) of the main office to which the satellite office belongs)
SYS1, INDEX75, bit0 (ARSC command Day/Night table) 0/1 = common/separate
SYS1, INDEX75, bit1 (ASFC command Day/Night table) 0/1 = common/separate
SYS1, INDEX75, bit2 (ATNR command Day/Night table) 0/1 = common/separate
SYS1, INDEX75, bit3 (ATDP command Day/Night table) 0/1 = common/separate
SYS1, INDEX75, bit4 (AEFR command Day/Night table) 0/1 = common/separate

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 805
Issue 1

ARDN : Assignment of Remote Control Day/Night

3. Data Entry Instructions
INDEX
Enter an arbitrary unique number within
the range from 0 to 15.

PC
Enter the PC of satellite office.

POINT CODE INDEX
(INDEX)
0-15

POINT CODE
(PC)
1-16383

REMARKS

4. Data Sheet
POINT CODE INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 15

POINT CODE
(PC)
1 – 16383

REMARKS

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

CHAPTER 4
Page 806
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ACDD : Assignment of Change Digit Code for Dial in Service

ACDD: Assignment of Change Digit Code for Dial in Service
1. General
This command assigns the Change Digit Code for the ISDN line with DID Addressing.
2. Precautions
1.

Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis if specified in the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 75, Bit 5=1.

2.

This command does not affect DC = 0 (Sub Address - Addressing) assigned by the ARTD command.

3.

Enter the B-Channel Route Number in the parameter RT.

3. Data Entry Instructions
DC
DAY/NIGHT
D = Day
N = Night

Max.7 digits
Number of digits for this DC
must match the data in DC of
the ARTD command

AD
Always assign data "0" in AD parameter when ISDN DID
Addressing.
0 = Additional Dialing Service is out of service.
1 = PBX dial-in Additional Dialing Service (Japan) is in service.

ROUTE
DAY/NIGHT
NUMBER DIGIT CODE (DC) CHANGE DIGIT CODE (CDC)
MODE
MAX. 7 DIGITS
MAX.24 DIGITS
(RT)
(DAY/NIGHT)
D/N
1
10
3611
2411

RT
Enter the B-Channel Route Number
in the parameter RT.

ADDITIONAL FORWARDING
DATA
DIALING
REMARKS
(XER)
(AD)
0/1
0/1
0
0

XFR
Always assign data "0" in XFR parameter
when ISDN DID Addressing is provided.
0 = Transfer is in service
1 = Transfer is out of service

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 807
Issue 1

ACDD : Assignment of Change Digit Code for Dial in Service

4. Data Sheet
DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(DAY/NIGHT)
D/N

CHAPTER 4
Page 808
Issue 1

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

DIGIT CODE
(DC)
MAX. 7 DIGITS

CHANGE DIGIT CODE
(CDC)
MAX. 24 DIGITS

NDA-24298

ADDITIONAL
DIALING
(AD)
0/1

FORWARDING
DATA
(XFR)
0/1

REMARKS

ACDD_LR : Assignment of Change Digit Code for Dial In Service – Logical Route Number

ACDD_LR: Assignment of Change Digit Code for Dial In Service – Logical
Route Number
1. General
This command is used to assign the Change Digit Code for the ISDN line with DID Addressing. Route number
of the ACDD command can be assigned by using Logical Route.
2. Precautions
1.

Prior to this command, logical route data must be allocated by using the ALRTN command.

2.

Only when logging in to the NCN (Network Control Node), this command can be used to assign the
logical route data of self-Node and the other Nodes in the Fusion Network. If logging in to a LN (Local
Node), data setting only for the self-node is available. (Error message is indicated if you try to write the
data of other Node.)

3.

Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis if specified in the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 75, bit 5=1.

4.

This command does not affect if DC = 0 (Sub Address - Addressing) is assigned by the ARTD command.

5.

Enter the Logical Route Number of the B-channel route in the parameter “LGRT.”

3. Data Entry Instructions

DC
D/N
• Day Mode
• Night Mode

LOGICAL FUSION
EXTERNAL
DAY/ ROUTE
POINT
ROUTE
NIGHT NUMBER CODE
NUMBER
MODE (LGRT)
(FPC)
(RT)
(D/N)
1-253
1-899

LGRT
Enter the Logical Route Number of the
B-channel route.

XFR
Always select “In Service” at XFR parameter
when ISDN DID Addressing is provided.
• In Service = Transfer is valid
• Out of Service = Transfer is invalid

Number of digit for this DC
must match the data in DC of
the ARTD command.

DIGIT CODE
(DC)
MAX. 7 DIGITS
[0-9, *, #]

CHANGE DIGIT CODE
(CDC)
MAX.24 DIGITS
[0-9, *, #, P]

ADDITIONAL TRANSFER
SERVICE
DIALING
(XER)
(AD)

AD
Always select “Out of Service” in AD parameter when ISDN DID Addressing.
• Out of Service = Additional Dialing Service is invalid
• In Service = PBX dial-in Additional Dialing Service (Japan) is valid

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 809
Issue 1

ACDD_LR : Assignment of Change Digit Code for Dial In Service – Logical Route Number

4. Data Sheet
DAY/
NIGHT
MODE
(D/N)

CHAPTER 4
Page 810
Issue 1

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

FUSION
POINT
CODE
(FPC)
1-253

EXTERNAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

DIGIT CODE
(DC)
MAX. 7 DIGITS
[0-9, *, #]

NDA-24298

CHANGE DIGIT CODE
(CDC)
MAX. 24 DIGITS
[0-9, *, #, P]

ADDITIONAL
DIALING
(AD)

TRANSFER
SERVICE
(XER)

ACNP : Assignment of Calling Number Pattern

ACNP: Assignment of Calling Number Pattern
1. General
This command assigns the Calling Number Pattern (CNP) to the route that is used for the SID To NetworkPresent service/for the Calling Party Recognition service.
2. Precautions
1.

Enter a B-Channel Route Number in the RT parameter.

2.

The CNP is an intermediate parameter to assign the SID using the ACND command.

3. Data Entry Instructions
OG/IC
I = Incoming Call (Calling Party Recognition)
O = Outgoing Call (SID To Network-Present)

KING OF
CONNECTION
(IC/OG)
I/O

ROUTE NUMBER
(RT)

CNP
Enter the arbitrary number within the range
between 1 and 255.

CALLING NUMBER
PATTERN
(CNP)
1-255

REMARKS

RT
Enter the route number of the B-channel

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 811
Issue 1

ACNP : Assignment of Calling Number Pattern

4. Data Sheet
KIND OF
CONNECTION
(IC/OG)
I/O

CHAPTER 4
Page 812
Issue 1

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

CALLING
NUMBER
PATTERN
(CNP)
1 – 255

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ACNPN : Assignment of Calling Number Pattern for NDM

ACNPN: Assignment of Calling Number Pattern for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the Calling Number Pattern (CNP) to the route which is used for the SID To NetworkPresent service/for the Calling Party Recognition service. The data assigned by this command is written in
Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node
(LN).
2. Precautions
1.

Enter a B-Channel Logical Route Number in the LGRT parameter.

2.

The CNP parameter in this command corresponds to the one assigned by ACNDN command.

3.

Assign the Calling Number Pattern (CNP) to Incoming Call and Outgoing Call each.

4.

When the Calling Party Recognition is used in TAPI service, this command is to be assigned to the
incoming route of COT which receives the calling number information from Central Office (analog)
directly.

5.

This command must be used in a pair with ACNDN command.

3. Data Entry Instructions

IC/OG
I = Incoming Call (Calling Party Recognition)
O = Outgoing Call (SID To Network-Present)

KIND OF
CONNECTION
(IC/OG)
I/O

LOGICAL ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

CNP
Enter the arbitrary number within the range
between 1 and 1023.

CALLING NUMBER
PATTERN
(CNP)
1-1023

REMARKS

LGRT
Enter the logical route number of the B-channel

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 813
Issue 1

ACNPN : Assignment of Calling Number Pattern for NDM

4. Data Sheet
KIND OF
CONNECTION
(IC/OG)
I/O

CHAPTER 4
Page 814
Issue 1

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

CALLING
NUMBER
PATTERN
(CNP)
1 – 1023

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ACND : Assignment of Calling Number Data

ACND: Assignment of Calling Number Data
1. General
This command assigns the Service Identification Number (SID) sent to the ISDN for the SID To Network Present service for the Calling Party Recognition service.
2. Precautions
The CNP parameter corresponds to the one assigned by the ACNP command.
3. Data Entry Instructions
CNP
0 = OG ID Service
1-255 = Calling Number Pattern

CALLING
NUMBER
PATTERN
(CNP)
0-255

SKIP DIGIT
(SKIP)
0-24

ADD
The number of the digits for the
additional number.
DIGIT CODE OF
NUMBER OF DIGITS OF
THE ADDITIONAL
THE ADDITIONAL
NUMBER
NUMBER
(DC)
(ADD)
MAX. 24 DIGITS
0-24

REMARKS

DC
The SID sent to the ISDN

SKIP
The number of skip digits from the SID.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 815
Issue 1

ACND : Assignment of Calling Number Data

4. Data Sheet
CALLING
NUMBER
PATTERN
(CNP)
0 - 255

CHAPTER 4
Page 816
Issue 1

SKIP
DIGIT
(SKIP)
0 - 24

NUMBER OF
DIGITS OF THE
ADDITIONAL
NUMBER
(ADD)
0 - 24

DIGIT CODE OF THE
ADDITIONAL NUMBER
(DC)
MAX. 24 DIGITS

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ACNDN : Assignment of Calling Number Data for NDM

ACNDN: Assignment of Calling Number Data for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the Station Number Identification (SID) sent to the ISDN for the SID To Network Present service/for the Calling Party Recognition service. The data assigned by this command is written in
Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node
(LN).
2. Precautions
1.

The CNP parameter in this command corresponds to the one assigned by the ACNPN command.

2.

Do not assign the data “0” to both SKIP and ADD parameters.

3.

For DC parameter, assign the same number of digits designated at ADD parameter.

4.

This command must be used in a pair with ACNPN command.

3. Data Entry Instructions

ADD
The number of the digits for the
additional number.

CNP
0 = OG ID Service
1-1023 = Calling Number Pattern

CALLING
NUMBER
PATTERN
(CNP)
0-1023

SKIP DIGIT
(SKIP)
0-24

DIGIT CODE OF
NUMBER OF DIGITS OF
THE ADDITIONAL
THE ADDITIONAL
NUMBER
NUMBER
(DC)
(ADD)
MAX.24 DIGITS
0-24

REMARKS

DC
The SID sent to the ISDN

SKIP
The number of skip digits from the SID.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 817
Issue 1

ACNDN : Assignment of Calling Number Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
CALLING
NUMBER
PATTERN
(CNP)
0 - 1023

CHAPTER 4
Page 818
Issue 1

SKIP
DIGIT
(SKIP)
0 - 24

NUMBER OF
DIGITS OF THE
ADDITIONAL
NUMBER
(ADD)
0 - 24

DIGIT CODE OF THE
ADDITIONAL NUMBER
(DC)
MAX. 24 DIGITS

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ACPNCL : Assignment of Calling Party Number Conversion for LDM

ACPNCL: Assignment of Calling Party Number Conversion for LDM
1. General
This command assigns skip and additional digits information for Outgoing Route Number. This data is written
in Local Data Memory (LDM).
2. Precautions
1.

When the calling party number that is more than 8 digits including the office code (ARNP, RT=0) is
received from CCIS line, the calling party number is sent as Physical Station Number through CCIS line.
Therefore, Physical Station Number must be assigned in RCPN parameter to recognize the calling party
number.

3. Data Entry Instruction

RCPN
Determine the number to be recognized in the
received calling party number.

OUTGOING
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGRT)
1-255

RECEIVED CALLING
PARTY NUMBER
(RCPN)
Max. 24 digits

ADD
Enter the number of digit to be
entered in ACPN parameter.

NUMBER OF
DIGIT TO BE
SKIPPED
(SKIP)
0-24

NUMBER OF
ADDITIONAL
DIGIT CODE
(ADD)
0-24

CALLING PARTY
NUMBER TO BE ADDED
(ACPN)
Max. 24 digits

REMARKS

SKIP

ACPN

Enter desired number of digit to be
skipped from the received calling party
number.

Enter desired additional numbers to
the received calling party number
within 24 digits.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 819
Issue 1

ACPNCL : Assignment of Calling Party Number Conversion for LDM

4. Data Sheet
OUTGOING
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGRT)
1-255

CHAPTER 4
Page 820
Issue 1

RECEIVED CALLING
PARTY NUMBER
(RCPN)
Max. 24 digits

NUMBER OF
DIGIT TO BE
SKIPPED
(SKIP)
0-24

NUMBER OF
ADDITIONAL
DIGIT CODE
(ADD)
0-24

NDA-24298

CALLING PARTY
NUMBER TO BE ADDED
(ACPN)
Max. 24 digits

REMARKS

ACPNCN : Assignment of Calling Party Number Conversion for NDM

ACPNCN: Assignment of Calling Party Number Conversion for NDM
1. General
This command assigns skip and additional digits information for Outgoing Logical Route Number. The data
assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN),
updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

When the calling party number that is more than 8 digits including the office code (ARNP, RT=0) is
received from CCIS line, the calling party number is sent as Physical Station Number through CCIS line.
Therefore, Physical Station Number must be assigned in RCPN parameter to recognize the calling party
number.

2.

When the system is upgraded from non-fusion system to fusion system, Physical Station Number/
Telephone Number written in LDM programmed in ACPNCL command should be deleted and the new
Telephone Number must be assigned using ACPNCN command unless those numbers are identical with
Telephone Numbers to be written NDM (If the numbers are not deleted, the system detects the wrong
number data or does not detect the number data since the fusion system reads out the NDM data).

3. Data Entry Instruction

RCPN
Determine the number to be recognized in the
received calling party number.

OUTGOING
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGLGRT)
1-899

RECEIVED CALLING
PARTY NUMBER
(RCPN)
Max. 24 digits

ADD
Enter the number of digit to be
entered in ACPN parameter.

NUMBER OF
DIGIT TO BE
SKIPPED
(SKIP)
0-24

NUMBER OF
ADDITIONAL
DIGIT CODE
(ADD)
0-24

CALLING PARTY
NUMBER TO BE ADDED
(ACPN)
Max. 24 digits

REMARKS

SKIP

ACPN

Enter desired number of digit to be
skipped from the received calling party
number.

Enter desired additional numbers to
the received calling party number
within 24 digits.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 821
Issue 1

ACPNCN : Assignment of Calling Party Number Conversion for NDM

4. Data Sheet
OUTGOING
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(OGRT)
1-899

CHAPTER 4
Page 822
Issue 1

RECEIVED CALLING
PARTY NUMBER
(RCPN)
Max. 24 digits

NUMBER OF
DIGIT TO BE
SKIPPED
(SKIP)
0-24

NUMBER OF
ADDITIONAL
DIGIT CODE
(ADD)
0-24

NDA-24298

CALLING PARTY
NUMBER TO BE ADDED
(ACPN)
Max. 24 digits

REMARKS

AFCP : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number

AFCP: Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number
1. General
This command assigns the data related to the Calling Party Recognition Service of ISDN.
2. Precautions
1.

When the Calling Forwarding Destination is a trunk line, assign the Abbreviated Digit Code for the trunk
line using the ASPD command.

2.

Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis if specified in the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 76, Bit 2=1.

3.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.

4.

The CALLING PARTY parameter may be treated as:
(a) All digits (Called Station Number + Access code assigned by the DC parameter of the ACND
command + Calling party number)
(b) Some portions are ignored:

Example: Ignore 003, where 003 is the access code.

(c) The entire number is ignored, reverting back to traditional Call Forwarding services.
5.

The Calling Party Recognition Service affects when the Bearer Capability of the calling party is “Speech”
or “3.1 kHz audio.” (“Unrestricted digital data” is not available.)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 823
Issue 1

AFCP : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number

3. Data Entry Instructions
ITC

CFSI
0 = Call Forwarding-All Calls
1 = Call Forwarding-Busy Line
2 = Call Forwarding-Don't Answer
3 = Direct-In Termination

DAY/NIGHT
D = DAY
N = NIGHT

0 = Speech
1 = Unrestricted (Digital Data)
2 = Audio (MODEM)

CALL
CALLING
DAY/NIGHT
TENANT
FORWARDING INFORMATION CALL FORWARDING STATION ABBREVIATED
PARTY
MODE
TRANSFER
DESTINATION
NUMBER
NUMBER DIGIT CODE
SERVICE
NUMBER
(DAY/NIGHT)
(ITC)
(CFD)
(STN)
(ADC)
FUTURE
(TN)
(CALLING PARTY)
D/N
0-2
0-3
(CFSI)
MAX. 32 DIGITS
0-2
1

1

35119212661234

0

1

0

3611

1
2

CALLING PARTY
Called Station Number + ACC (Note) + Calling Party Number
Note: Enter the Access Code assigned in the ACND command.

000

CFD
0 = Station
1 = ATT
2 = External
3 = Not used.

STN
STN parameter appears when CFD = 0 (Station)

ADC
ADC parameter appears when CFD = 2 (External)

CHAPTER 4
Page 824
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AFCP : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number

4. Data Sheet
(a) Call Forwarding Destination is a station.

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(DAY/NIGHT)
D/N

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CALL
FORWARDING
SERVICE
FUTURE
(CFSI)
0-3

CALLING PARTY
NUMBER
(CALLING PARTY)
MAX. 32 DIGITS

INFORMATION
TRANSFER
(ITC)
0-2

CALL
FORWARDING
DESTINATION
(CFD)
0

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

(b) Call Forwarding Destination is an ATTCON.

DAY/NIGHT
MODE
(DAY/NIGHT)
D/N

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CALLING PARTY
NUMBER
(CALLING PARTY)
MAX. 32 DIGITS

CALL
FORWARDING
SERVICE
FUTURE
(CFSI)
0-3

INFORMATION
TRANSFER
(ITC)
0-2

CALL
FORWARDING
DESTINATION
(CFD)
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 825
Issue 1

AFCP : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number

(c) Call Forwarding Destination is a C.O. Line.

DAY/
NIGHT
MODE
(DAY/
NIGHT)
D/N

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CALLING
PARTY
NUMBER
(CALLING PARTY)
MAX. 32 DIGITS

CALL
FORWARDING
SERVICE
FUTURE
(CFSI)
0-3

INFORMATION
TRANSFER
(ITC)
0-2

CALL
FORWARDING
DESTINATION
(CFD)
2

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

CHAPTER 4
Page 826
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ABBREVIATE
DIGIT CODE
(ADC)
MAX. 4
DIGITS

AFCP_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number – Telephone Number

AFCP_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number – Telephone Number
1. General
This command is used to assign/delete the data related to the Calling Party Recognition Service of ISDN. The
station data of AFCP command can be assigned by using Telephone Number instead.
2. Precautions
1.

Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the
ALGSL command is not available in this command.

2.

In case logging in to a LN, only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged-in
node can be used in this command. Also, when logging in to the NCN, the data memory of the whole
nodes in the network is to be written.

3.

When the Call Forwarding Destination is a trunk line, assign the Abbreviated Digit Code for the trunk line
using the ASPD command.

4.

Data can be entered on a Day/Night basis if specified in the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 76, b2=1.

5.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYD command, SYS1, INDEX 8.

6.

The CALLING PARTY parameter may be treated as:
(a) All digits (Called Station Number + Access code assigned by the DC parameter of the ACND
command + Calling Party Number)
(b) Some portions are ignored

Example: Ignore 003, where 003 is the access code.

(c) The entire number is ignored, reverting back to traditional Call Forwarding services.
7.

The Calling Party Recognition Service affects when the Bearer Capability of the calling party is “Speech”
or “3.1 kHz audio”. (“Unrestricted digital data” is not available.)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 827
Issue 1

AFCP_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number – Telephone Number

3. Data Entry Instruction
CALLING PARTY
Called Station Number + ACC (Note) + Calling Party Number
Note: Enter the Access Code assigned in the ACND command.

DAY/NIGHT
(D/N)

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

CALLING PARTY NUMBER
(CALLING PARTY)
Max. 32 digits

CALL
FORWARDING INFORMATION CALL FORWARDING
DESTINATION
TRANSFER
SERVICE
(CFD)
(ITC)
FEATURE
(CFSI)

ITC
• Speech
• Unrestricted (Digital Data)
• Audio (MODEM)

•
•
•
•

CFSI
Call Forwarding – All Calls
Call Forwarding – Busy Line
Call Forwarding – Don't Answer
Direct-In Termination

Note:

•
•
•
•

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

CFD
Telephone Number
ATT
External
Not used.

ABBREVIATED
DIGIT CODE
(ADC)
Max. 4 digits

ADC
Enter the Abbreviated Digit Code
for the trunk line assigned by
ASPD command. This parameter
appears when "CFD = External" is
selected.

TELN
Enter the Telephone Number of
destination station. This parameter
appears when "CFD = Telephone
Number" is selected.

The existing data can be readout by pressing “Get” button after UGN and TELN data is entered.

CHAPTER 4
Page 828
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AFCP_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number – Telephone Number

4. Data Sheet
(a) Call Forwarding Destination is a station (CFD = Telephone Number).

DAY/NIGHT
(D/N)

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

CALL
FORWARDING INFORMATION
TRANSFER
SERVICE
(ITC)
FEATURE
(CFSI)

CALLING PARTY NUMBER
(CALLING PARTY)
Max. 32 digits

CALL FORWARDING
DESTINATION
(CFD)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

REMARKS

TELN
DAY/NIGHT

UGN

CFSI

ITC

CALLING PARTY
Max. 32 digits
TELN
Max. 16 digits

CFD

REMARKS

TELN
DAY/NIGHT

UGN

CFSI

ITC

CALLING PARTY
Max. 32 digits
TELN
Max. 16 digits

CFD

REMARKS

TELN
DAY/NIGHT

UGN

CFSI

ITC

CALLING PARTY
Max. 32 digits
TELN
Max. 16 digits

CFD

REMARKS

TELN
DAY/NIGHT

UGN

CFSI

ITC

CALLING PARTY
Max. 32 digits
TELN
Max. 16 digits

CFD

REMARKS

TELN
DAY/NIGHT

UGN

CFSI

ITC

CALLING PARTY
Max. 32 digits
TELN
Max. 16 digits

CFD

REMARKS

TELN

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 829
Issue 1

AFCP_T : Assignment of Call Forwarding Service by Calling Number – Telephone Number

(b) Call Forwarding Destination is an ATTCON (CFD = ATT)

D/N UGN

CALL
FORWARDING
SERVICE
FEATURE
(CFSI)

CALLING PARTY NUMBER
(CALLING PARTY)
Max. 32 digits

INFORMATION
TRANSFER (ITC)

CALL
FORWARDING
DESTINATION (CFD)

ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT
ATT

(c) Call Forwarding Destination is a C.O. Line (CFD = External)

D/N UGN

CALL
FORWARDING
SERVICE
FEATURE
(CFSI)

CALLING PARTY NUMBER
(CALLING PARTY)
Max. 32 digits

INFORMATION
TRANSFER
(ITC)

CALL
FORWARDING
DESTINATION
(CFD)

External
External
External
External
External
External
External
External
External
External
External
External
External

CHAPTER 4
Page 830
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ABBREVIATED
DIGIT
CODE
(ADC)
Max. 4 digits

ACBC : Assignment of Call by Call Service Data

ACBC: Assignment of Call by Call Service Data
1.

General
This command assigns the Call by Call Information for an ISDN Network.

2. Precautions
1.

Before assigning data, assign the Outgoing Route Selection Pattern Number (OPR) using the AOPR command.

2.

Table 4-28 provides the applicable data assignment for each ISDN switch.
Table 4-28 Data Assignments for ISDN Switch
AT&T

ACBC

NT

Feature
Access

Service Access
(SDN)

Service Access
(MEGACOM, etc.)

Public, etc.

Public, etc.

TDPTN

0-7

0-7

0-7

0-7

0-7

OPR

0 - 4095

0 - 4095

0 - 4095

0 - 4095

0 - 4095

RA

0-7

0-7

0-7

0-7

0-7

MD

0

0

0

0

0

TON

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

INTF

5

5

5

7

7

SERV

0

1

1

0

0

CODE

0/5/6

1

2/3/5/6

0/1/2/4/5/8

3

BAND

-

0-9

-

-

0-9

SCC

3 digits

3 digits

-

-

-

3.

The data assignment of the INTF parameter of this command should correspond to the INT parameter of
the ARTD command.

4.

The data assignment of the TON parameter of this command should correspond to the one assigned by the
ARTI command.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 831
Issue 1

ACBC : Assignment of Call by Call Service Data

3. Data Entry Instructions
OPR
OPR is specified by the AOPR command

TDPTN

SCC
Enter SCC distinguish
number.

TDPTN is specified by the ATCP command

TIME OF DAY
OUTGOING ROUTE
CHANGE PATTERN SELECTION PATTERN
(TDPTN)
NUMBER (OPR)
0-7
0-4095

ORDER OF
ROUTE
ADVANCING
(RA)
0-7

SERVICE
MODE
(MD)

NPI
0 = Unknown
1 = ISDN/Telephony Numbering Plan
2-8 = Not used
9 = Private Network Numbering Plan
10-15 = Not used

NUMBERING
INTERFACE
PLAN
TYPE
IDENTIFICA(INTF)
TION
1/5/7/10
(NPI)
0-15

MD
Always assigned as "0" for U.S.A.
0 = Call by Call Service

RA
Enter the route advancing order.

TYPE OF
NUMBER
(TON)
0-7

FEATURE/
SERVICE
(SERV)
0-2

TON
0 = Unknown
1 = International
2 = National
3 = Not used
4 = Local
5-7 = Not used
INTF
1 = N-ISDN2
5 = AT&T
7 = Northern Telecom (NT)
10 = Q-sig./IS11572

SERV
0 = Feature
1 = Service
2 = SET TON&NPI

FACILITY
CODING
VALUES
FAILURE
(CODE)
0-31

WATS
BAND
NUMBER
(BAND)
0-9

LCR
SCC
CHANGE
DISTINGUISH
NUMBER (SCC) PATTERN
(PNL)
MAX. 4 DIGITS
1-999

BAND
Enter WATS Band Number.

CODE
The different range of data can be entered
depending on the data of INTF/SERV
parameter. See Table 4-20 CODE for applicable
CODE data.

PNL
Enter the LCR Change Pattern within the range
from 1 to 999. This parameter is related to the
PNL data assigned by AOPR/AADC command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 832
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ACBC : Assignment of Call by Call Service Data

Table 4-29 Code
WHEN

APPLICABLE DATA AND MEANINGS

INTF = 1 (N-ISDN2)

17 = INWATS Selection
18 = OUTWATS
19 = Foreign Exchange (FX)
20 = Tie Trunk (TIE)

INTF = 5 (AT&T),
SERV = 0 (Feature)

0 = Transmit Network Selection
1 = CPN (SID) Preferred
2 = BN (ANI) Preferred
3 = CPN (SID) Only
4 = BN (ANI) Only
5 = Operator
6 = PCCO
9 = Call Associated TSC
10 = Notification of Call Associated TSC Clearing or Resource Unavailable

INTF = 5 (AT&T),
SERV = 1 (Service)

1 = SDN (Including SDGN)
2 = MEGACOM 800
3 = MEGACOM
5 = WATS maximal subscribe 9 band
6 = ACCUNET
7 = Long Distance Service
8 = International 800
10 = AT&T Multi Quest

INTF = 7
(Northern Telecom (NT))

0 = Public
1 = Private
2 = INWATS
3 = OUTWATS
4 = FX
5 = Tie Trunk
8 = TRD Call

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 833
Issue 1

ACBC : Assignment of Call by Call Service Data

4. Data Sheet
TIME OF DAY
CHANGE PATTERN
(TDPTN)
0-7

ORDER OF
ROUTE
ADVANCING
(RA)
0-7

SERVICE
MODE
(MD)

0

0

1

0

2

0

3

0

4

0

5

0

6

0

7

0

TIME OF DAY CHANGE
PATTERN
(TDPTN)
0-7

ORDER OF
ROUTE
ADVANCING
(RA)
0-7

SERVICE
MODE
(MD)

0

0

1

0

2

0

3

0

4

0

5

0

6

0

7

0

CHAPTER 4
Page 834
Issue 1

OUTGOING ROUTE
SELECTION PATTERN
NUMBER
(OPR)
0-4095

INTERFACE
TYPE
(INTF)
1/5/7/10

NUMBERING
TYPE OF FEATURE/
PLAN
NUMBER SERVICE
IDENTIFICATION
(TON)
(SERV)
(NPI)
0-7
0-2
0-15

FACILITY
CODING
VALUES
FAILURE
(CODE)
0-31

WATS
BAND
NUMBER
(BAND)
0-9

SCC
DISTINGUISH
NUMBER
(SCC)
MAX. 4
DIGITS

LCR
CHANGE
PATTERN
(PNL)
1-999

FACILITY
CODING
VALUES
FAILURE
(CODE)
0-31

WATS
BAND
NUMBER
(BAND)
0-9

SCC
DISTINGUISH
NUMBER
(SCC)
MAX. 4
DIGITS

LCR
CHANGE
PATTERN
(PNL)
1-999

OUTGOING ROUTE
SELECTION PATTERN
NUMBER
(OPR)
0-4095

INTERFACE
TYPE
(INTF)
1/5/7/10

NUMBERING
PLAN
IDENTIFICATION
(NPI)
0-15

TYPE OF FEATURE/
NUMBER SERVICE
(TON)
(SERV)
0-7
0-2

NDA-24298

AREF : Assignment of Reference Number Information Data

AREF: Assignment of Reference Number Information Data
1. General
This command is used to assign Reference Number for ISDN feature.
2. Precautions
None
3. Data Entry Instructions

REF
Enter the specified Reference Number
within 18 digits.

OUTSIDE
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

REFERENCE NUMBER
(REF)
MAX.18 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

NDA-24298

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)
1-255

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 835
Issue 1

AREF : Assignment of Reference Number Information Data

4. Data Sheet
REFERENCE NUMBER
(REF)
MAX. 18 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

CHAPTER 4
Page 836
Issue 1

OUTSIDE
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

NDA-24298

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)
1-255

REMARKS

AREF_LR : Assignment of Reference Number Information Data – Logical Route Number

AREF_LR: Assignment of Reference Number Information Data – Logical
Route Number
1. General
This command is used to assign Reference Number for ISDN feature. Route number of the AREF command can
be assigned by using Logical Route.
2. Precautions
1.

Prior to this command, logical route data must be allocated by using the ALRTN command.

2.

Only when logging in to the NCN (Network Control Node), this command can be used to assign the data
of self-Node and the other Nodes in the Fusion Network. If logging in to a LN (Local Node), data setting
only for the self-node is available.

3. Data Entry Instructions

REF
Enter the specified Reference Number
within 18 digits.

FUSION
POINT
CODE
(FPC)
1-253

REFERENCE NUMBER
(REF)
MAX.18 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

OUTSIDE
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)
1-255

REMARKS

FPC
This parameter appears when logging in to the NCN only. Enter the
FPC of the target Node. After FPC and REF data is designated, the
existing data can be read out by clicking “Get” button.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 837
Issue 1

AREF_LR : Assignment of Reference Number Information Data – Logical Route Number

4. Data Sheet
FUSION
POINT
CODE
(FPC)
1-253

CHAPTER 4
Page 838
Issue 1

REFERENCE NUMBER
(REF)
MAX. 18 DIGITS [0-9, *, #]

LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

NDA-24298

OUTSIDE
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)
1-255

REMARKS

AVTC : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Call Data

AVTC: Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Call Data
1. General
This command assigns Virtual Tie Line Numbers to be used in Virtual Tie Line Service.
2. Precautions
1.

This data is to be assigned at the terminating office.

2.

A Virtual Tie Line Number is a station number converted, as a number for Virtual Tie Line Service, from
one of the subscriber numbers assigned on the ISDN line.

3. Data Entry Instructions
Refer to data sheet in Section 4.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 839
Issue 1

AVTC : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Call Data

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 840
Issue 1

STATION NUMBER
(STN)

REMARKS

NDA-24298

AVTL : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data

AVTL: Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data
1. General
This command assigns a schedule for Virtual Tie Line implementation period in Virtual Tie Line Service.
2. Precautions
1.

At the time of data setting, assign incoming/outgoing call data synchronously.

2.

The maximum input value for Route Number should be the value assigned by ASYD.
After entering the Route Number, check to see if the corresponding Route Data is assigned. If not assigned,
ERROR Number (ERR = 0019) is displayed.
Of the Route Class Data, the B-Channel Route is valid only when LSG = 12, and the D-Channel Route is
valid only when LSG = 13.

3.

Virtual Tie Line service is valid only within the time period designated by the Time Range on the days
designated by the Week Range in the period designated by the Date Range.

Example:

DATE:
WEEK:
TIME:

09/01-09/30
MON-FRI
8:30-17:30

In the case of the above designation, Virtual Tie Line service is valid from 8:30 through 17:30 from Monday
through Friday of every week starting from September 1st through September 30th.
4.

The entry range (DATE) of the Date Range is within one year.

Example:

01/01-12/31:
12/01-11/30:
5.

One year from January 1st to December 31st.
One year from December 1st to November 30th of the following year.

The Week Range is entered as follows.

Example:

MON-FRI:
SAT-SUN:
MON-MON:

Five days from Monday to Friday.
Two days from Saturday to Sunday.
One day if the same Monday is designated.

Example: Designation in reverse direction

MON-SUN:
TUE-SUN:
SAT-WED:

Seven days when going back by one week.
Six days when going back by two weeks.
Five days when going back by three weeks.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 841
Issue 1

AVTL : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data

6.

When the Date Range is one day, only the starting week is displayed. The relationship between the Date
Range and the Week Range is as follows:

Example:

DATE:
WEEK:

11/08 - 11/22
MON-WED

In a case where 11/08 is Wednesday and 11/22 is Wednesday two weeks after, in the designated Date
Range, 8th is the first Monday. 13th through 15th are Monday through Wednesday of next week, and
20th through 22nd are Monday through Wednesday of the week after next. These seven days are the
subject for processing.
7.

The Time Range cannot be designated when the end time is earlier than the start time.

Example:

00:10 - 20:00
05:20 - 05:30
10:10 - 09:10
10:50 - 10:10

From 0:10 to 19:59
From 5:20 to 5:29
Cannot be designated
Cannot be designated

3. Data Entry Instructions
TL/SPC
T = Time Link
S = Semi Permanent Connection

DATE
KIND OF
TIE LINE
(TL/SPC) (MONTH) (DAY)
T/S

PATTERN
NUMBER
(PTN)
0-15

IC/OG
I = Incoming
O = Outgoing

INCOMING/
OUTGOING
(IC/OG)
I/O

KEYPAD
1 = Out of service
2 = In service

KEYPAD
CALLING NUMBER
INFORMA- CALLED NUMBER
(CALLING)
(CALLED)
TION
MAX. 24 DIGITS
MAX. 24 DIGITS
(KEYPAD)
0/1

OUTSIDE
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

Bch NUMBER
(CH)
6/12/18/24

LENS OF Dch
(D-LENS)

SUB
1 = Not assigned
2 = Assigned

KIND OF
SUB
ADDRESS
(SUB)
0/1

TIME RANGE
SUB ADDRESS
(SUB NO)
MAX.12 DIGITS

START
END TIME
TIME
(SH) : (SM) (EH) : (EM)
:
:

CHAPTER 4
Page 842
Issue 1

NDA-24298

:
:

AVTL : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data

4. Data Sheet
KIND OF
DATE
TIE LINE
(TL/SPC) (MONTH) (DAY)
T/S

PATTERN
NUMBER
(PTN)
0-15

INCOMING/
OUTGOING
(OG/IC)
O/I

OUTSIDE
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

NDA-24298

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

LENS OF Dch
(D-LENS)

Bch NUMBER
(CH)
6/12/18/24

CHAPTER 4
Page 843
Issue 1

AVTM : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Manual

AVTM: Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Manual
1. General
This command immediately activates Virtual Tie Line.
2. Precautions
This command is used in the following conditions:
•

When a failure occurs in a Virtual Tie Line, causing a link release.

•

When Virtual Tie Line is needed immediately.

3. Data Entry Instructions
Enter a “Y” for Yes, or a “N” for No.
Y = Activate
N = Not activate

CHAPTER 4
Page 844
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AEVT : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data for Event Based CCIS

AEVT: Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data for Event Based CCIS
1. General
This command assigns Virtual Tie Line data for Event Based CCIS.
2. Precautions
1.

When the parameter Verification of Connection (VRY) is assigned as “1,” if the Calling party number is
not the same as the number assigned in the parameter CALLED, connection is not established.

2.

The parameter FUNC = 2 is necessary to activate Event Based CCIS using the private ISDN line.

3. Data Entry Instructions

♦ When FUNC=1 and TYPE=1/2 are assigned
TYPE
1=Separate Channel System
2=Separate Channel System (for Call-By-Call)
3=Common Channel System
4=Common Channel System (When "NPI" and
"TON" are assigned by the ACBC command)

FUNCTION

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)
1-255

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)
1-255

DESTINATION
E-CCIS trunk
identification number.

TYPE
1-4

DESTINATION
NUMBER
(DESTINATION)
6 DIGITS

CALLING
DID number for incoming
call from an E-CCIS

CALLING NUMBER
(CALLING)
1-24

1
CALLED
DID number for
outgoing call

CALLED NUMBER
(CALLED)
1-24

CCIS_RT/CCIS_TK
Assign CCIS signal route and
trunk number.

CCIS_RT CCIS_TK
1-255

1-255

VRY
Verification of connection
0=Not required
1=Required

VRY

OPR

RA

0/1

1-4000

0-7

Note: "OPR" and "RA" parameters appear for TYPE=2.
OPR Note
Assign Outgoing Route
Selection pattern number.

NDA-24298

RA Note
Assign the order of
route advancing.

CHAPTER 4
Page 845
Issue 1

AEVT : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data for Event Based CCIS

♦ When FUNC=1 and TYPE=3/4 are assigned
TYPE
1=Separate Channel System
2=Separate Channel System (for Call-By-Call)
3=Common Channel System
4=Common Channel System (When "NPI" and
"TON" are assigned by the ACBC command)

FUNCTION

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)
1-255

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

1

CALLING
DID number for incoming
call from an E-CCIS

DESTINATION
E-CCIS trunk
identification number.

TYPE
1-4

DESTINATION
NUMBER
(DESTINATION)
6 DIGITS

CALLING NUMBER
(CALLING)
1-24

0
TK
Fixed “0”.
CALLED
DID number for
outgoing call

CALLED NUMBER
(CALLED)
1-24

ISDN_RT
Assign ISDN Dch's route

VRY
Verification of connection
0=Not required
1=Required

ISDN_RT

VRY

OPR

RA

1-255

0/1

1-4000

0-7

Note: "OPR" and "RA" parameters appear for TYPE=4.
OPR Note
Assign Outgoing Route
Selection pattern number.

CHAPTER 4
Page 846
Issue 1

NDA-24298

RA Note
Assign the order of
route advancing.

AEVT : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data for Event Based CCIS

♦ When FUNC=2 is assigned
PC
Point code of terminating node

FUNCTION

POINT CODE
(PC)
1-16367

RT
Enter the E-CCIS route number
for each terminating node

ROUTE NUMBER
(RT)
1-255

2

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 847
Issue 1

AEVT : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data for Event Based CCIS

4. Data Sheet
(a) FUNCTION = 1 and TYPE = 1/2 (OPR and RA parameters are available for TYPE = 2)
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)
1-255

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)
1-255

DESTINATION
NUMBER
(DESTINATION)
1-6

CALLING NUMBER
(CALLING)
1-24

CALLED NUMBER
(CALLED)
1-24

CHAPTER 4
Page 848
Issue 1

NDA-24298

CCIS_RT

CCIS_TK

VRY

OPR

RA

1-255

1-255

0/1

1-4000

0-7

AEVT : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data for Event Based CCIS

(b) FUNCTION = 1 and TYPE = 3/4 (“OPR” and “RA” parameters are available for TYPE = 4)
ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)
1-255

TRUNK
NUMBER
(TK)

DESTINATION
NUMBER
(DESTINATION)
1-6

CALLING NUMBER
(CALLING)
1-24

0

CALLED NUMBER
(CALLED)
1-24

NDA-24298

ISDN_RT

VRY

OPR

RA

1-255

0/1

1-4000

0-7

CHAPTER 4
Page 849
Issue 1

AEVT : Assignment of Virtual Tie Line Data for Event Based CCIS

(c) FUNCTION = 2 (E-CCIS RT is set for each terminating node)
POINT CODE
(PC)
1-16367

CHAPTER 4
Page 850
Issue 1

ROUTE NUMBER
(RT)
1-255

NDA-24298

AITD : Assignment of ISDN Terminal Data

AITD: Assignment of ISDN Terminal Data
1. General
This command assigns ISDN terminal data and FID to only B1 channel.
2. Precautions
None
3. Data Entry Instructions

FUNC
1 = Terminal information
2 = Feature Identifier Data (FID)

FUNCTION
(FUNC)
1/2

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)
1-63

TN
Enter the Tenant Number when “1”
is assigned at FUNC parameter.

TYPE
1 = N-ISDN1

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)
Max. 6 digits

TERMINAL
TYPE
(TYPE)
1-n

FID
This parameter is required only
when “FUNC = 2” is entered.

FID PATTERN
(FIDP)
1-31

STN
Enter the Station Number when “1”
is assigned at FUNC parameter.

NDA-24298

FEATURE
IDENTIFIER DATA
(FID)
1-127

FIDP
Enter the FID Pattern.

CHAPTER 4
Page 851
Issue 1

AITD : Assignment of ISDN Terminal Data

4. Data Sheet
FUNCTION
(FUNC)
1/2

CHAPTER 4
Page 852
Issue 1

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)
1-63

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)
Max. 6 digits

TERMINAL TYPE
(TYPE)
1-n

NDA-24298

FID
PATTERN
(FIDP)
1-31

FEATURE
IDENTIFIER DATA
(FID)
1-127

AITD_T : Assignment of ISDN Terminal Data – Telephone Number

AITD_T : Assignment of ISDN Terminal Data – Telephone Number
1. General
This command is used to assign ISDN terminal data and FID to only B1 channel. The station data of AITD
command can be assigned by using Telephone Number.
2. Precautions
1.

Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used. Telephone Numbers by the
ALGSL command is not available in this command.

2.

In case logging in to a LN, only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged-in
node can be used in this command. Also, when logging in to the NCN, the data memory of the whole
nodes in the network is to be written.

3. Data Entry Instructions

FUNC
• Terminal Information
• Feature Identifier Data (FID)

FUNCTION
(FUNC)

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TYPE
1=N-ISDN1

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

FID
This parameter is required only when
"FUNC = FID" is entered.

TERMINAL
TYPE
(TYPE)
1-n

FID
PATTERN
(FIDP)
1-31

FEATURE
IDENTIFIER
DATA
(FID)
1-127

1
1
1

TELN
Enter the Telephone Number of the designated
station. This parameter appears when "FUNC
= Terminal Information" is selected.

NDA-24298

FIDP
Enter the FID Pattern.

CHAPTER 4
Page 853
Issue 1

AITD_T : Assignment of ISDN Terminal Data – Telephone Number

4. Data Sheet

FUNCTION
(FUNC)

CHAPTER 4
Page 854
Issue 1

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
Max. 16 digits

NDA-24298

TERMINAL
TYPE
(TYPE)
1-n

FID
PATTERN
(FIDP)
1-31

FEATURE
IDENTIFIER
DATA
(FID)
1-127

ACRD : Assignment of Connection Route Class Data for Local Data Memory

ACRD: Assignment of Connection Route Class Data for Local Data Memory
1. General
This command assigns the related data for the connection route used for B-channel and D-channel in the Fusion
Network link.
2. Precautions
1.

The available connection route numbers are 1-1023.

2.

For detailed information, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion Network System Manual.

3. Data Entry Instructions
Refer to data sheet in Section 4.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 855
Issue 1

ACRD : Assignment of Connection Route Class Data for Local Data Memory

4. Data Sheet
CONNECTION RT No.
(C_RT) 1-1023

CDN
FUNCTION (FUNC)

1

TF - Type of Trunk
0-2 = 3
= Bothway Trunk (BWT)

3

3

3

3

3

3

2

TCL - Trunk Class (Fixed “4”)
1-3
= 4
= Fusion Trunk
5-31 = -

4

4

4

4

4

4

3

RLP - Trunk Release Pattern
(Fixed “2”)
0-1
= 2
= First party Release
3
= -

2

2

2

2

2

2

4

SMDR Detailed Billing Information
(Fixed “0”)
0 = SMDR is out of service
1 = SMDR is in service

0

0

0

0

0

0

5

LSG - Line Signal
0-11 = 12
= B-channel
13
= D-channel
14, 15 = -

6

PAD - PAD control
0 = Depending on the assignment ofPAD
parameter in ARTD command.
1 = 8 dB for sending, 0dB for receiving.
2 = 4 dB
3 = 8 dB for sending, 12 dB for receiving.
4 = 8 dB
5 = Not used
6 = Not used
7 = 0 dB
Standard data = 7 (0 dB)

7

TRKS - Trunk Selection Sequence
0 = Select from the trunk which becomes
idle first
1 = Select from the trunk which becomes
idle last

0

0

0

0

0

0

8

TC/EC
(Fixed “0”)
0 = No MPC/EC
1 = EC
2 = MPC
3 = Not used

CHAPTER 4
Page 856
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ACRD : Assignment of Connection Route Class Data for Local Data Memory

CONNECTION RT No.
(C_RT) 1-1023

CDN
FUNCTION (FUNC)

9

FINT - Fusion Interface Specification
0
= FUSION standard
1 - 15 = -

0

0

0

0

0

0

10

FPEG - Fusion - PEG
(Fixed “0”)
0 = Nothing of FUSION - PEG
1 = Exist of FUSION - PEG

0

0

0

0

0

0

11

TC - Timer Class (Fixed “0”)
0 = Not used
1 = 1 sec
2 = 2 sec
3 = 8 sec
4 = 20 sec

0

0

0

0

0

0

12

MTC - Miscellaneous Timer Counter
(Fixed “0”)
Timer value = (TC) × (MTC)

0

0

0

0

0

0

13

STSEQ - Status ENQ (Fixed “0”)
Fusion link status check
0 = Available 1 = Unavailable

0

0

0

0

0

0

14

FGH - Fusion Gateway Handler (0 - 1)
0/1 = FCH/FGH

15

MMN - Kind of Multiple Equipment
When CDN 8: TC/EC = 0 (No MPC/EC),
data setting for this parameter is not required.
0: TDM
1: MM-Node
2: Not Used
3: Not used

16

LKIND - Kind of Fusion Link
0: DTI
1: ISW
2: Fusion over IP (Router)
3: IPTRK
4 - 15: Not used

17

IPLYR - Voice over IP
0: DTI interface 1.5Mbps
1: DTI interface 2.0Mbps

18

IPTRK - IP Trunk
0: Out of service
1: In service

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 857
Issue 1

AFPD : Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM

AFPD: Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns PAD data for the connection route.
2. Precautions
1.

This data has priority over the data assigned by PAD in command ACRD.

2.

When data is input on this command, the data in the ACRD CDN6: PAD must be “7.”

CHAPTER 4
Page 858
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AFPD : Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM

3. Data Entry Instructions
When TYPE = 1 is assigned
TYPE
1 = ICRT → C_RT

IC RT
Assign the incoming route number

TYPE OF CONNECTION INCOMING ROUTE
(TYPE)
(IC RT)
1-899

OUTGOING
CONNECTION ROUTE
(OG C_RT) 1-1023

ICPAD
1 - 14 = Note
15 = PAD OFF (0dB)

INCOMING PAD DATA OUTGOING PAD DATA
(OGPAD)
(ICPAD)
1-15
1-15

1
1
1

OG C_RT
Assign the outgoing connection route
number Originated to the outside of the
node

OGPAD
1 - 14 = Note
15 = PAD OFF (0dB)

When TYPE = 2 is assigned
TYPE
2 = C_RT → C_RT

TYPE OF CONNECTION
(TYPE)

IC C_RT
Assign the incoming route number

INCOMING
CONNECTION
ROUTE
(IC C_RT) 1-1023

OUTGOING
CONNECTION ROUTE
(OG C_RT) 1-1023

OGPAD
1 - 14 = Note
15 = PAD OFF (0dB)

INCOMING PAD DATA OUTGOING PAD DATA
(OGPAD)
(ICPAD)
1-15
1-15

2
2
2

OG C_RT
Assign the outgoing connection route number

Note:

ICPAD
1 - 14 = Note
15 = PAD OFF (0dB)

PAD value differs depending on the specification of each circuit card. As to the detail setting of PAD value
on each circuit card, refer to the Circuit Card Manual or related system manuals.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 859
Issue 1

AFPD : Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM

When TYPE = 3 is assigned

TYPE
3= C_RT → RT

IC C_RT
Assign the incoming connection
route number

TYPE OF CONNECTION INCOMING ROUTE
(TYPE)
CONNECTION
(IC)

OUTGOING
ROUTE
(OG RT) 1-255

OGPAD
1 - 14 = Note
15 = PAD OFF (0dB)

INCOMING PAD DATA OUTGOING PAD DATA
(OGPAD)
(ICPAD)
1-15
1-15

3
3
3

OGRT
Assign the outgoing route number

ICPAD
1 - 14 = Note
15 = PAD OFF (0dB)

When TYPE = 4 is assigned

TYPE
4 = STN ←→ C_RT

TYPE OF CONNECTION
(TYPE)

SFC
Assign Service Feature Class for the
station

SERVICE FEATURE
RESTRICTION CLASS
(SFC)
0-15

CONNECTION
ROUTE
(C_RT)
1-1023

OGPAD
1 - 14 = Note
15 = PAD OFF (0dB)

INCOMING PAD DATA OUTGOING PAD DATA
(OGPAD)
(ICPAD)
1-15
1-15

4
4

C_RT
Assign the connection route number

Note:

ICPAD
1 - 14 = Note
15 = PAD OFF (0dB)

PAD value differs depending on the specification of each circuit card. As to the detail setting of PAD value
on each circuit card, refer to the Circuit Card Manual or related system manuals.

CHAPTER 4
Page 860
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AFPD : Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM

(a) RT → C_RT

TYPE OF
CONNECTION
(TYPE)

INCOMING ROUTE
(IC RT)
1-899

OUTGOING
CONNECTION ROUTE
(OG C_RT)
1-1023

INCOMING PAD DATA
(ICPAD)
1-15

OUTGOING PAD DATA
(OGPAD)
1-15

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 861
Issue 1

AFPD : Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM

(b) C_RT → C_RT

TYPE OF
CONNECTION
(TYPE)

INCOMING
CONNECTION ROUTE
(IC C_RT)
1-1023

OUTGOING
CONNECTION ROUTE
(OG C_RT)
1-1023

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

CHAPTER 4
Page 862
Issue 1

NDA-24298

INCOMING PAD DATA
(ICPAD)
1-15

OUTGOING PAD DATA
(OGPAD)
1-15

AFPD : Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM

(c) C_RT → RT

TYPE OF
CONNECTION
(TYPE)

INCOMING
CONNECTION ROUTE
(IC C_RT)
1-1023

OUTGOING
ROUTE
(OG RT)
1-255

INCOMING PAD DATA
(ICPAD)
1-15

OUTGOING PAD DATA
(OGPAD)
1-15

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 863
Issue 1

AFPD : Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM

(d) STN ← → C_RT

TYPE OF
CONNECTION
(TYPE)

SERVICE FEATURE
RESTRICTION CLASS
(SFC)
0-15

CONNECTION
ROUTE
(C_RT)
1-1023

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

CHAPTER 4
Page 864
Issue 1

NDA-24298

INCOMING PAD DATA
(ICPAD)
1-15

OUTGOING PAD DATA
(OGPAD)
1-15

ACTK : Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for Local Data Memory

ACTK: Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for Local Data Memory
1. General
This command assigns the connection trunk used in the Fusion Network link.
2. Precautions
1.

Before executing this command, assign the connection route class data using the ACRD command.

2.

The available connection route numbers are 1-1023.

3.

The available connection trunk numbers are 1-4095.

4.

When assigning the information for D-channel, the switch setting of TS on the FCH card is required.

5.

For detailed information, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion Network System Manual.

3. Data Entry Instructions
C_RT
The route assigned for B-channel
and D-channel.

CONNECTION ROUTE
NUMBER (C_RT)
1-1023
10

C_LENS
LENS of the trunk for B-channel
and D-channel.

CONNECTION TRUNK
NUMBER (C_TK)
1-4095
1

CONNECTION EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(C_LENS)
0

0

0

0

1

REMARKS

0

C_TK
The Connection Trunk controlled
by the connection route.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 865
Issue 1

ACTK : Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for Local Data Memory

4. Data Sheet
CONNECTION
ROUTE NUMBER
(C_RT)
1-1023

CHAPTER 4
Page 866
Issue 1

CONNECTION
TRUNK
NUMBER
(C_TK)
1-4095

CONNECTION EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(C_LENS)

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ACTKC : Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for LDM

ACTKC: Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns and deletes the connection trunk data for B-channel/D-channel route by designating the
range of trunk numbers and LENS.
2. Precautions
1.

This command can be used only when the PBX and the MAT are connected in on-line state.

3. Data Entry Instruction
STEP
Specify the interval between the consecutive connection
trunk numbers to be assigned/deleted.
C_RT
The route assigned for
B-channel and D-channel.

Ex. C_TK (START)=1, STEP=3 is entered, connection
trunk number is assigned/deleted as follows;
[1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, ......]

CONNECTION COUNT
CONNECTION
UP
TRUNK NUMBER
ROUTE
STEP
(C_TK)
NUMBER
(STEP)
1-4095
(C_RT)
1-10
1-1023
START
END

C_TK
The connection trunk controlled
by the connection route. Enter the
range of trunk numbers to be
assigned/deleted.

GROUP
NUMBER
(GROUP)
0-31

LEVEL
NUMBER
(LEVEL)
0-7

START END

START END

CONNECTION
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(C_LENS)
START

END

C_LENS
LENS of the trunk for Bchannel and D-channel.

GROUP
Enter the first/last
group number.

LEVEL
Enter the first/last
level number.

COUNT
UP
TYPE STATUS
(TYPE)
1-6

TYPE
This parameter determines how to
arrange the trunk data. Refer to the
next pages for more detail
explanation.
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:

LEVEL → GROUP
LEVEL → UNIT
GROUP → UNIT
GROUP → LEVEL
UNIT → LEVEL
UNIT → GROUP

→
→
→
→
→
→

UNIT
GROUP
LEVEL
UNIT
GROUP
LEVEL

Note 1: When “Delete” is selected in “KIND” box, the data for “C_RT”, “C_TK” and “STEP” is required.
Note 2: When the assignment/deletion is successful, “OK” displays in “STATUS” grid. Otherwise, related error

message is provided.
NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 867
Issue 1

ACTKC : Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for LDM

[Details on Trunk Arrangement “TYPE”]
When assigning the consecutive trunk data using the ACTKC command, you must select the trunk arrangement
type (1-6) in the “TYPE” parameter.
The following examples apply when the 16 COT circuit cards are accommodated:
U=2
00

05

10

15

20

16

16 16

C

C

C

O

O

O

T

T

T

16 16

16

C

C

C

O

O

O

T

T

T

PIM C/E

PIM C/E

U=3

U=0

•

U=1

TYPE=1 (Level → Group → Unit)
Trunk data is arranged in the following numerical order:
U=2
Slot No.

1MG

05
LV7
LV6
LV5
LV4
LV3
LV2
LV1
LV0
LV7
LV6
LV5
LV4
LV3
LV2
LV1
LV0

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

U=3

06

15

16

56 64

72 80 88 96

49 57
16 24 32

65 73 81 89
40 48

9

33 41

17 25

Level No.
Group No.

00 01 02 03

02 03 04 05
U=0

CHAPTER 4
Page 868
Issue 1

U=1

NDA-24298

ACTKC : Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for LDM

•

TYPE=2 (Level → Unit → Group)
Trunk data is arranged in the following numerical order:
U=2
Slot No.

05
LV7
LV6
LV5
LV4
LV3
LV2
LV1
LV0
LV7
LV6
LV5
LV4
LV3
LV2
LV1
LV0

1MG

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

U=3

06

15

16

24 56

32 64 80 96

17 49
40 72 88

25 57 73 89
16 48

33 65 81

9

41

Level No.
Group No.

00 01 02 03

02 03 04 05
U=0

•

U=1

TYPE=3 (Group → Level → Unit)
Trunk data is arranged in the following numerical order:
U=2
Slot No.

1MG

05
LV7
LV6
LV5
LV4
LV3
LV2
LV1
LV0
LV7
LV6
LV5
LV4
LV3
LV2
LV1
LV0

29

5
1

U=3

06

2

15

16

63 64

93

96

51 52
49 50
32

69
65
47 48

72
68

8
4

35 36
33 34

3

Level No.

02 03 04 05

00 01 02 03

Group No.

U=0

U=1

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 869
Issue 1

ACTKC : Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for LDM

•

TYPE=4 (Group → Unit → Level)
Trunk data is arranged in the following numerical order:
U=2
Slot No.

05
LV7
LV6
LV5
LV4
LV3
LV2
LV1
LV0
LV7
LV6
LV5
LV4
LV3
LV2
LV1
LV0

1MG

06

85

13
1

U=3

2

15

16

91 92

93

96

19 20
7 8
88

21
9
89 90

24
12

16
4

17 18
5 6

3

Level No.

02 03 04 05

00 01 02 03

Group No.

U=0

•

U=1

TYPE=5 (Unit → Level → Group)
Trunk data is arranged in the following numerical order:
U=2
Slot No.

1MG

05
LV7
LV6
LV5
LV4
LV3
LV2
LV1
LV0
LV7
LV6
LV5
LV4
LV3
LV2
LV1
LV0

U=3

06

15

16

31 63

32 64 80 96

7 39
3 35
29 61 79 95

8 40 68 84
4 36 66 82
30 62

5
1

37 67 83
33 65 81

6
2

38
34

Level No.

02 03 04 05

00 01 02 03

Group No.

U=0

CHAPTER 4
Page 870
Issue 1

U=1

NDA-24298

ACTKC : Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for LDM

•

TYPE=6 (Unit → Group → Level)
Trunk data is arranged in the following numerical order:
U=2
Slot No.

1MG

05
LV7
LV6
LV5
LV4
LV3
LV2
LV1
LV0
LV7
LV6
LV5
LV4
LV3
LV2
LV1
LV0

U=3

06

15

16

87 91

89 92 94 96

15 19
3 7
85 89 93 95

16 20 22 24
4 8 10 12
86 90

13 17 21 23
1 5 9 11

14 18
2 6

02 03 04 05

00 01 02 03

Level No.
Group No.

U=0

U=1

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 871
Issue 1

ACTKC : Assignment of Connection Trunk Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
CONNECTION CONNECTION
TRUNK
ROUTE
NUMBER
NUMBER
(C_TK) 1-4095
(C_RT)
1-1023
START END

CHAPTER 4
Page 872
Issue 1

COUNT
UP
STEP
(STEP)
1-10

CONNECTION
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(C_LENS)
START

END

NDA-24298

GROUP
NUMBER
(GROUP)
0-31

LEVEL
NUMBER
(LEVEL)
0-7

START END START END

COUNT
UP
TYPE STATUS
(TYPE)
1-6

AFCH : Assignment of FCCH Number for Local Data Memory

AFCH: Assignment of FCCH Number for Local Data Memory
1. General
This command assigns the FCCH card that provides the D-channel in the Fusion Network link.
2. Precautions
1.

Before executing this command, the trunk for D-channel should be assigned by the ACRD/ACTK
commands.

2.

Use sequential numbers starting from 1 at each node.

3.

Assign odd numbers for Group and 0 (zero) for Level in the parameter FCHEN.

4.

For detailed information, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion Network System Manual.

3. Data Entry Instructions
FCHN
The unique number allocated to
the FCH card at each node.

LENS OF FCCH (FCHEN)

FCCH NUMBER (FCHN)
1-255
1
2
3

Note:

FCHEN
LENS of the FCH card.

REMARKS
MG
0
0
0

U
0
0
0

0
0
0

L

G
2
2
3

7
9
1

0
0
0

FCCH can use Expanded LENS (Group 24 - 31) as well as Physical LENS.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 873
Issue 1

AFCH : Assignment of FCCH Number for Local Data Memory

4. Data Sheet
FCCH NUMBER (FCHN)
1-255

LENS OF FCCH (FCHEN)
REMARKS
MG

U

G

L

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

CHAPTER 4
Page 874
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AFPC : Assignment of FCCH Routing Data for Local Data Memory

AFPC: Assignment of FCCH Routing Data for Local Data Memory
1. General
This command assigns the B-channel and the D-channel data for each FPC.
2. Precautions
1.

The maximum number of alternative connection trunks is 8 for 1 FPC.

2.

The maximum number of the alternative FCH cards is 8 for 1 destination FPC. (In Fusion Link using the
FCH card.)

3.

The maximum number of the alternative FPCs is 8 for 1 destination FPC. (In Fusion Link using the LANI
card.)

4.

When FCCH = 0 (The FCH card is not used), assign the Fusion Point Code Number of the final
destination to the parameter FPCN.

5.

When FCCH = 1 (The FCH card is used), assign the FCCH number to the parameter FCHN.

6.

For more detailed information, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion Network System Manual.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 875
Issue 1

AFPC : Assignment of FCCH Routing Data for Local Data Memory

3. Data Entry Instructions
FPC
FPC is the unique number allocated
to each node.
Assign FPC of the final destination
node in this parameter.

FUSION POINT
CODE (FPC)
1-253

FCCH
0 = The FCH card is not used
1 = The FCH card is used

FCCH USE OR
NOT USE (FCCH)
0/1

USE_GATE
0 = Gateway Function is not used
1 = Gateway Function is used
Note 1

GATEWAY FUNCTION
USE
(USE_GATE)
0/1

P_ROUTE
0 = FCCH
1 = FGH
Note 2

PRIORITY ROUTE
(P_ROUTE)
0/1

1

9
CNT

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

CONNECTION ROUTE
(C_RT)
1-1023

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

FCCH NUMBER/FUSION
POINT CODE NUMBER
(FCHN/FPCN) 1-255/1-253

C_RT
The Connection Route
(B-channel)

FCHN/FPCN
If FCCH = 0 (FCH card is not used.),
assign Fusion Point Code Number of the final
destination node.
If FCCH = 1(FCH card is used),
assign the FCCH number

Note 1: “USE_GATE” data is automatically set and this parameter won’t appear on the MAT display.
Note 2: It depends on the assignment on P_ROUTE parameter, whether the direct connection or FCH connection

routing is selected.
In redundant configuration of internal LAN, #A/#B system changeover is to be activated in case all the
routes, both for direct connection and FCH connection, are unable to communicate.
According to the P_ROUTE assignment, the route is selected in the following order;
When “0=FCCH” is selected,
#A direct connection → FCH #A → #B direct connection → FCH #B
or
#B direct connection → FCH #B → #A direct connection → FCH #A
When “1=FGH” is selected,
FCH #A → #A direct connection → FCH #B → #B direct connection
or
FCH #B → #B direct connection → FCH #A → #A direct connection

CHAPTER 4
Page 876
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AFPC : Assignment of FCCH Routing Data for Local Data Memory

4. Data Sheet
FUSION POINT
CODE (FPC) 1-253

FCCH USE OR
NOT USE (FCCH) 0/1

GATEWAY FUNCTION USE
OR NOT USE (USE_GATE) 0/1

1

2

3

4

PRIORITY ROUTE
(P_ROUTE) 0/1

5

6

7

8

CONNECTION ROUTE
(C_RT) 1-1023
FCCH NUMBER/FUSION
POINT CODE NUMBER
(FCHN/FPCN) 1-255/1-253
FUSION POINT
CODE
(FPC) 1-253

FCCH USE OR
NOT USE
(FCCH) 0/1

GATEWAY FUNCTION USE
OR NOT USE (USE_GATE) 0/1

1

2

3

4

PRIORITY ROUTE
(P_ROUTE) 0/1

5

6

7

8

CONNECTION ROUTE
(C_RT) 1-1023
FCCH NUMBER/FUSION
POINT CODE NUMBER
(FCHN/FPCN) 1-255/1-253
FUSION POINT
CODE (FPC)
1-253

FCCH USE OR
NOT USE (FCCH)
0/1

GATEWAY FUNCTION USE
OR NOT USE (USE_GATE) 0/1

1

2

3

4

PRIORITY ROUTE
(P_ROUTE) 0/1

5

6

7

8

CONNECTION ROUTE
(C_RT) 1-1023
FCCH NUMBER/FUSION
POINT CODE NUMBER
(FCHN/FPCN) 1-255/1-253
FUSION POINT
CODE (FPC)
1-253

FCCH USE OR
NOT USE (FCCH)
0/1

GATEWAY FUNCTION USE
OR NOT USE (USE_GATE) 0/1

1

2

3

4

PRIORITY ROUTE
(P_ROUTE) 0/1

5

6

7

8

CONNECTION ROUTE
(C_RT)
1-1023
FCCH NUMBER/FUSION
POINT CODE NUMBER
(FCHN/FPCN)
1-255/1-253

Note:

“USE_GATE” data is automatically set and this parameter won’t appear on the MAT display.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 877
Issue 1

AETH : Assignment of External Router Connection Routing Data for LDM

AETH: Assignment of External Router Connection Routing Data for LDM
1. General
This command is used to assign/delete routing data in case the data is transferred via external router.
2. Precautions
None.
3. Data Entry Instructions
USE_GATE
0 = Not use the Gateway function
1 = Use the Gateway function
Note
DESTINATION
FPC
(FPC)
1-253

GATEWAY
USING FLAG
(USE_GATE)
0/1

FCHN
Enter the FCH assigned
at AFCH command.
FCCH
NUMBER
(FCHN)
1-255

C_RT
Enter the connection route
number of speech channel.

CONNECTION
ROUTE
(C_RT)
1-1023

DST_IP
Enter the IP address of
FGH/IPTRK mounted on the
destination node.
The data is input in decimal
on MAT display.
Note:

DESTINATION
IP ADDRESS
(DST_IP)

NEXT IP
ADDRESS
(NEXT_IP)

NEXT_IP
Enter the IP address of FGH/IPTRK
mounted on the intermediary node.
The data is input in decimal on MAT
display.

“USE_GATE” data is automatically set and this parameter won’t appear on the MAT screen

CHAPTER 4
Page 878
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AETH : Assignment of External Router Connection Routing Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
DESTINATION
FPC
(FPC)
1-253

GATEWAY
USING FLAG
(USE_GATE)
0/1

FCCH
NUMBER
(FCHN)
1-255

CONNECTION
ROUTE
(C_RT)
1-1023

NDA-24298

DESTINATION
IP ADDRESS
(DST_IP)

NEXT IP
ADDRESS
(NEXT_IP)

CHAPTER 4
Page 879
Issue 1

ACAN : Assignment of CIC Number Between Adjacent Nodes for Local Data Memory

ACAN: Assignment of CIC Number Between Adjacent Nodes for
Local Data Memory
1. General
This command assigns LENS and Fusion Circuit Identification Code (Fusion CIC) numbers on the basis of each
Fusion Point Code (FPC).
2. Precautions
1.

Before executing this command, confirm that the following assignments have already been completed:
(a) LSG: 12 (the ACRD command) is assigned to the B-channel Route to which the Fusion CIC belongs.
(b) The trunk data for the Fusion CIC is assigned using the ACTK command.

3.

2.

The FCIC given to each B-channel should be identical to the originating node and its adjacent node.

3.

The available FCIC (Fusion CIC Number) is 1-4095.

4.

For detailed information, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion Network System Manual.

Data Entry Instructions

FPC
FPC is a unique number
allotted to each node.
Assign FPC of the adjacent node
to this parameter.

FUSION POINT CODE
(FPC)
1-253

FUSION CIC NUMBER
(FCIC)
1-4095

10
10
10

1
2
3

CHAPTER 4
Page 880
Issue 1

C_LENS
LENS of the trunk for B-channel
assigned by the ACTK command

FCIC
Fusion CIC number of
the adjacent node

CONNECTION EQUIPMENT
NUMBER (C_LENS)
0
0
0

0
0
0

NDA-24298

0
0
0

0
0
0

1
1
1

REMARKS
0
1
2

ACAN : Assignment of CIC Number Between Adjacent Nodes for Local Data Memory

4. Data Sheet
FUSION POINT CODE
(FPC)
1-253

FUSION CIC
NUMBER
(FCIC)
1-4095

CONNECTION EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(C_LENS)

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 881
Issue 1

AFRT : Assignment of FCCH Controlled Connection Route Data for Local Data Memory

AFRT: Assignment of FCCH Controlled Connection Route Data for
Local Data Memory
1. General
This command assigns the connection route controlling connection trunks for each FCCH number.
2. Precautions
1.

Before executing this command, confirm that the following assignments have already been completed:
(a) The FCCH number has been assigned by the AFCH command.
(b) The Connection Route data has been assigned by the ACRD command.

2.

The maximum alternative connection routes for one FCHN (FCCH No.) is 8.

3.

For detailed information, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion Network System Manual.

3. Data Entry Instructions

FCHN

C_RT
Connection Route assigned for B-channel
by the ACRD command.

A unique number allocated to
the FCH card at each node

FCCH NUMBER (FCHN)
1-255

CHAPTER 4
Page 882
Issue 1

CONNECTION ROUTE (C_RT) 1-1023
1

2

3

NDA-24298

4

5

6

7

8

AFRT : Assignment of FCCH Controlled Connection Route Data for Local Data Memory

4. Data Sheet
CONNECTION ROUTE
(C_RT)
1-1023

FCCH NUMBER (FCHN)
1-255
1

2

3

NDA-24298

4

5

6

7

8

CHAPTER 4
Page 883
Issue 1

AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM

AGIP: Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM
1. General
This command is used under FGH controlling to assign/delete the IP address allocated to FGH and IP address
of the Router dedicated to FGH.
2. Precautions
1.

Enter the LENS data of FGH/IPTRK card, and the existing data is displayed by clicking “Get” button if
already assigned. If no data has allocated to the input LENS, assign the data like IP address, Net Mask,
etc.

2.

It can’t be executed to modify the existing data by this command. First delete the existing data, then reassign the new data.

3. Data Entry Instructions
(a) When “KIND=FGH” is selected:

LENS
Enter the Line Equipment Number of the
FGH card. The existing data can be read
out by pressing the “Get” button.

CONTTYP
Select either, CLIENT
or SERVER

ARP
Select the Frame type of ARP, when
“Detail” check box is checked.
IEEE
DIX (standard setting)

IP
NET
LINE
VOICE
QSIG-PRIME FRAME
ADDRESS
MASK
EQUIPMENT KIND OF
CHANNEL
TYPE CLIENT/SERVER
LINK
FGH IP
FOR
CONNECTION
OF IP
NUMBER SELECTION ADDRESS
CONTROL
OF
NUMBER
DEFAULT
MAX. NUMBER
(LENS)
TYPE
(LINK_NUM) ARP
(KIND)
(FGH_IP) GATEWAY ADDRESS
(NETMSK) (CONTTYP)
(ARP) (CSLINK_NUM)
0-32
(DG_IP)
MG U G
FGH

KIND
Select “FGH”.

DG_IP
Enter the IP address of the router.
LINK_NUM
0-32 = QSIG Prime Link

CHAPTER 4
Page 884
Issue 1

NDA-24298

CSLINK_NUM
Select the maximum number of
client/server connections.
16 line (default)
4 line
8 line
16 line
24 line
32 line
64 line

AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM

(b) When “KIND=IPTRK (CCIS)” is selected:
LENS
Enter the Line Equipment Number of IPTRK card. The
existing data can be read out by pressing the "Get" button.
QoS CO NTROL
Select the either,
IP Precedence/DiffServ

DG_IP
Enter the IP address of the router.

LINE
EQUIPM ENT
NUMBER
(LENS)
MG

U

KIND OF
SELECTION
(KIND)

IP ADDRESS
OF DEFAULT
GATEW AY
(DG_IP)

IP ADDRESS
OF IPTRK
(IPTRKIP)

NET MASK
OF IP
ADDRESS
(NETM SK)

QoS 1/2
0-7: When IP Precedence is selected.
0x00-0x3F: When DiffServ is selected.

QoS
CONTROL

QoS DATA
FOR SIGNAL
ROUTE
(QoS 1)
0-7/0x00-0x3F

QoS DATA
FOR SPEECH
PATH
(QoS 2)
0-7/0x00-0x3F

G
IPTRK
(CCIS)

KIND
Select "IPTRK (CCIS)".
ARP
Select the Frame type of ARP, when
"Detail" check box is checked.
IEEE
DIX (standard setting)

IRT
Note
Maximum 8 routes can be assigned.
(This parameter appears only when MULT=Point to Multi.)

KIND OF
MULT
CONNECTION
(MULT)
PVC/SVC

IP ADDRESS
OF
DESTINATION
IPTRK
(DSTIP)
1

MULT
Point to Point
Point to Multipoint

NETW ORK
ID
(NETID)
0-15

INCOM ING ROUTE
(IRT)

2

3

4

5

6

DSTIP
Enter the IP address of destination IPTRK.
(This parameter appears only when
MULT=Point to Point .)

NDA-24298

7

FRAME
TYPE OF
ARP
(ARP)

CLIENT/SERVER
CONNECTION
MAX. NUM BER
(CSLINK_NUM)

8

CSLINK_NUM
Select the maximum number of
client/server connections.
16 line
4 line
8 line
16 line (default)
24 line
32 line
64 line

CHAPTER 4
Page 885
Issue 1

AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM

(b) When “KIND=IPTRK (CCIS)” is selected (Continued):
RTP

PKTLOSS

JIT_MAX

JIT_MIN

MNGS

JIT_COUNT

BASE_COUNT

JIT_FAST

RTP
Check the “RTP” check box for detail assignment. (Usually default data “0” is set for all the parameters.)
PKGLOSS:
Amount of Packet Loss [0%-100%]
JIT_MAX:
Maximum Jitter Buffer [0-60 × 10ms]
JIT_MIN:
Minimum Jitter Buffer [0-60 × 10ms]
MNGS:
Interval of Jitter adjustment [0-255 times]
JIT_COUNT:
Interval of Jitter statistics [0-255 second]
BASE_COUNT: Interval of Time-base correction [0-255 second]
JIT_FAST:
Judging rate of fast arrived packet [0-100%]
TIME_FAST:
Time-base correction Judgment [0-100%]

CHAPTER 4
Page 886
Issue 1

NDA-24298

TIME_FAST

AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM

(c) When “KIND=IPTRK (FCCS)” is selected:
LENS
Enter the Line Equipment Number of IPTRK card. The
existing data can be read out by pressing the “Get” button.

KIND
Select “IPTRK (FCCS)”.

QoS CONTROL
Select the either,
IP Precedence/DiffServ

DG_IP
Enter the IP address of the router.

LINE
IP ADDRESS
EQUIPMENT
KIND OF IP ADDRESS OF DEFAULT
NUMBER
SELECTION OF IPTRK
GATEWAY
(LENS)
(KIND)
(IPTRKIP)
(DG_IP)
MG U

NET MASK
OF IP
ADDRESS
(NETMSK)

QoS 1/2
0-7: When IP Precedence is selected.
0x00-0x3F: When DiffServ is selected.

QoS DATA
QoS DATA
FOR SIGNAL FOR SPEECH
QoS
PATH
ROUTE
CONTROL
(QoS 2)
(QoS 1)
0-7/0x00-0x3F 0-7/0x00-0x3F

G
IPTRK
(FCCS)

ARP
Select the Frame type of ARP, when
“Detail” check box is checked.
IEEE
DIX (standard setting)

CSLINK_NUM
Select the maximum number of
client/server connections.
16 line
4 line
8 line
16 line (default)

NETWORK FRAME CLIENT/SERVER
RTP
ID
TYPE OF CONNECTION
MAX. NUMBER
(NETID)
ARP
JIT_ BASE_
TIME_
(CSLINK_NUM) PKTLOSS JIT_MAX JIT_MIN MNGS COUNT COUNT JIT_FAST FAST
0-15
(ARP)

RTP
Check the “RTP” check box for detail assignment. (Usually default data “0” is set for all the parameters.)
PKGLOSS:
Amount of Packet Loss [0%-100%]
0=8% (default)
JIT_MAX:
Maximum Jitter Buffer [0-60 × 10ms]
0=600ms (default)
JIT_MIN:
Minimum Jitter Buffer [0-60 × 10ms]
0=80ms (default)
MNGS:
Interval of Jitter adjustment [0-255 times]
0=5 times (default)
JIT_COUNT:
Interval of Jitter statistics [0-255 second]
0=1 second (default)
BASE_COUNT: Interval of Time-base correction [0-255 second]
0=10 second (default)
JIT_FAST:
Judging rate of fast arrived packet [0-100%]
0=100% (default)
TIME_FAST:
Time-base correction Judgment [0-100%]
0=50% (default)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 887
Issue 1

AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM

(d) When “KIND=IPTRK (H.323)” is selected:
LENS
Enter the Line Equipment Number of IPTRK card. The
existing data can be read out by pressing the “Get” button.

KIND
Select “IPTRK (H.323)”.

LINE
EQUIPMENT
KIND OF
NUMBER
SELECTION
(LENS)
(KIND)
MG

U

QoS CONTROL
Select the either,
IP Precedence/DiffServ
QoS 1/2
0-7: When IP Precedence is selected.
0x00-0x3F: When DiffServ is selected.

DG_IP
Enter the IP address of the router.

SELF IP
ADDRESS
(IPADR)

IP ADDRESS
OF DEFAULT
GATEWAY
(DG_IP)

NET MASK
OF IP
ADDRESS
(NETMSK)

QoS DATA
QoS DATA
FOR
SPEECH
FOR
SIGNAL
QoS
PATH
ROUTE
CONTROL
(QoS 2)
(QoS 1)
0-7/0x00-0x3F 0-7/0x00-0x3F

G
IPTRK
(H.323)
ARP
Select the Frame type of ARP, when
“Detail” check box is checked.
IEEE
DIX (standard setting)

PORT
H.323
IP
NUMBER
OF
SIGNAL ADDRESS
GATE
CONTROL OF GATE
KEEPER
HANDLER KEEPER
(GK_PORT)
(H.323)
(GT_IP)
0-65535

CSLINK_NUM
Select the maximum number of client/server connections.
16 line (default)
4 line
8 line
16 line
24 line
32 line
64 line

H.323 ID
MAX.24 DIGIT [0-9, #, *]

FRAME
NETWORK TYPE CLIENT/SERVER
CONNECTION
ID
OF
MAX. NUMBER
(NETID)
ARP
(CSLINK_NUM)
0-15
(ARP)

RTP PKTLOSS JIT_MAX JIT_MIN MNGS JIT_COUNT BASE_COUNT JIT_FAST TIME_FAST

RTP
Check the “RTP” check box for detail assignment. (Usually default data “0” is set for all the parameters.)
PKGLOSS:
Amount of Packet Loss [0%-100%]
0=8% (default)
JIT_MAX:
Maximum Jitter Buffer [0-60 × 10ms]
0=600ms (default)
JIT_MIN:
Minimum Jitter Buffer [0-60 × 10ms]
0=80ms (default)
MNGS:
Interval of Jitter adjustment [0-255 times]
0=5 times (default)
JIT_COUNT:
Interval of Jitter statistics [0-255 second]
0=1 second (default)
BASE_COUNT: Interval of Time-base correction [0-255 second]
0=10 second (default)
JIT_FAST:
Judging rate of fast arrived packet [0-100%]
0=100% (default)
TIME_FAST:
Time-base correction Judgment [0-100%]
0=50% (default)

CHAPTER 4
Page 888
Issue 1

NDA-24298

IP ADDRESS
OF NTP
SERVER
(NTP_IP)

AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
(a) When “KIND=FGH” is selected:

LINE
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(LENS)
MG

U

G

IP
VOICE
QSIG-PRIME
ADDRESS NET MASK
FRAME CLIENT/SERVER
KIND OF
FGH IP
CHANNEL
LINK
FOR
OF IP
TYPE
CONNECTION
SELECTION ADDRESS
CONTROL
NUMBER
DEFAULT ADDRESS
OF ARP MAX. NUMBER
(KIND)
(FGH_IP)
TYPE
(LINK_NUM)
GATEWAY (NETMSK)
(ARP) (CSLINK_NUM)
(CONTTYP)
0-32
(DG_IP)

FGH

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 889
Issue 1

AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM

(b) When “KIND=IPTRK (CCIS)” is selected:
LINE
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(LENS)
MG

U

IP ADDRESS
KIND OF IP ADDRESS
OF DEFAULT
SELECTION OF IPTRK
GATEWAY
(KIND)
(IPTRKIP)
(DG_IP)

QoS DATA
FOR SIGNAL
QoS
ROUTE
CONTROL
(QoS 1)
0-7/0x00-0x3F

NET MASK
OF IP
ADDRESS
(NETMSK)

G

QoS DATA
FOR SPEECH
PATH
(QoS 2)
0-7/0x00-0x3F

IPTRK
(CCIS)

KIND OF
MULT
CONNECTION
(MULT)
PVC/SVC

CHAPTER 4
Page 890
Issue 1

IP ADDRESS
OF
DESTINATION
IPTRK
(DSTIP)

NETWORK FRAME
ID
TYPE
(NETID)
OF ARP
0-15
(ARP)

INCOMING ROUTE
(IRT)
1

2

3

4

5

6

NDA-24298

7

8

CLIENT/SERVER
CONNECTION
MAX. NUMBER
(CSLINK_NUM)

AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM

(b) When “KIND=IPTRK (CCIS)” is selected (Continued):
RTP

PKTLOSS

JIT_MAX

JIT_MIN

MNGS

JIT_COUNT

NDA-24298

BASE_COUNT

JIT_FAST

TIME_FAST

CHAPTER 4
Page 891
Issue 1

AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM

(c) When “KIND=IPTRK (FCCS)” is selected:
LINE
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(LENS)
MG

U

IP ADDRESS
KIND OF IP ADDRESS
OF DEFAULT
SELECTION OF IPTRK
GATEWAY
(KIND)
(IPTRKIP)
(DG_IP)

NET MASK
OF IP
ADDRESS
(NETMSK)

G

QoS DATA
FOR SIGNAL
QoS
ROUTE
CONTROL
(QoS 1)
0-7/0x00-0x3F

QoS DATA
FOR SPEECH
PATH
(QoS 2)
0-7/0x00-0x3F

IPTRK
(FCCS)

NETWORK FRAME CLIENT/SERVER
RTP
ID
TYPE
CONNECTION
(NETID)
OF ARP MAX. NUMBER
JIT_
BASE_ JIT_FAST TIME_
PKTLOSS JIT_MAX JIT_MIN MNGS
0-15
(ARP) (CSLINK_NUM)
COUNT COUNT
FAST

CHAPTER 4
Page 892
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM

(d) When “KIND=IPTRK (H.323)” is selected:
LINE
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(LENS)
MG

U

IP ADDRESS
KIND OF
SELF
OF DEFAULT
SELECTION IP ADDRESS
GATEWAY
(KIND)
(IPADR)
(DG_IP)

NET MASK
OF IP
ADDRESS
(NETMSK)

G

QoS DATA
FOR SIGNAL
QoS
ROUTE
CONTROL
(QoS 1)
0-7/0x00-0x3F

QoS DATA
FOR SPEECH
PATH
(QoS 2)
0-7/0x00-0x3F

IPTRK
(H.323)

PORT
H.323
IP
NUMBER OF
SIGNAL ADDRESS
GATE
CONTROL OF GATE
KEEPER
HANDLER KEEPER
(GK_PORT)
(H.323)
(GK_IP)
0-65535

H.323 ID
MAX. 24 DIGIT [0-9, #, *]

NDA-24298

NETWORK FRAME CLIENT/SERVER
ID
TYPE
CONNECTION
(NETID) OF ARP MAX. NUMBER
0-15
(ARP) (CSLINK_NUM)

CHAPTER 4
Page 893
Issue 1

AGIP : Assignment of Default Gateway IP Address Data for LDM

(d) When “KIND=IPTRK (H.323)” is selected (Continued):

RTP PKTLOSS JIT_MAX JIT_MIN MNGS JIT_COUNT BASE_COUNT

CHAPTER 4
Page 894
Issue 1

NDA-24298

JIT_FAST TIME_FAST

IP ADDRESS
OF NTP
SERVER
(NTP_IP)

AFIP : Assignment of Fusion over IP Data for LDM

AFIP: Assignment of Fusion over IP Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the Router Access Number for controlling voice channel between PBX and Router.
2. Precautions
1.

At the LENS parameter, the information of DTI card used for voice channel is to be assigned.

2.

LENS of voice channel must be set on condition that data “2 (=Fusion over IP)” is assigned at CDN16
parameter of ACRD command.

3. Data Entry Instructions
FCHNO
Enter the number of FCH.

FCH
NUMBER
(FCHNO)
1-255

LENS
Line Equipment Number of voice channel.

LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER OF
QSIG-PRIME Bch
(LENS)
LV MG U
G LV

LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER OF FGH
(FGHEN)
MG

U

G

FGHEN
Enter the first Line Equipment Number
of the Group that FGH is assigned.

Note:

ROUTER ACCESS NUMBER
(RT_ACC)
Max. 16 digits

RT_ACC
Assign the Router Access Number to be
recognized by the router.

LENS and RT_ACC parameters are to be adjusted to the ports of the Router.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 895
Issue 1

AFIP : Assignment of Fusion over IP Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet

FCH
NUMBER
(FCHN)

LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER OF FGH
(FGHEN)
MG

CHAPTER 4
Page 896
Issue 1

U

G

LV

LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER OF
QSIG-PRIME Bch
(LENS)
MG

U

G

NDA-24298

LV

ROUTER ACCESS NUMBER
(RT_ACC)
Max. 16 digits

ANSDL : Assignment of Number Sharing Data for LDM

ANSDL: Assignment of Number Sharing Data for LDM
1. General
This command assigns and deletes Main Station and Sub Station data for Number Sharing service and Dual
Station Call.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is used for the Local Node.

3. Data Entry Instructions
LM
0 = Number Sharing
1 = Dual Station Call
Note : 1 (Dual Station Call) is
valid since Release 5.

MAIN USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(M-UGN)

MAIN TELEPHONE NUMBER
(M-TELN)
MAX. 16 digits

OD
0 = Only Main Telephone Number is used for SMDR and
MCI Mail Box Numbers.
1 = Both Main Telephone Number and Sub Telephone
Number are used for SMDR, MCI and VPS Mail Box
Numbers.
Note : When this parameter is set to “0”, the mail box for
Sub Station must be deleted.

SUB TELEPHONE NUMBER
(S-TELN)
MAX. 16 digits

SERVICE
SPECIFICATION
(LM)
0/1

SUB USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(S-UGN)

MW
0 = Message Waiting Control for Main and Sub
Telephone Numbers
1 = Message Waiting Control for Main Telephone
Number only

OUTPUT
EXTERNAL
EQUIPMENT
(OD)
0/1

NDA-24298

MESSAGE
WAITING
CONTROL
(MW)
0/1

TELEPHONE
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(INDEX)
1-65535

CHAPTER 4
Page 897
Issue 1

ANSDL : Assignment of Number Sharing Data for LDM

4. Data Sheet
(a) Number Sharing Data Assignment Sheet

MAIN USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(M-UGN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 898
Issue 1

MAIN
TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(M-TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

SERVICE
SPECIFICATION
(LM)
0/1

NDA-24298

SUB USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(S-UGN)

ANSDL : Assignment of Number Sharing Data for LDM

(a) Number Sharing Data Assignment Sheet (Continued)

SUB TELEPHONE
NUMBER
MAX. 16 DIGITS

OUTPUT
EXTERNAL
EQUIPMENT
(OD)
0/1

NDA-24298

MESSAGE
WAITING
CONTROL
(MW)
0/1

TELEPHONE
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(INDEX)
1-65535

CHAPTER 4
Page 899
Issue 1

ANSDN : Assignment of Number Sharing Data for NDM

ANSDN: Assignment of Number Sharing Data for NDM
1. General
This command assigns and deletes Main Station and Sub Station data for Number Sharing service and Dual
Station Call service.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is used for the Network Control Node.

3. Data Entry Instructions
LM
0 = Number Sharing
1 = Dual Station Call
Note : 1 (Dual Station Call) is
valid since Release 5.

MAIN USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(M-UGN)

MAIN TELEPHONE NUMBER
(M-TELN)
MAX. 16 digits

OD
0 = Only Main Telephone Number is used for SMDR and
MCI Mail Box Numbers.
1 = Both Main Telephone Number and Sub Telephone
Number are used for SMDR, MCI and VPS Mail Box
Numbers.
Note : When this parameter is set to “0”, the mail box for
Sub Station must be deleted.

SUB TELEPHONE NUMBER
(S-TELN)
MAX. 16 digits

CHAPTER 4
Page 900
Issue 1

SERVICE
SPECIFICATION
(LM)
0/1

SUB USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(S-UGN)

MW
0 = Message Waiting Control for Main and Sub
Telephone Numbers
1 = Message Waiting Control for Main Telephone
Number only

OUTPUT
EXTERNAL
EQUIPMENT
(OD)
0/1

NDA-24298

MESSAGE
WAITING
CONTROL
(MW)
0/1

TELEPHONE
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(INDEX)
1-65535

ANSDN : Assignment of Number Sharing Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
(a) Number Sharing Data Assignment Sheet

MAIN USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(M-UGN)

MAIN
TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(M-TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

SERVICE
SPECIFICATION
(LM)
0/1

NDA-24298

SUB USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(S-UGN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 901
Issue 1

ANSDN : Assignment of Number Sharing Data for NDM

(a) Number Sharing Data Assignment Sheet (Continued)

SUB TELEPHONE
NUMBER
MAX. 16 DIGITS

CHAPTER 4
Page 902
Issue 1

OUTPUT
EXTERNAL
EQUIPMENT
(OD)
0/1

NDA-24298

MESSAGE
WAITING
CONTROL
(MW)
0/1

TELEPHONE
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(INDEX)
1-65535

AUIDN : Assignment of User ID data for NDM

AUIDN: Assignment of User ID data for NDM
1. General
This command is used to assign the User ID data such as user name and password for the purpose of logging in
to PBX by the MAT. Also, a remote LN is allowed to access to the NCN via the User ID data programmed in
AUIDN. Once programming the User ID data, User ID data entry is necessary to login from the next time.
2. Precautions
1.

Prior to this command, NDM block is assigned at SYS1, INDEX514 in ASYDL.

2.

ASCII code is available for “User Name”.

3.

In case the login information is assigned in NDM data, the data is valid in the whole Fusion network. Data
assignment/deletion is activated only in the NCN (Network Control Node).

4.

In Fusion Network system, User ID in both LDM and NDM data is available. When the same User ID
duplicates in LDM and NDM, only the login information in the NDM data is to be effective.

5.

When assigning login information to NDM data, all the User ID in the NCN and LNs is to be checked. If
the specified User ID duplicates to the existing one, error message is indicated. If you want to use this
User ID in NDM data, it must be deleted from LDM data beforehand.

6.

A maximum of 2,047 User ID data can be assigned in NDM data per a Fusion Network. In case login
information for both LDM and NDM is assigned by AUIDL and AUIDN command, maximum 2174 User
ID data (127 User IDs in LDM + 2047 User IDs in NDM) can be assigned per a Node.

3. Data Entry Instructions
USER NAME
Assign the user name via
16 bytes ASCII codes

USER NAME
MAX. 16 DIGITS

YEAR, MONTH, DAY
Enter the date when assigned the data

GRADE
Not used.

PASSWORD
MAX. 8 DIGITS

GRADE

YEAR

MONTH

DAY

0

PASSWORD
Enter the password two times for sure in the MAT display.
” on the MAT.
The assigned password is displayed as “

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 903
Issue 1

ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory

ASYDN: Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory
1. General
This command specifies the system data for the Fusion network.
2. Precautions
1.

The data assigned by this command determines the service condition that affects the other nodes in the
Fusion network.

2.

Data for ASYDN assigned at Network Control Node (NCN) has priority over data for ASYDL assigned at
the Local Node (LN) in the Fusion network.

3.

The ASYDN command consists of SYS1, INDEX 0 - 1535.

4.

For detailed information, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion System Manual.

CHAPTER 4
Page 904
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory

3. Data Entry Instructions

MDATA
The MDATA parameter designates whether your input data in the parameter DATA is valid or not in the Fusion
network. Each bit of MDATA is determined as “1” for valid, “0” for invalid. Then, convert it to Hex. to enter the
data in the parameter MDATA.
BIT

b7

b6

b5

b4

b3

b2

b1

b0

DATA

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

Hex

BIT

b7

b6

b5

b4

b3

b2

b1

b0

DATA

1

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

(MDATA)

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

1

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0-1535

DATA
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

DATA
0/1

BIT

0
0
0
0

b0
b1
b2
b3

Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used

1

b4

One digit dialing (DP Tel)
0/1 = Out of service/In service

0
0

b5
b6

Not used
Not used

0

b7

Warning Tone for Executive Right of way
0/1 = Required/Not required

10

90

Convert from Binary to
Hexadecimal, and enter
the Hex. value in the
parameter DATA.

BIT

b7

b6

b5

b4

b3

b2

b1

b0

DATA

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

Hex

(MDATA)
00-FF
(Hex)

DATA

BIT
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7

0

9

BIT CORRESPONDING
DATA

DATA
(DATA)
00-FF
(Hex)

70

0

1

EX. When “10 Hex.” is entered in
the parameter DATA and “90
Hex.” is entered in the parameter
MDATA, both bit4 data and bit7
data affect the Fusion network.
(Both “One digit dialing” service
and “Warning tone” service are
valid in the Fusion network..

1

0

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 905
Issue 1

ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

0

00

Not used

~

~

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 -1535

~

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

3

00

Not used

DATA
0/1

0

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Control of ORT all Busy Status
0/1 = ROT/Wait for Off-hook Queue

b1

Not used

b2

b3

Releasing Method for Station-to-Station Calling Service
0 0 = Calling Party release
0 1 = Called Party release
1 0 = First Party release
1 1 = Both Party release
Normally assign “First Party release”
Temporary Class Conversion and OAI Free Location
Memory
0/1 = Not Required/Required

1

Note:
b4

4

b5

When setting outgoing restriction and toll restriction in the CCIS using the caller’s RSC transferred
by a call origination from the preceding office, data
value “1” is assigned. That destination restriction
and number restriction cannot be done using RSC.
This data is assigned “1” when the Authorization
Code, Call Waiting-Terminating, or EROW service
is provided.

PAD Control of 16LC circuit card (for Station-to-Station
Calling only)
0/1: Required/Not Required

b6

One Burst of Ringing On Call Forwarding (C.F.) phone when
C.F. – All Calls service has been assigned (analog phones
only).
0/1 = Not Required/Required

0

CHAPTER 4
Page 906
Issue 1

b7

Not used

NDA-24298

(MDATA)

ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 -1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

(MDATA)

BIT

Access Code for C.F.-Busy Line and C.F.-Don’t Answer
Services
b0

0/1 = Same/Separate
Note:

b1
b2

If “0” is assigned, assign either SID: 10 or 12 in
the ASPA command.

Maximum number of Multiple Call Forwarding - All Calls/
Busy Line
occurrences:

b3 b2 b1

5

b3

0
0
0
0

0
0
1
1

0
1
0
1

Note:

b3 b2 b1
:
:
:
:

once
twice
three times

1
1
1
1

0
0
1
1

0
1
0
1

:
:
:
:

four times
five times

This data is valid when SYS-1, INDEX 69, bit7 is
assigned as “1.”

b4
b5

Call Back - Delay Timer
Miscellaneous Timer Counter Timer Value Setting is MTC
× 2 sec.
(MTC)

b6

(0 - 7)

1

When this data is “000,”
Timer Value is 2 sec.

Call Back - Delay Timer

b7
0/1 = Ineffective/Effective
6

00

Not used

7

00

Not used

8

Number of Tenants

9

Number of Attendant Consoles
1IMG: 1~16 (01Hex~10Hex)
4IMG: 1~32 (01Hex~20Hex)
IPX-U (16IMG): 1~60 (01Hex~3C Hex)

10

00

Not used

~

~

~

Note:

15

00

Not used

When the attendant console/desk console is not
used, assign “00H” here.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 907
Issue 1

ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 -1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

1 - digits Station Number

b0
0/1 = Out/In Service
2 - digits Station Number

b1
0/1 = Out/In Service
3 - digits Station Number

b2
0/1 = Out/In Service
4 - digits Station Number

16

b3
0/1 = Out/In Service
5 - digits Station Number

b4
0/1 = Out/In Service
6 - digits Station Number

b5
0/1 = Out/In Service
1

0
0

b6
b7

b0

Not used
This bit (data “1”) allows single line stations to switch hook
flash and dial an access code while hearing RBT, to place a
voice call to a Dterm or activate the Dterm’s Message Reminder
Key.
0/1 = Out/In Service

b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7

17

CHAPTER 4
Page 908
Issue 1

Not used

18

00

Not used

19

00

Not used

NDA-24298

(MDATA)

ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 -1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA
0/1

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

(MDATA)

BIT

b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6

20

Not used

Billing Party for a call transferred by Call Forwarding Outside Service
Note:

b7

When “1’ has been assigned to b7, the Station
Number A (Called Party), as shown in the figure
below, is provided to the SMDS equipment.

0 = The Billing Party is the originator of the transferred call.
1 = The Billing Party is the station that has set Call
Forwarding - Outside service.

STN A

Outside Party

*STN A has set Call

STN B

Forwarding-Outside service.
TRK A
STN A

Calling Party

Outside Party

Note 1: Index 20 Bit 7 = 0

Station B or RT + TRK of Calling Party is provided as originator of call on SMDR output.

Note 2: b7 = 1

Station A is output as the originator in both cases.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 909
Issue 1

ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

21

00

Not used

22

00

Not used

23

00

Not used

24

00

Not used

25

00

Not used

26

00

Not used

1

27

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA 0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

Not used

Immediate Ring Back Tone Sending:
0/1 = Not Required/Required
28

CHAPTER 4
Page 910
Issue 1

00

Not used

NDA-24298

(MDATA)

ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

29~32

00

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA 0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

(MDATA)

BIT

Not used
0

b0

0

b1

0

b2
b3

b4

33

Not used
Telephone Subject to Total Billing (when b6 = 1)
b4 b3
0 0 = Telephone that called first.
0 1 = Telephone that called last.
1 0 = First telephone after the call has been handled by
ATT.
1 1 = Last telephone after the call has been handled by
ATT.
Billing for Transferred Incoming Call

b5

01/ = Split/Total Billing
Note:

1

Total Billing means “telephone that called last.”

Billing for Transferred Outgoing Call
b6

0/1 = Split/Total Billing
Note:

b7
34~40

00

Total Billing means “telephone that called last.”

Not used
Not used
OG Queuing Override - DDD Seizing Timer (for Fusion Service)
Timer Counter (TC) is to be assigned a value from 01 Hex to
7F Hex.

b0~b6

41

Timer Value Setting is (TC) × 30 sec.

Note:
0

b7

When this data (TC) is 00 Hex, default data of 3
minutes is set.

Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 911
Issue 1

ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA 0/1

42

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

BIT

b0

Not used

b1

Not used

b2

Not used

b3

Not used

b4

Not used

b5

Not used

b6

Not used
SST, SPDT Tone

b7
43

00

Not used

~

~

~

0/1 = Continuous/Burst

46

00

Not used
b0
0

47
1

b1~b6
b7

48-58

59

Traffic Measurement Indication
0/1 = CCS Indication/Erlang Indication
Not used
Traffic Measurement for Terminal and Route Traffic
(ATRFN)
0/1 = Out/In service
Not used

00
0

b0

Not used

0

b1

Not used

b2

DID Busy Condition
0/1 - Not Tone/ROT

0

b3

Not used

0

b4

Not used

0

b5

Not used

0

b6

Not used

0

b7

Not used

0

b0~b2

Not used
UCD Queuing - Fusion

b3

60

0/1 = Available/Unavailable
0

CHAPTER 4
Page 912
Issue 1

b4~b7

Not used

NDA-24298

(MDATA)

ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

61-64

00

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA 0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

(MDATA)

BIT

Not used
Maximum Number of Routes

65
1-255 = 01FF Hex.
66

00

Not used

67

00

Not used
Operating method for busy station service (Call Back,
Executive Right of Way, etc.)
b0

0/1 = SHF × Access Code/SHF × Access Code and Last Digit
× Access Code

0

b1

Not used

0

b2

Not used

68
b3

OG Trunk Queuing (On-Hook) Automatic Cancel (for Fusion
Service)
0/1 = Out/In Service

1

0

b4

Not used

0

b5

Not used

0

b6

Not used

0

b7

Not used

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

0

b4

Not used

Hunting Group when transferred party is busy (Station
Hunting after C.F. - Busy Line) (for Fusion Service)

69

b5
0 = Hunt in Transferring Party’s Group
1 = Hunt in Transferred Party’s Group
0

b6
b7

Not used
Multiple Call Forwarding - Busy Line/All Calls (for Fusion
Service)
0/1 = Out/In Service

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 913
Issue 1

ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA 0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

0

b2

0

b3

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

Not used

One digit dialing instead of SHF (DP TEL only)
b4
0/1 = Not Required/Required
0

70

b5
b6

Not used
Announcement Trunks used for Delay Announcement - UCD
service (for Fusion Service)
0/1 = Common/Per UCD group

b7

Send Warning Tone to interrupted parties when Executive
Right of Way service is in operation
0/1 = Required/Not Required

1

b0
b1
b2
b3
71

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

Call Back Automatic Cancel Timer
Value = TX (× 1H to XFH) × MTC (3.5 minutes)
This Timer can be assigned a value from 3.6 minutes to 52.5
minutes.
Not used
Enable Call Back Automatic Cancel Timer

b7
0/1 = No/Yes

CHAPTER 4
Page 914
Issue 1

72

00

Not used

73

00

Not used

74

00

Not used

75

00

Not used

76

00

Not used

NDA-24298

(MDATA)

ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA 0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

(MDATA)

Not used
MW Refresh

b2

0/1 = Required/Not Required
Note:

77
0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

1

b0

When message Waiting Lamp is provided, this data
should be assigned “0.”

Not used

Calling and Intermediate Station Number indication (Dterm
and ATTCON)
0/1 = Out/In Service (Always assign “1.”)
Kind of Service Class indication (D term )

1

1

b1
0/1 = Out/In Service (Always assign “1.”)

78

1

b2

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

0

b0

0

b1

Not used

Not used
Split Call Forwarding Service

b2
0/1 = In/Out Service
79

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

Not used

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 915
Issue 1

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

80

00

Not used

~

~

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

~

ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory

90

00

Not used

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA 0/1

BIT

0

b0

0

b1
b2

b3

91

92~158

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

0

b7

00

Not used
Grades of System Message that can be registered:
b3 b2
0 0 = Register All System Message Data
0 1 = Register System Message Data higher than grade
1 (SUP, MN, MJ)
1 0 = Register System Message Data higher than grade
2 (MN, MJ)
1 1 = Register System Message Data higher than grade
3 (MJ)

Not used

Not used

1
b0~b6

OG Trunk Queuing Automatic
Cancel Timer (for Fusion Service):
Miscellaneous Timer Counter
(MTC) is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to 7F Hex
(0~127).

159

b7

Not used

The duration before the OG
Queuing memory becomes
cleared if no trunks become
idle. Timer Value Setting is
MTC × 30 sec.
Note:

When this data is
00 Hex, default
data is
automatically set
to 30 min.

This timer is effective when
ASYDN, SYS1, INDEX 68,
b3 = “1.”
160

Not used

00
b0~b5

Not used
Timing Start using “#” code

b6
0/1 = Ineffective/Effective

161

Timing Start using “*”
b7
0/1 = Ineffective/Effective

CHAPTER 4
Page 916
Issue 1

NDA-24298

(MDATA)

ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA 0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

(MDATA)

BIT

162-169

Not used
b0~b3

Not used
Timing Start

b4

170

0/1 = Not Required/Required
b5~b7
171-303

Not used
Not used
Individual Speed Calling Data Save

b0

0/1 = Out/In Service
(This data is valid when SYS1, INDEX 90, b1 = 1)
Call Forwarding Data Save

b1
b2

304

0/1 = Out/In Service
(This data is valid when SYS1, INDEX 90, b1 = 1)
Not used
Name Display Data Save

b3
1

0/1 = Out/In Service
(This data is valid when SYS1, INDEX 90, b1 = 1)

b4
b5
b6

Not used

305

00

Not used

~

~

~

b7

320

00

Not used
0

b0

0

b1

Not used
Termination on My Line

b2
0/1 = Not Restricted/Restricted
321

0

b3

0

b4

0

b5

0

b6

Not used

Voice Call Chime
b7
0/1 = 4/1 Chime

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 917
Issue 1

ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

322

00

Not used

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA

~

BIT

~

DATA 0/1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

~

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

511

00

Not used

512

00

Not used

513

00

Not used
b0
b1
b2

Local Data Memory (LDM) usage. Assign data “1” (the
memory block is used) for the corresponding memory block.
Note:

b3
b4
b5
514

01

Necessary data for the programming
commands for NDM. When the Network Data
Memory is not enough, change the value from
03H → 07H → 0FH → 1FH. Usually 01H is
assigned.

b6
bit

1
b7

515-532

Memory Block

b0

Memory Block #0

b1

Memory Block #1

b2

Memory Block #2

b3

Memory Block #3

b4

Memory Block #4

Not used
FPC that accommodates center VND (1~253)

533
Note:
534-582

Not used.
b0~b6

583

584-799

CHAPTER 4
Page 918
Issue 1

Assign the FPC of ACDP accommodated node.

b7

Not used.
Node that collects the billing of SMDR activated in a Fusion
network.
0 = the node accommodating the calling party
1 = the node accommodating the outgoing trunk or the node
accommodating the called party
Not used.

NDA-24298

(MDATA)

ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

1

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

(MDATA)

DATA 0/1

BIT

0

b0

ALGNN/ALGSN command tenant UGN (User Group Number) table development of Network Data Memory (NDM)
0/1 = Separate/Common

b1

ASPAN command tenant table development of Network Data
Memory (NDM)
0/1 = Separate/Common

b2

ANPDN command tenant table development of Network
Data Memory (NDM)
0/1 = Separate/Common

b3

APCNN command tenant data table development of Network
Data Memory (NDM)
0/1 = Separate/Common

b4

AFRSN, ASTPN command tenant table development of Network Data Memory (NDM)
0/1 = Separate/Common

b5

ASTPN command tenant data table development of Network
Data Memory (NDM)
0/1 = Separate/Common

b6

ARSCN command tenant data table development of Network
Data Memory (NDM)
0/1 = Separate/Common

b7

AAEDN command tenant data table development of Network
Data Memory (NDM)
0/1 = Separate/Common

800

801-803

Not used

Example: When a call terminates on a Dterm from station number 5000/Telephone number 123456789, the Dterm

displays as follows depending on the data settings.
123456789
ASYDN SYS1, INDEX641, bit0=1
ASYDN SYS1, INDEX672, bit0=0
8 digits long maximum when telephone
number is displayed on top line.

11:20

AM

WED

MIC

DND

>>>

MIC

DND

>>>

16

APR

97

123456789
ASYDN SYS1, INDEX672, bit0=1

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 919
Issue 1

ASYDN : Assignment of System Data in Network Data Memory

SYSTEM
DATA
TYPE
(SYS)

SYSTEM
DATA
INDEX
(INDEX)
0 – 1535

DATA
(DATA)
00 – FF
(Hex)

BIT
CORRESPONDING
DATA
DATA 0/1

BIT

0

b0~b2
b3

804

b4~b7
805-863

(MDATA)

Not used.
The number of digit for Internal Zone Paging group ID
0/1 = 2 digits/3 digits
Not used.
Not used.

0

b0~b2
b3

864

1

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

0

b4~b7

Not used.
Multiple ACDP
0/1 = Out of service/In service
Not used.
Not used.

865-869
b0

870
0
871-1535

b1~b7

FLF Fusion Service
0/1 = Invalid/Valid
Not used.
Not used.

Example: When a call terminates on a Dterm from station number 5000/Telephone number 123456789, the Dterm

displays as follows depending on the data settings:

ASYDN SYS1, INDEX641, bit0=1
ASYDN SYS1, INDEX672, bit0=0
8 digits long maximum when telephone
number is displayed on top line.

123456789
11:20

AM

WED

MIC

DND

>>>

MIC

DND

>>>

16

APR

97

123456789
ASYDN SYS1, INDEX672, bit0=1

CHAPTER 4
Page 920
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AFMU : Assignment of FPC, MG and UNIT for Network Data Memory

AFMU: Assignment of FPC, MG and UNIT for Network Data Memory
1. General
This command allocates the Network ID (NID) that is the unique location number in the Fusion Network.
2. Precautions
1.

NID allocation is required for the Fusion network only.

2.

For detailed information, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion Network System Manual.

3. Data Entry Instructions
FPC
FPC is the unique number allocated to each node.
Assign FPC of all nodes in the Fusion network.

FUSION POINT CODE (FPC)
1-253

MG
Assign MG No. of the node respectively.

MODULE GROUP NUMBER (MG)
0-7

UNIT NUMBER (U) 0-3

U
Assign Unit No. of the node respectively.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 921
Issue 1

AFMU : Assignment of FPC, MG and UNIT for Network Data Memory

4. Data Sheet
FUSION POINT CODE
(FPC)
1-253

CHAPTER 4
Page 922
Issue 1

MODULE GROUP NUMBER
(MG)
0-7

NDA-24298

UNIT NUMBER
(U)
0-3

REMARKS

ALRTN : Assignment of Logical Route for Network Data Memory

ALRTN: Assignment of Logical Route for Network Data Memory
1. General
This command allocates the Logical Route Number that is the unique number of the external trunk route in the
Fusion network.
2. Precautions
1.

Logical Route Number allocation is required for the Fusion network only.

2.

When assigning the data by this command, the Route Class Data (ARTD) and Trunk Application Data
(ARTI) for Physical Route are also allocated to Logical Route Data (ARTDN/ARTIN) on the same
condition.

3.

For detailed information, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion Network System Manual.

3. Data Entry Instructions

LGRT
LGRT is the unique number allocated
to each external trunk route in the Fusion
network.

LOGICAL ROUTE
NUMBER (LGRT)
1-899

FUSION POINT
CODE (FPC)
1-253

FPC
Assign FPC of each node to
which the external trunk route
belongs.

EXTERNAL ROUTE
NUMBER (RT)
1-255

REMARKS

RT
Assign all external routes including
dummy routes in the Fusion network.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 923
Issue 1

ALRTN : Assignment of Logical Route for Network Data Memory

4. Data Sheet
LOGICAL ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)
1-899

CHAPTER 4
Page 924
Issue 1

FUSION POINT
CODE
(FPC)
1-253

EXTERNAL
ROUTE NUMBER
(RT)
1-255

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ANPDN : Assignment of Numbering Plan Data for Network Data Memory

ANPDN: Assignment of Numbering Plan Data for Network Data Memory
1. General
This command assigns the minimum number of digits needed to determine the service (Telephone Number) that
is required by the first digit received (pre-translation). The data assigned with this command is written in the
Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node
(LN).
2. Precautions
1.

This command is used for the Business Application.

2.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYDN command, SYS 1, INDEX 8.
If the numbering plan is common for all tenants (ASYDN, SYS1, INDEX 800, bit2=1), assign TN
parameter as “1” for all tenants.

3.

The system data assignment (ASYDN, SYS 1, INDEX 514, bit1=1) is needed to provide the Network
Data Memory (NDM).

4.

For detailed information, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion Network System Manual.

3. Data Entry Instructions

NND

1st DC
The first digit of access code for Telephone
Number. (0-9,*, #)

TENANT
1st DIGIT CODE
NUMBER
(1st DC)
(TN)

The first digits analyzed, prior to the ASPAN command to assign a different
number of digits for this, assign the minimum number of digits in this parameter.

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
N/H/B

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND)
MAXIMUM 6
DIGITS

BUSY LAMP FIELD
DISPLAY ACTIVATED
ON
A ATT
(BLF)
0/1
0

CI

BLF

The status of the 1st DC dialed
N = Normal (Idle)
H = Hooking
B = Busy

Not used (Fixed to 0)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 925
Issue 1

ANPDN : Assignment of Numbering Plan Data for Network Data Memory

4. Data Sheet
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

*

#

CHAPTER 4
Page 926
Issue 1

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
N/H/B

1st DIGIT
(1st DC)

N
H
B
N
H
B
N
H
B
N
H
B
N
H
B
N
H
B
N
H
B
N
H
B
N
H
B
N
H
B
N
H
B
N
H
B

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY DIGITS
(NND)

Normal
Hooking
Busy
Normal
Hooking
Busy
Normal
Hooking
Busy
Normal
Hooking
Busy
Normal
Hooking
Busy
Normal
Hooking
Busy
Normal
Hooking
Busy
Normal
Hooking
Busy
Normal
Hooking
Busy
Normal
Hooking
Busy
Normal
Hooking
Busy
Normal
Hooking
Busy

NDA-24298

BUSY LAMP
FIELD

REMARKS

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

ASPAN: Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the numbering plan data of the Network Control Node (NCN). The data assigned by this
command is written in the Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the
NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

This command is used for the Business/Hotel (for Admin. station only) Application.

2.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYDN command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. If
the numbering plan is common for all tenants (ASYDN, SYS1, INDEX 800, bit1 = 1), assign TN
parameter as “1” for all tenants.

3.

For detailed information, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion Network System Manual.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 927
Issue 1

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

3. Data Entry Instructions
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE CONNECTION STATUS
(ACC)
INDEX
MAX. 6 DIGITS
(CI) N/H/B

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SRV
ACC
Access code (Max. 6 digits)
CI
N = Normal service
H = Hooking service
B = Busy service

SSC = Service code
OGC = Outgoing call
LCR = Least cost routing
ANNC = Announcement Service
PAGC = Paging Cancel
TELN = Telephone Number

SSCA = Service code appendix
OGCA = Outgoing call with route advance
LCRS = Register sender LCR
ANNCM = Announcement Service (Multiple Announcement)
PAGA = Paging Answer

NND1
NND1 appears when SID=15. The number of ADC
(Abbreviation Digit Code) digits should be assigned
in NND1.
When SRV= SSC (Service code) -SID2/37/38/39 is assigned
SERVICE INDEX
(SID) 1-63

FUSION POINT CODE
(FPC)

NECESSARY DIGIT
(NND)

NECESSARY DIGIT FOR
SPEED CALLING (NND1) 1-24

SID
See Table 4-23
FPC
FPC appears when the following SID is entered.
SID
2 (Dial Access to Attendant:
Operator Call)
37 Priority Call 1
38 Priority Call 2
39 Priority Call 3

CHAPTER 4
Page 928
Issue 1

Number of FPC
1-253
1-253
1-253
1-253

NND
NND appears when the following SID is entered.
NND data is variable depending on SID
SID
15 (Speed Calling-System;
Access)
41 (Account Code Dial)
42 (Authorization Code/Forced
Account Code/Pad Lock)
60 (Attendant Manual Override)
63 (Call Park ; Retrieve)

NDA-24298

Number of digits for NND
Access Code (1-24)
Access Code+Account
Code (1-15)
Access Code+Auth. Code
(1-15)
Access Code (1-5)
Access Code (1-3)

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

Table 4-30 SID (ASPAN)
SID

SERVICE NAME

SID

SERVICE NAME

1

Call Hold

2

Dial Access to Attendant (Operator Call)

35*

Call Pickup - Direct

3

Call Back; Entry/
Camp on By Station

36

Hotel Service

4

Executive Right of Way

37*

Priority Call 1

5

Call Waiting - Originating

38*

Priority Call 2

6

Call Back; Cancel

39*

Priority Call 3

7

Call Pickup - Group

40

-

8*

Call Forwarding - All Calls/Split Call Forwarding
- All Calls (for trunk); Entry
Note 1

41*

Account Code Dial

9

Call Forwarding - All Calls/Split Call Forwarding
- All Calls (for trunk); Cancel
Note 1

42*

Authorization Code/Forced Account Code/Pad
Lock; Set

10*

Call Forwarding - Busy Line/Split Call Forwarding - Busy Line (for trunk); Entry
Note 1

43

Flash Signal Sending to Main office across
CAS line

11

Call Forwarding - Busy Line/Split Call Forwarding - Busy Line (for trunk); Cancel
Note 1

44

Last Number Call

12*

Call Forwarding - Don’t Answer/Split Call Forwarding - Don’t Answer (for trunk); Entry
Note 1

45

-

13

Call Forwarding - Don’t Answer/Split Call Forwarding - Don’t Answer (for trunk);
Cancel
Note 1

46

Faulty Trunk Report

14*

Speed Calling - Station; Entry

47

-

15*

Speed Calling - System; Access

48

Timed Reminder/Automatic Wake-up; Entry

16

Trunk Answer from Any Station (TAS)

49

Timed Reminder/Automatic Wake-up; Cancel

17*

Individual trunk access

18

-

56

Floor Service

Note 4

19

Out Going Trunk Queuing; Entry

57

Split Access (Same Number Access)

Note 5

20

Out Going Trunk Queuing; Cancel

21*

Speed Calling - Station, Group; Access

60*

Attendant Manual Override

-

61

Call Park; Entry

28

Call Forwarding I’m here; Set

62

Call Park; Local Retrieve

29

Call Forwarding I’m here; Cancel

63*

Call Park; Remote Retrieve

22-27

30-34 -

Note 3

50-55 -

58, 59 -

Note 1: When Split Call Forwarding is in service (the command ASYDN, SYS1, INDEX79, bit2 = 1), this access

code is used for Split Call Forwarding service. The access codes for Call Forwarding service are specified
by SRV = 3 (SSCA), SIDA 86-89.
Note 2: The access code for the services marked * on Table 4-23 must be assigned with the same number of digit,

if the access code begins using the same number. It is not available to assign different number of digit for
the access codes (i.e. access code "100" and "10" cannot coexist) in these services.
NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 929
Issue 1

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

Note 3: When SRV = SSC (Service code), SID36 (Hotel Service) is assigned
STATE
(Hotel Service Code)

SERVICE INDEX
(SID) 1-63
36

STATE

1
2
3
4
5-8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21-24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56-62
63

To be cleaned without ID code
Cleaning Completed without ID code
Ready for Occupancy without ID code
Use Not Allowed without ID code
Maid Dial Answer Back without ID code-1
Maid Dial Answer Back without ID code-2
Maid Dial Answer Back without ID code-3
Maid Dial Answer Back without ID code-4
Maid Dial Answer Back without ID code-5
Maid Dial Answer Back without ID code-6
Maid Dial Answer Back without ID code-7
To be cleaned with ID code
Cleaning Completed with ID code
Ready for Occupancy with ID code
Use Not Allowed with ID code
Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code-1
Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code-2
Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code-3
Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code-4
Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code-5
Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code-6
Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code-7
Automatic Wake Up Setting, Cancel; Same Special code
For Guest Station Secretary Telephone; Boss/Secretary Calling
Boss/Secretary Busy out; Set
Boss/Secretary Busy out; Cancel
Automatic Wake-Up-Hotel Attendant Assistance Stop
Automatic Wake-Up-Hotel Attendant Assistance Stop Cancel
Alert Service Start (Hotel ATT)
Alert Service Stop (Hotel ATT)
Guest Service Telephone Screen Initialized
Guest Service Telephone Guest Room Information Retrieval
Direct Data Entry-Station (via Guest Station)
Alert Service Start (Special Admin. Station)
Alert Service Stop (Special Admin. Station)
2nd Wake-Up Call (Automatic) Set
2nd Wake-Up Call (Semi-Automatic) Set
2nd Wake-Up Call Cancel
Same Special Code Time Zone Connection Change
Same Special Code Time Zone Connection Change
Same Special Code Time Zone Connection Change
Same Special Code Time Zone Connection Change
Same Special Code Time Zone Connection Change
Dummy Number

Note: STATE=1-15 are used at the time of Maid ID Code Service is not provided;
(ASYD SYS1 INDEX 164, bit3=0)
STATE=17-31 are used at the time of Maid ID Code Service is provided;
(ASYD SYS1 INDEX 164, bit3=1)

For more information about Hotel Service, refer to AASP command.
CHAPTER 4
Page 930
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

Note 4: When SRV = SSC (Service code), SID 56 (Floor Service) is assigned

SERVICE INDEX
(SID) 1-63
56

NO.1

NO.1
(Kind of Assignment Number)
Available numbers are 0-15.
This data is used to assign Floor Service data by the ASPF
command.
Note: When programming Floor Service data, ASYD SYS1
INDEX 165, bit7=1 must have been assigned.

Note 5: When SRV = SSC (Service code), SID 57 (Split Access) is assigned

SERVICE INDEX
(SID) 1-63
57

KIND

NO.2

NO.2
This parameter specifies the number (0-63) of the
access code being assigned for mutual access.
This parameter serves as a counter for the access
codes being assigned.
Note: This parameter is used when assigning the
details of the service by the ASPS command.

KIND: (0-3)
This parameter specifies the Split Access Parameter Classification. The data to
be assigned here depends on how the Guest and Administration stations are
differentiated.
The Guest and Administration stations may be assigned to separate TNs, RSCs,
and/or SFCs, or they may only be differentiated by their respective designations
as Administration or Guest.
0: Administration/Guest
(Assign this if the access code is to be shared between Guest
and Administration with no correspondence to TN, RSC or SFC.)
1: TN
(Assign this if the access code is to be shared among specified TNs)
2: RSC
(Assign this if the access code is to be shared among specified RSCs)
3: SFC
(Assign this if the access code is to be shared among specified SFCs)

For more information about Hotel Service, refer to AASP command.
NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 931
Issue 1

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

When SRV=SSCA (Service code appendix) is assigned:
NND
NND appears when SIDA = 97 (Call Hold Conference).
The number of digits for an access code should be assigned in NND.

NECESSARY DIGIT (NND) 1-6

SERVICE INDEX A (SIDA) 1-255

Table 4-31 SIDA (ASPAN)
SIDA
1-40
41
42
43-45
46
47
48
49
50*
51*
52
53
54*
55*
56
57-62
63
64-65
66
67
68*

SERVICE NAME
Voice Call
Message Reminder (Dterm)
Line Load Control from ATTCON; Entry
Line Load Control from ATTCON; Cancel
Data Privacy on Demand; Entry
Note 2
Data Privacy on Demand; Cancel
UCD Busy out; Entry
UCD Busy out; Cancel
Boss Secretary Override
Message Waiting Lamp Setting from ATTCON;
Set
Message Waiting Lamp Setting from ATTCON;
Cancel
Guest/Admin. Service
Call Pickup Expand
Digital Announcement Card Multi-channel Recording; Record
Digital Announcement Card Multi-channel Recording Retrieve

SIDA
69-84
85*
86*
87*
88*
89
90
91
92-96
97*
98
99-105
106
107
108

SERVICE NAME
Pad Lock; Cancel
Call Forwarding-All Calls; Entry
Call Forwarding-Busy Line; Entry
Call Forwarding-Don’t Answer; Entry
Call Forwarding-All Calls; Cancel
Call Forwarding-Busy Line; Cancel
Call Forwarding-Don’t Answer; Cancel
Call Hold conference
Internal Zone Paging; Originate
Call Return
-

Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1

Number Sharing; Entry

109
110

Number Sharing; Cancel
Call Block (restricts the last calling party’s num111
ber); Entry
112
Call Block (restricts the dialed number); Entry
113
Call Block; Cancel
114-115 116
Call Trace
117-255 Not used.

Note 1: This data is valid for Call Forwarding service when Split Call Forwarding is in service. (The command

ASYDN, SYS 1, INDEX 79, bit2=1.)
Note 2: This data can be set when CI=N (Normal).
Note 3: The access code for the services marked * on Table 4-24 must be assigned with the same number of digit,
if the access code begins using the same number. It is not available to assign different number of digit for
the access codes (i.e. access code "100" and "10" cannot coexist) in these services.
CHAPTER 4
Page 932
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

When SRV=OGC (Outgoing call) is assigned
LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER
(LGRT)

When SRV = OGCA (Outgoing call with route advance) is assigned
CNT (1-15) LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT)
1
2
3

CNT
CNT is the route advance order.

When SRV = LCR (Least cost routing) is assigned
When SRV = LCRS (Register sender LCR) is assigned
LOGICAL ROUTE
NUMBER (LGRT)

SECOND DIAL TONE AUTHORIZATION CODE SUB ADDRESS DIALING
(2nd DT) 0/1
(AH) 0/1
(SUB) 0/1

LGRT
Assign a dummy route number.

AH
Authorization code after dialing
ACC (LCR) + Destination number
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

2nd DT
Second dial tone sending (which is sent when a station has
dialed the digits specified in NND of the ANPDN command)
0 = Second DT is not sent
1 = Second DT is sent

NDA-24298

SUB
ISDN-Sub Address Dialing
0 = Out of Service
1 = In Service

CHAPTER 4
Page 933
Issue 1

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

When SRV=ANNC (Announcement service) is assigned
ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(EQP) 0-127

EQP
Assign the announce equipment number.
See Table 4-6.

When SRV=ANNCM (Announcement service-Multiple announcement) is assigned
TN
Assign the tenant
number of the
announcement trunk.

TENANT NUMBER ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(TN) 1-63
(EQP) 122-125

EQP
Assign the announcement equipment
number with a range from 122 to 125
(Multi announcement).

When SRV=PAGA (Paging Answer) is assigned
When SRV=PAGC (Paging Cancel) is assigned
LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER
(LGRT) 1-899

When SRV=TELN (Telephone Number)

MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DIGIT
(NND) 1-16

CHAPTER 4
Page 934
Issue 1

NDA-24298

LGRT
Enter the Logical Route Number of
Paging Trunk.

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

4. Data Sheet
(a) Service code (SRV = SSC)
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(SID)
1–63

SSC

1

Call Hold

SSC

2

Dial Access to Attendant
(Operator Call)
Note 4

SSC

3

SSC

4

Executive Right of Way

SSC

5

Call Waiting – Originating

N Normal

SSC

6

Call Back; Cancel

N Normal

SSC

7

Call Pickup – Group

N Normal

SSC

8

C.F. – All Calls/Split C.F. –
All Calls; Entry
Note 2

N Normal

SSC

9

C.F. – All Calls/Split C.F. –
All Calls; Cancel Note 2

N Normal

SSC

10

C.F. – Busy Line/Split C.F.
– Busy Line; Entry Note 2

N Normal

SSC

11

C.F. – Busy Line/Split C.F.
– Busy Line; CancelNote 2

N Normal

SSC

12

C.F. – Don’t Answer/Split
C.F. – Don’t Answer; Entry
Note 2

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI) N/H/B

H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
B Busy
H Hooking
B Busy
N Normal
B Busy

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND) Note 1

SERVICE CONTENTS

Call Back; Entry
Camp on By Station

N Normal

SSC

13

C.F. – Don’t Answer/Split
C.F. – Don’t Answer; Cancel
Note 2

N Normal

SSC

14

Speed Calling – Station;
Entry

N Normal

SSC

15

Speed Calling – System;
Access
Note 3

N Normal

SSC

16

Trunk Answer from Any
Station (TAS)

N Normal

SSC

17

Individual Trunk Access

18

Not used

Note 1: The parameter may vary depending on the service.
Note 2: When Split Call Forwarding is in service (the command ASYD, SYS1, INDEX79, bit2=1), this access code

is used for Split Call Forwarding.
Note 3: When Speed Calling-System; Access is assigned, NND1 parameter assignment is also required in addition

to NND parameter.
Note 4: Fill in the FPC in place of the parameter NND.
NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 935
Issue 1

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(a) Service code (SRV = SSC) (Continued)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI) N/H/B

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(SID) 1–63

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND)
Note 1, Note 2

SERVICE CONTENTS

B Busy

SSC

19

OG Trunk Queuing; Entry

N Normal

SSC

20

OG Trunk Queuing; Cancel

N Normal

SSC

21

Speed Calling – Station,
Group; Access

~

22
Not used

27
N Normal

SSC

28

Call Forwarding I’m Here;
Set

N Normal

SSC

29

Call Forwarding I’m Here;
Cancel

~

30
Not used

34
N Normal

SSC

35

Call Pickup – Direct

N Normal

SSC

36

Hotel Service

Note 3

SSC

37

Priority Call 1

Note 4

SSC

38

Priority Call 2

Note 4

SSC

39

Priority Call 3

Note 4

40

Not used

SSC

41

Account Code Dial

SSC

42

Authorization Code/Forced
Account Code/Pad Lock; Set

H Hooking

SSC

43

Flash Signal Sending to Main
office across CAS Line

N Normal

SSC

44
45

Last Number Call

46

Faulty Trunk Report

N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking

H Hooking

SSC

Note 1: The parameter may vary depending on the service.
Note 2: The available numbers of necessary digits vary depending on the parameter SID.
Note 3: For detailed information of Hotel Service assignment, refer to the AASP command.
Note 4: Fill in the FPC in place of NND.

CHAPTER 4
Page 936
Issue 1

NDA-24298

Not Used

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued)
MAID
ACCESS CODE
SERVICE
CONNECTION KIND OF
STATUS
(ACC)
INDEX
STATUS INDEX SERVICE
(STATE)
MAXIMUM
(SID)
(CI) N/H/B
(SRV)
1 – 63
6 DIGITS
1 – 63

SERVICE CONTENTS

1

To be cleaned without ID Code

2

Cleaned without ID Code

3

Ready for Occupancy without ID
Code

4

Use Not Allowed without ID Code

5

~

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

Not used

8

N

Normal

SSC

9

Maid Dial Answer Back without ID
Code-1

10

Maid Dial Answer Back without ID
Code-2

11

Maid Dial Answer Back without ID
Code-3

12

Maid Dial Answer Back without ID
Code-4

13

Maid Dial Answer Back without ID
Code-5

14

Maid Dial Answer Back without ID
Code-6

15

Maid Dial Answer Back without ID
Code-7

16

Not used

17

To be cleaned with ID code

18

Cleaned with ID Code

19

Ready for Occupancy with ID Code

20

Use Not Allowed with ID Code

36

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 937
Issue 1

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued)
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

MAID
ACCESS CODE
SERVICE
CONNECTION KIND OF
STATUS
(ACC)
INDEX
STATUS INDEX SERVICE
(STATE)
MAXIMUM
(SID)
(CI) N/H/B
(SRV)
1 – 63
6 DIGITS
1 – 63

SERVICE CONTENTS

~

21
Not used

24

N

Normal

SSC

25

Maid Dial Answer Back with
ID Code-1

26

Maid Dial Answer Back with
ID Code-2

27

Maid Dial Answer Back with
ID Code-3

28

Maid Dial Answer Back with
ID Code-4

29

Maid Dial Answer Back with
ID Code-5

30

Maid Dial Answer Back with
ID Code-6

31

Maid Dial Answer Back with
ID Code-7

32

Not used

33

Automatic Wake-Up Setting,
Cancel; Same Special Code

34

For Guest Station Secretary
Telephone; Boss/Secretary

36

35
36

Not used

37

CHAPTER 4
Page 938
Issue 1

NDA-24298

38

Automatic Wake-Up – Hotel
Attendant Assistance Stop; Set

39

Automatic Wake-Up – Hotel
Attendant Assistance Stop; Cancel

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued)
MAID
ACCESS CODE
SERVICE
CONNECTION KIND OF
STATUS
(ACC)
INDEX
STATUS INDEX SERVICE
(STATE)
MAXIMUM
(SID)
(CI) N/H/B
(SRV)
1 – 63
6 DIGITS
1 – 63

N

Normal

SSC

36

SERVICE CONTENTS

40

Alert Service Start (Hotel ATT)

41

Alert Service Stop (Hotel ATT)

42

Guest Service Telephone Screen
Initialization

43

Guest Service Telephone
Guest Room Information Retrieval

44

Direct Data Entry – STA

45

Alert Service Start (Special
Admin. Station)

46

Alert Service Stop (Special
Admin. Station)

47

Not used

48

2nd Wake-Up Call (Automatic);
Set

49

2nd Wake-Up Call (SemiAutomatic); Set

50

2nd Wake-Up Call; Cancel

51

Same Special Code Time Zone
Connection Change

52

Same Special Code Time Zone
Connection Change

53

Same Special Code Time Zone
Connection Change

54

Same Special Code Time Zone
Connection Change

55

Same Special Code Time Zone
Connection Change

56

~

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

Not used

62
63

NDA-24298

Dummy Number

CHAPTER 4
Page 939
Issue 1

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(a) Service code (SRV = SSC) (Continued)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI) N/H/B

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(SID) 1–63

NUMBER OF
NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND) Note

SERVICE CONTENTS

47

Not used

N Normal

SSC

48

Timed Reminder/Automatic
Wake-Up; Entry

N Normal

SSC

49

Timed Reminder/Automatic
Wake-Up; Cancel

~

50
Not used

55
SSC

56

Floor Service

N Normal

SSC

57

Split Access (Same Number
Access)
Note 3

N Normal

SSC

60

Attendant Manual Override

H Hooking

SSC

61

Call Park; Entry

N Normal

SSC

62

Call Park; Local Retrieve

N Normal

SSC

63

Call Park; Remote Retrieve

58, 59

Not used

Note 1: The parameter may vary depending on the service.
Note 2: The available numbers of necessary digits vary depending on the parameter SID.
Note 3: For detailed information of the Hotel Service, refer to the AASP command.

CHAPTER 4
Page 940
Issue 1

Note 3

N Normal

NDA-24298

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
CONNECTION KIND OF SERVICE
(ACC)
STATUS INDEX SERVICE INDEX
MAXIMUM
(CI) N/H/B
(SRV)
(SID)
6 DIGITS

SERVICE
INDEX
NUMBER
(No.)
0 – 15

N

Normal

SSC

56

0

N

Normal

SSC

56

1

N

Normal

SSC

56

2

N

Normal

SSC

56

3

N

Normal

SSC

56

4

N

Normal

SSC

56

5

N

Normal

SSC

56

6

N

Normal

SSC

56

7

N

Normal

SSC

56

8

N

Normal

SSC

56

9

N

Normal

SSC

56

10

N

Normal

SSC

56

11

N

Normal

SSC

56

12

N

Normal

SSC

56

13

N

Normal

SSC

56

14

N

Normal

SSC

56

15

NDA-24298

SERVICE CONTENTS

CHAPTER 4
Page 941
Issue 1

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(a) Service Code (SRV = SSC) (Continued)
Note:

Split Access (Same Number Access) (SID = 57)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI) N/H/B

N

CHAPTER 4
Page 942
Issue 1

Normal

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SERVICE
INDEX
(SID)

SSC

57

NDA-24298

ASSIGN
NUMBER
(No.)
0 – 63

KIND OF
FUNCTION
(KIND)
0–3

SERVICE
CONTENTS

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(b) Service code Appendix (SRV = SSCA)
CONNECTION
STATUS
INDEX
(CI) N/H/B

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

SERVICE
FEATURE
INDEX
(SIDA)
1 – 255

SERVICE CONTENTS

~

1
Not used

40
H

Hooking

B

Busy

H

Hooking

SSCA

41

Voice Call

SSCA

42

Message Reminder (Dterm)

43

~

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

Not used

45
N

Normal

SSCA

46

Line Load Control from ATTCON; Entry

N

Normal

SSCA

47

Line Load Control from ATTCON; Cancel

N

Normal

H

Hooking

SSCA

48

Data Privacy on Demand; Entry

H

Hooking

SSCA

49

Data Privacy on Demand; Cancel

N

Normal

H

Hooking

SSCA

50

UCD Busy Out; Entry

N

Normal

H

Hooking

SSCA

51

UCD Busy Out; Cancel

52

Not used

N

Normal

SSCA

53

Boss Secretary Override

N

Normal

SSCA

54

Message Waiting Lamp Setting from
ATTCON; Set

N

Normal

SSCA

55

Message Waiting Lamp Setting from
ATTCON; Cancel

N

Normal

H

Hooking

SSCA

56

Guest/Admin. Service

B

Busy
57

~

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

Not used

62
N

Normal

SSCA

63
64, 65

N

Normal

SSCA

NDA-24298

Call Pickup Expand
Not used

66

Digital Announcement Card Multi-channel
Recording: Record

67

Not used

CHAPTER 4
Page 943
Issue 1

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(b) Service code Appendix (SRV = SSCA) (Continued)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

SERVICE
CONNECTION
NECESSARY
KIND OF FEATURE
STATUS
DIGIT
SERVICE INDEX
INDEX
(NND)
(SRV)
(SIDA)
(CI) N/H/B
1-6
1 – 255

N

Normal

SSCA

68

SERVICE CONTENTS

Digital Announcement Card
Multi-channel Recording: Retrieve

~

69
Not used

84
N

Normal

SSCA

85

Pad Lock; Cancel

N

Normal

SSCA

86

C.F. – All Calls; Entry

Note

N

Normal

SSCA

87

C.F. – Busy Line; Entry

Note

N

Normal

SSCA

88

C.F. – Don’t Answer; Entry

Note

N

Normal

SSCA

89

C.F. – All Calls; Cancel

Note

N

Normal

SSCA

90

C.F. – Busy Line; Cancel

Note

N

Normal

SSCA

91

C.F. – Don’t Answer; Cancel

Note

~

92
Not used

96
N

Normal

SSCA

N

Normal

SSCA

H Hooking

SSCA

97

Call Hold Conference

98

Internal Zone Paging; Originate

~

99
Not used

105
N

Normal

SSCA

106

Call Return

107

Not used

N

Normal

SSCA

108

Number Sharing; Entry

N

Normal

SSCA

109

Number Sharing; Cancel

110

Not used

N

Normal

SSCA

111

Call Block (restricts the last calling party’s
number); Entry

N

Normal

SSCA

112

Call Block (restricts the dialed number); Entry

N

Normal

SSCA

113

Call Block; Cancel

~

114
Not used

115
N

Normal

SSCA

116

Call Trace

~

117
Not used

255
Note:

This data is valid for Call Forwarding service when Split Call Forwarding is in service. (The command
ASYDN, SYS 1, INDEX 79, bit2 = 1.)

CHAPTER 4
Page 944
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(c) Outgoing Call (SRV = OGC)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
N/H

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

LOGICAL ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

REMARKS

OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC
OGC

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 945
Issue 1

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(d) Outgoing Call With Route Advance (SRV = OGCA)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
N/H

N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking
N Normal
H Hooking

CHAPTER 4
Page 946
Issue 1

LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER (LGRT)
KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

INDEX
COUNTER
(COUNT)

OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA
OGCA

NDA-24298

1st

2nd

3rd

4th

5th

6th

7th

9th

10th

11th

12th

13th

14th

15th

8th

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(e) Least Cost Routing (SRV = LCR)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
N/H

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

FLEXIBLE
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

SECOND
DIAL TONE
(2nd DT)
0/1

AUTHORIZATION
CODE
(AH)
0/1

SUB
ADDRESS
DIALING
(SUB)
0/1

LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR
LCR

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 947
Issue 1

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(f) Register Sender LCR (SRV = LCRS)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CHAPTER 4
Page 948
Issue 1

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
N/H

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

FLEXIBLE
LOGICAL
ROUTE
NUMBER
(LGRT)

LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS
LCRS

NDA-24298

SECOND
DIAL TONE
(2nd DT)
0/1

AUTHORIZATION
CODE
(AH)
0/1

SUB
ADDRESS
DIALING
(SUB)
0/1

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(g) Announcement Service (SRV = ANNC)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
1/2

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

ANNOUNCEMENT
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(EQP)
1 – 127

REMARKS

ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC
ANNC

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 949
Issue 1

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(h) Announcement Service-Multiple Announcement (SRV = ANNCM)
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 950
Issue 1

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAX. 6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS
INDEX
(CI)
1/2

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

ANNOUNCEMENT
TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM
ANNCM

NDA-24298

ANNOUNCEMENT
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(EQP)
122 – 125

REMARKS

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(i)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

Paging Answer (SRV = PAGA)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
1/2

N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H
N
H

Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking
Normal
Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

REMARKS

PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA
PAGA

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 951
Issue 1

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(j)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 952
Issue 1

Paging Cancel (SRV = PAGC)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
1/2

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

H

Normal

N

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

ROUTE
NUMBER
(RT)

PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC
PAGC

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ASPAN : Assignment of Special Access Code for NDM

(k) Telephone Number (SRV = TELN)

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ACCESS CODE
(ACC)
MAXIMUM
6 DIGITS

CONNECTION
STATUS INDEX
(CI)
N/H

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

N

Normal

H

Hooking

KIND OF
SERVICE
(SRV)

NECESSARY
DIGITS
(NND)
1-16

REMARKS

TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN
TELN

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 953
Issue 1

ALGNN : Assignment of Telephone Number Data for NDM

ALGNN: Assignment of Telephone Number Data for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the individual attendant identification number for Fusion service. The data assigned by
this command is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the
NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

The applicable tenant number (TN) range is designated by the ASYDN command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. If
the numbering plan is common for all tenants (ASYDN, SYS1, INDEX 800, bit0 = 1), assign TN
parameter as “1” for all tenants.

2.

The system data assignment (ASYDN, SYS 1, INDEX 514, bit1 = 1) is needed to provide the Network
Data Memory (NDM).

3.

Before assigning this command, ANPDN/ASPAN commands are required for the numbering plan of the
Telephone Number (TELN).

4.

A unique Telephone Number (TELN) should be given within a User Group Number (UGN).

5.

For detailed information, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion Network System Manual.

3. Data Entry Instructions
TELN

UGN

Assign Telephone Number (Unique TELN should be
given within a UGN)

1 = User Group Number 1 (Fixed)

USER GROUP
NUMBER (UGN)

TELEPHONE STATION NUMBER (TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

REMARKS

1

4

0

0

0

0

1

4

0

0

0

1

1

4

0

0

0

2

CHAPTER 4
Page 954
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ALGNN : Assignment of Telephone Number Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
USER GROUP NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE STATION NUMBER
(TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

REMARKS

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 955
Issue 1

ALGSN : Assignment of Telephone Station Data for NDM

ALGSN: Assignment of Telephone Station Data for NDM
1. General
This command assigns the related data of the Telephone Number (TELN) corresponding to the physical station.
The data assigned by this command is written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network Control Node
(NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2.

Precautions
1.

The ALGSN command is used to assign the Telephone Number (TELN) for a Network Control Node
(NCN).

2.

The TYPE parameter allows the user to choose the programming method of the physical station.
TYPE = 1 (LENS): Telephone number to be given to the LENS
TYPE = 2 (STN):

Telephone number to be given to the station

3.

The system data assignment (ASYDN, SYS 1, INDEX 514, bit1 = 1) is needed to provide the Network
Data Memory (NDM).

4.

When the parameter TYPE is “1” (LENS is used to specify the physical station number), the assignment
of the Fusion Point Code (FPC) entered by the AFMU command is required.

5.

For detailed information, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion Network System Manual.

6.

The applicable Tenant Number (TN) range is designated by the ASYDN command, SYS 1, INDEX 8. If
the data in this command is common for all tenants (ASYDN, SYS 1, INDEX 800, bit0 = 1), assign TN
parameter as data “1” for all tenants.

CHAPTER 4
Page 956
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ALGSN : Assignment of Telephone Station Data for NDM

3. Data Entry Instructions
When assigning TYPE = 1 (LENS is used to specify the Telephone number)
TYPE

LENS

1 = LENS is used to specify the Telephone number
2 = STN is used to specify the Telephone number

TYPE
1/2

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

1

1

1

1

LENS of the physical station

LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(LENS)

TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS
4

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

FUSION
POINT CODE
(FPC)
1-253
5

1

FPC
UGN

LSTN

1 = User Group Number 1 (Fixed)

Telephone number assigned by the ALGNN
command.

Fusion Point Code (FPC) of the designated
LENS. FPC is assigned by the AFMU command.

When assigning TYPE = 2 (STN is used to specify the Telephone number)
TYPE

STN

1 = LENS is used to specify the Telephone number
2 = STN is used to specify the Telephone number

TYPE
1/2

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

2
2

1
1

Station number of the physical station

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

UGN
1 = User Group Number 1 (Fixed)

4

0

0

0

0

LSTN

11

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)
2

5

6

4

5

TN
Tenant number of the physical station

Telephone number assigned by the ALGNN
command.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 957
Issue 1

ALGSN : Assignment of Telephone Station Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
(a) LENS is used to specify the Telephone number (TYPE = 1)

TYPE

USER GROUP
NUMBER (UGN)

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

CHAPTER 4
Page 958
Issue 1

TELEPHONE NUMBER
(TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

NDA-24298

LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(LENS)

FUSION POINT
CODE
(FPC)

ALGSN : Assignment of Telephone Station Data for NDM

(b) STN is used to specify the Telephone number (TYPE = 2)

TYPE

USER GROUP
NUMBER (UGN)

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

NDA-24298

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 959
Issue 1

ATSTN : Assignment of Telephone Number and Station Number for NDM

ATSTN: Assignment of Telephone Number and Station Number for NDM
1. General
This command assigns both Telephone Number (TELN) and Physical Station Number. As the function of
ALGSN and ASDT commands are combined to this command, Physical Station Number can be assigned at the
same time when assigning the Telephone Number. If the Telephone Number is deleted, the allocated Station
Number can also be deleted. The data assigned by this command is written in Network Data Memory (NDM)
of the Network Control Node (NCN), updating the NDM at each Local Node (LN).
2. Precautions
1.

This command can be used only when logging in to NCN.

2.

If the Telephone Number is deleted by this command, also delete the station data assigned with the ASDT
command. To delete the allocated Telephone Number only, use the ALGSN command.

3.

If deletion of the ASDT data fails, only the deletion of the allocated Telephone Number is activated.

CHAPTER 4
Page 960
Issue 1

NDA-24298

ATSTN : Assignment of Telephone Number and Station Number for NDM

3. Data Entry Instructions
FPC
Fusion Point Code of designated Telephone Number.
FPC is assigned by the AFMU command.

UGN
Fixed to 1.

USER GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

FUSION POINT CODE
TENANT NUMBER STATION NUMBER
(FPC)
(STN)
(TN)
1-253

TELN
Enter the Telephone Number
to be assigned.

LENS
LENS of the physical station

LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(LENS)
MG

U

G

LV

TN
Tenant number of the
physical station.

STN
Station number of the
physical Station.

TEC
2 = PB
1 = DP (10pps)
4 = DP (20pps)
3 = DP/PB
12 = Dterm
5-11 = Not used
term
13 = Data Terminal via D
14 = Hot Line
15 = CAS Line
16 = Data Terminal via Data Module
17 = Not used
18 = Virtual Line Appearance (for Dterm Multi-Line)
19-22 = Not used
23 = ISDN Terminal
24-26 = Not used
27 = Eight Conference Equipment
28-31 = Not used

TELEPHONE
EQUIPMENT CLASS
(TEC)
1-31

ROUTE RESTRICTION
CLASS
(RSC)
0-15

RSC
Enter the RSC defined by the ARSC command.
Since RSC=0 is preserved for ATTCON, a station
can be used the RSC with a range from 1 to 15.

NDA-24298

SERVICE FEATURE
CLASS
(SFC)
0-15

SFC
Enter the SFC defined by the ASFC command.
Since SFC=0 is preserved for ATTCON, a
station can be used the SFC with a range from
1 to 15.

CHAPTER 4
Page 961
Issue 1

ATSTN : Assignment of Telephone Number and Station Number for NDM

4. Data Sheet
USER GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 962
Issue 1

TELEPHONE NUMBER (TELN)
MAX. 16 DIGITS

NDA-24298

FUSION
POINT CODE
(FPC)
1-253

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)

ATSTN : Assignment of Telephone Number and Station Number for NDM

LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(LENS)
MG

U

G

TELEPHONE
EQUIPMENT CLASS
(TEC)
1-31

ROUTE
RESTRICTION CLASS
(RSC)
0-15

SERVICE
FEATURE CLASS
(SFC)
0-15

LV

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 963
Issue 1

APLNN : Assignment of Physical LENS Number for NDM

APLNN: Assignment of Physical LENS Number for NDM
1. General
This command changes the existing station data allocated to each TELN (Telephone number) such as FPC,
LENS, Tenant Number, and Station.
2. Precautions
1.

This command can be used only when logging in to the NCN (Network Control Node).

2.

This command is used for business service only. (Not available for Hotel system and PCS stations.)

3.

The new physical station to be allocated to the designated TELN must be the station that belongs to the
NCN or the LN within the same Fusion Network link as the logged-in NCN.

4.

When entering a new station that already has another Telephone Number, changing the station data cannot
be executed.

5.

In case NUMBER SHARING is set to the old station designated by UGN/TELN, Dterm must be used at
the new station. If other equipment than Dterm is used for the new station, station data change cannot be
activated.

6.

Station data changing cannot be executed for the UCD station.

7.

If the designated old station has the HOT LINE data, station data changing is not available when hot line
terminal is not used at the new station to be allocated.

8.

In case the designated old station is assigned as VPS station, also the new station to be allocated must be
the VPS station. Otherwise, the station data changing cannot be activated.

CHAPTER 4
Page 964
Issue 1

NDA-24298

APLNN : Assignment of Physical LENS Number for NDM

3. Data Entry Instructions
(a) When “TYPE=LENS” is selected
TELN
Enter the desired Telephone Number for the station
data to be changed. When the "Get" button is
pressed, the existing station data allocated to the
designated Telephone Number is readout.

TYPE
Select the input type whether the new station
is determined by LENS or Station Number.

NOW
NOW LINE
USER
FUSION
TELEPHONE
EQUIPMENT
GROUP
POINT
NUMBER
NUMBER
NUMBER
CODE
(TELN)
(UGN)
(OLD FPC) (OLD LENS)
1-253

NOW
TENANT
NUMBER
(OLD TN)

NEW
NOW
NEW LINE
FUSION
INPUT
STATION
EQUIPMENT
POINT
TYPE
NUMBER
NUMBER
CODE
(OLD STN) (TYPE) (NEW FPC) (NEW LENS)
1-253

NEW FPC
Enter the Fusion Point Code of the
Local Node to which the new station to
be allocated belongs.

NEW LENS
Enter the Line Equipment Number
of the new station to be allocated to
the designated Telephone Number.

(b) When “TYPE=STN” is selected
TELN
Enter the desired Telephone Number for the
station data to be changed. When the "Get"
button is pressed, the existing station data
allocated to the designated Telephone Number
is readout.

NEW TN
TYPE
Select the input type whether
the new station is determined
by LENS or Station Number.

Enter the Tenant Number
of the new station to be
allocated to the designated
Telephone Number.

NEW
NOW
NEW
NOW
NOW
NEW
NOW LINE
USER
FUSION TENANT
FUSION
TELEPHONE
INPUT
STATION
TENANT
STATION
EQUIPMENT
GROUP
POINT NUMBER
POINT
NUMBER
NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER TYPE
NUMBER NUMBER
CODE
CODE
(TELN)
(TYPE)
(NEW (NEW STN)
(UGN)
(NEW FPC)
(OLD FPC) (OLD LENS) (OLD TN) (OLD STN)
TN)
1-253
1-253

NEW FPC
Enter the Fusion Point Code of the
Local Node to which the new station to
be allocated belongs.

NDA-24298

NEW STN
Enter the Station Number of the
new station to be allocated to the
designated Telephone Number.

CHAPTER 4
Page 965
Issue 1

APLNN : Assignment of Physical LENS Number for NDM

4.

Data Sheet
(a) When “TYPE=LENS” is selected

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 966
Issue 1

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NOW
FUSION
POINT
CODE
(OLD FPC)
1-253

NDA-24298

NOW LINE
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(OLD LENS)

NOW
TENANT
NUMBER
(OLD TN)

NOW
STATION
NUMBER
(OLD STN)

APLNN : Assignment of Physical LENS Number for NDM

INPUT
TYPE
(TYPE)

NEW
FUSION POINT
CODE
(NEW FPC)
1-253

NEW LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(NEW LENS)

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 967
Issue 1

APLNN : Assignment of Physical LENS Number for NDM

(b) When “TYPE=STN” is selected
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 968
Issue 1

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)

NOW
FUSION
POINT
CODE
(OLD FPC)
1-253

NDA-24298

NOW LINE
EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(OLD LENS)

NOW
TENANT
NUMBER
(OLD TN)

NOW
STATION
NUMBER
(OLD STN)

APLNN : Assignment of Physical LENS Number for NDM

INPUT
TYPE
(TYPE)

NEW
FUSION POINT
CODE
(NEW FPC)
1-253

NEW TENANT
NUMBER
(NEW TN)

NDA-24298

NEW STATION
NUMBER
(NEW STN)

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 969
Issue 1

ATDF : Assignment of Time Difference Data

ATDF: Assignment of Time Difference Data
1. General
This command is required when there is time difference within the Fusion link. The difference of time between
nodes and the UCT (Universal Coordinated Time) are written in Network Data Memory (NDM) of the Network
Control Node (NCN) by using this command.
2. Precautions
1.

When SIGN = “0,” HOUR and MINUTE are not available. Therefore, if SIGN = “0,” the data is deleted.

2.

For detailed information, see the NEAX2400 IPX Fusion Network System Manual.

3. Data Entry Instructions

HOUR

FPC

Enter the digits ranging from 0-12.

Enter FPC which has Time difference.

FUSION POINT
CODE
(FCP) 1-253

SIGN OF
DIFFERENCE
TIME
(SIGN) 0-2

10
11

1
1

HOUR OF
DIFFERENCE TIME
DATA (HOUR)
00 -12
0
0

6
6

MINUTE OF
DIFFERENCE TIME
DATA (MINUTE)
00-59
0
3

0
0

SIGN
0 = No Data
1 = Plus (+)
2 = Minus (-)

CHAPTER 4
Page 970
Issue 1

MINUTE
Enter the digits ranging from 0-59.

NDA-24298

REMARKS

ATDF : Assignment of Time Difference Data

4. Data Sheet
FUSION POINT CODE
(FPC)
1-253

(SIGN)
1/2

HOUR
(HOUR)
0-12

NDA-24298

MINUTE
(MINUTE)
0-59

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 971
Issue 1

AMWF : Assignment of Message Waiting Remote FPC for LDM

AMWF: Assignment of Message Waiting Remote FPC for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the Fusion Point Code (FPC) of Remote nodes in the Fusion Network for Message
Waiting control.
2. Precautions
1.

This data is necessary at the center node having Message Center Interface.

3. Data Entry Instructions
REMOTE FPC
Enter FPC of Remote node to each CNT.

Remote FPC
Assignment
Number (CNT)
0-252

Remote FPC for
Message Waiting
Function Control
(REMOTE FPC)
1-253

CENTER FPC
This parameter is for display only.

FPC of Self Node
(CENTER FPC)
1-253

0
1
2

CHAPTER 4
Page 972
Issue 1

NDA-24298

REMARKS

AMWF : Assignment of Message Waiting Remote FPC for LDM

4. Data Sheet
REMOTE FPC
ASSIGNMENT NUMBER
(CNT)
0-252

REMOTE FPC FOR MESSAGE
WAITING FUNCTION CONTROL
(REMOTE FPC)
1-253

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 973
Issue 1

AFRFL : Assignment of Flexible Route Data for Fusion for LDM

AFRFL: Assignment of Flexible Route Data for Fusion for LDM
1. General
This command assigns the alternative route data via C.O. or tie line in case all the connection trunks are busy or
FCCS link failure (Layer 2 down) has occurred.
2. Precautions
1.

Prior to this command assignment, the following data should be set.
(a) The numbering plan data for the route to be designated here.
(b) The station-to-station calling activated via FCCS is allowed.

3. Data Entry Instructions
TN
Enter the tenant number
of the calling party.

TN

CHAPTER 4
Page 974
Issue 1

FPC
Enter the fusion point code
of the terminating node.

ACC
MAX. 24 digits

FPC (1-253)

NDA-24298

AFRFL : Assignment of Flexible Route Data for Fusion for LDM

4. Data Sheet
TN

ACC
MAX. 24 digits

FPC (1-253)

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 975
Issue 1

AFUGN : Assignment of EX-FCCS Fusion Group Data for NDM

AFUGN: Assignment of EX-FCCS Fusion Group Data for NDM
1. General
This command is used to assign and read the data related to Fusion Group Number in multiple FCCS networks
connected via CCIS link.
2. Precautions
1.

One Fusion Group Number cannot be allocated to some Fusion Groups in duplicate.

2.

When other than number “0” is entered to CON_FUG, “0” cannot be entered to the corresponding
NCN_FPC.

3.

A single FUG is to be designated as the Center FUG.

3. Data Entry Instructions

SELF_FUG
Enter the Self Fusion Group
Number.

SELF FUSION
GROUP NUMBER
(SELF_FUG)
0-4

CENTER
FUSION
GROUP
(CENTER)

CON_FUG
0:
Delete Data
1-4: Fusion Group Number connected to Self FUG. (Assign all
the FUGs in the network.)

CONNECTION
FUSION GROUP
(CON_FUG)
0-4

CENTER
Check box is provided whether the
Self-FUG is the Center Fusion Group
or not.

CHAPTER 4
Page 976
Issue 1

NCN Fusion
Point Code
(NCN_FPC)
0-253

REMARKS

NCN_FPC
0:
Delete Data
1-253: FPC of NCN in the connected
Fusion Group.

NDA-24298

AFUGN : Assignment of EX-FCCS Fusion Group Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
SELF FUSION
GROUP NUMBER
(SELF_FUG)
0-4

CENTER
FUSION
GROUP
(CENTER)

CONNECTION
FUSION GROUP
(CON_FUG)
0-4

NDA-24298

NCN Fusion
Point Code
(NCN_FPC)
0-253

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 977
Issue 1

AEXFN : Assignment of EX-FCCS CCH Selection Data for NDM

AEXFN: Assignment of EX-FCCS CCH Selection Data for NDM
1. General
This command is used to assign, delete and read out the Point Code data for connecting to each FPC in one
Fusion Group (FUG) within multiple FCCS networks connected via CCIS link.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is not valid when the Self Fusion Group Number has not been allocated by the AFUGN
command.

2.

Self Fusion Group Number cannot be entered in FUG parameter.

3. Data Entry Instructions

FUG
Destination Fusion Group Number
connected to Self FUG.

FUSION GROUP
NUMBER
(FUG)
1-4

FPC
Enter all the FPC in the destination
FUG connected to Self-FUG.

FUSION POINT
CODE
(FPC)
1-253

POINT CODE
(PC)
1-16383

REMARKS

PC
Assign all the Point Code in
destination FUG via CCIS network.

CHAPTER 4
Page 978
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AEXFN : Assignment of EX-FCCS CCH Selection Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
FUSION GROUP
NUMBER
(FUG)
1-4

FUSION POINT
CODE
(FPC)
1-253

POINT CODE
(PC)
1-16383

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 979
Issue 1

AEADN : Assignment of EX-FCCS ADC Data for NDM

AEADN: Assignment of EX-FCCS ADC Data for NDM
1. General
This command is used to assign, delete and read Abbreviated Digit Code (ADC) for connected Fusion Group
(FUG) within multiple FCCS networks via CCIS link.
2. Precautions
1.

This command is not valid when the Self Fusion Group Number has not been assigned by the AFUGN
command.

2.

Self Fusion Group Number cannot be assigned at this command.

3. Data Entry Instructions

FUG
Fusion Group Number of destination group.
Note: Self Fusion Group cannot be entered.

FUSION GROUP
NUMBER
(FUG)
1-4

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ABBREVIATED DIGIT CODE
(ADC)
MAX. 6 DIGITS

TN
Enter the Tenant Number.

CHAPTER 4
Page 980
Issue 1

REMARKS

ADC
Abbreviated Digit Code for the
destination FUG.

NDA-24298

AEADN : Assignment of EX-FCCS ADC Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
FUSION GROUP
NUMBER
(FUG)
1-4

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

ABBREVIATED DIGIT CODE
(ADC)
MAX. 6 DIGITS

NDA-24298

REMARKS

CHAPTER 4
Page 981
Issue 1

AELGN : Allocation of EX-FCCS Telephone Number Data for NDM

AELGN: Allocation of EX-FCCS Telephone Number Data for NDM
1. General
This command is used to assign, delete and read Telephone Number data in multiple FCCS networks connected
via CCIS link. When assigning the data logging in to the NCN of Center FUG by using this command, the data
in NDM of all the LNs in Self FUG and NCN/LN in other FUGs are updated simultaneously.
2. Precautions
1.

This command cannot be used when the Self Fusion Group Number has not been assigned by the AFUGN
command.

2.

Only the readout function is activated in this command when both Self FUG Number and Connected FUG
Number are already assigned, provided that Self FUG is not the Center FUG.

3.

Telephone Numbers used in the multiple FCCS networks and the existing Telephone Numbers used in self
FUG only (assigned by the ALGSN command) are managed in different table in NDM.

4.

Telephone Numbers can be assigned up to 120,000 in the whole network (including Telephone Numbers
for NEAX2000 IVS2 system), and 48,000 in one FUG.

5.

By designating UGN (1) and TELN, the already assigned AELGN data can be read out.

CHAPTER 4
Page 982
Issue 1

NDA-24298

AELGN : Allocation of EX-FCCS Telephone Number Data for NDM

3. Data Entry Instructions
SYSTEM
Check either of the check box depending
on the system type, NEAX2400 IMX
1/4/16-IMG system or NEAX2400 IVS2
system.

UGN
Fixed to “1”.

USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)
MAX. 8 DIGITS

SYSTEM TYPE
(SYSTEM)
IMX/IVS2

FUSION
POINT
CODE
(FPC)
1-253

TN*
Enter the Tenant Number
when “STN” is checked in
“TYPE” parameter.

LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(LENS)
MG

U

G

LV

FUSION GROUP
NUMBER
(FUG)
1-4

INPUT TYPE
(TYPE)
LENS/STN

TYPE*
Check either of the check box, allocation
of the Telephone Numbers is executed by
designating LENs or Station Number.

TELN
Enter the unique Telephone Number
in the whole network.

FPC*
Enter the Fusion Point Code
of the station belongs.

FUG*
Enter the FUG Number the
designated station belongs.

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

PC
Enter the Point Code assigned to CCIS
Network. This parameter is required for
NEAX2000 IVS2 system only.

STATION
NUMBER
(STN)
MAX. 6 DIGITS

POINT
CODE
(PC)
1-16383

CONNECTION
FUSION
GROUP
(CON_FUG)
1-4

LENS*
When “LENS” is checked in the “TYPE”
parameter, enter the Line Equipment
Number of the designated station.

Note:

STN*
Enter the Station Number
when “STN” is checked
in “TYPE” parameter.

CON_FUG
Fusion Group Number
connected to the SelfFUG (display only).

Parameters marked* are required only when NEAX2400 IPX is selected in “SYSTEM” parameter.

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 983
Issue 1

AELGN : Allocation of EX-FCCS Telephone Number Data for NDM

4. Data Sheet
USER
GROUP
NUMBER
(UGN)

CHAPTER 4
Page 984
Issue 1

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
(TELN)
MAX. 8 DIGITS

SYSTEM TYPE
(SYSTEM)
IPX/IVS2

NDA-24298

INPUT TYPE
(TYPE)
LENS/STN

FUSION GROUP
NUMBER
(FUG)
1-4

AELGN : Allocation of EX-FCCS Telephone Number Data for NDM

FUSION POINT
CODE
(FPC)
1-253

LINE EQUIPMENT
NUMBER
(LENS)
MG

U

G

TENANT
NUMBER
(TN)

STATION NUMBER
(STN)
MAX. 6 DIGITS

POINT CODE
(PC)
1-16383

LV

NDA-24298

CHAPTER 4
Page 985
Issue 1

This page is for your notes.

CHAPTER 4
Page 986
Issue 1

NDA-24298
Source Exif Data: 
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : No
Warning                         : Error loading Encrypt object
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu